Table of Contents

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C.  20549

 


 

FORM 10-Q

 

x

Quarterly report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2009

 

OR

 

o

Transition report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

for the transition period from                  to                 

 

Commission file number: 1-13703

 


 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION as of June 13, 2009)

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

Delaware

(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)

 

13-3995059

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

1540 Broadway, 15th Fl., New York, NY 10036

(Address of Principal Executive Offices, Including Zip Code)

 

(212) 652-9403

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  x  No  o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes  o  No  o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer  o

 

Accelerated filer  o

 

 

 

Non-accelerated filer  x
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

Smaller reporting company  o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes o  No  x

 

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date:  At August 10, 2009, Six Flags, Inc. had 98,273,546 outstanding shares of common stock, par value $0.025 per share.

 

 

 



Table of Contents

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION as of June 13, 2009)

FORM 10-Q

 

INDEX

 

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

1

 

 

 

PART I.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

 

 

 

Item 1.

Financial Statements

 

 

 

 

 

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2009 (unaudited) and December 31, 2008

3

 

 

 

 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations (unaudited) for the Three Months Ended June 30, 2009 and 2008

5

 

 

 

 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations (unaudited) for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2009 and 2008

6

 

 

 

 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) (unaudited) for the Three and Six Months Ended June 30, 2009 and 2008

7

 

 

 

 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (unaudited) for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2009 and 2008

8

 

 

 

 

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

10

 

 

 

Item 2.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

48

 

 

 

Item 3.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

55

 

 

 

Item 4T.

Controls and Procedures

55

 

 

 

PART II.

OTHER INFORMATION

 

 

 

 

Item 1.

Legal Proceedings

56

 

 

 

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

56

 

 

 

Item 3.

Defaults Upon Senior Securities

60

 

 

 

Item 6.

Exhibits

61

 

 

 

Signatures

 

 

 



Table of Contents

 

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This document and the documents incorporated herein by reference contain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  Forward-looking statements can be identified by words such as “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “seeks,” “believes,” “estimates,” “expects” and similar references to future periods.  Examples of forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, our ability to successfully consummate a restructuring plan.

 

Forward-looking statements are based on our current expectations and assumptions regarding our business, the economy and other future conditions.  Because forward-looking statements relate to the future, by their nature, they are subject to inherent uncertainties, risks and changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict.  Our actual results may differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements.  We caution you therefore that you should not rely on any of these forward-looking statements as statements of historical fact or as guarantees or assurances of future performance.  These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, statements we make regarding: (i) our ability to develop, prosecute, confirm and consummate one or more chapter 11 plans of reorganization (See “Chapter 11 Reorganization” herein), (ii) the potential adverse impact of the chapter 11 filing on our global operations, management and employees, (iii) risks associated with third parties seeking and obtaining court approval to terminate or shorten the exclusivity period for us to propose and confirm a plan of reorganization, to appoint a chapter 11 trustee or to convert the cases to chapter 7 cases, (iv) customer response to the chapter 11 filing, (v) the adequacy of cash flows from operations, available cash and available amounts under our credit facilities to meet our future liquidity needs, or (vi) our continued viability, our operations and results of operations.  Additional important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements include regional, national or global political, economic, business, competitive, market and regulatory conditions and include the following:

 

·             factors impacting attendance, such as local conditions, contagious diseases, events, disturbances and terrorist activities;

·             accidents occurring at our parks;

·             adverse weather conditions;

·             competition with other theme parks and other entertainment alternatives;

·             changes in consumer spending patterns;

·             pending, threatened or future legal proceedings; and

·             other factors that are described in “Risk Factors,” or are included with the Company’s filings with the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware.

 

A more complete discussion of these factors and other risks applicable to our business is contained in Item 1A of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, our Current Reports on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on May 7, 2009 and July 23, 2009 and Part II, Item 1A of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.

 

Any forward-looking statement made by us in this document, or on our behalf by our directors, officers or employees related to the information contained herein, speaks only as of the date of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.  Factors or events that could cause our actual results to differ may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all of them.  We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise.

 

1



Table of Contents

 

Available Information

 

Copies of our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports, are available free of charge through our website at www.sixflags.com. References to our website in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q are provided as a convenience and do not constitute an incorporation by reference of the information contained on, or accessible through, the website. Therefore, such information should not be considered part of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q. These reports, and any amendments to these reports, are made available on our website as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such reports with, or furnish them to, the SEC. Copies are also available, without charge, by sending a written request to Six Flags, Inc., 1540 Broadway, New York, NY 10036, Attn:  Secretary.

 

2



Table of Contents

 

PART I — FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

Item 1.     Financial Statements

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION as of June 13, 2009)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

 

 

June 30, 2009

 

December 31,
2008 (As
Adjusted Note 2m)

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

128,838,000

 

$

210,332,000

 

Accounts receivable

 

44,566,000

 

20,057,000

 

Inventories

 

37,317,000

 

24,909,000

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

45,116,000

 

41,450,000

 

Total current assets

 

255,837,000

 

296,748,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Debt issuance costs

 

13,955,000

 

31,194,000

 

Restricted-use investment securities

 

2,646,000

 

16,061,000

 

Deposits and other assets

 

67,850,000

 

66,167,000

 

Total other assets

 

84,451,000

 

113,422,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, at cost

 

2,709,515,000

 

2,654,939,000

 

Less accumulated depreciation

 

1,152,785,000

 

1,094,466,000

 

Total property and equipment

 

1,556,730,000

 

1,560,473,000

 

Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization

 

1,060,005,000

 

1,059,486,000

 

Total assets

 

$

2,957,023,000

 

$

3,030,129,000

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

3



Table of Contents

 

Item 1.     Financial Statements (Continued)

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION as of June 13, 2009)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (CONTINUED)

 

 

 

June 30, 2009

 

December 31, 2008 (As
Adjusted Note 2m)

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

LIABILITIES and STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities not subject to compromise:

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

22,425,000

 

$

25,060,000

 

Accrued compensation, payroll taxes and benefits

 

22,888,000

 

22,934,000

 

Accrued insurance reserves

 

12,850,000

 

33,929,000

 

Accrued interest payable

 

6,937,000

 

42,957,000

 

Other accrued liabilities

 

23,946,000

 

45,001,000

 

Deferred income

 

62,727,000

 

17,594,000

 

Liabilities from discontinued operations

 

1,400,000

 

1,400,000

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

295,488,000

 

253,970,000

 

Total current liabilities not subject to compromise

 

448,661,000

 

442,845,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt

 

858,487,000

 

2,044,230,000

 

Liabilities from discontinued operations

 

6,450,000

 

6,730,000

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

76,977,000

 

74,337,000

 

Deferred income taxes

 

116,238,000

 

121,710,000

 

Total liabilities not subject to compromise

 

1,506,813,000

 

2,689,852,000

 

Liabilities subject to compromise

 

1,399,372,000

 

 

Total liabilities

 

2,906,185,000

 

2,689,852,000

 

Redeemable noncontrolling interests

 

373,469,000

 

414,394,000

 

Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock (redemption value of $287,500,000 plus accrued and unpaid dividends of $26,055,000 and $15,633,000 as of June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively)

 

313,311,000

 

302,382,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ deficit:

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $1.00 par value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.025 par value, 210,000,000 shares authorized and 97,769,169 and 97,726,233 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively

 

2,444,000

 

2,443,000

 

Capital in excess of par value

 

1,492,935,000

 

1,491,494,000

 

Accumulated deficit

 

(2,081,885,000

)

(1,813,978,000

)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

(49,436,000

)

(56,458,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

 

(635,942,000

)

(376,499,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit

 

$

2,957,023,000

 

$

3,030,129,000

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

4



Table of Contents

 

Item 1.     Financial Statements (Continued)

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION as of June 13, 2009)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

THREE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2009 AND 2008

(UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

2009

 

2008
(As Adjusted Note 2m)

 

Revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Theme park admissions

 

$

162,670,000

 

$

184,495,000

 

Theme park food, merchandise and other

 

129,651,000

 

146,714,000

 

Sponsorship, licensing and other fees

 

9,757,000

 

14,474,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenue

 

302,078,000

 

345,683,000

 

Operating costs and expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses (including stock-based compensation of $1,175,000 in 2008)

 

126,548,000

 

127,499,000

 

Selling, general and administrative (including stock-based compensation of $602,000 in 2009 and $1,456,000 in 2008)

 

78,043,000

 

84,589,000

 

Costs of products sold

 

26,522,000

 

30,204,000

 

Depreciation

 

35,353,000

 

33,912,000

 

Amortization

 

234,000

 

280,000

 

Loss (gain) on disposal of assets

 

3,227,000

 

(63,000

)

Total operating costs and expenses

 

269,927,000

 

276,421,000

 

Income from operations

 

32,151,000

 

69,262,000

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense (contractual interest expense was $41,530,000 in 2009)

 

(35,659,000

)

(47,427,000

)

Interest income

 

118,000

 

218,000

 

Equity in operations of partnerships

 

460,000

 

130,000

 

Net gain on debt extinguishment

 

 

107,743,000

 

Other income (expense)

 

(16,275,000

)

420,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

 

(51,356,000

)

61,084,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before reorganization items, income taxes and discontinued operations

 

(19,205,000

)

130,346,000

 

Reorganization items

 

(78,725,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and discontinued operations

 

(97,930,000

)

130,346,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax benefit (expense)

 

234,000

 

(2,753,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before discontinued operations

 

(97,696,000

)

127,593,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discontinued operations

 

(948,000

)

(14,122,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

(98,644,000

)

113,471,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

(17,536,000

)

(20,562,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Six Flags, Inc.

 

$

(116,180,000

)

$

92,909,000

 

Net income (loss) applicable to Six Flags, Inc. common stockholders

 

$

(121,616,000

)

$

87,417,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding — basic

 

97,483,000

 

97,319,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding — diluted

 

97,483,000

 

155,202,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per average common share outstanding — basic:

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations applicable to Six Flags, Inc. common stockholders

 

$

(1.24

)

$

1.04

 

Discontinued operations applicable to Six Flags, Inc. common stockholders

 

(0.01

)

(0.14

)

Net income (loss) applicable to Six Flags, Inc. common stockholders

 

$

(1.25

)

$

0.90

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per average common share outstanding — diluted:

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations applicable to Six Flags, Inc. common stockholders

 

$

(1.24

)

$

0.72

 

Discontinued operations applicable to Six Flags, Inc. common stockholders

 

(0.01

)

(0.09

)

Net income (loss) applicable to Six Flags, Inc. common stockholders

 

$

(1.25

)

$

0.63

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts attributable to Six Flags, Inc.:

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

$

(115,232,000

)

$

107,031,000

 

Discontinued operations

 

(948,000

)

(14,122,000

)

Net income (loss)

 

$

(116,180,000

)

$

92,909,000

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

5



Table of Contents

 

Item 1.     Financial Statements (Continued)

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION as of June 13, 2009)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2009 AND 2008

(UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

2009

 

2008
(As Adjusted
Note 2m)

 

Revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

Theme park admissions

 

$

185,892,000

 

$

215,626,000

 

Theme park food, merchandise and other

 

149,001,000

 

172,381,000

 

Sponsorship, licensing and other fees

 

19,085,000

 

25,900,000

 

Total revenue

 

353,978,000

 

413,907,000

 

Operating costs and expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses (including stock-based compensation of $3,067,000 in 2008)

 

202,552,000

 

207,042,000

 

Selling, general and administrative (including stock-based compensation of $1,441,000 in 2009 and $3,156,000 in 2008)

 

113,100,000

 

124,375,000

 

Costs of products sold

 

31,233,000

 

36,338,000

 

Depreciation

 

70,260,000

 

67,995,000

 

Amortization

 

458,000

 

560,000

 

Loss on disposal of assets

 

6,540,000

 

4,591,000

 

Total operating costs and expenses

 

424,143,000

 

440,901,000

 

Loss from operations

 

(70,165,000

)

(26,994,000

)

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense (contractual interest expense was $80,867,000 in 2009)

 

(74,996,000

)

(95,795,000

)

Interest income

 

539,000

 

483,000

 

Equity in operations of partnerships

 

649,000

 

(1,786,000

)

Net gain on debt extinguishment

 

 

107,743,000

 

Other income (expense)

 

(17,944,000

)

(2,881,000

)

Total other income (expense)

 

(91,752,000

)

7,764,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations before reorganization items, income taxes and discontinued operations

 

(161,917,000

)

(19,230,000

)

Reorganization items

 

(78,725,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes and discontinued operations

 

(240,642,000

)

(19,230,000

)

Income tax benefit (expense)

 

3,164,000

 

(4,474,000

)

Loss from continuing operations before discontinued operations

 

(237,478,000

)

(23,704,000

)

Discontinued operations

 

(1,964,000

)

(14,976,000

)

Net loss

 

(239,442,000

)

(38,680,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

(17,536,000

)

(19,966,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to Six Flags, Inc.

 

$

(256,978,000

)

$

(58,646,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss applicable to Six Flags, Inc. common stockholders

 

$

(267,907,000

)

$

(69,631,000

)

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding — basic and diluted

 

97,477,000

 

96,505,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss per average common share outstanding — basic and diluted:

 

 

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations applicable to Six Flags, Inc. common stockholders

 

$

(2.73

)

$

(0.56

)

Discontinued operations applicable to Six Flags, Inc. common stockholders

 

(0.02

)

(0.16

)

Net loss applicable to Six Flags, Inc. common stockholders

 

$

(2.75

)

$

(0.72

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts attributable to Six Flags, Inc.:

 

 

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

 

$

(255,014,000

)

$

(43,670,000

)

Discontinued operations

 

(1,964,000

)

(14,976,000

)

Net loss

 

$

(256,978,000

)

$

(58,646,000

)

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

6



Table of Contents

 

Item 1.     Financial Statements (Continued)

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION as of June 13, 2009)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

THREE MONTHS AND SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2009 AND 2008

(UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

Three Months Ended June 30,

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2009

 

2008
(As adjusted
Note 2m)

 

2009

 

2008
(As adjusted
Note 2m)

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(98,644,000

)

$

113,471,000

 

$

(239,442,000

)

$

(38,680,000

)

Other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

8,651,000

 

2,750,000

 

5,511,000

 

734,000

 

Defined benefit retirement plan

 

1,380,000

 

6,000

 

3,745,000

 

(230,000

)

Change in cash flow hedging

 

(646,000

)

16,230,000

 

(2,234,000

)

12,281,000

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

 

(89,259,000

)

132,457,000

 

(232,420,000

)

(25,895,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

(17,536,000

)

(20,562,000

)

(17,536,000

)

(19,966,000

)

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Six Flags, Inc.

 

$

(106,795,000

)

$

111,895,000

 

$

(249,956,000

)

$

(45,861,000

)

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

7



Table of Contents

 

Item 1.     Financial Statements (Continued)

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION as of June 13, 2009)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2009 AND 2008

(UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

2009

 

2008
(As Adjusted
Note 2m)

 

Cash flow from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(239,442,000

)

$

(38,680,000

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities before reorganization items:

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

70,718,000

 

68,555,000

 

Stock-based compensation

 

1,441,000

 

6,223,000

 

Interest accretion on notes payable

 

2,785,000

 

3,607,000

 

Net gain on debt extinguishment

 

 

(107,743,000

)

Reorganization items, net

 

78,725,000

 

 

(Gain) loss on discontinued operations

 

(280,000

)

12,085,000

 

Amortization of debt issuance costs

 

2,567,000

 

2,819,000

 

Other including loss on disposal of assets

 

15,463,000

 

6,990,000

 

Increase in accounts receivable

 

(25,925,000

)

(34,122,000

)

Increase in inventories, prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

(15,883,000

)

(22,027,000

)

(Increase) decrease in deposits and other assets

 

(1,680,000

)

4,514,000

 

Increase in accounts payable, deferred income, accrued liabilities and other long-term liabilities

 

75,662,000

 

84,507,000

 

Increase (decrease) in accrued interest payable

 

13,856,000

 

(13,965,000

)

Deferred income tax benefit

 

(5,867,000

)

(412,000

)

Total adjustments

 

211,582,000

 

11,031,000

 

Net cash used in operating activities before reorganization activities

 

(27,860,000

)

(27,649,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flow from reorganization activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash used in reorganization activities

 

(10,840,000

)

 

Total net cash used in operating activities

 

(38,700,000

)

(27,649,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flow from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Additions to property and equipment

 

(69,047,000

)

(80,923,000

)

Property insurance recovery

 

2,133,000

 

8,712,000

 

Purchase of identifiable intangible assets

 

 

(168,000

)

Acquisition of theme park assets

 

 

(473,000

)

Maturities of restricted-use investments

 

15,274,000

 

 

Purchase of restricted-use investments

 

(1,859,000

)

(3,308,000

)

Gross proceeds from sale of assets

 

387,000

 

483,000

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(53,112,000

)

(75,677,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flow from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Repayment of borrowings

 

(4,156,000

)

(117,579,000

)

Proceeds from borrowings

 

73,007,000

 

263,750,000

 

Purchase of redeemable minority interests

 

(58,461,000

)

 

Payment of cash dividends

 

 

(5,211,000

)

Payment of debt issuance costs

 

(489,000

)

(98,000

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

9,901,000

 

140,862,000

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

 

417,000

 

345,000

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

(81,494,000

)

37,881,000

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

210,332,000

 

28,388,000

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

$

 128,838,000

 

$

66,269,000

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

8



Table of Contents

 

Item 1.     Financial Statements (Continued)

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION as of June 13, 2009)

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2009 AND 2008

(UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

2009

 

2008
(As Adjusted
Note 2m)

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$

64,512,000

 

$

103,337,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for income taxes

 

$

2,920,000

 

$

4,670,000

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

9



Table of Contents

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION as of June 13, 2009)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(unaudited)

 

Item 1.     Financial Statements (Continued)

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1.              Chapter 11 Reorganization

 

As used in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, unless the context requires otherwise, the terms “we,” “our,” “Company” or “Six Flags” refer to Six Flags, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.  As used herein, “Holdings” refers only to Six Flags, Inc., without regard to its subsidiaries.

 

On June 13, 2009, Holdings, Six Flags Operations Inc. (“SFO”) and Six Flags Theme Parks Inc. (“SFTP”) and certain of SFTP’s domestic subsidiaries (the “SFTP Subsidiaries” and, collectively with Holdings, SFO and SFTP, the “Debtors”) filed voluntary petitions for relief (the “Chapter 11 Filing”) under chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”) in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware (the “Bankruptcy Court”) (Case No. 09-12019).  The entities that own our interests in Six Flags Over Texas (“SFOT”) and Six Flags Over Georgia (including Six Flags White Water Atlanta) (“SFOG”) and our Canadian and Mexican parks are not debtors in the Chapter 11 Filing.

 

In anticipation of the Chapter 11 Filing, the Debtors entered into a Plan Support Agreement (the “Support Agreement”), dated June 13, 2009, with certain participating lenders (the “Participating Lenders”), who are parties to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 25, 2007 (as amended, modified or otherwise supplemented from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Holdings, SFO, SFTP (as the primary borrower), certain of SFTP’s foreign subsidiaries party thereto, the lenders thereto (the “Lenders”), the agent banks party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”).  The Debtors’ proposed joint chapter 11 plan of reorganization (the “Plan”), as outlined in the Support Agreement, has the unanimous support of the Lenders’ steering committee and the Administrative Agent.

 

The Plan will provide for the restructuring of the Debtors’ balance sheets.  Except for the Credit Agreement obligations (and swap obligations secured ratably therewith, collectively the “Credit Agreement Obligations”), all claims against or interests in SFTP and the subsidiaries of SFTP included in the Chapter 11 Filing (collectively, the “SFTP Debtors”) will be unimpaired.  The Credit Agreement Obligations will be altered by the Plan and each holder thereof will receive distributions equal to its Credit Agreement Obligations’ claims comprised of its ratable share of the New Term Loan (as defined below) and shares of New Common Stock (as defined below) for the balance of such claims.  SFO will retain its equity in SFTP and the holders of general unsecured claims against SFO, including the $400 million aggregate principal amount of SFO’s unsecured 12.25% senior notes (plus accrued and unpaid interest) due 2016 (the “2016 Notes”) issued pursuant to that certain Indenture, dated as of June 16, 2008, among SFO, Holdings and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, shall receive, in the aggregate, shares of New Common Stock having a value equal to the residual enterprise value of the SFTP Debtors after satisfaction in full of the claims against them (including the Credit Agreement Obligations).  Holdings shall retain its equity interests in SFO and holders of general unsecured claims against Holdings, including the approximately $868 million aggregate principal amount  (plus accrued and unpaid interest) of the following unsecured senior notes, shall receive, in the aggregate, shares of New Common Stock having a value equal to the residual enterprise value of Holdings’ direct and indirect interests in Six Flags Over Georgia and Six Flags Over Texas (collectively, the “Partnership Parks”): (i) Holdings’ unsecured 8.875% senior notes due 2010 (the “2010 Notes”) issued pursuant to that certain Indenture, dated as of

 

10



Table of Contents

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION as of June 13, 2009)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(unaudited)

 

February 11, 2002, between Holdings and The Bank of New York (“BONY”), (ii) Holdings’ unsecured 9.75% senior notes due 2013 (the “2013 Notes”) issued pursuant to that certain Indenture dated as of April 13, 2003, between Holdings and BONY, (iii) Holdings’ unsecured 9.625% senior notes due 2014 (the “2014 Notes”) issued pursuant to that certain Indenture, dated as of December 5, 2008, between Holdings and BONY, and (iv) Holdings’ unsecured 4.5% convertible senior notes due 2015 (the “2015 Notes”) issued pursuant to that certain Indenture, dated as of November 19, 2004, between Holdings and BONY (collectively, the 2010 Notes, the 2013 Notes, the 2014 Notes and the 2015 Notes, “Holdings’ Notes”) and the 2016 Notes (on account of Holdings’ guaranty of the 2016 Notes). In addition, Holdings’ and SFTP’s guarantee claims, which include, among other things, claims arising under the guaranty by Holdings and SFTP of obligations owed to Time Warner Inc. (“Time Warner”) and certain of its affiliates under a loan made by a subsidiary of Time Warner to the Company up to a maximum aggregate amount of $10 million , shall be discharged and replaced by new guarantees of such obligations.

 

Pursuant to the Support Agreement, the Participating Lenders agreed, subject to the terms and conditions contained in the Support Agreement, to support the Debtors’ proposed financial restructuring, and further agreed not to transfer the claims of the Participating Lenders unless the transferee agreed to be bound by the Support Agreement (the “Lender Claims), subject to certain exceptions.  In accordance with the terms set forth in the Support Agreement, the Debtors filed the Chapter 11 Filing on June 13, 2009.

 

The Support Agreement may be terminated, subject to certain exceptions, if: (i) a plan (the “Qualified Plan”) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Participating Lenders holding more than 60% of the Lender Claims and a disclosure statement (the “Disclosure Statement”) related to the Qualified Plan, shall not have been filed by August 15, 2009, (such Qualified Plan and Disclosure Statement were filed on July 22, 2009) (ii) the Disclosure Statement shall not have been approved by the Bankruptcy Court by October 15, 2009, (iii) the Bankruptcy Court shall not have entered an order (the “Confirmation Order”) confirming a Qualified Plan by December 31, 2009, (iv) a Qualified Plan shall not have been consummated by February 15, 2010, (v) the Debtors shall take any action, subject to certain exceptions, inconsistent with the covenants set forth in the Support Agreement, (vi) an examiner with expanded powers or a trustee shall have been appointed in the chapter 11 case or if such case is dismissed, or if the case is converted to one under chapter 7, (vii) a Confirmation Order is reversed on appeal or vacated, (viii) the Bankruptcy Court does not enter, by certain deadlines after the petition date, interim and final orders governing the use by the Debtors of the Lenders’ cash collateral and granting adequate protection to the Lenders, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (such final order was entered in advance of those obligations on July 30, 2009) (the “Cash Collateral Order”), (ix) the occurrence of a termination event under the Cash Collateral Order, unless such termination event is waived, or (x) there shall have occurred any event, development or circumstance since the petition date (other than certain events noted therein related to the Chapter 11 Filing) that shall have resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse change in the business, condition (financial or otherwise), income, operations or prospects of the Debtors.

 

On July 22, 2009, the Debtors filed with the Bankruptcy Court the Disclosure Statement and a Qualified Plan.  Under the Plan, the holders of claims under the Credit Agreement Obligations existing as of the date of the Chapter 11 Filing (the “Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims”) against the SFTP Debtors will convert these claims into (i) approximately 92% of new common stock (the “New Common Stock”) to be issued by Holdings after its reorganization (“Reorganized SFI”), subject to dilution by a new long-term incentive plan for officers, directors and employees of Holdings (the “Long-Term Incentive Plan”), and (ii) a new term loan in an aggregate amount of $600 million (the “New Term Loan”).  Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims against SFO will be discharged and exchanged for a new guaranty of the obligations under the New Term Loan by SFO after its reorganization.  All other secured claims against the Debtors that are allowed by the Bankruptcy Court, if any, will either be paid in full or reinstated, in the Debtors’ discretion.  Allowed unsecured claims against all of the Debtors (other than

 

11



Table of Contents

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION as of June 13, 2009)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(unaudited)

 

Holdings and SFO) will be paid in full or be reinstated (but solely to the extent such claims are allowed by the Bankruptcy Court).  Claims against SFTP, SFO, and Holdings, respectively, based on a guaranty of the obligations of SFOG Acquisition A, Inc., SFOG Acquisition B, L.L.C., SFOT Acquisition I, Inc. and SFOT Acquisition II, Inc., each a subsidiary of Holdings, to Time Warner and certain affiliates of Time Warner under a certain promissory note and a certain subordinated indemnity agreement will be discharged and exchanged for new guarantees of such obligations (as may be amended in connection with the emergence of the Debtors from bankruptcy).  The holders of allowed unsecured claims against SFO (which includes claims arising under the 2016 Notes) will convert their claims against SFO into approximately 7% of the New Common Stock to be issued by Reorganized SFI (subject to dilution by the Long-Term Incentive Plan).  The holders of allowed unsecured claims against Holdings (which includes claims arising under Holdings’ Notes and Holdings’ guaranty of the 2016 Notes) will convert their claims against Holdings into approximately 1% of the New Common Stock to be issued by Reorganized SFI (subject to dilution by the Long-Term Incentive Plan).  All existing equity interests in Holdings will be canceled under the Plan.  All existing equity interests in Holdings’ direct subsidiary SFO will be cancelled, and 100% of the newly-issued common stock of SFO will be issued to Holdings on the effective date of the reorganization in consideration for Holdings’ distribution of the New Common Stock in Reorganized SFI to certain holders of allowed claims, as described above.  The existing equity interests in all Debtors (other than Holdings and SFO) will remain unaltered by the Plan.

 

Based upon the Debtors’ estimate of the allowed claims in the reorganization cases, the Plan hopes to provide a yet undetermined percentage to holders of Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims against SFTP, a 100% recovery for the holders of all other secured claims, a 100% recovery for the holders of unsecured claims against all Debtors (other than SFO and Holdings) and no recovery for holders of equity interests in Holdings prior to the Chapter 11 Filing.  The Plan also hopes to provide a yet undetermined percentage to the holders of unsecured claims against SFO and Holdings.  These projections are based on assumptions described in the Disclosure Statement and are not guaranteed.  See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” contained in Item 1A of the 2008 Annual Report and Part II, Item 1A of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.  The Plan is supported by the Debtors and the Participating Lenders.

 

Chapter 11 Financing

 

The Debtors will be permitted to use the Lenders’ cash collateral pursuant to the Cash Collateral Order with the following key terms: (i) monthly payment of an amount equal to interest accrued on the Credit Agreement Obligations at the non-default LIBOR-based rates set forth in the Credit Agreement (with an additional 2% in respect of default interest accruing), (ii) the prompt payment, following submission of invoices, of agency fees, letter of credit fees, and fees and expenses of counsel and financial advisors to the Administrative Agent, (iii) the Debtors’ diligent prosecution of the Plan, and (iv) additional reasonable covenants regarding use of cash collateral outside the ordinary course of business acceptable to the steering committee comprised of the Participating Lenders.  Such covenants include, for example, a prohibition on the Company’s granting of any mortgages, security interests, or liens in the cash collateral or any portion thereof to any parties not subject to the Cash Collateral Order pursuant to Section 364(d) of the Bankruptcy Code.  Additionally, subject to approval of the Lenders, the Company shall have the ability to renew and/or extend the maturity date of existing letters of credit prior to the effective date of the Plan without any increase in the amount available to be drawn thereunder.  The Debtors shall also have the ability to obtain a post-petition bi-lateral letter of credit facility in an amount to be agreed (secured solely by cash collateral) to address post-filing incremental letter of credit

 

12



Table of Contents

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION as of June 13, 2009)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(unaudited)

 

requirements arising subsequent to the June 13, 2009 commencement of the Chapter 11 Filing (the “Petition Date”).

 

Reporting Requirements

 

As a result of the Chapter 11 Filing, the Debtors are now required to file various documents with, and provide certain information to, the Bankruptcy Court, including statements of financial affairs, schedules of assets and liabilities, and monthly operating reports in forms prescribed by federal bankruptcy law, as well as certain financial information on an unconsolidated basis. Such materials will be prepared according to requirements of federal bankruptcy law.  While they accurately provide then-current information required under federal bankruptcy law, they are nonetheless unconsolidated, unaudited, and are prepared in a format different from that used in Six Flags, Inc.’s consolidated financial statements filed under the securities laws.  Accordingly, the Company believes that the substance and format do not allow meaningful comparison with its regular publicly-disclosed consolidated financial statements.  Moreover, the materials filed with the Bankruptcy Court are not prepared for the purpose of providing a basis for an investment decision relating to the Company’s securities, or for comparison with other financial information filed with the SEC.

 

Reasons for Bankruptcy

 

For several years, the Debtors have faced a number of challenges, most significantly their over-leveraged balance sheet, which have impaired their ability to achieve profitability.  Under the direction of the previous board of directors of Holdings’ and the management team, the Company had amassed more than $2.5 billion of debt and preferred income equity redeemable shares (“PIERS”) obligations by the end of 2005 in order to acquire theme parks and conduct various capital expenditure programs.  Faced with a highly leveraged balance sheet, in 2006 the newly constituted board of directors approved substantial changes to senior management, including several park presidents (formerly referred to as general managers), and new management began to effectuate a series of long-term operating initiatives.  By 2008, the new management team achieved several key strategic objectives, including diversifying and growing revenues, and increasing operational efficiency and operating cash flows, which it had set out to achieve by the end of its third year.

 

In addition, the new management team also worked to reduce the Company’s debt obligations.  This was achieved by, among other means, selling ten parks for approximately $400 million in gross proceeds, entering into the Credit Agreement that reduced interest costs and extended maturities and completing an exchange offer that exchanged $530.6 million of Holdings’ Notes for $400.0 million of 2016 Notes, resulting in reduced debt and interest, and extended maturities.  Despite these significant achievements, the Company remained highly leveraged and had substantial indebtedness and PIERS obligations.

 

The PIERS required mandatory redemption by August 15, 2009 at 100% of the liquidation preference in cash, which amounted to approximately $287.5 million, plus accrued and unpaid dividends of approximately $31.3 million.  Because the Debtors were not going to be able to satisfy this obligation and a default of the PIERS obligations would also have caused a default under the Credit Agreement, the Debtors sought to refinance or restructure the PIERS before the mandatory redemption date.  A default under the Credit Agreement, in turn, would have permitted the lenders thereunder to accelerate the Debtors’ obligations under the Credit Agreement.  Such an acceleration under the Credit Agreement would have also triggered cross-defaults under Holdings’ Notes, resulting in most, if not all, of the Debtors’ long-term debt becoming due and payable immediately.

 

13



Table of Contents

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION as of June 13, 2009)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(unaudited)

 

Recognizing the need for a comprehensive solution for these financial issues, prior to commencing the Chapter 11 Filing, the Debtors attempted to effect out-of-court exchange offers designed to reduce unsecured debt and interest expense requirements, leave in place its favorable Credit Agreement, and improve financial and operational flexibility to allow the Company to compete more effectively and generate long-term growth (the “Exchange Offers”).  Accordingly, Holdings (i) announced the commencement of an exchange offer and consent solicitation on April 17, 2009 to exchange the 2010 Notes, 2013 Notes and 2014 Notes for common stock and (ii) announced the commencement of an exchange offer and consent solicitation on May 6, 2009 to exchange the 2015 Notes for common stock.  The consummation of the Exchange Offers with respect to such Holdings’ Notes was conditioned on, among other things, the valid participation of at least 95% of the aggregate principal amount of each issue of Holdings’ Notes.  Holdings also contemplated soliciting consents from the holders of the PIERS to amend the terms of the PIERS to provide for the automatic conversion of the PIERS into common stock and filed a preliminary proxy statement with the SEC with respect to, among other things, the PIERS solicitation.

 

In connection with the Debtors’ efforts to appropriately evaluate all potential restructuring alternatives, in March 2009, the Debtors entered into negotiations with Avenue Capital Management (“Avenue”) in its capacity as the largest holder of the 2016 Notes, a significant holder of Holdings’ Notes, and a lender under the Credit Agreement, in an attempt to de-lever their balance sheet through a restructuring transaction that had the potential to result in a pre-negotiated chapter 11 filing. Negotiations with Avenue focused on the conversion of the 2016 Notes into the bulk of the equity of reorganized Holdings and were dependent upon reinstatement of the favorable terms of the Credit Agreement. Reinstatement of the Credit Agreement was a critical element of these negotiations because, if the Company was left with the full balance of the Credit Agreement but was unable to reinstate its terms, the Company would have faced the prospect of paying much higher “market” rates of interest on approximately $1.1264 billion outstanding under the Credit Agreement. The Company estimates that its annual interest costs would have increased by at least $40 million, further exacerbating the Company’s liquidity and future financial covenant challenges.

 

After several months of negotiations, the Company and Avenue were unable to reach an agreement to meet the Debtors’ liquidity and financial needs under the Credit Agreement.  The Debtors then consummated discussions with the Participating Lenders and ultimately entered into the Support Agreement.

 

Notifications

 

Shortly after the Petition Date, the Debtors began notifying current or potential creditors of the Chapter 11 Filing. Subject to certain exceptions under the Bankruptcy Code, the Chapter 11 Filing automatically enjoined, or stayed, the continuation of any judicial or administrative proceedings or other actions against the Debtors or their property to recover on, collect or secure a claim arising prior to the Petition Date. Thus, for example, most creditor actions to obtain possession of property from the Debtors, or to create, perfect or enforce any lien against the property of the Debtors, or to collect on monies owed or otherwise exercise rights or remedies with respect to a claim arising prior to the Petition Date are enjoined unless and until the Bankruptcy Court lifts the automatic stay. Vendors are being paid for goods furnished and services provided after the Petition Date in the ordinary course of business.  The deadline for the filing of proofs of claims against the Debtors has not yet been established by the Bankruptcy Court.

 

14



Table of Contents

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION as of June 13, 2009)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(unaudited)

 

Creditors’ Committee

 

As required by the Bankruptcy Code, the United States Trustee for the District of Delaware appointed a statutory committee of unsecured creditors (the “Creditors’ Committee”).  The Creditors’ Committee and its legal representatives have a right to be heard on all matters that come before the Bankruptcy Court with respect to the Debtors.  There can be no assurance that the Creditors’ Committee will support the Debtors’ positions on matters to be presented to the Bankruptcy Court in the future or on any plan of reorganization.  Disagreements between the Debtors and the Creditors’ Committee could protract the court proceedings, negatively impact the Debtors’ ability to operate and delay the Debtors’ emergence from bankruptcy.

 

Executory Contracts — Section 365

 

Under Section 365 and other relevant sections of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors may assume, assume and assign, or reject certain executory contracts and unexpired leases, including, without limitation, leases of real property, subject to the approval of the Bankruptcy Court and certain other conditions.  Any description of an executory contract or unexpired lease in this Form 10-Q, including where applicable, the Debtors’ express termination rights or a quantification of our obligations, must be read in conjunction with, and is qualified by, any overriding rejection rights the Debtors have under Section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.  Claims may arise as a result of rejecting any executory contract.

 

Plan of Reorganization

 

In order to successfully emerge from bankruptcy, the Debtors will need to propose and obtain confirmation by the Bankruptcy Court of a plan of reorganization that satisfies the requirements of the Bankruptcy Code.  A plan of reorganization would, among other things, resolve the Debtors obligations arising prior to the Petition Date, set forth the revised capital structure of the newly reorganized entities and provide for corporate governance subsequent to exit from bankruptcy.

 

Automatically, upon commencing the Chapter 11 Filing, the Debtors under the Bankruptcy Code have the exclusive right for 120 days after the Petition Date to file a plan of reorganization and, if they do so, 60 additional days to obtain necessary acceptances of their plan.  On July 22, 2009, the Debtors filed the Plan with the Bankruptcy Court.  If the Debtors’ exclusivity period lapsed, any party in interest would be able to file a plan of reorganization for any of the Debtors.  In addition to being voted on by holders of impaired claims and equity interests, a plan of reorganization must satisfy certain requirements of the Bankruptcy Code and must be approved, or confirmed, by the Bankruptcy Court in order to become effective.

 

A plan of reorganization will be deemed accepted by holders of claims against and equity interests in the Debtors if (1) at least one-half in number and two-thirds in dollar amount of claims actually voting in each impaired class of claims have voted to accept the plan, and (2) at least two-thirds in amount of equity interests actually voting in each impaired class of equity interests has voted to accept the plan.  Under certain circumstances set forth in Section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, however, the Bankruptcy Court may confirm a plan even if such plan has not been accepted by all impaired classes of claims and equity interests.  A class of claims or equity interests that does not receive or retain any property under the plan on account of such claims or interests is deemed to have voted to reject the plan.  The precise requirements and evidentiary showing for confirming a plan, notwithstanding its rejection by one or more impaired classes of claims or equity interests, depends upon a number of factors including, without limitation, the status and seniority of the claims or equity interests in the rejecting class (i.e.,

 

15



Table of Contents

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION as of June 13, 2009)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(unaudited)

 

secured claims or unsecured claims, subordinated or senior claims, preferred or common stock). Generally, with respect to common stock interests, a plan may be “crammed down” even if the stockholders receive no recovery if the proponent of the plan demonstrates that (1) no class junior to the common stock is receiving or retaining property under the plan, and (2) no class of claims or interests senior to the common stock is being paid more than in full.

 

Reorganization Costs

 

The Debtors have incurred and will continue to incur significant costs associated with the reorganization.  The amount of these costs, which are being expensed as incurred, are expected to significantly affect the Debtors’ results of operations.  See Note 2d “Reorganization Items” below for additional information.

 

Risks and Uncertainties

 

The ability of the Debtors, both during and after the Bankruptcy Court proceedings, to continue as a going concern, is dependent upon, among other things, (i) the ability of the Debtors to maintain adequate liquidity, including the generation of cash from operations, and (ii) the ability of the Debtors to confirm a plan of reorganization under the Bankruptcy Code.  Uncertainty as to the outcome of these factors raises substantial doubt about the Debtors’ ability to continue as a going concern.  The accompanying consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments to reflect or provide for the consequences of the bankruptcy proceedings, except for unsecured claims allowed by the Bankruptcy Court.  See Note 2d “Reorganization Items” below for additional information. In particular, such financial statements do not purport to show (a) as to assets, their realization value on a liquidation basis or their availability to satisfy liabilities, (b) as to liabilities arising prior to the Petition Date, the amounts that may be allowed for claims or contingencies, or the status and priority thereof, (c) as to stockholder accounts, the effect of any changes that may be made in the capitalization of the Debtors, or (d) as to operations, the effects of any changes that may be made in the underlying business.  A plan of reorganization would likely cause material changes to the amounts currently disclosed in the condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

Negative events associated with the Debtors’ Chapter 11 Filing could adversely affect revenues and the Debtors’ relationship with customers, as well as with vendors and employees, which in turn could adversely affect the Debtors’ operations and financial condition, particularly if the Bankruptcy Court proceedings are protracted.  Also, transactions outside of the ordinary course of business are subject to the prior approval of the Bankruptcy Court, which may limit the Debtors’ ability to respond timely to certain events or take advantage of certain opportunities.   Because of the risks and uncertainties associated with the Bankruptcy Court proceedings, the ultimate impact that events that occur during these proceedings will have on the Debtors’ business, financial condition and results of operations cannot be accurately predicted or quantified, and until such issues are resolved, there remains substantial doubt about the Debtors’ ability to continue as a going concern.

 

As a result of the Chapter 11 Filing, realization of assets and liquidation of liabilities are subject to uncertainty.  While operating as a debtor-in-possession under the protection of chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, and subject to Bankruptcy Court approval or otherwise as permitted in the normal course of business, the Debtors may sell or otherwise dispose of assets and liquidate or settle liabilities for amounts other than those reflected in the condensed consolidated financial statements.  Further, a plan of reorganization could materially change the amounts and classifications reported in the consolidated historical financial statements, which do not give effect to any adjustments to the carrying value of assets

 

16



Table of Contents

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION as of June 13, 2009)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(unaudited)

 

or amounts of liabilities that might be necessary as a consequence of confirmation of a plan of reorganization.

 

Impact on Net Operating Loss Carryforwards

 

Our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”) will be limited by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, after we consummate a debt restructuring that results in an ownership change.  In general, following an ownership change, a limitation is imposed on the amount of pre-ownership change NOLs that may be used to offset taxable income in each year following the ownership change.   Under a special rule that may be elected for an ownership change pursuant to a chapter 11 reorganization, the amount of this annual limitation is equal to the “long-term tax-exempt rate” (published monthly by the IRS) for the month in which the ownership change occurs, multiplied by the value of our stock immediately after, rather than immediately before, the ownership change.  By taking into account the value of our stock immediately after the chapter 11 reorganization, the limitation is increased as a result of the cancellation of debt that occurs pursuant to the chapter 11 reorganization.  Because we expect to elect this treatment, an annual limitation will be imposed on the amount of our pre-ownership change NOLs that can be utilized to offset our taxable income after consummation of the chapter 11 reorganization.  Any portion of the annual limitation that is not used in a particular year may be carried forward and used in subsequent years.  The annual limitation is increased by certain built-in income and gains recognized (or treated as recognized) during the five years following the ownership change (up to the total amount of built-in income and gain that existed at the time of the ownership change).  Built-in income for this purpose includes the amount by which our tax depreciation expense during this five year period is less than it would be if our assets had a tax basis on the date of the ownership change equal to their fair market value.  Because most of our assets are theme park assets, which are depreciated on an accelerated basis over a seven-year recovery period, we expect any NOL limitation for the five years following an ownership change to be substantially increased by built-in income and to result in a carryforward of excess limitation to future periods.  Nevertheless, because the value of our outstanding common stock is low, the annual limitation resulting from an ownership change will be correspondingly low and, even after being increased by built-in-income, the cumulative limitation is expected to be substantially less than the amount of our NOLs.  A significant amount of our NOLs is therefore expected to expire unused as a result of an ownership change.  This may require an additional valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets.

 

2.              General — Basis of Presentation

 

We own and operate regional theme and water parks.  Of the 20 parks we own or operate, 18 are located in the United States. Of the other two, one is located in Mexico City, Mexico and the other is located in Montreal, Canada.  During the second quarter of 2008, we decided that we would not re-open our New Orleans Park, which sustained very extensive damage during Hurricane Katrina in late August 2005 and has not re-opened since.  We have recorded appropriate provisions for impairment and liabilities related to the abandonment of the New Orleans park operations.  The condensed consolidated financial statements as of and for all periods presented reflect the assets, liabilities and results of the facilities sold and held for sale as discontinued operations.  See Notes 3 and 7.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, which follows these notes, contains additional information on our results of operations and our financial position. That discussion should be read in conjunction with the condensed consolidated financial statements and these notes.  Our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (the

 

17



Table of Contents

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION as of June 13, 2009)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(unaudited)

 

“2008 Annual Report”) includes additional information about us, our operations and our financial position, and should be referred to in conjunction with this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.  The information furnished in this report reflects all adjustments (which are normal and recurring) that are, in the opinion of management, necessary to present a fair statement of the results for the periods presented.

 

Results of operations for the three-month and six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 are not indicative of the results expected for the full year.  In particular, our park operations contribute a significant majority of their annual revenue during the period from Memorial Day to Labor Day each year, while expenses are incurred year round.

 

The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements do not purport to reflect or provide for the consequences of our Chapter 11 Filing.  In particular, the financial statements do not purport to show (1) as to assets, their realizable value on a liquidation basis or their availability to satisfy liabilities, (2) as to liabilities arising prior to the Petition Date, the amounts that may be allowed for claims or contingencies, or the status and priority thereof, (3) as to shareholders’ equity accounts, the effect of any changes that may be made in our capitalization, or (4) as to operations, the effect of any changes that may be made to our business.

 

a.      Consolidated U.S. GAAP Presentation

 

Our accounting policies reflect industry practices and conform to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

The condensed consolidated financial statements include our accounts and the accounts of our wholly owned subsidiaries.

 

We also consolidate the partnerships and joint ventures that own SFOT and SFOG, as we have determined that we have the most significant economic interest since we receive a majority of these entities’ expected losses or expected residual returns and have the ability to make decisions that significantly affect the results of the activities of these entities.  The equity interests owned by non-affiliated parties in SFOT and SFOG are reflected in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets as redeemable noncontrolling interests.  The portion of earnings or loss from each of the parks attributable to non-affiliated parties is reflected as net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations.

 

While operating as debtors-in-possession, the Debtors may sell or otherwise dispose of or liquidate assets or settle liabilities, subject to the approval of the Bankruptcy Court or as permitted in the ordinary course of business.  These dispositions and settlements may be in amounts other than those reflected in the condensed consolidated financial statements. Further, a plan of reorganization could materially change the amounts and classifications in the condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

b.      Liquidity and Going Concern

 

The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming we will continue as a going concern.  This assumes a continuing of operations and the realization of assets and liabilities in the ordinary course of business.  The condensed consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result if we were forced to discontinue operations.  See Note 1 “Chapter 11 Reorganization” regarding the impact of the Chapter 11 Filing and the proceedings in Bankruptcy Court on the Company’s liquidity and its status as a going concern.

 

18



Table of Contents

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION as of June 13, 2009)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

c.      Accounting for the Chapter 11 Filing

 

We follow the accounting prescribed by American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position No. 90-7, “Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization under the Bankruptcy Code” (“SOP 90-7”), which provides guidance for periods subsequent to a chapter 11 filing, among other things, the presentation of liabilities that are and are not subject to compromise by the Bankruptcy Court proceedings, as well as the treatment of interest expense and presentation of costs associated with the proceedings.

 

In accordance with SOP 90-7, debt discounts or premiums as well as debt issuance costs should be viewed as valuations of the related debt.  When the debt has become an allowed claim and the allowed claim differs from the carrying amount of the debt, the recorded amount should be adjusted to the allowed claim.  We have written-off costs that are associated with unsecured debt that is included in liabilities subject to compromise at June 30, 2009.  See Note 2d “Reorganization Items”.  Premiums and discounts as well as debt issuance cost on debts that are not subject to compromise, such as fully secured claims, have not been adjusted.

 

Because Holdings’ existing stockholders are expected to own less than 50% of the voting shares after Holdings emerges from bankruptcy, we expect to apply “Fresh-Start Reporting,” in which our assets and liabilities will be recorded at their estimated fair value using the principles of purchase accounting contained in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 141R, “Business Combinations,” with the difference between our estimated fair value and our identifiable assets and liabilities being recognized as goodwill.

 

d.      Reorganization Items

 

SOP 90-7 requires separate disclosure of reorganization items such as realized gains and losses from the settlement of liabilities subject to compromise, provisions for losses resulting from the reorganization and restructuring of the business, as well as professional fees directly related to the process of reorganizing the Debtors under the Bankruptcy Code.  The Debtors’ reorganization items consist of the following:

 

 

 

Three months
ended
June 30 , 2009

 

Six months
ended
June 30, 2009

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs, premiums and discounts associated with unsecured debt subject to compromise

 

$

 67,581

 

$

 67,581

 

Professional fees directly related to reorganization

 

11,144

 

11,144

 

Total reorganization items

 

$

 78,725

 

$

 78,725

 

 

Professional fees directly related to the reorganization include fees associated with advisors to the Debtors, certain creditors and the Creditors’ Committee.

 

  Net cash paid for reorganization items, entirely constituting professional fees, as of June 30, 2009 totaled $10,840,000.

 

e.      Liabilities Subject to Compromise

 

Liabilities subject to compromise refers to unsecured obligations that will be accounted for under a plan of reorganization. Generally, actions to enforce or otherwise effect payment of liabilities arising

 

19



Table of Contents

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION as of June 13, 2009)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

before the date of filing of the plan of reorganization are stayed.  SOP 90-7 requires liabilities that are subject to compromise to be reported at the claim amounts expected to be allowed, even if they may be settled for lesser amounts. These liabilities represent the estimated amount of claims expected to be allowed on known or potential claims to be resolved through the bankruptcy process, and remain subject to future adjustments arising from negotiated settlements, actions of the Bankruptcy Court, rejection of executory contracts and unexpired leases, the determination as to the value of collateral securing the claims, proofs of claim, or other events.  Liabilities subject to compromise also include certain items that may be assumed under the plan of reorganization, and as such, may be subsequently reclassified to liabilities not subject to compromise.  The Company has not included the Credit Agreement Obligations as liabilities subject to compromise as these secured liabilities are expected to be fully recovered by the Lenders.  The Bankruptcy Court has granted final approval of many of the Debtors’ “first day” motions covering, among other things, human resource obligations, supplier relations, insurance, customer relations, business operations, certain tax matters, cash management, post-petition utilities, case management and retention of professionals.  Obligations associated with these matters are not classified as liabilities subject to compromise.

 

 The Debtors may reject pre-petition executory contracts and unexpired leases with respect to the Debtors’ operations, with the approval of the Bankruptcy Court. Damages resulting from rejection of executory contracts and unexpired leases are generally treated as general unsecured claims and will be classified as liabilities subject to compromise. Holders of such pre-petition claims will be required to file proofs of claims by a bar date to be determined by the Bankruptcy Court.  A bar date is the date by which claims against the Debtors must be filed if the claimants wish to receive any distribution in the chapter 11 cases.  The Debtors will notify all known claimants subject to the bar date of their need to file a proof of claim with the Bankruptcy Court. Differences between liability amounts estimated by the Debtors and claims filed by creditors will be investigated and, if necessary, the Bankruptcy Court will make a final determination of the allowable claim. The determination of how liabilities will ultimately be treated cannot be made until the Bankruptcy Court approves a plan of reorganization. Accordingly, the ultimate amount or treatment of such liabilities is not determinable at this time.

 

 Liabilities subject to compromise consist of the following:

 

 

 

June 30, 2009

 

December 31, 2008

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Accounts payable and other accrued expenses

 

$

 75,968

 

$

 —

 

Accrued interest payable

 

49,877

 

 

Unsecured debt

 

988,305

 

 

Unsecured convertible notes

 

280,000

 

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

5,222

 

 

Total liabilities subject to compromise

 

$

1,399,372

 

$

 —

 

 

Liabilities subject to compromise include trade accounts payable related to purchases prior to the Petition Date, which generally have not been paid.  As a result, the Company’s cash flows from operations were favorably affected by the stay of payments related to these liabilities.

 

f.       PARC Note

 

We recorded the $37.0 million note that we received pursuant to the sale of seven parks in April 2007 (the “PARC Note”) at an estimated fair value of $11.4 million, reflecting the risk of collectability due to the PARC Note’s subordination to other obligations.  We will not recognize interest income from the PARC Note until the entire carrying amount has been recovered, in accordance with the guidance of

 

20



Table of Contents

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION as of June 13, 2009)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

SFAS No. 114, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan.” As of June 30, 2009, we have collected payments in the amount of $6.9 million leaving the PARC Note receivable balance at $4.5 million.  See Note 7.

 

g.      Income Taxes

 

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method.  At December 31, 2008, we had recorded a valuation allowance of $598,510,000 due to uncertainties related to our ability to utilize some of our deferred tax assets before they expire.  The valuation allowance was increased by $96,754,000 through June 30, 2009, in respect of the net loss before income taxes generated during the first six months of 2009.  In addition, we decreased the valuation allowance by $3,565,000 through June 30, 2009 related to other comprehensive income (loss).

 

We classify interest and penalties attributable to income taxes as part of income tax expense.  As of June 30, 2009, we have a liability of approximately $4,150,000 accrued for interest and penalties.

 

h.      Long-Lived Assets

 

We review long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable.  Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets to future net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset or group of assets.  If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets.  Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.

 

i.       Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

 

We account for derivatives and hedging activities in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) SFAS No. 133 (“SFAS 133”), “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” which establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities.  It requires an entity to recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet and measure those instruments at fair value.  If certain conditions are met, a derivative may be specifically designated as a hedge for accounting purposes.  The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative (e.g., gains and losses) depends on the intended use of the derivative and the resulting designation.

 

We formally document all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as our risk-management objective and our strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions.  This process includes linking all derivatives that are designated as cash-flow hedges to forecasted transactions. We also assess, both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of hedged items.

 

Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is effective and that is designated and qualifies as a cash-flow hedge are recorded in other comprehensive income (loss), until operations are affected by the variability in cash flows of the designated hedged item.  Changes in fair value of a derivative that is not designated as a hedge are recorded in other expense in our condensed consolidated statements of operations on a current basis.

 

21



Table of Contents

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION as of June 13, 2009)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

We have recorded an $8,725,000 loss through the second quarter of 2009 in other expense because during the fourth quarter of 2008, our interest rate swaps no longer met the SFAS 133 probability test and hedge accounting treatment was discontinued.

 

j.       Income (Loss) Per Common Share

 

The effect of potential common shares issuable upon the exercise of employee stock options on the weighted average number of shares on a diluted basis for both the three and six months ended June 30, 2009 does not include 6,580,000 options, and for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008 does not include 6,884,000 options, as the effect of the exercise of these options would be antidilutive.  Additionally, the weighted average number of shares of common stock on a diluted basis for the three-month period ended June 30, 2009 and the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 does not include the effect of the potential conversion of our PIERS or 2015 Notes as the effect of such conversion and the resulting decrease in preferred stock dividends and interest expense, as the case may be, is antidilutive.  Our PIERS, which are shown as mandatorily redeemable preferred stock on our consolidated balance sheets, were issued in January 2001 and are convertible into 13,789,000 shares of common stock.  Our 2015 Notes are convertible into 44,094,000 shares of common stock, although we can satisfy conversions by delivering cash in lieu of shares. The following table reconciles the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding used in the calculations of basic and diluted income per share for the three months ended June 30, 2008.

 

 

 

Three months ended

 

 

 

June 30, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

Per

 

 

 

Net

 

Shares

 

Share

 

 

 

Income

 

Outstanding

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic Earnings Per Share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

92,909,000

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock dividends and amortization of related issue costs

 

(5,492,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

87,417,000

 

97,319,000

 

$

 0.90

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted Earnings Per Share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of potential common shares issuable upon exercise of employee stock options

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of dilutive securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock

 

5,492,000

 

13,789,000

 

 

 

Convertible notes

 

5,045,000

 

44,094,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

97,954,000

 

155,202,000

 

$

 0.63

 

 

PIERS dividends and amortization of related issue costs of $5,436,000 and $10,929,000 were included in determining net income (loss) applicable to common stock for the three and six months ended June 30, 2009, respectively.  PIERS dividends and amortization of related issue costs of $5,492,000 and

 

22



Table of Contents

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION as of June 13, 2009)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

$10,985,000 were included in determining net income (loss) applicable to common stock for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008, respectively.

 

k.      Reclassifications

 

Reclassifications have been made to certain amounts reported in 2008 to conform to the 2009 presentation.

 

l.       Stock Benefit Plans

 

The Debtors, after emergence from bankruptcy, expect to implement the Long-Term Incentive Plan for management, selected employees and directors of the reorganized companies, providing incentive compensation in the form of new issuances of stock options and/or restricted stock in Holdings.

 

As a result of the Chapter 11 Filing, it is unlikely that the restricted stock or stock options granted to employees and directors in the past under the stock-based compensation arrangements described below will retain value comparable to their grant date fair value, as the Plan proposes that all existing stockholders of Holdings will not receive any compensation for their claims.

 

We maintain stock-based compensation arrangements under which employees and directors are awarded grants of restricted stock and stock options.  During the three months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008, stock-based compensation expense was $602,000 and $2,631,000, respectively.  During the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008, stock-based compensation expense was $1,441,000 and $6,223,000, respectively.

 

Under our various stock option and incentive plans (“Stock Incentive Plans”), our officers and non-employee directors may be awarded stock options, restricted stock and other stock-based awards.  As of June 30, 2009, options to purchase 6,580,000 shares of our common stock and approximately 1,769,000 shares of restricted stock were outstanding under the Stock Incentive Plans and approximately 3,763,000 shares were available for future grant.  50,000 stock options were granted during the six month period ended June 30, 2009 to our Chief Financial Officer pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement.  No stock options were granted during the six month period ended June 30, 2008.

 

Stock Options

 

Options granted under the Stock Incentive Plans may be designated as either incentive stock options or non-qualified stock options.  Options are generally granted with an exercise price equal to the market value of our common stock at the date of grant.  These option awards generally vest 20% per annum, commencing with the date of grant, and have a contractual term of either 7, 8 or 10 years.  In addition, our President and Chief Executive Officer was granted 475,000 options during the first quarter of 2006 that become exercisable only if certain market prices of our common stock are maintained for consecutive 90 day periods.  Stock option compensation is recognized over the vesting period using the graded vesting terms of the respective grant.

 

The estimated fair value of options granted without a market condition was calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing valuation model.  This model takes into account several factors and assumptions.  The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term equal to the expected life assumption at the time of grant.  The expected term (estimated period of time outstanding) is estimated using the contractual term of the option and the historical effects of employees’ expected exercise and post-vesting employment termination behavior.  Expected volatility

 

23



Table of Contents

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION as of June 13, 2009)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

was calculated based on historical volatility for a period equal to the stock option’s expected life, calculated on a daily basis.  The expected dividend yield is based on expected dividends for the expected term of the stock options.  The fair value of stock options on the date of grant is expensed on a straight line basis over the requisite service period of the graded vesting term as if the award was, in substance, multiple awards.

 

The estimated fair value of options granted to our President and Chief Executive Officer with a market condition was calculated using the Monte Carlo option pricing valuation model. This model takes into account several factors and assumptions.  The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term equal to the expected life assumption at the time of grant.  The expected term (estimated period of time outstanding) is estimated using the contractual term of the option and the historical effects of employees’ expected exercise and post-vesting employment termination behavior.  Expected volatility was equal to the expected volatility utilized in the Black-Scholes option pricing valuation model described above.  The expected dividend yield is based on expected dividends for the expected term of the stock options.  The vesting hurdles were based on the market prices of our common stock pursuant to the terms of the option grants ($12 and $15) and the exercise multiple utilized was 1.75 which assumes that the option holder will exercise once the stock price has appreciated to 1.75 times the grant price.

 

The weighted-average assumptions used in the option pricing valuation models for options granted in the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

Employees

 

Directors

 

Employees

 

Directors

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

1.79

%

 

 

 

Expected life (in years)

 

5.68

 

 

 

 

Expected volatility

 

68.47

%

 

 

 

Expected dividend yield

 

 

 

 

 

 

A summary of the status of our option awards as of June 30, 2009 and changes during the six months then ended is presented below:

 

 

 

Shares

 

Weighted Avg.
Exercise Price ($)

 

Weighted Avg.
Remaining
Contractual Term

 

Aggregate
Intrinsic Value

 

Balance at January 1, 2009

 

6,884,000

 

6.57

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

50,000

 

0.33

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Canceled or exchanged

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

(80,000

)

7.74

 

 

 

 

 

Expired

 

(274,000

)

13.70

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2009

 

6,580,000

 

6.21

 

6.85

 

 

Vested and expected to vest at June 30, 2009

 

6,750,000

 

6.62

 

6.52

 

 

Options exercisable at June 30, 2009

 

3,686,000

 

6.84

 

6.65

 

 

 

24



Table of Contents

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION as of June 13, 2009)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

The weighted average grant date fair value of our option awards granted during the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 was $0.20 and $0.00, respectively.  The total intrinsic value of options exercised for both periods was $0.  The total fair value of options that vested during the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 was $3.2 million in both periods.

 

As of June 30, 2009, there was $1.3 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to our option awards.  The weighted average period over which that cost is expected to be recognized, without regard to the potential impact of the Chapter 11 Filing and proceedings, is 1.71 years.

 

Restricted Stock

 

Restricted shares of our common stock may be awarded under the Stock Incentive Plans and are subject to restrictions on transferability and other restrictions, if any, as the compensation committee (the “Compensation Committee”) of Holdings’ board of directors may impose. The Compensation Committee may also determine when and under what circumstances the restrictions may lapse and whether the participant receives the rights of a stockholder, including, without limitation, the right to vote and receive dividends. Unless the Compensation Committee determines otherwise, restricted stock that is still subject to restrictions is forfeited upon termination of employment.  The fair value of restricted stock awards on the date of grant is expensed on a straight line basis over the requisite service period of the graded vesting term as if the award was, in substance, multiple awards.

 

We issued 50,000 shares of restricted stock during the six months ended June 30, 2009 to our Chief Financial Officer pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement.

 

We issued 2,505,518 shares of restricted stock during the year ended December 31, 2008 as settlement for 2007 accrued management bonuses to certain key employees and to fund a portion of our 401(k) plan match for 2007.  Of the 2,505,518 shares issued (i) 1,029,109 vested on March 11, 2008, (ii)  1,050,985 shares vested on April 7, 2008, (iii) 113,333 shares, related to the 401(k) plan match vested on September 10, 2008, (iv) 19,013 shares were forfeited upon the termination of several employees throughout 2008, (v) 7,064 shares were forfeited upon the termination of several employees in 2009, and (vi) 286,014 shares will vest in 2011 if certain performance based financial goals of the Company are met.

 

A summary of the status of our restricted stock awards as of June 30, 2009 and changes during the six months then ended is presented below:

 

 

 

Shares

 

Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair Value ($)

 

Non-vested balance at January 1, 2009

 

1,731,412

 

4.99

 

Granted

 

50,000

 

0.33

 

Vested

 

(5,000

)

5.54

 

Forfeited

 

(7,064

)

1.84

 

Non-vested balance at June 30, 2009

 

1,769,348

 

4.87

 

 

The weighted average grant date fair value per share of restricted stock awards granted during the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 was $0.33 and $1.84, respectively.  The total grant date fair value of restricted stock awards granted during the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 was $0.02 million and $4.4 million, respectively.  The total fair value of restricted stock awards that vested during the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 was $0.03 million and $3.9 million, respectively.  As of June 30, 2009, there were unrecognized compensation costs of $1.4 million related to restricted stock

 

25



Table of Contents

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION as of June 13, 2009)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

awards.  The weighted average period over which that cost is expected to be recognized, without regard to the potential impact of the Chapter 11 Filing and proceedings, is 1.50 years.

 

m.     New Accounting Pronouncements

 

In May 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 165, “Subsequent Events” (“SFAS 165”).  SFAS 165 defines the period after the balance sheet date during which a reporting entity should evaluate events or transactions that may occur for potential recognition or disclosure in the financial statements, the circumstances under which a reporting entity should recognize events or transactions occurring after the balance sheet date and the disclosures required for events or transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date.  Subsequent events that provide additional evidence about conditions that existed at the balance sheet date are to be recognized in the financial statements.  Subsequent events that are conditions that arose after the balance sheet date but prior to the issuance of the financial statements are not recognized in the financial statements, but should be disclosed if failure to do so would render the financial statements misleading.  SFAS 165 requires disclosure of the date through which subsequent events have been evaluated.  For subsequent events not recognized, disclosures should include a description of the nature of the event and either an estimate of its financial effect or a statement that such an estimate cannot be made.  We adopted SFAS 165 for the interim period ending June 30, 2009.  Adoption did not affect the recognition or disclosure of subsequent events.  We evaluate subsequent events up to the date we file our Form 10-Q with the Securities and Exchange Commission for our financial statements.  For the period ended June 30, 2009, this date was August 14, 2009.

 

In June 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 167, “Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R)” (“SFAS 167”).  SFAS 167 amends FASB Interpretation 46(R) (“FIN 46(R)”) and changes the consolidation guidance applicable to a variable interest entity.  It also amends the guidance governing the determination of whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity, and is, therefore, required to consolidate an entity, by requiring a qualitative analysis rather than a quantitative analysis.  The qualitative analysis will include, among other things, consideration of who has the power to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and who has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits of the variable interest entity that could potentially be significant to the variable interest entity.  This standard also requires continuous reassessments of whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity.  Previously, FIN 46(R) required reconsideration of whether an enterprise was the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity only when specific events had occurred.  Qualifying special-purpose entities, which were previously exempt from the application of this standard, will be subject to the provisions of this standard when it becomes effective.  SFAS 167 also requires enhanced disclosures about an enterprise’s involvement with a variable interest entity.  SFAS is effective as of the beginning of interim and annual reporting periods that begin after November 15, 2009.  We are currently evaluating the effect that SFAS 167 will have on our financial statements.

 

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), “Business Combinations” (“SFAS 141(R)”), which replaces SFAS No. 141.  SFAS 141(R) retains the fundamental requirements of Statement No. 141 that an acquirer be identified and the acquisition method of accounting (previously called the purchase method) be used for all business combinations.  SFAS 141(R)’s scope is broader than that of Statement No. 141, which applied only to business combinations in which control was obtained by transferring consideration.  By applying the acquisition method to all transactions and other events in which one entity obtains control over one or more other businesses, SFAS 141(R) improves the comparability of the information about business combinations provided in financial reports.  SFAS 141(R) establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer recognizes and measures identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed and noncontrolling interest in the acquiree, as well as any resulting

 

26



Table of Contents

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION as of June 13, 2009)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

goodwill.  SFAS 141(R) applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008.  We will evaluate how the new requirements of SFAS 141(R) would impact any business combinations completed in 2009 or thereafter.

 

In December 2007, the FASB also issued SFAS No. 160 (“SFAS 160”), “Noncontrolling Interest in Consolidated Financial Statements-an amendment of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51.”  SFAS 160 states that accounting and reporting for minority interests will be recharacterized as noncontrolling interests and classified as a component of equity. SFAS 160 also establishes reporting requirements that provide disclosures that identify and distinguish between the interests of the parent and the interests of the noncontrolling owners. SFAS 160 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within the fiscal year, beginning after December 15, 2008, and early adoption is prohibited. SFAS 160 requires retroactive adoption of the presentation and disclosure requirements for existing minority interests. The condensed consolidated financial statements herein reflect the adoption of SFAS 160.  All other requirements of SFAS 160 will be applied prospectively.  As a result of our adoption of SFAS 160 as of January 1, 2009, future purchases of “puttable” limited partnership units in the Partnership Parks will no longer be subject to purchase accounting but will be accounted for by reducing our redeemable noncontrolling interests and cash, respectively.  Comparative financial statements of prior periods have been adjusted to apply this new presentation retrospectively.

 

In May 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position No. APB 14-1 (“FSP APB 14-1”), “Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments That May Be Settled in Cash upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash Settlement).”  FSP APB 14-1 requires issuers of convertible debt to account separately for the liability and equity components of these instruments in a manner that reflects the issuer’s nonconvertible borrowing rate.  FSP APB 14-1 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008 with retroactive application to all periods presented during which any such convertible debt instruments were outstanding.  We adopted FSP APB 14-1 on January 1, 2009.  FSP APB 14-1 changed the accounting treatment for the 2015 Notes and resulted in an increase to non-cash interest reported in our historical financial statements as well as our current and future financial statements as long as we continue to have the 2015 Notes outstanding.  Comparative financial statements of prior periods have been adjusted to apply this new presentation retrospectively.

 

As of June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the principal amount of 2015 Notes outstanding was $280.0 million and $280.0 million, respectively, the unamortized discount of the 2015 Notes was $0 million and $68.0 million as of June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively, and the net carrying value of the 2015 Notes was $280.0 million and $213.5 million at June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.  The debt discount was amortized to interest expense resulting in an increase in non-cash interest expense of approximately $3.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009.  The 2015 Notes are convertible into approximately 44.1 million shares of common stock at a conversion rate of 157.5 shares per $1,000 face amount of debt.  Comparative financial statements of prior periods have been adjusted to apply this new presentation retrospectively.

 

The following condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2008 and the following condensed consolidated statements of operations, condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) line items for the three and six months ended June 30, 2008 and the condensed consolidated statement of cash flows line items for the six months ended June 30, 2008 were affected by SFAS 160 and FSP APB 14-1:

 

27



Table of Contents

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION as of June 13, 2009)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

 

December 31, 2008

 

 

 

As originally
reported

 

Effect of
adoption of
SFAS 160

 

Effect of
adoption of
FSP APB 14-1

 

As adjusted

 

Debt issuance costs

 

$

31,910,000

 

$

 

$

(716,000

)

$

31,194,000

 

Total assets

 

$

3,030,845,000

 

$

 

$

(716,000

)

$

3,030,129,000

 

Long-term debt

 

$

2,112,272,000

 

$

 

$

(68,042,000

)

$

2,044,230,000

 

Capital in excess of par value

 

$

1,404,346,000

 

$

 

$

87,148,000

 

$

1,491,494,000

 

Accumulated deficit

 

$

(1,794,156,000

)

$

 

$

(19,822,000

)

$

(1,813,978,000

)

Total stockholders’ deficit

 

$

(443,825,000

)

$

 

$

67,326,000

 

$

(376,499,000

)

Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit

 

$

3,030,845,000

 

$

 

$

(716,000

)

$

3,030,129,000

 

 

28



Table of Contents

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION as of June 13, 2009)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations

 

Three Months Ended June 30, 2008

 

 

 

As originally
reported

 

Effect of
adoption of
SFAS 160

 

Effect of
adoption of
FSP APB
14-1

 

As adjusted

 

Interest expense

 

$

(45,745,000

)

$

 

$

(1,682,000

)

$

(47,427,000

)

Minority interest in earnings

 

$

(20,562,000

)

$

20,562,000

 

$

 

$

 

Total other income

 

$

42,204,000

 

$

20,562,000

 

$

(1,682,000

)

$

61,084,000

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes and discontinued operations

 

$

111,466,000

 

$

20,562,000

 

$

(1,682,000

)

$

130,346,000

 

Income from continuing operations before discontinued operations

 

$

108,713,000

 

$

20,562,000

 

$

(1,682,000

)

$

127,593,000

 

Net income

 

$

94,591,000

 

$

20,562,000

 

$

(1,682,000

)

$

113,471,000

 

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

$

 

$

(20,562,000

)

$

 

$

(20,562,000

)

Income per share from continuing operations attributable to Six Flags, Inc. common stockholders — basic

 

$

1.06

 

$

 

$

(0.02

)

$

1.04

 

Net loss per share attributable to Six Flags, Inc. common stockholders - basic

 

$

0.92

 

$

 

$

(0.02

)

$

0.90

 

 

Six Months Ended June 30, 2008

 

 

 

As originally
reported

 

Effect of
adoption of
SFAS 160

 

Effect of
adoption of
FSP APB
14-1

 

As adjusted

 

Interest expense

 

$

(92,462,000

)

$

 

$

(3,333,000

)

$

(95,795,000

)

Minority interest in earnings

 

$

(19,966,000

)

$

19,966,000

 

$

 

$

 

Total other expense

 

$

(8,869,000

)

$

19,966,000

 

$

(3,333,000

)

$

7,764,000

 

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes and discontinued operations

 

$

(35,863,000

)

$

19,966,000

 

$

(3,333,000

)

$

(19,230,000

)

Loss from continuing operations before discontinued operations

 

$

(40,337,000

)

$

19,966,000

 

$

(3,333,000

)

$

(23,704,000

)

Net loss

 

$

(55,313,000

)

$

19,966,000

 

$

(3,333,000

)

$

(38,680,000

)

Plus: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

$

 

$

(19,966,000

)

$

 

$

(19,966,000

)

Loss per share from continuing operations attributable to Six Flags, Inc. common stockholders

 

$

(0.53

)

$

 

$

(0.03

)

$

(0.56

)

Net loss per share attributable to Six Flags, Inc. common stockholders

 

$

(0.69

)

$

 

$

(0.03

)

$

(0.72

)

 

29



Table of Contents

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION as of June 13, 2009)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

Three Months Ended June 30, 2008

 

 

 

As originally
reported

 

Effect of
adoption of
SFAS 160

 

Effect of
adoption of
FSP APB
14-1

 

As adjusted

 

Net income

 

$

94,591,000

 

$

20,562,000

 

$

(1,682,000

)

$

113,471,000

 

Comprehensive income

 

$

113,577,000

 

$

20,562,000

 

$

(1,682,000

)

$

132,457,000

 

Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

$

 

$

(20,562,000

)

$

 

$

(20,562,000

)

 

Six Months Ended June 30, 2008

 

 

 

As originally
reported

 

Effect of
adoption of
SFAS 160

 

Effect of
adoption of
FSP APB
14-1

 

As adjusted

 

Net loss

 

$

(55,313,000

)

$

19,966,000

 

$

(3,333,000

)

$

(38,680,000

)

Comprehensive loss

 

$

(42,528,000

)

$

19,966,000

 

$

(3,333,000

)

$

(25,895,000

)

Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

$

 

$

(19,966,000

)

$

 

$

(19,966,000

)

 

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

 

Six Months Ended June 30, 2008

 

 

 

As originally
reported

 

Effect of
adoption of
SFAS 160

 

Effect of
adoption of
FSP APB
14-1

 

As adjusted

 

Net loss

 

$

(55,313,000

)

$

19,966,000

 

$

(3,333,000

)

$

(38,680,000

)

Minority interest in earnings

 

$

19,966,000

 

$

(19,966,000

)

$

 

$

 

Interest accretion on notes payable

 

$

33,000

 

$

 

$

3,574,000

 

$

3,607,000

 

Amortization of debt issuance costs

 

$

3,060,000

 

$

 

$

(241,000

)

$

2,819,000

 

 

In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161 (“SFAS 161”), “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, an Amendment of SFAS 133.”  SFAS 161 is intended to improve transparency in financial reporting by requiring enhanced disclosures of an entity’s derivative instruments and hedging activities and their effects on the entity’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows.  SFAS 161 applies to all derivative instruments within the scope of SFAS 133.  SFAS 161 also applies to non-derivative hedging instruments and all hedged items designated and qualifying under SFAS 133.  SFAS 161 is effective prospectively for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with early application encouraged.  SFAS 161 encourages, but does not require, comparative disclosures for periods prior to its final adoption.  SFAS 161 has not impacted our condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

30



Table of Contents

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION as of June 13, 2009)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

3.            Acquisition and Disposition of Parks

 

During the second quarter of 2008, we decided that we would not re-open our New Orleans Park, which sustained very extensive damage during Hurricane Katrina in late August 2005.  We have recorded appropriate provisions for impairment and liabilities related to the abandonment of the New Orleans park operations in the condensed consolidated balance sheets as of June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 and the condensed consolidated statements of operations for all periods presented reflect the operating results as results of discontinued operations.  See Note 2 and Note 7.

 

Pursuant to SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,” our condensed consolidated financial statements have been reclassified for all relevant periods presented to reflect the operations, assets and liabilities of our New Orleans Park and the parks sold in or prior to 2007 as discontinued operations.  The discontinued operations have been presented on the June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 condensed consolidated balance sheets as follows:

 

 

 

June 30, 2009

 

December 31, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

$

1,400

 

$

1,400

 

Other liabilities

 

6,450

 

6,730

 

Total liabilities from discontinued operations

 

$

7,850

 

$

8,130

 

 

The net loss from discontinued operations was classified on the condensed consolidated statements of operations for the three-month and six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 as “discontinued operations.” Summarized results of discontinued operations are as follows:

 

 

 

Three months ended
June 30,

 

Six months ended
June 30,

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Operating revenue

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Loss from discontinued operations before income taxes.

 

(645

)

(10,207

)

(1,313

)

(11,061

)

Impairment of assets held for sale.

 

 

(3,490

)

 

(3,490

)

Increase in contingent liabilities from sale indemnities.

 

(303

)

(425

)

(651

)

(425

)

Net results of discontinued operations..

 

$

(948

)

$

(14,122

)

$

(1,964

)

$

(14,976

)

 

Our long-term debt is not directly associated with discontinued operations, and we have not allocated a portion of our interest expense to the discontinued operations.

 

4.              Derivative Financial Instruments

 

In February 2008, we entered into two interest rate swap agreements that effectively converted $600,000,000 of the term loan component of the Credit Agreement (see Note 6), into a fixed rate obligation.  The terms of the agreements, each of which had a notional amount of $300,000,000, began in February 2008 and expired in February 2011.  Our term loan borrowings bear interest based upon LIBOR plus a fixed margin.  Under our interest rate swap arrangements, our interest rates ranged from 5.325% to 5.358% (with an average of 5.342%).  On June 16, 2009 we were informed by the counterparties to the interest rate swap agreements that as a result of the Chapter 11 Filing the interest rate swap agreements were being terminated.

 

We formally document all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as our risk-management objective and our strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions.  This process includes linking all derivatives that are designated as cash-flow hedges to forecasted transactions. 

 

31



Table of Contents

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION as of June 13, 2009)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

We also assess, both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of hedged items.

 

Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is effective and that is designated and qualifies as a cash-flow hedge are recorded in other comprehensive income (loss), until operations are affected by the variability in cash flows of the designated hedged item.  Changes in fair value of a derivative that is not designated as a hedge are recorded in other expense in our consolidated statements of operations on a current basis.

 

The following is a summary of the changes recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) during the first six months of 2009:

 

 

 

Gain

 

Beginning balance at January 1, 2009

 

$

4,526,000

 

Change in cash flow hedge

 

 

Reclassification to interest expense

 

(2,233,000

)

Ending balance at June 30, 2009

 

$

2,293,000

 

 

As of June 30, 2009, approximately $1,781,000 of net deferred gains on derivative instruments accumulated in other comprehensive income (loss) are expected to be reclassified to operations during the next twelve months.

 

During the fourth quarter of 2008, it was determined that our interest rate swaps no longer met the SFAS 133 probability test and hedge accounting treatment was discontinued for the two interest rate swaps.  As a result, during the first six months of 2009, we recorded a $17,414,000 loss in other expense.

 

The principal market in which we execute interest rate swap contracts is the retail/over-the-counter market (as opposed to the broker or interbank market).  Market participants can be described as large money center banks.  For recognizing the most appropriate value, the highest and best use of our derivatives are measured using an in-exchange valuation premise that considers the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the derivatives.

 

Up until the notification by the counterparties on June 16, 2009 that the interest rate swaps were being terminated, we elected to use the income approach to value the derivatives, using observable Level 2 market expectations at measurement date and standard valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a single present amount (discounted) assuming that participants are motivated, but not compelled to transact.  Level 2 inputs for the swap valuations were limited to quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets (specifically futures contracts on LIBOR for the first two years) and inputs other than quoted prices that were observable for the asset or liability (specifically LIBOR cash and swap rates) at commonly quoted intervals, and credit risk.  Mid-market LIBOR pricing was used as a practical expedient for fair value measurements. Key inputs, including the LIBOR cash rates for very short term, futures rates for up to three years and LIBOR swap rates beyond the derivative maturity, were bootstrapped to provide spot rates at resets specified by each swap as well as to discount those future cash flows to present value at measurement date.  Inputs were collected from Bloomberg on the last market day of the period.  The same rates used to bootstrap the yield curve were used to discount the future cash flows.  We were required to discount derivative liabilities to reflect the potential credit risk to lenders.  We elected to discount the cash flows of the derivative liabilities using a credit default swap basis available from Bloomberg and applied it to all cash flows.  Discounting for our credit default swap rates resulted in a substantial reduction of the liability recorded at December 31, 2008.

 

The counterparties to the interest rate swap agreements provided four independent quotations for replacement transactions that were used to determine the derivative liability at termination.  These quoted prices were for specific transactions and are considered Level 1 fair value measurements.

 

32



Table of Contents

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION as of June 13, 2009)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

The fair value of our obligation under the interest rate swaps was approximately $19,992,000 at June 30, 2009 and is recorded in other long-term liabilities in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet and is considered a Level 1 fair value measurement.  The fair value of our obligation under the interest rate swaps was approximately $9,070,000 at December 31, 2008 and is recorded in other long-term liabilities in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet and is considered a Level 2 fair value measurement.

 

By using derivative instruments to hedge exposures to changes in interest rates, we are exposed to credit risk and market risk.  Credit risk is the failure of the counterparty to perform under the terms of the derivative contract.  To mitigate this risk, the hedging instruments were placed with counterparties that we believe are minimal credit risks.

 

Market risk is the adverse effect on the value of a financial instrument that results from a change in interest rates, commodity prices, or currency exchange rates.  The market risk associated with interest rate swap agreements is managed by establishing and monitoring parameters that limit the types and degree of market risk that may be undertaken.

 

We do not hold or issue derivative instruments for trading purposes.  Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated as hedges are reported on the condensed consolidated balance sheet in “Accumulated other comprehensive income” when in qualifying effective relationships, and directly in other expense when they are not.  These amounts are reclassified to interest expense when the forecasted transaction takes place.

 

The critical terms, such as the index, settlement dates, and notional amounts, of the derivative instruments were substantially the same as the provisions of our hedged borrowings under the Credit Facility.  As a result, no material ineffectiveness of the cash-flow hedges was recorded in the consolidated statements of operations prior to the loss of hedge accounting treatment in the fourth quarter of 2008.

 

5.              Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

The following table and accompanying information present the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of our financial instruments at June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008.  The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties.

 

 

 

June 30, 2009

 

December 31, 2008

 

 

 

Carrying
Amount

 

Fair
value

 

Carrying
Amount

 

Fair
Value

 

Financial assets (liabilities):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted-use investment securities

 

$

 2,646,000

 

2,646,000

 

16,061,000

 

16,061,000

 

Long-term debt (including current portion) - Secured

 

(1,153,975,000

)

(1,096,982,000

)

(1,085,153,000

)

(651,262,000

)

Long-term debt (including current portion) – Subject to Compromise

 

(1,268,305,000

)

(388,436,000

)

(1,213,047,000

)

(272,919,000

)

PIERS

 

(313,311,000

)

(2,185,000

)

(302,382,000

)

(8,280,000

)

Interest rate swaps

 

(19,992,000

)

(19,992,000

)

(9,070,000

)

(9,070,000

)

 

The carrying amounts shown in the table are included in the condensed consolidated balance sheets under the indicated captions.

 

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments:

 

·       The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, notes receivable, accounts payable, and accrued liabilities approximate fair value because of the short

 

33



Table of Contents

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION as of June 13, 2009)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

maturity of these instruments.

 

·       Restricted-use investment securities: The carrying value of restricted-use investment securities consist of interest bearing bank accounts and approximate fair value because of their short term maturity and are considered a Level 2 fair value measurement.

 

·       Long-term debt: The fair value of our long-term debt is based upon quoted market prices and is considered a Level 1 fair value measurement.

 

·       PIERS: The fair value of our mandatorily redeemable preferred stock is based upon quoted market prices and is considered a Level 1 fair value measurement.

 

·       Interest rate swaps: The fair value of our interest rate swaps at June 30, 2009 is based on quoted prices from multiple brokers for replacement transactions which are considered Level 1 fair value measurements.  The fair value of our interest rate swaps at December 31, 2008 were based on quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability at commonly quoted intervals and credit risk, which is considered a Leve1 2 fair value measurement (See Note 4).

 

6.            Long-Term Indebtedness

 

On May 15, 2009, SFOG Acquisition A, Inc., SFOG Acquisition B, L.L.C., SFOT Acquisition I, Inc. and SFOT Acquisition II, Inc., each a subsidiary of the Company (the “Partnership Parks Subsidiaries”), entered into a promissory note with TW-SF LLC, a subsidiary of Time Warner, pursuant to which TW-SF LLC loaned approximately $53 million to the Partnership Parks Subsidiaries, which are obligated to fund the “put” obligations related to the Partnership Parks.  Interest on the loan accrues at a rate of 14% per annum and the principal amount of the loan matures on March 15, 2011. The loan requires semi-annual prepayments with the proceeds received by the Partnership Parks Subsidiaries from the limited partnership units held by them in the Partnership Parks and is prepayable at any time at the option of the Partnership Parks Subsidiaries.  Up to an aggregate of $10 million of the loan is guaranteed by Holdings, SFO and SFTP (collectively, the “Guarantors”) under the terms of a guarantee agreement entered into by the Guarantors in favor of TW-SF LLC, dated May 15, 2009.  The Partnership Parks Subsidiaries are not included in the Chapter 11 Filing.

 

On May 25, 2007, we entered into the Credit Facility, which provides for the following: (i) an $850,000,000 term loan maturing on April 30, 2015 ($835,125,000 and $841,500,000 of which was outstanding at June 30, 2009 and June 30, 2008, respectively); (ii) a revolving facility totaling $275,000,000 ($242,658,000 and $160,000,000 of which was outstanding at June 30, 2009 and June 30, 2008, respectively (as well as letters of credit in the amounts of $29,965,000 and $28,242,000 on those dates)), and (iii) an uncommitted optional term loan tranche of up to $300,000,000.  The interest rate on borrowings under the Credit Facility can be fixed for periods ranging from one to twelve months, subject to certain conditions.  At our option, the interest rate is based upon specified levels in excess of the applicable base rate, or LIBOR.  At June 30, 2009, the weighted average interest rate for borrowings under the term loan and the revolving facility was 3.37% and 3.13%, respectively.  At June 30, 2008, the weighted average interest rate for borrowings under the term loan and the revolving facility was 5.30% and 4.97%, respectively.  Commencing on September 30, 2007, Six Flags Theme Parks Inc., the primary borrower under the Credit Facility and an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings, was required to make quarterly principal repayments on the term loan in the amount of $2,125,000 with all remaining principal due on April 30, 2015. The utilization of the revolving facility is available until March 31, 2013. The Credit Facility contains customary representations and warranties and affirmative and negative

 

34



Table of Contents

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION as of June 13, 2009)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

covenants, including, but not limited to, a financial covenant related to the maintenance of a minimum senior secured leverage ratio in the event of utilization of the revolving facility and certain other events, as well as limitations on the ability to dispose of assets, incur additional indebtedness or liens, make restricted payments, make investments and engage in mergers or consolidations.  We were in compliance with our financial covenants at June 30, 2009.

 

Subsequent to our Chapter 11 Filing, we record post-petition interest on pre-petition obligations only to the extent we believe the interest will be paid during the bankruptcy proceedings or that it is probable that the interest will be an allowed claim.  Had we recorded interest based on all of our pre-petition contractual obligations, interest expense would have increased by $5,871,000 during the six months ended June 30, 2009.

 

See Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2008 Annual Report for additional information regarding our indebtedness.  See Note 1 for a description of the potential effects of the Chapter 11 Filing on our indebtedness.

 

7.            Commitments and Contingencies

 

Our New Orleans park sustained extensive damage in Hurricane Katrina in late August 2005 and has not reopened since. We have determined that our carrying value of the assets destroyed was approximately $34.0 million, for which we recorded a receivable in 2005.  This amount does not include the property and equipment owned by the lessor, which is also covered by our insurance policies. The park is covered by up to approximately $180 million in property insurance, subject to a deductible in the case of named storms of approximately $5.5 million. The property insurance includes business interruption coverage. The flood insurance provisions of the policies contain a $27.5 million sublimit.  In December 2006, we commenced a declaratory action in Louisiana federal district court seeking judicial determination that the flood insurance sublimit was not applicable by virtue of the separate “Named Storm” peril.  In February 2008, the court ruled in summary judgment that the flood insurance sublimit was applicable to the policies, including the Named Storm provision.  In April 2009, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit upheld the district court ruling, with the exception of policies comprising approximately $11 million of potential insurance recovery, which were remanded to the district court for further consideration of our claim.

 

We have filed property insurance claims, including business interruption, with our insurers. We have an insurance receivable of $2.4 million at June 30, 2009, which reflects part of our claim for business interruption and the destroyed assets.  The receivable is net of $36.3 million in payments received from our insurance carriers.  We are entitled to replacement cost value of losses provided we spend the proceeds of the insurance receipts on new rides and attractions within a two year period at any of our domestic parks.  We, at a minimum, expect to recover our insurance receivable from resolution of the wind damage claim, including the difference between replacement cost and the actual cash value of the wind losses and business interruption claims.  We do not intend to operate a theme park on the site that was damaged by Hurricane Katrina.  Pursuant to our lease of the property from the City of New Orleans, we are obligated to re-invest in the site to the extent of insurance proceeds received for property damages.  However, in such event, we would have the use of such re-investment assets as well as all other leased property for the term of the lease.

 

In April 2009, the Industrial Development Board of the City of New Orleans and the City of New Orleans (collectively, “New Orleans”) sought to accept an offer the Company made years earlier to buy out of its New Orleans lease for a $10 million cash payment and an exchange of contiguous real estate the Company owned.  When the Company declined to extend the same offer, the Mayor of New Orleans announced to the press that New Orleans would sue.  The Company was current on its lease payments to New Orleans, however, and in the Company’s view, not in default.  New Orleans filed suit in Louisiana

 

35



Table of Contents

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION as of June 13, 2009)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

state court on May 11, 2009, alleging that the Company breached its lease with New Orleans by removing rides and assets from the park property; by failing to secure the property; and by accepting interim insurance payments for Hurricane Katrina damage claims instead of designating New Orleans as loss payee.  On May 12, 2009, New Orleans obtained an ex parte state court temporary restraining order that enjoined the Company from: (a) removing any rides or attractions without New Orleans’ approval, (b) not properly securing the premises, and (c) “converting and/or secreting insurance proceeds received . . . as a result of Hurricane Katrina.”  The Company removed the action to the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana (the “Court”), and the parties stipulated to stay the federal action for sixty days, while leaving the temporary restraining order in place, with the Company reserving the right to contest its propriety at a later time.  In an order dated June 1, 2009, the Court imposed the agreed-upon stay but shortened the period to thirty days, until June 29, 2009.  The Court issued an order on June 22, 2009, directing the clerk to mark the action as closed due to the stay resulting from the Chapter 11 Filing, but retaining jurisdiction for restoration to the calendar should circumstances change.

 

On April 1, 1998, we acquired all of the capital stock of Six Flags Entertainment Corporation (“SFEC”) for $976,000,000, paid in cash.  In addition to our obligations under outstanding indebtedness and other securities issued or assumed in the SFEC acquisition, we also guaranteed in connection therewith certain contractual obligations relating to the Partnership Parks.  Specifically, we guaranteed the obligations of the general partners of those partnerships to (i) make minimum annual distributions of approximately $60,666,000 (as of 2009 and subject to annual cost of living adjustments thereafter) to the limited partners in the Partnership Parks and (ii) make minimum capital expenditures at each of the Partnership Parks during rolling five-year periods, based generally on 6% of the Partnership Parks’ revenues.  Cash flow from operations at the Partnership Parks is used to satisfy these requirements first, before any funds are required from us.  We also guaranteed the obligation of our subsidiaries to purchase a maximum amount of 5% per year (accumulating to the extent not purchased in any given year) of the total limited partnership units outstanding as of the date of the agreements (the “Partnership Agreements”) that govern the partnerships (to the extent tendered by the unit holders).  The agreed price for these purchases is based on a valuation for each respective Partnership Park equal to the greater of (i) a value derived by multiplying such park’s weighted average four year EBITDA (as defined in the Partnership Agreements) by a specified multiple (8.0 in the case of SFOG and 8.5 in the case of SFOT) or (ii) $250.0 million in the case of SFOG and $374.8 million in the case of SFOT.  As of June 30, 2009, we owned approximately 28.9% and 52.0% of the Georgia Limited Partner units and Texas Limited Partner units, respectively.  The remaining redeemable units of approximately 71.1% and 48.0% of the Georgia Limited Partner and Texas Limited Partner, respectively, represent an ultimate redemption value for the limited partnership units of approximately $355.9 million.  Our obligations with respect to SFOG and SFOT will continue until 2027 and 2028, respectively.

 

As we purchase units relating to either Partnership Park, we are entitled to the minimum distribution and other distributions attributable to such units, unless we are then in default under the applicable agreements with our partners at such Partnership Park.  In connection with a promissory note issued to an affiliate of Time Warner, those distributions will be paid to such affiliate as payments under the promissory note.  See Note 6.  On June 30, 2009, we owned approximately 28.9% and 52.0%, respectively, of the limited partnership units in the Georgia and Texas partnerships.  Pursuant to the 2009 annual offer, we purchased 33.0 units from the Texas partnership and 2.8 units from the Georgia partnership for approximately $58.5 million in May 2009.  The maximum unit purchase obligations for 2010 at both parks aggregated approximately $307.8 million, representing approximately 61.4% of the outstanding units of SFOG and 41.6% of the outstanding units of SFOT.  The annual unit purchase obligation (without taking into account accumulation from prior years) aggregated approximately $31.1 million for both parks based on current purchase prices.  To address the 2009 purchase of limited partnership units, a subsidiary of Time Warner provided a loan to our subsidiaries that were required to purchase the put units.  See Note 6.

 

36



Table of Contents

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION as of June 13, 2009)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

In connection with our acquisition of the former Six Flags, we entered into a Subordinated Indemnity Agreement (the “Subordinated Indemnity Agreement”) with certain Six Flags entities, Time Warner and an affiliate of Time Warner, pursuant to which, among other things, we transferred to Time Warner (which has guaranteed all of our obligations under the Partnership Park arrangements) record title to the corporations which own the entities that have purchased and will purchase limited partnership units of the Partnership Parks, and we received an assignment from Time Warner of all cash flow received on such limited partnership units, and we otherwise control such entities.  In addition, we issued preferred stock of the managing partner of the partnerships to Time Warner. In the event of a default by us under the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement or of our obligations to our partners in the Partnership Parks, these arrangements would permit Time Warner to take full control of both the entities that own limited partnership units and the managing partner. If we satisfy all such obligations, Time Warner is required to transfer to us the entire equity interests of these entities. We intend to incur approximately $9.0 million of capital expenditures at these parks for the 2009 season, an amount in excess of the minimum required expenditure. Cash flows from operations at the Partnership Parks will be used to satisfy the annual distribution and capital expenditure requirements, before any funds are required from us. The two partnerships generated approximately $37.9 million of aggregate net cash provided by operating activities after capital expenditures during 2008 (net of advances from the general partner).  At June 30, 2009, we had total loans receivable outstanding of $198.5 million from the partnerships that own the Partnership Parks, primarily to fund the acquisition of Six Flags White Water Atlanta and to make capital improvements.

 

We maintain multi-layered general liability policies that provide for excess liability coverage of up to $100,000,000 per occurrence. For incidents arising after November 15, 2003, our self-insured retention is $2,500,000 per occurrence ($2,000,000 per occurrence for the twelve months ended November 15, 2003 and $1,000,000 per occurrence for the twelve months ended on November 15, 2002) for our domestic parks and a nominal amount per occurrence for our international parks.  Defense costs are in addition to these retentions.  In addition, for incidents arising after November 1, 2004 but prior to December 31, 2008, we have a one-time additional $500,000 self-insured retention, in the aggregate, applicable to all claims in the policy year.  For incidents arising on or after December 31, 2008, our self-insured retention is $2,000,000, followed by a $500,000 deductible per occurrence applicable to all claims in the policy year for our domestic parks and our park in Canada and a nominal amount per occurrence for our park in Mexico.  Our self-insured retention after November 15, 2003 is $750,000 for workers compensation claims ($500,000 for the period from November 15, 2001 to November 15, 2003).  Our general liability policies cover the cost of punitive damages only in certain jurisdictions in which a claim occurs.  Based upon reported claims and an estimate for incurred, but not reported claims, we accrue a liability for our self-insured retention contingencies. We also maintain fire and extended coverage, business interruption, terrorism and other forms of insurance typical to businesses in this industry. The fire and extended coverage policies insure our real and personal properties (other than land) against physical damage resulting from a variety of hazards.

 

We are party to various legal actions arising in the normal course of business, including the cases discussed below. Matters that are probable of unfavorable outcome to us and which can be reasonably estimated are accrued. Such accruals are based on information known about the matters, our estimate of the outcomes of such matters and our experience in contesting, litigating and settling similar matters. None of the actions are believed by management to involve amounts that would be material to our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or liquidity after consideration of recorded accruals.  To the extent any legal proceedings were asserted against a Debtor, such proceeding has been stayed with respect to such Debtor as a result of the Chapter 11 Filing.

 

In 2005, certain plaintiffs filed a complaint on behalf of a purported class of current and former employees against us in the Superior Court of California, Los Angeles County alleging unpaid wages and related penalties and violations of law governing employee meal and rest breaks related to our current and

 

37



Table of Contents

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION as of June 13, 2009)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

formerly owned parks in California between November 2001 and December 18, 2007.  While we denied any violation of law or other wrongdoing, we settled the case in 2007 and deposited into escrow $9,225,000 to be applied to the initial settlement fund, which was recorded in other expense.  In April 2009, we paid approximately $255,000 (which was recorded in other expense as of December 31, 2008) into the settlement fund based on our meeting certain performance criteria in 2008.  In 2010, we may be required to pay up to a maximum of $2,500,000 into the settlement fund based on us meeting certain performance criteria in 2009, although we do not expect to incur this obligation based on 2009 operating results to date.

 

On February 1, 2007, Images Everywhere, Inc. and John Shawn Productions, Inc. filed a case against SFTP and Event Imaging Solutions, Inc. in the Superior Court of the State of California County of Los Angeles, Central District.  The plaintiffs provided photographic services to certain of our parks under license agreements and/or under a consulting arrangement.  In October 2006, Six Flags terminated its business relationship with the plaintiffs and thereafter entered into a settlement agreement with John Shawn Productions, Inc. regarding certain of the license agreements.  As a result of this termination, the plaintiffs brought suit claiming an unspecified amount in “excess of” $20 million in damages, which they later revised to two alternative theories in the respective amounts of approximately $15 million or $11 million.  The plaintiffs claimed that their services were wrongfully terminated and asserted causes of action for breach of contract and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing. The plaintiffs brought separate claims against defendant Event Imaging Solutions, Inc. for intentional interference with contractual relations.  In a summary judgment ruling on December 19, 2007, the Court dismissed additional claims against Six Flags for breach of fiduciary duty, constructive fraud and punitive damages.  The case was tried before a jury during the two-week period from March 17 to March 28, 2008, and the jury rendered a verdict in the Company’s favor, dismissing the claim.  The plaintiffs filed a motion for a new trial, which was dismissed by the Court on May 12, 2008. On May 28, 2008, the plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal with the Court of Appeal of the State of California, Second Appellate District.

 

On March 1, 2007, Safety Braking Corporation, Magnetar Technologies Corp. and G&T Conveyor Co. filed a Complaint for Patent Infringement (the “Patent Complaint”) in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware naming Holdings, SFTP, and certain of our other subsidiaries as defendants, along with other industry theme park owners and operators.  The Patent Complaint alleges that the Company is liable for direct or indirect infringement of United States Patent No. 5,277,125 because of its ownership and/or operation of various theme parks and amusement rides.  The Patent Complaint does not include specific allegations concerning the location or manner of alleged infringement.  The Patent Complaint seeks damages and injunctive relief. On or about July 1, 2008, the Court entered a Stipulation and Order of Dismissal of Safety Braking Corporation. Thus, as of that date, only Magnetar Technologies Corp. and G&T Conveyor Co. remain as plaintiffs. The Company has contacted the manufacturers of the amusement rides that it believes may be impacted by this case, requiring such manufacturers to honor their indemnification obligations with respect to this case.  The Company tendered the defense of this matter to certain of the ride manufacturers.

 

On January 6, 2009, a civil action against the Company was commenced in the State Court of Cobb County, Georgia. The plaintiff sought damages for personal injuries, including an alleged brain injury, as a result of an altercation with a group of individuals on property next to Six Flags Over Georgia on July 3, 2007. Certain of the individuals were employees of the park but were off-duty at the time the altercation occurred.  The plaintiff, who had exited the park, claims that the Company was negligent in its security of the premises. Four of the individuals who allegedly participated in the altercation are also named as defendants in the litigation.  Our condensed consolidated financial statements do not include any expenses or liabilities related to the above action as a loss has not been deemed probable or estimable.

 

On October 31, 2008, a civil action against us was commenced in the District Court of Bexar County, Texas.  The plaintiff is seeking damages against us for personal injuries as a result of an accident

 

38



Table of Contents

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION as of June 13, 2009)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

while attempting to board a ride at Six Flags Fiesta Texas.  The ride manufacturer is a co-defendant in the litigation.  Our condensed consolidated financial statements do not include any expenses or liabilities related to the above action as a loss has not been deemed probable or estimable.

 

We had guaranteed the payment of a $32,200,000 construction term loan incurred by HWP Development LLC (a joint venture in which we own an approximate 41% interest) for the purpose of financing the construction and development of a hotel and indoor water park project located adjacent to The Great Escape park near Lake George, New York, which opened in February 2006.  This joint venture is not a debtor in the Chapter 11 Filing.  On November 5, 2007, we refinanced the loan with a $33,000,000 term loan ($32,512,000 and $32,809,000 of which was outstanding at June 30, 2009 and June 30, 2008, respectively), the proceeds of which were used to repay the existing loan.  In connection with the refinancing, we replaced our unconditional guarantee with a limited guarantee of the loan, which becomes operative under certain limited circumstances, including the voluntary bankruptcy of HWP Development LLC or its managing member (in which we own a 41% interest).  Our limited guarantee will be released five years following full payment and discharge of the loan, which matures on December 1, 2017. The ability of the joint venture to repay the loan will be dependent upon the joint venture’s ability to generate sufficient cash flow, which cannot be assured.  As additional security for the loan, we have provided a $1.0 million letter of credit. In the event we are required to fund amounts under the guarantee or the letter of credit, our joint venture partners must reimburse us for their respective pro rata share or have their joint venture ownership diluted or forfeited.  As a result of the Chapter 11 Filing, the lender under the term loan is permitted to accelerate payment thereof.  In that event, we could lose our interest in the hotel and indoor water park.

 

For the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2008, we have received or accrued $363,000 and $386,000, respectively, in management fee revenues from the joint venture.  We have advanced the joint venture approximately $351,000 and $874,000 as of June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.  During 2009, we have contributed approximately $361,000 to the joint venture for our portion of two capital calls.

 

In April 2007, we completed the sale to PARC 7F-Operations Corporation of the stock of our subsidiaries that owned three of our water parks and four of our theme parks. Pursuant to the purchase agreement, we agreed to provide a limited guarantee to a creditor of the buyer related to the future results of operations of the parks we sold of up to $10 million (the “PARC Guarantee”), decreasing by a minimum of one million dollars annually.  The PARC Guarantee has been recorded in other long-term liabilities at its estimated fair value of $1.4 million.  In connection with the sale of our park near Seattle, Washington to PARC 7F-Operations Corporation, our guarantee of the lease of the land underlying the park remains in effect, except that (i) the landlord has agreed to proceed first against the parent company of the new lessee, CNL Income Properties, Inc., before asserting any rights in respect of our guarantee and (ii) in the event we are required to honor our guarantee, our remedies include our reacquisition of the park.  The lease expires in 2030 with renewal options for an additional 46 years.

 

At June 30, 2009, we have accrued liabilities for tax and other indemnification contingencies of $21.3 million related to certain parks sold in previous years that could be recognized as a recovery of losses from discontinued operations in the future if such liabilities are not required to be paid.

 

8.              Noncontrolling Interests, Partnerships and Joint Ventures

 

Noncontrolling interests represent the third parties’ redeemable units of SFOT and SFOG.  The following table presents a rollforward of redeemable noncontrolling interests:

 

39



Table of Contents

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION as of June 13, 2009)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

Balance at January 1, 2009

 

$

414,394,000

 

Purchase of redeemable units of SFOT and SFOG

 

(58,461,000

)

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

17,536,000

 

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2009

 

$

373,469,000

 

 

We have accounted for our interest in the HWP Development LLC joint venture under the equity method and have included our investment of $2,086,000 and $2,257,000 as of June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively, in deposits and other assets in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets.

 

On June 18, 2007, we acquired a 40% interest in a venture that owns 100% of dick clark productions, inc. (“DCP”).  The other investor in the venture, Red Zone Capital Partners II, L.P. (“Red Zone”), is managed by two of our directors, Daniel M. Snyder and Dwight C. Schar.  During the fourth quarter of 2007, an additional third party investor purchased approximately 2.0% of the interest in DCP from us and Red Zone.  As a result, our ownership interest is approximately 39.2% at June 30, 2009.  We have accounted for our investment under the equity method and have included our investment of $40,695,000 and $39,513,000 as of June 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively, in deposits and other assets in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets.

 

See Notes 6 and 7 for a description of the partnership arrangements applicable to SFOT and SFOG, the accounts of which are included in our condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

9.              Business Segments

 

We manage our operations on an individual park location basis.  Discrete financial information is maintained for each park and provided to our corporate management for review and as a basis for decision making.  The primary performance measures used to allocate resources are park earnings before interest, tax expense, depreciation and amortization (Park EBITDA) and Park Free Cash Flow (Park EBITDA less park capital expenditures).  All of our parks provide similar products and services through a similar process to the same class of customer through a consistent method.  We also believe that the parks share common economic characteristics.  As such, we have only one reportable segment — theme parks.  The following tables present segment financial information and a reconciliation of the primary segment performance measure to loss from continuing operations before income taxes.  Park level expenses exclude all non-cash operating expenses, principally depreciation and amortization and all non-operating expenses.

 

40



Table of Contents

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION as of June 13, 2009)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

 

 

Three months ended

 

Six months ended

 

 

 

June 30,

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2009

 

2008

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Theme park revenue

 

$

302,078

 

$

345,683

 

$

353,978

 

$

413,907

 

Theme park cash expenses

 

(218,813

)

(227,700

)

(318,598

)

(338,775

)

Aggregate park EBITDA

 

83,265

 

117,983

 

35,380

 

75,132

 

Equity in operations of partnerships - EBITDA

 

2,291

 

2,141

 

4,386

 

2,085

 

Corporate expenses

 

(11,698

)

(11,961

)

(26,846

)

(22,757

)

Stock-based compensation

 

(602

)

(2,631

)

(1,441

)

(6,223

)

Other income (expense)

 

(16,275

)

420

 

(17,944

)

(2,881

)

Equity in operations of partnerships

 

(1,831

)

(2,011

)

(3,737

)

(3,871

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

(35,587

)

(34,192

)

(70,718

)

(68,555

)

Gain (loss) on fixed assets

 

(3,227

)

63

 

(6,540

)

(4,591

)

Net gain on debt extinguishment

 

 

107,743

 

 

107,743

 

Reorganization items

 

(78,725

)

 

(78,725

)

 

Interest expense

 

(35,659

)

(47,427

)

(74,996

)

(95,795

)

Interest income

 

118

 

218

 

539

 

483

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and discontinued operations

 

$

(97,930

)

$

130,346

 

$

(240,642

)

$

(19,230

)

 

All of our parks are located in the United States except one park located in Mexico City, Mexico and one located in Montreal, Canada.  The following information reflects our long-lived assets, revenues and income (loss) from continuing operations by domestic and foreign categories as of and for the first six months of 2009 and 2008:

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Domestic

 

Foreign

 

Total

 

2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-lived assets

 

$

2,495,929

 

120,806

 

2,616,735

 

Revenue

 

322,631

 

31,347

 

353,978

 

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes and discontinued operations

 

(240,024

)

(618

)

(240,642

)

2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-lived assets

 

$

2,564,336

 

148,190

 

2,712,526

 

Revenue.

 

370,397

 

43,510

 

413,907

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and discontinued operations

 

(22,179

)

2,949

 

(19,230

)

 

Long-lived assets include property and equipment and intangible assets.

 

41



Table of Contents

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION as of June 13, 2009)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

10.           Pension Benefits

 

Our pension plan was “frozen” effective June 30, 2006 and participants no longer continue to earn future pension benefits.  However, by virtue of provisions of collective bargaining agreements relating to 155 employees at two of our parks, those employees continued to earn future benefits under the pension plan through periods ranging from December 31, 2008 through January 15, 2009.

 

Components of Net Periodic Cost (Benefit)

 

 

 

Three months ended
June 30,

 

Six months ended
June 30,

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2009

 

2008

 

Service cost

 

$

59,000

 

$

132,000

 

$

292,000

 

$

265,000

 

Interest cost

 

2,311,000

 

2,385,000

 

4,724,000

 

4,769,000

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

(2,077,000

)

(2,734,000

)

(4,159,000

)

(5,469,000

)

Amortization of prior service cost

 

 

5,000

 

 

11,000

 

Amortization of net actuarial loss

 

231,000

 

 

564,000

 

 

Curtailment loss

 

 

 

70,000

 

 

Total net periodic (benefit) cost

 

$

524,000

 

$

(212,000

)

$

1,491,000

 

$

(424,000

)

 

Weighted-Average Assumptions Used To Determine Net Cost

 

 

 

Three months ended
June 30,

 

Six months ended
June 30,

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

2009

 

2008

 

Discount rate

 

6.125

%

6.250

%

6.125

%

6.250

%

Rate of compensation increase

 

4.000

%

4.000

%

4.000

%

4.000

%

Expected return on plan assets

 

7.500

%

7.500

%

7.500

%

7.500

%

 

Employer Contributions

 

During the six months ended June 30, 2009, we made pension contributions of $1,515,000.

 

11.           Supplemental Condensed Consolidated Financial Information

 

The following tables present condensed consolidated financial information, segregating those entities that have filed for re-organization under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and those that have not filed for re-organization under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

42



Table of Contents

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION as of June 13, 2009)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

 

 

June 30, 2009

 

 

 

Filers

 

Non-filers

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

88,336,000

 

40,502,000

 

 

128,838,000

 

Account receivable

 

31,728,000

 

12,838,000

 

 

44,566,000

 

Receivables from non-filers

 

58,732,000

 

 

(58,732,000

)

 

Other current assets

 

59,229,000

 

23,204,000

 

 

82,433,000

 

Total current assets

 

238,025,000

 

76,544,000

 

(58,732,000

)

255,837,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

1,250,708,000

 

306,022,000

 

 

1,556,730,000

 

Intangible assets, net

 

882,786,000

 

177,219,000

 

 

1,060,005,000

 

Investments in non-filers

 

133,971,000

 

 

(133,971,000

)

 

Other assets

 

83,161,000

 

1,290,000

 

 

84,451,000

 

Total assets

 

$

2,588,651,000

 

561,075,000

 

(192,703,000

)

2,957,023,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES and STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities not subject to compromise:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and other current liabilities

 

$

111,163,000

 

42,010,000

 

 

153,173,000

 

Payables to filers

 

 

58,732,000

 

(58,732,000

)

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

251,250,000

 

44,238,000

 

 

295,488,000

 

Total current liabilities not subject to compromise

 

362,413,000

 

144,980,000

 

(58,732,000

)

448,661,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt

 

826,897,000

 

31,590,000

 

 

858,487,000

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

121,662,000

 

78,003,000

 

 

199,665,000

 

Total liabilities not subject to compromise

 

1,310,972,000

 

254,573,000

 

(58,732,000

)

1,506,813,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities subject to compromise

 

1,399,372,000

 

 

 

1,399,372,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

2,710,344,000

 

254,573,000

 

(58,732,000

)

2,906,185,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Redeemable noncontrolling interests

 

 

373,469,000

 

 

373,469,000

 

Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock

 

313,311,000

 

 

 

313,311,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders' deficit:

 

(435,004,000

)

(66,967,000

)

(133,971,000

)

(635,942,000

)

Total liabilities and stockholders' deficit

 

$

2,588,651,000

 

561,075,000

 

(192,703,000

)

2,957,023,000

 

 

43



Table of Contents

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION as of June 13, 2009)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

 

 

December 31, 2008

 

 

 

Filers

 

Non-filers

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

197,860,000

 

12,472,000

 

 

210,332,000

 

Accounts receivable

 

14,212,000

 

5,845,000

 

 

20,057,000

 

Receivables from non-filers

 

26,451,000

 

8,981,000

 

(35,432,000

)

 

Other current assets

 

49,206,000

 

17,153,000

 

 

66,359,000

 

Total current assets

 

287,729,000

 

44,451,000

 

(35,432,000

)

296,748,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

1,256,989,000

 

303,484,000

 

 

1,560,473,000

 

Intangible assets, net

 

883,140,000

 

176,346,000

 

 

1,059,486,000

 

Investments in non-filers

 

129,479,000

 

 

(129,479,000

)

 

Other assets

 

112,512,000

 

910,000

 

 

113,422,000

 

Total assets

 

$

2,669,849,000

 

525,191,000

 

(164,911,000

)

3,030,129,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES and STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities not subject to compromise:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and other current liabilities

 

$

169,376,000

 

19,499,000

 

 

188,875,000

 

Payables to affiliates

 

8,981,000

 

26,451,000

 

(35,432,000

)

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

252,746,000

 

1,224,000

 

 

253,970,000

 

Total current liabilities not subject to compromise

 

431,103,000

 

47,174,000

 

(35,432,000

)

442,845,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt

 

2,042,134,000

 

2,096,000

 

 

2,044,230,000

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

126,329,000

 

76,448,000

 

 

202,777,000

 

Total liabilities not subject to compromise

 

2,599,566,000

 

125,718,000

 

(35,432,000

)

2,689,852,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities subject to compromise

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

2,599,566,000

 

125,718,000

 

(35,432,000

)

2,689,852,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Redeemable noncontrolling interests

 

 

414,394,000

 

 

414,394,000

 

Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock

 

302,382,000

 

 

 

302,382,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders' deficit:

 

(232,099,000

)

(14,921,000

)

(129,479,000

)

(376,499,000

)

Total liabilities and stockholders' deficit

 

$

2,669,849,000

 

525,191,000

 

(164,911,000

)

3,030,129,000

 

 

44



Table of Contents

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION as of June 13, 2009)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

 

 

Three months ended June 30, 2009

 

 

 

Filers

 

Non-filers

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

Revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Theme park admissions

 

$

120,064,000

 

42,606,000

 

 

162,670,000

 

Theme park food, merchandise and other

 

98,076,000

 

31,575,000

 

 

129,651,000

 

Sponsorship, licensing and other fees

 

6,457,000

 

3,300,000

 

 

9,757,000

 

Total revenue

 

224,597,000

 

77,481,000

 

 

302,078,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating costs and expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

96,947,000

 

29,601,000

 

 

126,548,000

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

63,534,000

 

14,509,000

 

 

78,043,000

 

Costs of products sold

 

19,969,000

 

6,553,000

 

 

26,522,000

 

Depreciation

 

27,943,000

 

7,410,000

 

 

35,353,000

 

Amortization

 

226,000

 

8,000

 

 

234,000

 

Loss on disposal of assets

 

3,194,000

 

33,000

 

 

3,227,000

 

Total operating costs and expenses

 

211,813,000

 

58,114,000

 

 

269,927,000

 

Income from operations

 

12,784,000

 

19,367,000

 

 

32,151,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense, net

 

(34,400,000

)

(1,141,000

)

 

(35,541,000

)

Affiliate interest

 

262,000

 

(262,000

)

 

 

Equity in operations of partnerships

 

460,000

 

 

 

460,000

 

Other expense

 

(16,420,000

)

145,000

 

 

(16,275,000

)

Total other income (expense)

 

(50,098,000

)

(1,258,000

)

 

(51,356,000

)

Income (loss) from continuing operations before reorganization items, income taxes and discontinued operations

 

(37,314,000

)

18,109,000

 

 

(19,205,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reorganization items, net

 

78,725,000

 

 

 

78,725,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and discontinued operations

 

(116,039,000

)

18,109,000

 

 

(97,930,000

)

Income tax benefit (expense)

 

1,243,000

 

(1,009,000

)

 

234,000

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before discontinued operations

 

(114,796,000

)

17,100,000

 

 

(97,696,000

)

Discontinued operations

 

(948,000

)

 

 

(948,000

)

Net Income (loss)

 

(115,744,000

)

17,100,000

 

 

(98,644,000

)

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

(17,536,000

)

 

(17,536,000

)

Net loss attributable to Six Flags, Inc.

 

$

(115,744,000

)

(436,000

)

 

(116,180,000

)

 

45



Table of Contents

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION as of June 13, 2009)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

 

 

Six months ended June 30, 2009

 

 

 

Filers

 

Non-filers

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

Revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Theme park admissions

 

$

131,006,000

 

54,886,000

 

 

185,892,000

 

Theme park food, merchandise and other

 

106,843,000

 

42,158,000

 

 

149,001,000

 

Sponsorship, licensing and other fees

 

13,091,000

 

5,994,000

 

 

19,085,000

 

Total revenue

 

250,940,000

 

103,038,000

 

 

353,978,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating costs and expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

153,569,000

 

48,983,000

 

 

202,552,000

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

91,783,000

 

21,317,000

 

 

113,100,000

 

Costs of products sold

 

22,339,000

 

8,894,000

 

 

31,233,000

 

Depreciation

 

56,002,000

 

14,258,000

 

 

70,260,000

 

Amortization

 

444,000

 

14,000

 

 

458,000

 

Loss on disposal of assets

 

6,521,000

 

19,000

 

 

6,540,000

 

Total operating costs and expenses

 

330,658,000

 

93,485,000

 

 

424,143,000

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

(79,718,000

)

9,553,000

 

 

(70,165,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense, net

 

(73,279,000

)

(1,178,000

)

 

(74,457,000

)

Affiliate interest

 

517,000

 

(517,000

)

 

 

Equity in operations of partnerships

 

649,000

 

 

 

649,000

 

Other expense

 

(17,607,000

)

(337,000

)

 

(17,944,000

)

Total other income (expense)

 

(89,720,000

)

(2,032,000

)

 

(91,752,000

)

Income (loss) from continuing operations before reorganization items, income taxes and discontinued operations

 

(169,438,000

)

7,521,000

 

 

(161,917,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reorganization items, net

 

78,725,000

 

 

 

78,725,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and discontinued operations

 

(248,163,000

)

7,521,000

 

 

(240,642,000

)

Income tax benefit

 

1,742,000

 

1,422,000

 

 

3,164,000

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before discontinued operations

 

(246,421,000

)

8,943,000

 

 

(237,478,000

)

Discontinued operations

 

(1,964,000

)

 

 

(1,964,000

)

Net Income (loss)

 

(248,385,000

)

8,943,000

 

 

(239,442,000

)

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

(17,536,000

)

 

(17,536,000

)

Net loss attributable to Six Flags, Inc.

 

$

(248,385,000

)

(8,593,000

)

 

(256,978,000

)

 

46



Table of Contents

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

(DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION as of June 13, 2009)

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

 

 

Six months ended June 30, 2009

 

 

 

Filers

 

Non-filers

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

Cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

$

(64,675,000

)

25,975,000

 

 

(38,700,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash used in investing activities

 

(41,095,000

)

(12,017,000

)

 

(53,112,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

(3,754,000

)

13,655,000

 

 

9,901,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

 

 

417,000

 

 

417,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

(109,524,000

)

28,030,000

 

 

(81,494,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

197,860,000

 

12,472,000

 

 

210,332,000

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

$

88,336,000

 

40,502,000

 

 

128,838,000

 

 

 

 

Six months ended June 30, 2008

 

 

 

Filers

 

Non-filers

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

Cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

$

(67,018,000

)

39,369,000

 

 

(27,649,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash used in investing activities

 

(58,512,000

)

(17,165,000

)

 

(75,677,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

145,310,000

 

(4,448,000

)

 

140,862,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

 

 

345,000

 

 

345,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

19,780,000

 

18,101,000

 

 

37,881,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

15,191,000

 

13,197,000

 

 

28,388,000

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

$

34,971,000

 

31,298,000

 

 

66,269,000

 

 

47



Table of Contents

 

Item 2.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

Results of Operations

 

General

 

Results of operations for the three-month and six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 are not indicative of the results expected for the full year.  In particular, our park operations contribute a significant majority of their annual revenue during the period from Memorial Day to Labor Day each year while expenses are incurred year round.

 

Our revenue is primarily derived from the sale of tickets for entrance to our parks (approximately 53% of total revenues in the first six months of 2009) and the sale of food and beverages, merchandise, games and attractions, parking and other services inside our parks, as well as sponsorship, licensing and other fees.

 

Our principal costs of operations include salaries and wages, employee benefits, advertising, third party services, repairs and maintenance, utilities and insurance. A large portion of our expenses is relatively fixed. Costs for full-time employees, repairs and maintenance, utilities, advertising and insurance do not vary significantly with attendance.

 

Revenue for the first six months of 2009 decreased 14% compared to the prior year period.  Attendance declined 9%.  These reductions were driven by the overall negative macroeconomic environment, including a resulting decline in group sales, the effect of the swine flu outbreak on the Mexico City and Texas parks, the impact of adverse weather compared to the prior year period and the negative publicity surrounding our restructuring and our ultimate Chapter 11 Filing.

 

Recent Developments

 

On June 13, 2009, the Debtors filed the Chapter 11 Filing under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in the Bankruptcy Court (Case No. 09-12019).  See Note 1 to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

The emergence of the 2009 H1N1 influenza strain (commonly known as “swine flu”) had a significant adverse impact on attendance at our Mexico City park, resulting in it being closed for thirteen days, and also affected group outings at our Texas parks due to school closures.  We face risks related to pandemic diseases, which could adversely impact our parks, as described in Part II, Item 1A hereof.

 

On October 6, 2008, we were notified by the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) that Holdings was not in compliance with the NYSE’s continued listing criteria because the thirty-day average closing price of its common stock was less than $1.00, and on October 27, 2008, we were notified by the NYSE that Holdings was not in compliance with the NYSE’s continued listing criteria because the thirty-day average market capitalization of its common stock had been less than $75 million and, at the same time, its stockholders’ equity had been less than $75 million.  Holdings’ common stock and PIERS traded on the NYSE under the symbol “SIX” and “SIX-PB,” respectively, through April 17, 2009, when they were delisted from the NYSE due to Holdings’ failure to meet the NYSE’s continued quantitative listing criteria.  The last trading prices of the common stock and the PIERS on the NYSE were $0.13 and $0.65, respectively, on April 17, 2009.  Holdings’ common stock and the PIERS currently trade on the over-the-counter market under the symbols “SIXFQ” and “SIXFPFQ,” respectively.

 

On May 15, 2009, the Partnership Parks Subsidiaries, entered into a promissory note with TW-SF LLC, a subsidiary of Time Warner, pursuant to which TW-SF LLC loaned approximately $53 million to the Partnership Parks Subsidiaries, which are obligated to fund the “put” obligations related to the Partnership Parks.  Interest on the loan accrues at a rate of 14% per annum and the principal amount of the loan matures on March 15, 2011.  The loan requires semi-annual prepayments with the proceeds received by the Partnership Parks Subsidiaries from the limited partnership units held by them in the

 

48



Table of Contents

 

Partnership Parks and is prepayable at any time at the option of the Partnership Parks Subsidiaries.  Up to an aggregate of $10 million of the loan is guaranteed by the Guarantors under the terms of a guarantee agreement entered into by the Guarantors in favor of TW-SF LLC, dated May 15, 2009.

 

Basis of Presentation

 

We follow the accounting prescribed by American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position No. 90-7, “Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization under the Bankruptcy Code” (“SOP 90-7”), which provides guidance for periods subsequent to a chapter 11 filing, among other things, the presentation of liabilities that are and are not subject to compromise by the Bankruptcy Court proceedings, as well as the treatment of interest expense and presentation of costs associated with the proceedings.

 

In accordance with SOP 90-7, debt discounts or premiums as well as debt issuance costs should be viewed as valuations of the related debt.  When the debt has become an allowed claim and the allowed claim differs from the carrying amount of the debt, the recorded amount should be adjusted to the allowed claim.  We have written-off costs that are associated with unsecured debt that is included in liabilities subject to compromise at June 30, 2009.  See Note 2d “Reorganization Items.”  Premiums and discounts as well as debt issuance cost on debts that are not subject to compromise, such as fully secured claims, have not been adjusted.

 

Our condensed consolidated financial statements do not purport to reflect or provide for the consequences of our Chapter 11 Filing.  In particular, the financial statements do not purport to show (1) as to assets, their realizable value on a liquidation basis or their availability to satisfy liabilities, (2) as to liabilities arising prior to the Petition Date, the amounts that may be allowed for claims or contingencies, or the status and priority thereof, (3) as to shareholders’ equity accounts, the effect of any changes that may be made in our capitalization, or (4) as to operations, the effect of any changes that may be made to our business.

 

Our condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming we will continue as a going concern.  This assumes a continuing of operations and the realization of assets and liabilities in the ordinary course of business.  Our condensed consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result if we were forced to discontinue operations.  The ability of the Debtors, both during and after the Bankruptcy Court proceedings, to continue as a going concern is dependent upon, among other things, (i) the ability of the Debtors to maintain adequate liquidity, including the generation of cash from operations, and (ii) the ability of the Debtors to confirm a plan of reorganization under the Bankruptcy Code.  Uncertainty as to the outcome of these factors raises substantial doubt about the Debtors’ ability to continue as a going concern.  The accompanying consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments to reflect or provide for the consequences of the bankruptcy proceedings.  In particular, such financial statements do not purport to show (a) as to assets, their realization value on a liquidation basis or their availability to satisfy liabilities, (b) as to liabilities arising prior to the Petition Date, the amounts that may be allowed for claims or contingencies, or the status and priority thereof, (c) as to stockholder accounts, the effect of any changes that may be made in the capitalization of the Debtors, or (d) as to operations, the effects of any changes that may be made in the underlying business.  A plan of reorganization would likely cause material changes to the amounts currently disclosed in the condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

Negative events associated with the Debtors’ Chapter 11 Filing could adversely affect revenues and the Debtors’ relationship with customers, as well as with vendors and employees, which in turn could adversely affect the Debtors’ operations and financial condition, particularly if the Bankruptcy Court proceedings are protracted.  Also, transactions outside of the ordinary course of business are subject to the prior approval of the Bankruptcy Court, which may limit the Debtors’ ability to respond timely to certain events or take advantage of certain opportunities.  Because of the risks and uncertainties associated with the Bankruptcy Court proceedings, the ultimate impact that events that occur during these proceedings will have on the Debtors’ business, financial condition and results of operations cannot be accurately predicted or quantified, and until such issues are resolved, there remains substantial doubt about the Debtors’ ability to continue as a going concern.

 

49



Table of Contents

 

As a result of the Chapter 11 Filing, realization of assets and liquidation of liabilities are subject to uncertainty.  While operating as a debtor-in-possession under the protection of chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, and subject to Bankruptcy Court approval or otherwise as permitted in the normal course of business, the Debtors may sell or otherwise dispose of assets and liquidate or settle liabilities for amounts other than those reflected in the condensed consolidated financial statements.  Further, a plan of reorganization could materially change the amounts and classifications reported in the consolidated historical financial statements, which do not give effect to any adjustments to the carrying value of assets or amounts of liabilities that might be necessary as a consequence of confirmation of a plan of reorganization.

 

See Note 1 “Chapter 11 Reorganization” regarding the impact of the Chapter 11 Filing and the proceedings in Bankruptcy Court on the Company’s liquidity and its status as a going concern.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

In the ordinary course of business, we make a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting of results of operations and financial condition in the preparation of our condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.  The 2008 Annual Report discusses our most critical accounting policies.  Since December 31, 2008, there have been no material developments with respect to any critical accounting policies discussed in the 2008 Annual Report, with the exception of the application of SOP 90-7 as a result of the Chapter 11 Filing.  See Note 2c to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on this as well as certain new accounting pronouncements that have been issued that may affect future financial reporting.

 

50



Table of Contents

 

Summary of Operations

 

Summary data for the three-month and six months periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 were as follows (in thousands, except per capita total revenue and percentage changes):

 

 

 

Unaudited
Three months ended
June 30,

 

Percentage

 

Unaudited
Six months ended
June 30,

 

Percentage

 

 

 

2009

 

2008

 

Change (%)

 

2009

 

2008

 

Change (%)

 

Total revenue

 

$

 302,078

 

$

 345,683

 

(13

)

$

 353,978

 

$

 413,907

 

(14

)

Operating expenses

 

126,548

 

127,499

 

(1

)

202,552

 

207,042

 

(2

)

Selling, general and administrative

 

78,043

 

84,589

 

(8

)

113,100

 

124,375

 

(9

)

Costs of products sold

 

26,522

 

30,204

 

(12

)

31,233

 

36,338

 

(14

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

35,587

 

34,192

 

4

 

70,718

 

68,555

 

3

 

Loss (gain) on disposal of assets

 

3,227

 

(63

)

(5,222

)

6,540

 

4,591

 

42

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

32,151

 

69,262

 

(54

)

(70,165

)

(26,994

)

160

 

Interest expense, net

 

(35,541

)

(47,209

)

(25

)

(74,457

)

(95,312

)

(22

)

Equity in operations of investees

 

460

 

130

 

254

 

649

 

(1,786

)

(136

)

Net gain on debt extinguishment

 

 

107,743

 

N/A

 

 

107,743

 

N/A

 

Other income (expense)

 

(16,275

)

420

 

(3,975

)

(17,944

)

(2,881

)

523

 

Income (loss)  from continuing operations before reorganization items, income taxes and discontinued operations

 

(19,205

)

130,346

 

(115

)

(161,917

)

(19,230

)

742

 

Reorganization items

 

(78,725

)

 

N/A

 

(78,725

)

 

N/A

 

Income (loss)  from continuing operations before income taxes and discontinued operations

 

(97,930

)

130,346

 

(175

)

(240,642

)

(19,230

)

1,151

 

Income tax benefit (expense)

 

234

 

(2,753

)

(108

)

3,164

 

(4,474

)

(171

)

Income (loss) from continuing operations before discontinued operations

 

$

 (97,696

)

$

 127,593

 

(177

)

$

 (237,478

)

$

 (23,704

)

902

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attendance

 

7,966

 

8,638

 

(8

)

9,189

 

10,086

 

(9

)

Total revenue per capita

 

$

 37.92

 

$

 40.02

 

(5

)

$

 38.52

 

$

 41.04

 

(6

)

 

Three Months Ended June 30, 2009 vs. Three Months Ended June 30, 2008

 

Revenue in the second quarter of 2009 totaled $302.1 million compared to $345.7 million for the second quarter of 2008, representing a 13% decrease.  The decrease was attributable to a 0.7 million (8%) decrease in attendance coupled with a $2.10 (5%) decrease in total revenue per capita (representing total revenue divided by total attendance).  The attendance reduction was driven by a decline in group sales, reflecting cutbacks in outings by companies, schools and other organizations, as well as reduced complimentary and free promotional tickets.  Mitigating the attendance loss for the second quarter of 2009 was the timing of Easter, which occurred in April of this year and March of last year.  The reduction in total revenue per capita reflects decreased guest spending on admissions, food and beverages, games and merchandise and other in-park revenues as well as decreased sponsorship, licensing and other fees.  Per capita guest spending, which excludes sponsorship, licensing and other fees, decreased $1.64 (4%) in the second quarter of 2009 to $36.70 from $38.34 in the second quarter of 2008.  Admissions revenue per capita

 

51



Table of Contents

 

decreased $0.94 (4%) in the second quarter of 2009 compared to the prior year period, and was driven by the exchange rate impact on admissions revenue at our parks in Mexico and Canada ($0.28) as well as price and ticket mix.  Decreased revenues from food and beverages, games, retail and other in-park revenues resulted in a $0.71 (4%) decrease in non-admissions per capita guest spending in the second quarter of 2009 compared to the second quarter of 2008, of which approximately $0.26 was attributable to the exchange rate impact at parks in Mexico and Canada.

 

Operating expenses for the second quarter of 2009 decreased $1.0 million (1%) compared to expenses in the second quarter of 2008.  The decrease includes: (i) a decrease in expenses related to the exchange rate impact at our parks in Mexico and Canada ($2.6 million), and (ii) a decrease in repairs and maintenance and operating supply expenses ($1.5 million) partially offset by an increase in salaries, wages and benefits ($3.5 million) primarily related to the impact of minimum wage increases and increased costs related to our pension plan that was frozen in March 2006.

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses for the second quarter of 2009 decreased $6.5 million (8%) compared to the second quarter of 2008.  The decrease primarily reflects (i) a reduction in marketing expenses ($7.1 million) related in part to the timing of expenditures and (ii) a decrease in expenses related to the exchange rate impact at our parks in Mexico and Canada ($1.3 million), partially offset by an increase in insurance related expenses ($1.4 million) and increased salaries, wages and benefits ($1.0 million) primarily due to increased cash-based incentive compensation and increased pension costs partially offset by reduced stock-based compensation.

 

Costs of products sold in the second quarter of 2009 decreased $3.7 million (12%) compared to the second quarter of 2008 primarily due to (i) the decrease in food and beverage, games and merchandise sales, and (ii) a decrease in cost of sales related to the exchange rate impact at our parks in Mexico and Canada.  As a percentage of our in-park guest spending, cost of products sold decreased slightly in the second quarter of 2009.

 

Depreciation and amortization expense for the second quarter of 2009 increased $1.4 million (4%) compared to the second quarter of 2008.  The increase was primarily attributable to our on-going capital program partially offset by a decrease in depreciation expense related to the exchange rate impact at our parks in Mexico and Canada.

 

Loss on disposal of assets increased by $3.3 million in the second quarter of 2009 compared to the prior year period primarily due to the write-off of several assets no longer being utilized in park operations coupled with the gain recognized on the sale of a small piece of land at our Dallas water park in the second quarter of 2008 and the gain recognized from the insurance proceeds received in the second quarter of 2008 for certain assets that were destroyed by a fire at our Six Flags Mexico park.

 

Interest expense, net, for the second quarter of 2009 decreased $11.7 million (25%) compared to the second quarter of 2008, primarily reflecting lower effective rates and the write-off of discounts, premiums and deferred financing costs and the cessation of interest accruals on our unsecured debt which is subject to compromise as a result of the Chapter 11 Filing of the Debtors.

 

Income tax benefit was $0.2 million for the second quarter of 2009 compared to a $2.8 million expense for the second quarter of 2008, primarily reflecting a non-cash income tax credit of approximately $1.8 million due to a decrease in our tax valuation allowance for deferred tax assets that are primarily derived from our carryforward of net operating losses.

 

Six Months Ended June 30, 2009 vs. Six Months Ended June 30, 2008
 

Revenue in the first six months of 2009 totaled $354.0 million compared to $413.9 million for the first six months of 2008, representing a 14% decrease.  The decrease is attributable to a 0.9 million (9%) decrease in attendance coupled with a $2.52 (6%) decrease in total revenue per capita (representing total revenue divided by total attendance).  The attendance reduction was driven by a decline in group sales, reflecting cutbacks in outings by companies, schools and other organizations, as well as reduced

 

52



Table of Contents

 

complimentary and free promotional tickets.  The reduction in total revenue per capita reflects decreased guest spending on admissions, food and beverages, games and merchandise and other in-park revenues, as well as decreased sponsorship, licensing and other fees.  Per capita guest spending, which excludes sponsorship, licensing and other fees, decreased $2.03 (5%) to $36.44 from $38.47 in the second quarter of 2008.  Admissions revenue per capita decreased $1.15 (5%) in the second quarter of 2009 compared to the prior year period, and was driven by the exchange rate impact on admissions revenue at our parks in Mexico and Canada ($0.41) as well as price and ticket mix.  Decreased revenues from food and beverages, games, retail and other in-park revenues resulted in a $0.88 (5%) decrease in non-admissions per capita guest spending in the second quarter of 2009 compared to the second quarter of 2008, of which approximately $0.43 was attributable to the exchange rate impact at our parks in Mexico and Canada.

 

Operating expenses for the first six months of 2009 decreased $4.5 million (2%) compared to expenses in the first six months of 2008.  The decrease includes: (i) a decrease in expenses related to the exchange rate impact at our parks in Mexico and Canada ($4.8 million), (ii) a decrease in repairs and maintenance and operating supply expenses ($1.8 million), and (iii) a decrease in operating taxes ($1.1 million), partially offset by an increase in salaries, wages and benefits ($2.8 million) primarily due to the impact of minimum wage increases and increased costs related to our pension plan that was frozen in March 2006.

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses for the first six months of 2009 decreased $11.3 million (9%) compared to the first six months of 2008.  The decrease primarily reflects (i) a reduction in marketing expenses ($12.0 million) related in part to the timing of expenditures, (ii) a decrease in expenses related to the exchange rate impact at our parks in Mexico and Canada ($2.7 million) and (iii) a decrease in insurance related expenses ($1.3 million), partially offset by increased salaries, wages and benefits ($2.3 million) primarily due to increased cash-based incentive compensation and increased pension costs partially offset by reduced stock-based compensation.

 

Costs of products sold in the first six months of 2009 decreased $5.1 million (14%) compared to the first six months of 2008 primarily due to (i) the decrease in food and beverage, games and merchandise sales, and (ii) a decrease in cost of sales related to the exchange rate impact at our parks in Mexico and Canada.  As a percentage of our in-park guest spending, cost of products sold decreased slightly in the first six months of 2009.

 

Depreciation and amortization expense for the first six months of 2009 increased $2.2 million (3%) compared to the first six months of 2008.  The increase was primarily attributable to our on-going capital program partially offset by a decrease in depreciation expense related to the exchange rate impact at our parks in Mexico and Canada.

 

Loss on disposal of assets increased by $1.9 million (42%) in the first six months of 2009 compared to the prior year period primarily due to the write-off of several assets no longer being utilized in park operations coupled with the gain recognized on the sale of a small piece of land at our Dallas water park in the second quarter of 2008 and the gain recognized from the insurance proceeds received in the second quarter of 2008 for certain assets that were destroyed by a fire at our Six Flags Mexico park.

 

Interest expense, net, for the first six months of 2009 decreased $20.9 million (22%) compared to the first six months of 2008 primarily reflecting lower effective interest rates and the write-off of discounts, premiums and deferred financing costs and the cessation of interest accruals on our unsecured debt which is subject to compromise as a result of the Chapter 11 Filing.

 

Income tax benefit was $3.2 million for the first six months of 2009 compared to a $4.5 million expense for the first six months of 2008, primarily due to a non-cash income tax credit of approximately $5.3 million resulting from a decrease in our tax valuation allowance for deferred tax assets that are primarily derived from our carryforward of net operating losses.

 

53



Table of Contents

 

Liquidity, Capital Commitments and Resources

 

The matters described herein, to the extent that they relate to future events or expectations, may be significantly affected by the Chapter 11 Filing.  The Chapter 11 Filing involves various restrictions on our activities, limitations on financing, the need to obtain Bankruptcy Court and Creditors’ Committee approval for various matters and uncertainty as to relationships with vendors, suppliers, customers and others whom we may conduct or seek to conduct business.  As a result of the risks and uncertainties associated with the Chapter 11 Filing, the value of our liabilities and securities is highly speculative.  We urge that appropriate caution be exercised with respect to existing and future investments in any of the liabilities and/or securities of the Debtors.  See Note 1 “Chapter 11 Reorganization” regarding the impact of the Chapter 11 Filing and the proceedings in Bankruptcy Court on the Company’s liquidity and its status as a going concern.

 

Pursuant to the Support Agreement, the Debtors will be permitted to use the Lenders’ cash collateral pursuant to the Cash Collateral Order with the following key terms: (i) monthly payment of an amount equal to interest accrued on the Credit Agreement Obligations at the non-default LIBOR-based rates set forth in the Credit Agreement (with an additional 2% in respect of default interest accruing), (ii) the prompt payment, following submission of invoices, of agency fees, letter of credit fees, and fees and expenses of counsel and financial advisors to the Administrative Agent, (iii) the Debtors’ diligent prosecution of the Plan, and (iv) additional reasonable covenants regarding use of cash collateral outside the ordinary course of business acceptable to the steering committee comprised of the Participating Lenders.  Such covenants include, for example, a prohibition on the Company’s granting of any mortgages, security interests, or liens in the cash collateral or any portion thereof to any parties not subject to the Cash Collateral Order pursuant to Section 364(d) of the Bankruptcy Code.  Additionally, subject to approval of the Lenders, the Company shall have the ability to renew and/or extend the maturity date of existing letters of credit prior to the effective date of the Plan without any increase in the amount available to be drawn thereunder.  The Debtors shall also have the ability to obtain a post-petition bi-lateral letter of credit facility in an amount to be agreed (secured solely by cash collateral) to address post-filing incremental letter of credit requirements arising subsequent to the Petition Date.

 

Notwithstanding the direct positive impact of the Chapter 11 Filing on our liquidity, including the stay of payments on debt subject to compromise and the continuation of our ability to use cash that would otherwise secure the payment of Credit Agreement Obligations, our current and future liquidity is greatly dependent upon our operating results, which are driven largely by overall economic conditions as well as the price and perceived quality of the entertainment experience at our parks.  Our liquidity could also be adversely affected by disruption in the availability of credit as well as unfavorable weather, contagious diseases, accidents or the occurrence of an event or condition at our parks, including terrorist acts or threats, negative publicity or significant local competitive events, that could significantly reduce paid attendance and, therefore, revenue at any of our parks.  See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” contained in Item 1A of the 2008 Annual Report and Part II, Item 1A of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.

 

We believe the consummation of a successful restructuring under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code is critical to our continued viability and long-term liquidity.  Our plan of reorganization contained in the Disclosure Statement filed with the Bankruptcy Court, and filed herewith as Exhibit 99.1 to this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, is designed to provide us sufficient liquidity for the foreseeable future, although such results cannot be assured.

 

During the six months ended June 30, 2009, net cash used in operating activities was $38.7 million.  Net cash used in investing activities in the first six months of 2009 was $53.1 million, consisting primarily of capital expenditures partially offset by maturities of restricted-use investments and property insurance proceeds we received for insurance claims related to our parks in New Orleans, Washington D.C. and Mexico.  Net cash provided by financing activities in the first six months of 2009 was $9.9 million, representing primarily the proceeds from the loan obtained from Time Warner to fund our Partnership Park put obligations and the proceeds from borrowings under the revolving facilities of the Partnership Parks

 

54



Table of Contents

 

partially offset by the purchase of the Partnership Parks puts and repayment of borrowings under the Credit Facility.

 

Our net operating cash flows are largely driven by attendance and per capita spending levels because much of our cash-based expenses are relatively fixed and do not vary significantly with either attendance or per capita spending.  These cash-based operating expenses include salaries and wages, employee benefits, advertising, third party services, repairs and maintenance, utilities and insurance.

 

Item 3.       Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

As of June 30, 2009, there have been no material changes in our market risk exposure from that disclosed in the 2008 Annual Report, with the exception that interest expense has been stayed by the Bankruptcy Court for all notes indentures except the Credit Agreement, thereby reducing the impact of interest rate fluctuations.  See Note 4 to our condensed consolidated financial statements in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q regarding the termination of our interest rate swap agreements as a result of the Chapter 11 Filing.

 

Item 4T.    Controls and Procedures

 

The Company’s management evaluated, with the participation of the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), as of June 30, 2009.  Based on their evaluation, the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective (i) to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and (ii) to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

There has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the Company’s fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2009, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

55



Table of Contents

 

PART II — OTHER INFORMATION

 

Item 1.     Legal Proceedings

 

The nature of the industry in which we operate tends to expose us to claims by guests, generally for injuries. Accordingly, we are party to various legal actions arising in the normal course of business. Historically, the great majority of these claims have been minor. Although we believe that we are adequately insured against guests’ claims, if we become subject to damages that cannot by law be insured against, such as punitive damages or certain intentional misconduct by employees, there may be a material adverse effect on our operations.

 

Certain legal proceedings in which we are involved are discussed in Item 3 of the 2008 Annual Report and in Notes 1 and 7 to our condensed consolidated financial statements in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.  The following discussion is limited to recent developments concerning our legal proceedings and should be read in conjunction with the 2008 Annual Report and Notes 1 and 7 to our condensed consolidated financial statements in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.  To the extent any legal proceedings were asserted against a Debtor, such proceeding has been stayed with respect to such Debtor as a result of the Chapter 11 Filing.

 

On October 31, 2008, a civil action against us was commenced in the District Court of Bexar County, Texas.  The plaintiff is seeking damages against us for personal injuries as a result of an accident while attempting to board a ride at Six Flags Fiesta Texas.  The ride manufacturer is a co-defendant in the litigation.

 

In April 2009, the Industrial Development Board of the City of New Orleans and the City of New Orleans (collectively, “New Orleans”) sought to accept an offer the Company made years earlier to buy out of its New Orleans lease for a $10 million cash payment and an exchange of contiguous real estate the Company owned. When the Company declined to extend the same offer, the Mayor of New Orleans announced to the press that New Orleans would sue.  The Company was current on its lease payments to New Orleans, however, and in the Company’s view, not in default.  New Orleans filed suit in Louisiana state court on May 11, 2009, alleging that the Company breached its lease with New Orleans by removing rides and assets from the park property; by failing to secure the property; and by accepting interim insurance payments for Hurricane Katrina damage claims instead of designating New Orleans as loss payee. On May 12, 2009, New Orleans obtained an ex parte state court temporary restraining order that enjoined the Company from: (a) removing any rides or attractions without New Orleans’ approval, (b) not properly securing the premises, and (c) “converting and/or secreting insurance proceeds received . . . as a result of Hurricane Katrina.” The Company removed the action to the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana (the “Court”), and the parties stipulated to stay the federal action for sixty days, while leaving the temporary restraining order in place, with the Company reserving the right to contest its propriety at a later time. In an order dated June 1, 2009, the Court imposed the agreed-upon stay but shortened the period to thirty days, until June 29, 2009. The Court issued an order on June 22, 2009, directing the clerk to mark the action as closed due to the stay resulting from the Chapter 11 Filing, but retaining jurisdiction for restoration to the calendar should circumstances change.

 

On June 13, 2009, the Debtors filed a voluntary petition for relief under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware (Case No. 09-12019).  On July 22, 2009, the Debtors filed with the Bankruptcy Court, the Disclosure Statement and the Plan under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

Item 1A.  Risk Factors

 

The business, results of operations and financial condition, and therefore the value of Holdings’ securities, are subject to a number of risks. In addition to the risk factors discussed below and the other information set forth in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, you should carefully consider the risk factors discussed under the captions “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, its

 

56



Table of Contents

 

Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009 and its Current Reports on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 7, 2009 and July 23, 2009.

 

A long period of operations under chapter 11 protection may harm our business.

 

As with any judicial proceeding, there are risks of unavoidable delay with a chapter 11 proceeding and there are risks of objections from certain stakeholders, including objections from the holders of unsecured notes and any prepetition lenders that vote to reject the Plan.  Any material delay in the confirmation of the Plan, or the threat of rejection of the Plan by the Bankruptcy Court, would not only add substantial expense and uncertainty to the process, but also would adversely affect our operations during this period since its operations depend, in substantial part, upon the support of a large group of licensors, lessors, vendors, suppliers, guests, sponsors and employees.  Moreover, the mere filing of a “bankruptcy case,” even, as is the case here, one pursuant to a pre-arranged plan, has adverse effects on the business and operations of the Debtors.

 

So long as our chapter 11 proceedings continue, our senior management will be required to spend a significant amount of time and effort working on the reorganization instead of focusing exclusively on our business operations. A prolonged period of operating under chapter 11 protection may also make it more difficult to attract and retain management and other key personnel necessary to the success and growth of our business. In addition, the longer the chapter 11 proceedings continue, the more likely it is that our contractors and suppliers will lose confidence in our ability to successfully reorganize our businesses and seek to establish alternative commercial relationships.

 

Furthermore, so long as the chapter 11 proceedings continue, we will be required to incur substantial costs for professional fees and other expenses associated with the administration of the chapter 11 proceedings. A prolonged continuation of the chapter 11 proceedings may also require us to seek additional financing. If we require additional financing during the chapter 11 proceedings and we are unable to obtain the financing on favorable terms or at all, our chances of successfully reorganizing our businesses may be seriously jeopardized, and as a result, our liabilities and securities could become further devalued or worthless.

 

Operating under the Bankruptcy Code may restrict our ability to pursue our business strategies.

 

Under the Bankruptcy Code, all Debtors must obtain Bankruptcy Court approval to, among other things:

 

·               sell assets or engage in other actions outside the ordinary course of business;

 

·               consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets; and

 

·               obtain financing secured by the Debtors’ assets.

 

In addition, if a trustee is appointed to operate us while in chapter 11 bankruptcy, the trustee would assume control of our assets.

 

We may be unable to raise the additional capital needed to fund our businesses, which would prevent us from continuing operations, even if substantially all of our debts are discharged through the chapter 11 cases.

 

Even if our debts are reduced or discharged through the chapter 11 proceeding, we may need to raise additional funds through public or private debt or equity financing or other various means to fund our business after the effective date of the Plan. In such a case, adequate funds may not be available when needed or may not be available on favorable terms.  We may be unable to raise additional funds by issuing debt due to restrictive covenants contained in our senior debt or other exit financing confirmed as

 

57



Table of Contents

 

part of a Plan, of which there can be no assurance, which may restrict our ability to expend or raise capital in the future.

 

There can be no assurance that the Bankruptcy Court will confirm the Plan.

 

There can be no assurance that the Bankruptcy Court will conclude that the Plan will satisfy all requirements necessary for confirmation by the Bankruptcy Court or that modifications of the Plan will not be required for confirmation or that such modifications would not necessitate resolicitation of votes.  Moreover, the failure of the Debtors to obtain the entry of an order confirming the Plan on or before December 31, 2009 would (unless duly waived) constitute a termination event under the Support Agreement, pursuant to which the Participating Lenders agreed to support a plan of reorganization, that could allow parties to terminate their obligations to support the Plan.

 

The Plan will not be confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court unless it concludes that the Plan “does not discriminate unfairly” and is “fair and equitable” with respect to certain classes in the Chapter 11 Filing.

 

In the event any impaired class of claims or equity interests does not accept a plan of reorganization, a bankruptcy court may nevertheless confirm such plan at the proponent’s request if at least one impaired class has accepted the plan (with such acceptance being determined without including the vote of any “insider” in such class), and as to each impaired class that has not accepted the plan, the bankruptcy court determines that the plan “does not discriminate unfairly” and is “fair and equitable” with respect to the dissenting impaired classes.  Because certain classes in the Chapter 11 Filing will be deemed to reject the Plan, these requirements must be satisfied with respect to such classes in the Chapter 11 Filing.  If these classes assert that the Plan does not meet these requirements, there is no assurance that the Bankruptcy Court will confirm the Plan.

 

If we are not able to meet certain milestones contained in the Support Agreement, the Participating Lenders’ could terminate their obligations to support the Plan.

 

In connection with the Support Agreement, the Debtors have committed to the achievement of certain milestones, including the following: (i) entry of an order by the Bankruptcy Court approving the Disclosure Statement no later than October 15, 2009 and (ii) an order by the Bankruptcy Court confirming the Plan no later than December 31, 2009.  The failure of the Debtors to achieve these milestones by the dates required under the Support Agreement would (unless duly waived) constitute an event of default under the Support Agreement that could give rise to termination of Participating Lenders’ obligation to support the Plan.

 

The amount of claims could be more than projected.

 

The general bar date for filing proofs of claims has not occurred.  The allowed amount of claims in each class could be significantly more than projected, which in turn, could cause the value of distributions to be diluted substantially.  If the claims asserted against the Debtors exceed projections, it may reduce the value of distributions to the holders of claims, if applicable.

 

Debtors could withdraw the Plan.

 

Under the Plan, the Debtors could withdraw the Plan with respect to any Debtors and proceed with confirmation of the Plan with respect to any other Debtors.

 

58



Table of Contents

 

Even if the Plan is confirmed, we will continue to face risks.

 

The Plan contemplates, among other things, the exchange of new common stock of Holdings for certain claims against the Debtors.  Even if the Plan is consummated, we will continue to face a number of risks, including certain risks that are beyond our control, such as further deterioration or other changes in economic conditions, changes in our industry, changes in consumer demand for, and acceptance of, our parks and products, inflation in energy and other expenses.  In addition, we will continue to face risks related to purchase obligations related to the Partnership Parks.  For example, in light of the deterioration in the U.S. economy, investors in the Partnership Parks may “put” a greater amount of their investments to us than they otherwise would.  Some of these concerns and effects typically become more acute when a chapter 11 case continues for a protracted period without indication of how or when the case may be completed.  As a result of these risks and others, there is no guaranty that the Plan will achieve our stated goals.

 

The Debtors’ business may be negatively affected if they are unable to assume key executory contracts.

 

The Plan provides for the assumption of all of the Debtors executory contracts and real property leases, except for such leases or contracts that are expressly rejected.  In assuming these executory contracts and leases, the Debtors expect to seek to preserve the benefit and value of these agreements.  In certain situations, including with respect to many of the Debtors’ important licenses and intellectual property, counterparties will have the opportunity to object to the assumption of these executory contracts.  Accordingly, there is a risk that counterparties may object to the Debtors’ assumption of executory contracts (including important licenses and intellectual property), and if those counterparties succeed, the Debtors would lose the benefits of these agreements.  The Debtors believe that many of these contracts, including, without limitation, license agreements for the Warner Bros., DC Comics, Hanna-Barbara and Thomas the Tank Engine and Friends characters, as well as The Wiggles and the Debtors’ sponsorship agreements, are important to the operation of the Company’s parks and the guest experience at those parks.

 

Adverse publicity in connection with the chapter 11 cases or otherwise could negatively affect our businesses.

 

Adverse publicity or news coverage relating to us, including, but not limited to, publicity or news coverage in connection with the chapter 11 proceedings, may negatively impact our efforts to establish and promote name recognition and a positive image after emergence from the chapter 11 proceedings.

 

Pursuit of litigation by the parties in interest could disrupt the confirmation of the Plan and could have material adverse effects on our businesses and financial condition.

 

There can be no assurance that any of the parties in interest will not pursue litigation strategies to enforce any claims against us. Litigation is by its nature uncertain and there can be no assurance of the ultimate resolution of any such claims. Any litigation may be expensive, lengthy, and disruptive to our normal business operations and the Plan confirmation process, and a resolution of any such strategies that is unfavorable to us could have a material adverse affect on the Plan confirmation process or their respective businesses, results of operations, financial condition, liquidity or cash flow.

 

If the Debtors are unable to retain and hire management and employees throughout, and upon emergence from, the bankruptcy process the business prospects of the Debtors could be materially and adversely affected following the effective date of the Plan.

 

A critical asset of the Debtors is their personnel, who have the ability to leave the Debtors and deprive the Debtors of the manpower and expertise essential for performance of the Debtors’ business.  The nature of the Debtors’ business requires the Debtors to be able to recruit, train and continuously improve the performance of their employee base to meet guest service expectations.  Deterioration of the Debtors’ business, loss of a significant number of employees or the inability to hire sufficient numbers of qualified employees could have a material adverse effect on the reorganized Debtors.

 

59



Table of Contents

 

The Debtors’ successful transition through the restructuring process is dependent in part on the ability to retain and motivate their management and employees.  There can be no assurance that the Debtors will be able to retain or employ qualified management and personnel following the effective date of the Plan.  Should the Debtors be unable to retain the services of a large part of their management team, the business prospects of the Debtors could be materially and adversely affected following the effective date of the Plan.

 

The actual results of the Debtors could vary in a material and adverse manner from the projections contained in the Disclosure Statement.

 

The fundamental premise of the Plan is the reduction of the Debtors’ debt levels and the implementation and realization of the Debtors’ business plan, as reflected in the projections contained in the Disclosure Statement.  The projections included in the Disclosure Statement reflect numerous assumptions concerning the anticipated future performance of the Debtors, some of which may not materialize.  Such assumptions include, among other items, assumptions concerning the general economy, the ability to make necessary capital expenditures, the ability to establish market strength and the ability to stabilize and grow the Company’s customer base and control future operating expenses.  Unanticipated events and circumstances occurring subsequent to the preparation of the projections may affect the actual financial results of the Debtors.  Therefore, the actual results achieved throughout the periods covered by the projections necessarily will vary from the projected results, and such variations may be material and adverse and investors should not rely on these projections.

 

Historical financial information may not be comparable.

 

As a result of the consummation of the Plan and the transactions contemplated thereby, our financial condition and results of operations from and after the effective date of the Plan may not be comparable to the financial condition or results of operations reflected in our historical financial statements.

 

We face risks related to pandemic diseases, which could adversely impact attendance at our parks.

 

An outbreak of influenza or other communicable disease can impact places of public accommodation, such as our parks.  On June 11, 2009 the World Health Organization raised its pandemic alert level, related to influenza A(H1N1) (commonly known as “swine flu”), to Level 6, meaning that the disease had reached pandemic levels.  In the primary markets of several of our parks, localized public-health measures were implemented as a result of outbreaks of influenza A(H1N1), including travel bans, the closings of schools and businesses and cancellations of events.  In particular, the emergence of influenza A(H1N1) had a significant adverse impact on attendance at our Mexico City park, which was closed for thirteen days, and also affected group outings at our Texas parks due to school closures.  Such public-health measures, especially if they are geographically widespread or sustained over significant time periods, or if public perception of the safety or desirability of visiting our parks is adversely impacted by such measures or by media coverage of such outbreaks, could materially reduce demand for our parks and, correspondingly, reduce our revenue, negatively affecting our business and results of operations.  In addition, if the 2009 H1N1 flu or other diseases become a greater health emergency, our operations could be negatively impacted due to, among other things, the lack of available workers or the failure to receive timely delivery of retail and food products to our parks.

 

Item 3.  Defaults Upon Senior Securities

 

As previously announced, we chose to take advantage of the applicable 30-day grace period for making the June 1, 2009 semi-annual interest payment on the 2014 Notes, and as a result of the Chapter 11 Filing, we have not made such interest payment on the 2014 Notes.  See Item 8.01 of our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on June 1, 2009, which is incorporated by reference herein.

 

As previously announced, as a result of the Chapter 11 Filing, we are in default on substantially all of our debt and preferred equity securities and lease obligations incurred prior to June 13, 2009.  Specifically, the Chapter 11 Filing constitutes an event of default under the indentures governing the 2010 Notes, the 2013 Notes, the 2014 Notes, the 2015 Notes and the 2016 Notes, and upon the Chapter 11 Filing, all of the outstanding notes under such indentures became due and payable without further action or notice.  Furthermore, all commitments, loans (with accrued interest thereon) and other amounts under our Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as defined therein (including, without limitation, all amounts under any letters of credit), became immediately due and payable as a result of the Chapter 11 Filing. See our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on June 15, 2009, which is incorporated by reference herein.

 

As previously announced, our Board of Directors determined not to declare and pay a quarterly dividend on our outstanding PIERS for the quarters ending May 15, 2008, August 15, 2008, November 15, 2008, February 15, 2009, May 15, 2009 and August 15, 2009, each such PIERS representing one one-hundredth of a share of our 7-¼% Convertible Preferred Stock.  The payment of the quarterly dividend on our outstanding PIERS is currently stayed as a result of our Chapter 11 Filing.  On the redemption date on August 15, 2009, the total liquidation preference on the PIERS as a result of the failure to pay dividends would have been $318.8 million.  See Item 8.01 of our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on May 7, 2009, which is incorporated by reference herein.

 

60



Table of Contents

 

Item 6.  Exhibits

 

The following exhibits are filed herewith:

 

Exhibit 10.1*

 

Promissory Note, dated May 15, 2009, by and among SFOG Acquisition A, Inc., SFOG Acquisition B, L.L.C., SFOT Acquisition I, Inc., and SFOT Acquisition II, Inc., as borrowers, and TW-SF LLC, as lender

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.2*

 

Guarantee Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2009, by and among Six Flags, Inc., Six Flags Operations Inc., Six Flags Theme Parks Inc. and TW-SF LLC

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.3*

 

Plan Support Agreement, dated June 13, 2009, among Six Flags, Inc., Six Flags Operations Inc., Six Flags Theme Parks Inc., Astroworld GP LLC, Astroworld LP, Astroworld LP LLC, Fiesta Texas Inc., Funtime, Inc., Funtime Parks, Inc., Great America LLC, Great Escape Holding Inc., Great Escape Rides L.P., Great Escape Theme Park L.P., Hurricane Harbor GP LLC, Hurricane Harbor LP, Hurricane Harbor LP LLC, KKI, LLC, Magic Mountain LLC, Park Management Corp., PP Data Services Inc., Premier International Holdings Inc., Premier Parks of Colorado Inc., Premier Parks Holdings Inc., Premier Waterworld Sacramento Inc., Riverside Park Enterprises Inc., SF HWP Management LLC, SFJ Management Inc., SFRCC Corp., Six Flags America LP, Six Flags America Property Corporation, Six Flags Great Adventure LLC, Six Flags Great Escape L.P., Six Flags Services Inc., Six Flags Services of Illinois, Inc., Six Flags St. Louis LLC, South Street Holdings LLC, Stuart Amusement Company, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Beach Point Capital Management LP, DK Acquisition Partners, L.P., Eaton Vance Management & Boston Management and Research, Sankaty Advisors, LLC, SPCP Group, LLC, Grand Central Asset Trust, SIL Series, Taconic Market Dislocation Master Fund II L.P., Taconic Market Dislocation Fund II L.P., Taconic Capital Partners 1.5 L.P. and Taconic Opportunity Fund L.P.

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.4*

 

Amendment No. 3 to the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2004, among Six Flags Operations Inc., Six Flags Theme Parks Inc., SFOG II, Inc., SFT Holdings, Inc., Time Warner Inc., Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P., TW-SPV Co., Six Flags, Inc. and GP Holdings Inc.

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.5*

 

Amendment No. 4 to the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement, dated as of December 8, 2006, among Six Flags Operations Inc., Six Flags Theme Parks Inc., SFOG II, Inc., SFT Holdings, Inc., Time Warner Inc., Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P., TW-SPV Co., Six Flags, Inc. and GP Holdings Inc.

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.6*

 

Amendment No. 5 to the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement, dated as of April 2, 2007, among Six Flags Operations Inc., Six Flags Theme Parks Inc., SFOG II, Inc., SFT Holdings, Inc., Time Warner Inc., Warner Bros. Entertainment Inc., TW-SPV Co., Six Flags, Inc. and GP Holdings Inc.

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.7*

 

Amendment No. 6 to the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2009, among Six Flags Operations Inc., Six Flags Theme Parks Inc., SFOG II, Inc., SFT Holdings, Inc., Historic TW Inc., Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P., TW-SPV Co., Six Flags, Inc. and GP Holdings Inc.

 

 

 

Exhibit 31.1*

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

Exhibit 31.2*

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

Exhibit 32.1*

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

Exhibit 32.2*

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley

 

61



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Act of 2002

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.1*

 

Debtors’ Disclosure Statement, filed July 22, 2009

 


* Filed herewith

 

62



Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

 

(Registrant)

 

 

 

/s/ Mark Shapiro

 

Mark Shapiro
President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

/s/ Jeffrey R. Speed

 

Jeffrey R. Speed
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

Date:  August 14, 2009

 

63



Table of Contents

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.

 

Description

 

Paper (P) or
Electronic (E)

 

Exhibit 10.1*

 

Promissory Note, dated May 15, 2009, between SFOG Acquisition A, Inc., SFOG Acquisition B, L.L.C., SFOT Acquisition I, Inc., and SFOT Acquisition II, Inc., and TW-SF LLC

 

E

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.2*

 

Guarantee Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2009, among Six Flags, Inc., Six Flags Operations Inc., Six Flags Theme Parks Inc. and TW-SF LLC

 

E

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.3*

 

Plan Support Agreement, dated June 13, 2009, among Six Flags, Inc., Six Flags Operations Inc., Six Flags Theme Parks Inc., Astroworld GP LLC, Astroworld LP, Astroworld LP LLC, Fiesta Texas Inc., Funtime, Inc., Funtime Parks, Inc., Great America LLC, Great Escape Holding Inc., Great Escape Rides L.P., Great Escape Theme Park L.P., Hurricane Harbor GP LLC, Hurricane Harbor LP, Hurricane Harbor LP LLC, KKI, LLC, Magic Mountain LLC, Park Management Corp., PP Data Services Inc., Premier International Holdings Inc., Premier Parks of Colorado Inc., Premier Parks Holdings Inc., Premier Waterworld Sacramento Inc., Riverside Park Enterprises Inc., SF HWP Management LLC, SFJ Management Inc., SFRCC Corp., Six Flags America LP, Six Flags America Property Corporation, Six Flags Great Adventure LLC, Six Flags Great Escape L.P., Six Flags Services Inc., Six Flags Services of Illinois, Inc., Six Flags St. Louis LLC, South Street Holdings LLC, Stuart Amusement Company, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Beach Point Capital Management LP, DK Acquisition Partners, L.P., Eaton Vance Management & Boston Management and Research, Sankaty Advisors, LLC, SPCP Group, LLC, Grand Central Asset Trust, SIL Series, Taconic Market Dislocation Master Fund II L.P., Taconic Market Dislocation Fund II L.P., Taconic Capital Partners 1.5 L.P. and Taconic Opportunity Fund L.P.

 

E

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.4*

 

Amendment No. 3 to the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2004, among Six Flags Operations Inc., Six Flags Theme Parks Inc., SFOG II, Inc., SFT Holdings, Inc., Time Warner Inc., Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P., TW-SPV Co., Six Flags, Inc. and GP Holdings Inc.

 

E

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.5*

 

Amendment No. 4 to the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement, dated as of December 8, 2006, among Six Flags Operations Inc., Six Flags Theme Parks Inc., SFOG II, Inc., SFT Holdings, Inc., Time Warner Inc., Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P., TW-SPV Co., Six Flags, Inc. and GP Holdings Inc.

 

E

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.6*

 

Amendment No. 5 to the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement, dated as of April 2, 2007, among Six Flags Operations Inc., Six Flags Theme Parks Inc., SFOG II, Inc., SFT Holdings, Inc., Time Warner Inc., Warner Bros. Entertainment Inc., TW-SPV Co., Six Flags, Inc. and GP Holdings Inc.

 

E

 

 

64



Table of Contents

 

Exhibit 10.7*

 

Amendment No. 6 to the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2009, among Six Flags Operations Inc., Six Flags Theme Parks Inc., SFOG II, Inc., SFT Holdings, Inc., Historic TW Inc., Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P., TW-SPV Co., Six Flags, Inc. and GP Holdings Inc.

 

E

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 31.1*

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

E

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 31.2*

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

E

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 32.1*

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

E

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 32.2*

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

E

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.1*

 

Debtors’ Disclosure Statement, filed July 22, 2009

 

E

 

 


* Filed herewith

 

65


Exhibit 10.1

 

PROMISSORY NOTE

 

THIS PROMISSORY NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER ANY OTHER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.  THIS PROMISSORY NOTE MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF AT ANY TIME WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT AND LAWS OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM AND COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS HEREOF.

 

May 15, 2009

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, SFOG ACQUISITION A, INC., a Delaware corporation, SFOG ACQUISITION B, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, SFOT ACQUISITION I, INC., a Delaware corporation, and SFOT ACQUISITION II, INC., a Delaware corporation (each, a “ Borrower ” and together, the “ Borrowers ”), hereby promise, jointly and severally, to pay to the order of TW-SF LLC, a Delaware limited liability company or its permitted assigns (the “ Lender ”) the principal sum of FIFTY-TWO MILLION, FIVE HUNDRED SEVEN THOUSAND DOLLARS ($52,507,000.00), plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, at such time and in such amounts as set forth herein.

 

SECTION 1.                                       Definitions .

 

(a)                                   As used herein, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

 

2009 Liquidity Put ” means the Liquidity Put for the year 2009 for each of the Georgia Park and the Texas Park.

 

Acquisition Company Guarantees ” means, collectively, the Secured General and Continuing Guarantee & Pledge Agreement of SFOG Acquisition A, Inc. and SFOG Acquisition B, L.L.C., dated as of March 18, 1997, in respect of the Georgia Park, and the General and Continuing Guarantee Agreement of SFOT Acquisition I, Inc., and SFOT Acquisition II, Inc., dated as of January 6, 1998, in respect of the Texas Park.

 

Affiliate ” means, as to any specified Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly controls, or is under common control with, or is controlled by, such first Person and, if such other Person is an individual, any member of the immediate family (including parents, spouse, children) of such individual and any trust whose principal beneficiary is such individual or one or more members of such immediate family and any Person who is controlled by any such member or trust. As used in this definition, “control” (including, with its correlative meanings, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise).

 



 

Bankruptcy Case ” means a voluntary chapter 11 bankruptcy case(s), if any, commenced by SFI and certain of its Subsidiaries within 120 days of the Borrowing Date but such case shall be considered the Bankruptcy Case only for so long as a trustee or receiver with expanded powers has not been appointed in such case and the case has not been converted to a case under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

Bankruptcy Code ” means the Federal Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as amended from time to time.

 

Borrower Bankruptcy Event ” means, as to any Borrower, the occurrence of any one or more of the following:

 

(i)                                      a proceeding or case shall be commenced, without the application or consent of such Borrower, in any court of competent jurisdiction, seeking (A) its reorganization, liquidation, dissolution, arrangement or winding up, or the composition or readjustment of its debts, (B) the appointment of a receiver, custodian, trustee, examiner, liquidator or the like of such Borrower or of all or any substantial part of such Borrower’s Property, or (C) similar relief in respect of such Borrower under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding up, or composition or adjustment of debts, and such proceeding or case shall continue undismissed, or an order, judgment or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered and continue unstayed and in effect, for a period of 30 or more days; or an order for relief against such Borrower shall be entered in an involuntary case under the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws;

 

(ii)                                   such Borrower shall (A) apply for or consent to the appointment of, or the taking of possession by, a receiver, custodian, trustee, examiner or liquidator of itself or of all or a substantial part of its Property, (B) make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (C) commence a voluntary case under the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws, (D) file a petition seeking to take advantage of any other law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution, arrangement or winding up, or composition or readjustment of debts, or (E) fail to controvert in a timely and appropriate manner, or acquiesce in writing to, any petition filed against it in an involuntary case under the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws; or

 

(iii)                                such Borrower shall admit in writing its inability to, or be generally unable to, pay its debts as such debts become due.

 

Borrower Expenses ” means $50,000 per annum in respect of expenses of the Borrowers in the aggregate.

 

“Borrower Indebtedness ” of any Borrower means (i) all indebtedness of such Borrower for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of Property or services (including reimbursement and all other obligations with respect to surety bonds, letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances, whether or not matured, but not including obligations to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business), (ii) all

 

2



 

obligations of such Borrower evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (iii) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreements with respect to Property acquired by such Borrower (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such Property), (iv) all obligations under capital leases of such Borrower, (v) all Borrower Indebtedness guaranteed by such Borrower to the extent of such guarantee, (vi) all Borrower Indebtedness referred to in clause (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v) above secured by (or for which the holder of such Borrower Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien upon or in Property (including accounts and contract rights) owned by such Borrower, even though such Borrower has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such Borrower Indebtedness, but only to the extent of the value of the Property, and (vii) any obligations requiring payments in excess of the counter-party obligations under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement or other similar agreement or derivative agreement of such Borrower.

 

Beneficial Share Assignment Agreement ” means that certain Beneficial Share Assignment Agreement, dated as of April 1, 1998, by and among TW-SPV Co. and SFI (as successor to Premier Parks Inc.), as amended.

 

Borrower ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

Borrowing Date ” means the date of this Note.

 

Business ” means the business operated by SFI or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to close.

 

Capital Stock ” means any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation) and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase any of the foregoing.

 

Change of Control ” means, as to SFI, the occurrence of any one or more of the following: (i) any “Person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that a person shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all shares that any such person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 35% of the voting stock of SFI; (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the board of directors of SFI (together with any new directors whose election by such board of directors or whose nomination for election by SFI’s shareholders was approved by a vote of a majority of SFI’s directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of SFI’s directors then in office; (iii) any

 

3



 

change in control with respect to SFI (or similar event, however denominated) shall occur under and as defined in any SFI Indenture, the SFI Convertible Indenture or any other agreement in respect of Guarantor Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount of at least $25,000,000 to which SFI or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, or (iv) SFI shall cease to own directly or indirectly 100% of the Capital Stock of SFO or SFTP.

 

Contractual Obligation ” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any material agreement, lease, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its Property is bound.

 

Dollar ” and the symbol “ $ ” mean lawful money of the United States of America.

 

Escrow Account ” has the meaning set forth in the Subordinated Indemnity Escrow Agreement.

 

Event of Default ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11 hereto.

 

Excess Proceeds means any and all proceeds received by the Borrowers (i) in respect of the Units held thereby or (ii) from any other sources, less (x) Borrower Expenses, (y) the amount of any interest paid or payable in accordance with Section 2(a) hereof, and (z) amounts necessary to pay Expenses owing from time to time after the Borrowing Date under Section 6.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Exchange Offer means (a) the Exchange Offer and the Consent Solicitation relating to the debt securities of SFI, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 20, 2009, and (b) the Exchange Offer and the Consent Solicitation relating to the convertible securities of SFI, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 6, 2009, each as amended, modified or extended as permitted hereunder.

 

Expenses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6 hereto.

 

GA Fund ” means Six Flags Fund, Ltd. (L.P.), a Georgia limited partnership.

 

GA Overall Agreement” means that certain Overall Agreement, dated as of February 15, 1997, by and among GA Fund, the Salkin Family Trust, SFG, Inc., SFG-I, LLC, SFG-II, LLC, Six Flags Over Georgia, Ltd. (now known as Six Flags Over Georgia, LLC), SFOG Acquisition A, Inc., SFOG Acquisition B, L.L.C., Six Flags Over Georgia, Inc., SFOG II, Inc., SFOG II Employee, Inc., Six Flags Services of Georgia, Inc., SFTP, and SFO (as successor to Six Flags Entertainment Corporation).

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth from time to time in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting

 

4



 

Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (or agencies with similar functions of comparable stature and authority within the U.S. accounting profession), which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

 

Georgia Park ” has the meaning set forth in the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement.

 

Governmental Authority ” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization (including the National Association of Insurance Commissioners) having jurisdiction over the Business or the Property of the Loan Parties and their respective Subsidiaries.

 

Guarantee ” means the Guarantee Agreement to be executed and delivered by the Guarantors in favor of the Lender, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Guaranteed Obligations ” means the collective reference to the unpaid principal of and interest on the Loan and all other obligations, expenses and liabilities of the Borrowers to the Lender (including the Expenses and interest accruing at the then applicable rate provided in this Note after the maturity of the Loan and interest accruing at the then applicable rate provided in this Note after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the Borrowers whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with, this Note, in each case whether on account of principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses or otherwise (including all fees and disbursements of counsel to the Lender that are required to be paid by the Borrowers pursuant to the terms of this Note).

 

Guarantor Bankruptcy Event ” means, as to any Guarantor, the occurrence of any one or more of the following:

 

(i)                                      a proceeding or case shall be commenced, without the application or consent of such Guarantor, in any court of competent jurisdiction, seeking (A) its reorganization, liquidation, dissolution, arrangement or winding up, or the composition or readjustment of its debts, (B) the appointment of a receiver, custodian, trustee, examiner, liquidator or the like of such Guarantor or of all or any substantial part of such Guarantor’s Property, or (C) similar relief in respect of such Guarantor under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding up, or composition or adjustment of debts, and such proceeding or case shall continue undismissed, or an order,

 

5



 

judgment or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered and continue unstayed and in effect, for a period of 60 or more days; or an order for relief against such Guarantor shall be entered in an involuntary case under the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws;

 

(ii)                                   such Guarantor shall (A) apply for or consent to the appointment of, or the taking of possession by, a receiver, custodian, trustee, examiner or liquidator of itself or of all or a substantial part of its Property, (B) make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (C) commence a voluntary case under the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws, (D) file a petition seeking to take advantage of any other law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution, arrangement or winding up, or composition or readjustment of debts, or (E) fail to controvert in a timely and appropriate manner, or acquiesce in writing to, any petition filed against it in an involuntary case under the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws; or

 

(iii)                                such Guarantor shall admit in writing its inability to, or be generally unable to, pay its debts as such debts become due.

 

“Guarantor Indebtedness” of any Guarantor means (i) all indebtedness of such Guarantor for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of Property or services (including reimbursement and all other obligations with respect to surety bonds, letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances, whether or not matured, but not including obligations to trade creditors and accrued expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business), (ii) all obligations of such Guarantor evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (iii) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreements with respect to Property acquired by such Guarantor (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such Property), (iv) all obligations under capital leases of such Guarantor, (v) all Guarantor Indebtedness guaranteed by such Guarantor to the extent of such guarantee, and (vi) all Guarantor Indebtedness referred to in clause (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v) above secured by (or for which the holder of such Guarantor Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien upon or in Property (including accounts and contract rights) owned by such Guarantor, even though such Guarantor has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such Guarantor Indebtedness, but only to the extent of the value of the Property; provided , that all references to “Guarantor Indebtedness” shall not include any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement or other similar agreement or derivative agreement of any Guarantor.

 

Guarantors ” means SFI, SFO and SFTP, collectively; and “ Guarantor ” means any of them.

 

Indemnified Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14 hereto.

 

Interest Rate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereto.

 

Lender ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

6



 

Liabilities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(d) hereto.

 

License Agreements ” means, collectively, the Retail License (#8898-TOON), dated as of January 1, 1998, by and between Warner Bros. Consumer Products Inc. (as successor to Warner Bros. Consumer Products Division, a division of Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P.) and SFTP, and the Amended and Restated License Agreement #5854-WB/DC, dated as of April 1, 1998, by and among Warner Bros. Consumer Products Inc. (as successor to Warner Bros. Consumer Products Division, a division of Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P.), DC Comics, SFI (as successor to Premier Parks Inc.) and SFTP, in each case, as amended.

 

Lien ” means, with respect to any Property, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance having the effect of security in respect of such Property.  For purposes of the Loan Documents, a Person shall be deemed to own subject to a Lien any Property that it has acquired or holds subject to the interest of a vendor or lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or other title retention agreement (other than an operating lease) relating to such Property.

 

Liquidity Put ” has the meaning as set forth in the GA Overall Agreement and the TX Overall Agreement, respectively and as applicable.

 

Loan ” means the loan made by the Lender to the Borrowers to fund their obligations with respect to the 2009 Liquidity Put and evidenced by this Note.

 

Loan Documents ” means this Note and the Guarantee.

 

Loan Parties ” means, collectively, the Borrowers and the Guarantors, and “ Loan Party ” means any one of them.

 

Losses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 14 hereto.

 

Material Adverse Effect means any change, event, circumstance, fact, condition or development that does or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect upon (i) the Business, Property or financial condition of SFI and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (ii) the validity or enforceability of this Note or the Guarantee or the rights or remedies of the Lender hereunder or thereunder, (iii) the ability of a Borrower to perform the Obligations or (iv) the ability of a Guarantor to pay the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

Maturity Date ” means March 15, 2011.

 

Obligations ” means (i) the unpaid principal of and interest on the Loan (including any interest accruing after the Maturity Date and after any Borrower Bankruptcy Event, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding), (ii) all other obligations of the Borrowers under or with respect to this Note and (iii) the obligations of each other Loan Party under or with respect to the Loan Documents.

 

7



 

Partnership Parks Agreements ” means the GA Overall Agreement, the TX Overall Agreement and the Related Agreements (as such term is defined in the GA Overall Agreement and the TX Overall Agreement, respectively).

 

Person means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, Governmental Authority or other entity of whatever nature.

 

Property ” means any right or interest in or to property of any kind whatsoever, whether real property, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, including Capital Stock.

 

Related Indemnity Agreements ” means the Subordinated Indemnity Escrow Agreement and the Beneficial Share Assignment Agreement.

 

Requirement of Law ” means, as to any Person, the certificate of incorporation and by-laws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its Property or to which such Person or any of its Property is subject.

 

Responsible Officer ” means, as to any Person, the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, senior vice president or treasurer of such Person, but in any event, with respect to financial matters, the chief financial officer, senior vice president-finance or treasurer of such Person.

 

SFI ” means Six Flags, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

SFI Indentures ” means, collectively, (i) the Indentures dated as of December 5, 2003, April 16, 2003 and February 11, 2002, respectively, between SFI and The Bank of New York, as trustee, in each case as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified through the Borrowing Date and thereafter as permitted by the Loan Documents, (ii) any loan agreement, indenture, note purchase agreement or other instrument or agreement relating to any Guarantor Indebtedness that is meant to refinance any Guarantor Indebtedness incurred under any SFI Indenture, in each case as amended in accordance with the Loan Documents.

 

SFI Convertible Indenture ” means the Indenture dated as of June 30, 1999, between SFI and The Bank of New York, as trustee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified through the Borrowing Date and thereafter as permitted by the Loan Documents.

 

SFO ” means Six Flags Operations Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

SFTP ” means Six Flags Theme Parks Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

8



 

Six Flags Credit Agreement ” means the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 25, 2007, among SFI, SFO and SFTP, as primary borrower, certain of its subsidiaries named therein, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified in accordance with the Loan Documents.

 

Six Flags Guarantees ” means, collectively, the General and Continuing Guarantee of SFTP and SFO (as successor to Six Flags Entertainment Corporation), dated as of March 18, 1997, in respect of the Georgia Park, and the General and Continuing Guarantee of SFTP and SFO (as successor to Six Flags Entertainment Corporation), dated as of January 6, 1998, in respect of the Texas Park.

 

Subordinated Indemnity Agreement ” means that certain Subordinated Indemnity Agreement, dated as of April 1, 1998, by and among SFO (as successor to Six Flags Entertainment Corporation), SFTP, SFOG II, Inc., SFT Holdings, Inc., Historic TW Inc. (formerly known as Time Warner Inc.), Warner Bros. Entertainment Inc. (as successor to Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P.), TW-SPV Co., SFI (as successor to Premier Parks Inc.) and GP Holdings Inc., as amended in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

Subordinated Indemnity Escrow Agreement ” means that certain Subordinated Indemnity Escrow Agreement, dated as of September 28, 2006, by and among SFI, Warner Bros. Entertainment Inc. (as successor to Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P.), Historic TW Inc. (formerly known as Time Warner Inc.), the Bank of New York Mellon and, as of the date hereof, the Borrowers, as amended in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person (the “ parent ”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, as well as any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held; provided , that all references to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” in the Loan Documents shall not include the joint venture established pursuant to the Great Escape Agreements or any Inactive Subsidiary (each as defined in the Six Flags Credit Agreement).

 

Texas Park ” has the meaning set forth in the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement.

 

Transactions ” means (i) the execution, delivery and performance by the Loan Parties of the Loan Documents and the amendments described in Section 7(a) and (ii) the borrowing of the Loan.

 

9



 

Triggering Default ” has the meaning set forth in the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement.

 

TX Fund ” means Six Flags Over Texas Fund, Ltd., a Texas limited partnership.

 

TX Overall Agreement ” means, that certain Overall Agreement, dated as of November 24, 1997, by and among TX Fund, Flags’ Directors L.L.C., FD-II, L.L.C., Texas Flags, Ltd., SFOT Employee, Inc., SFOT Acquisition I, Inc., SFOT Acquisition II, Inc., Six Flags Over Texas, Inc., SFTP, and SFO (as successor to Six Flags Entertainment Corporation), as amended through the Borrowing Date.

 

Units ” has the meaning as set forth in the GA Overall Agreement and the TX Overall Agreement, respectively.

 

(b)           Unless the context requires otherwise, (i) the words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Note shall refer to this Note as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Note, and (ii) all Section, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Note unless otherwise specified.

 

(c)           Except as specifically provided herein, the meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.  Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms.  The words, “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.”  The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.”

 

(d)           When the payment of any obligation or the performance of any covenant, duty or obligation is stated to be due or performance required on a day which is not a Business Day, the date of such payment or performance shall extend to the immediately succeeding Business Day.

 

SECTION 2.              Interest Rate .

 

(a)           The Loan shall bear interest on the unpaid principal amount thereof from the Borrowing Date until payment in full in cash at a rate per annum equal to 14% (the “ Interest Rate ”) and shall be payable in arrears from time to time, as soon as practicable and in no event later than two (2) Business Days after the Borrowers have cash or cash equivalents on hand in excess of (i) amounts used or to be used to pay Borrower Expenses for which demand has been made, plus (i) $20,000. All accrued and unpaid interest shall also be payable in full in cash on the Maturity Date.  Interest shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed.

 

(b)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to applicable law, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, this Note shall bear interest which shall accrue during the continuance of such Event of Default and shall be payable (subject to Section 11(b)) in immediately available funds, for each day during the continuance of such Event

 

10



 

of Default, at a rate equal to the Interest Rate plus 2% per annum.  Such default interest shall be payable at the times interest is otherwise payable in accordance with Section 2(a).

 

(c)           Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the interest payable by the Borrowers with respect to the Loan shall not exceed the maximum amount permitted by applicable law and, to the extent that any payments in excess of such permitted amount are received by the Lender, such excess shall be considered payments in respect of the principal amount of the Loan.

 

SECTION 3.             Use of Proceeds .

 

The Borrowers shall use the proceeds of the Loan solely to purchase Units pursuant to the 2009 Liquidity Put on the Borrowing Date.

 

SECTION 4.             Evidence of Debt .

 

(a)           The Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the Borrower Indebtedness of the Borrowers to the Lender resulting from the Loan hereunder, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to the Lender from time to time hereunder.

 

(b)           The entries made in the accounts of the Lender maintained pursuant to Section 4(a) above shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrowers recorded therein; provided , however , that the failure of the Lender to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the Obligations.  The Lender shall provide a copy of the account(s) to the Borrowers upon the Borrowers’ request.

 

SECTION 5.             Method of Payment; Repayment of Loan; and Priority of Payments .

 

(a)           Repayment of Loan .  Each Borrower hereby unconditionally promises, jointly and severally, to pay to the Lender the then unpaid principal amount of the Loan on the Maturity Date (or on such earlier date on which all or a portion of the Loan becomes due and payable pursuant to Section 11 or pursuant to Section 5(c)), with accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

 

(b)           Payments .  All payments (including any prepayments) to be made by any Borrower hereunder, whether on account of principal, interest, Expenses or otherwise, shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, deduction or withholding and shall be made to the Lender by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account or by such other reasonable means as the Lender may specify to the Borrowers, on or prior to 12:00 Noon, New York City time, on the due date thereof, in U.S. Dollars and in immediately available funds.  If any payment hereunder becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day and interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension.  Amounts repaid hereunder may not be reborrowed by the Borrowers.

 

11



 

(c)                                   Mandatory Prepayments .  If any Borrower receives Excess Proceeds in excess of $20,000 in the aggregate, the Loan shall be prepaid as soon as practicable and in no event later than two (2) Business Days following the date of receipt of such Excess Proceeds, by an amount equal to 100% of such Excess Proceeds.

 

(d)                                  Optional Prepayment The Borrowers may at any time and from time to time prepay the principal amount of the Loan, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty, but together with all accrued but unpaid interest.

 

(e)                                   Priority of Payments Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, all payments of principal, interest, or any other amount hereunder in respect of the Loan (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) but, for the avoidance of doubt, excluding Expenses, shall be made in the following order of priority:

 

(i)                                      first , payment of the accrued and unpaid interest on the Loan due and payable on the date thereof;

 

(ii)                                second , payment of outstanding principal on the Loan; and

 

(iii)                             third, payment of all other Obligations.

 

SECTION 6.             Expenses .

 

(a)           Each of the Borrowers agrees, jointly and severally from time to time after the Borrowing Date, to pay or reimburse the Lender for (i) reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including fees and disbursements of counsel (including reasonable fees and disbursements of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP) and accountants, costs and expenses of due diligence, duplication, and messenger costs and expenses) of the Lender in connection with the Transactions and any subsequent amendment or modification of the Loan Documents and/or of the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement and Related Indemnity Agreements necessary in connection therewith and (ii) all fees and expenses of the Lender (including fees and disbursements of counsel (including Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP)) incurred in connection with the enforcement of any of its rights and remedies under the Loan Documents (collectively, “ Expenses ”).

 

(b)           All Expenses shall be paid within three (3) Business Days following demand by the Lender and (except for Expenses incurred on or prior to the Borrowing Date) made together with the delivery by Lender of a reasonable invoice therefor, in immediately available funds.  Once paid, none of the Expenses shall be refundable under any circumstances.  The Expenses shall not be creditable against any other amount payable in connection with the Loan Documents or otherwise.

 

SECTION 7.             Conditions Precedent .

 

The obligation of the Lender to make the Loan on the Borrowing Date shall be subject to the satisfaction or waiver by the Lender of the following conditions precedent:

 

12



 

(a)           Loan Documents .  The Lender shall have received: (i) this Note, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of each Borrower; (ii) the Guarantee, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of each Guarantor; (iii) an amendment to the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B , and executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of each Borrower, each Guarantor and each of their Subsidiaries party thereto; (iv) an amendment to the Subordinated Indemnity Escrow Agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C , and executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of each Borrower, SFI and the Escrow Agent (as defined in the Subordinated Indemnity Escrow Agreement); and (v) an amendment to the Beneficial Share Assignment Agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D , and executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of SFI and each of its Subsidiaries party thereto.

 

(b)           Representations and Warranties .   Each of the representations and warranties made by (i) the Borrowers pursuant to Section 8 hereof and (ii) the Guarantors pursuant to the Guarantee, in each case, shall be true and correct in all respects both before and after giving effect to such Loan and the use of the proceeds thereof.

 

(c)           Escrow Account .  Simultaneously with the receipt of the Loan, the Borrowers shall have used funds from the Escrow Account in an amount equal to $ $5,953,473.54 to purchase Units pursuant to the 2009 Liquidity Put.

 

(d)           SFI Indentures .  On May 14, 2009, SFI shall have irrevocably deposited in immediately available funds with the Paying Agent (as such term is defined in the SFI Indenture for the SFI 2013 Notes) the semi-annual interest payment due on April 15, 2009 under the SFI 2013 Notes (as defined in the Exchange Offer) in full.

 

(e)           Exchange Offer .  Except as set forth on Schedule 7(e), the Exchange Offer has not been terminated, extended, amended or modified in any manner.

 

(f)            Approvals .  All material Governmental Authority and third party approvals necessary or, in the reasonable discretion of the Lender, advisable to be obtained by the Borrowers in connection with the Transactions shall have been obtained and be in full force and effect.

 

(g)           Expenses .  One or more of the Guarantors shall have reimbursed the Lender for all Expenses accrued through the Borrowing Date.

 

(h)           Legal Opinions .  The Lender shall have received a legal opinion from Paul, Hastings, Janofsky & Walker LLP, as counsel to the Borrowers, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender.

 

(i)            Officer’s Certificate .  Each Loan Party, with respect to themselves individually, shall have delivered to the Lender a certificate, signed by an executive officer of such Loan Party, dated as of the Borrowing Date, certifying the matters set forth in Sections 7(b), 7(c), 7(d) and 7(e).

 

13



 

SECTION 8.             Representations and Warranties .

 

Each of the Borrowers hereby jointly and severally represents and warrants to the Lender that, as of the date hereof:

 

(a)           Existence; Compliance with Law .  Each of the Borrowers (i) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (ii) has the corporate (or equivalent) power and authority, and the legal right, to own and operate its Property, to lease the Property it operates as lessee and to conduct the Business in which it is currently engaged, (iii) is duly qualified in all material respects as a foreign entity and in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of Property or the conduct of its Business requires such qualification and (iv) is in compliance in all material respects with all Requirements of Law.

 

(b)           Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations .  Each Borrower has the corporate (or equivalent) power and authority, and the legal right, to make, deliver and perform this Note and to consummate the Transactions.  Each Borrower has taken all necessary corporate (or equivalent) action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Note on the terms and conditions herein.  No consent or authorization of, or filing with, any Person is required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by each Borrower of this Note.  This Note has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of each Borrower.  This Note constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Borrower, enforceable against each such Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law).

 

(c)           No Legal Bar or Conflicts; No Default .  The execution, delivery and performance of this Note by the Borrowers, the payments hereunder, and the performance of the Transactions do not and will not, in any material respects, conflict with, result in any violation or breach of, constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) a default (or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation or loss of any material benefit) under, require a consent or waiver under, or result in the imposition of any Lien on any Borrower’s assets pursuant to, any Requirement of Law or any Contractual Obligation of any of the Borrowers.   No event has occurred that with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both would constitute a default by any Borrower under, or a termination or acceleration event under, in any material respect, any Contractual Obligation.  No Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (without giving effect to any cure period).

 

(d)           No Liabilities .  The Borrowers do not have any direct or indirect indebtedness, liability, claim, loss, damage, deficiency, obligation or responsibility, known or unknown, fixed or unfixed, choate or inchoate, liquidated or unliquidated, secured or unsecured, accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise, whether or not of a kind required by GAAP to be set forth on a financial statement or in the notes thereto

 

14



 

(“ Liabilities ”) other than pursuant to the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement, the Related Indemnity Agreements, the Partnership Parks Agreements, or as otherwise permitted hereunder.  None of the Borrowers has any knowledge of any circumstance, condition, event or arrangement that may hereafter give rise to such Liabilities of the Borrowers other than as set forth under the documents specified in the prior sentence or as set forth herein.

 

(e)           Litigation .  No litigation, investigation or proceeding of or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority (i) in which any Borrower is named as a primary defendant or (ii) in which any Borrower is named as a co-defendant (A) with respect to any of the Loan Documents or any of the Transactions or (B) that if adversely determined, either individually or in the aggregate, has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, is pending or, to the knowledge of any Borrower, threatened by or against any of the Borrowers or against any of their respective Properties or revenues.

 

(f)            Subordinated Indemnity Agreement .  Since July 1, 2008, each of the Borrowers has complied with the terms and provisions of (x) the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement, (y) the GA Overall Agreement and (z) the TX Overall Agreement.

 

(g)           Ownership of Property .  Each of the Borrowers has good and valid title to the Units held thereby.

 

(h)           Taxes .  Each of the Borrowers has filed or caused to be filed all Federal, state and other material tax returns that is required to be filed and has paid all taxes shown to be due and payable on said returns or on any assessments made against it or any of its Property and all other material taxes, fees or other charges imposed on it or any of its Property by any Governmental Authority (in each case other than any taxes, fees or charges the amount or validity of which are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves (to the extent required by GAAP)) have been provided on the books of the Borrowers; no material tax Lien has been filed, and, to the knowledge of the Borrowers, no claim is being asserted with respect to any such tax, fee or other charge.

 

(i)            Accuracy of Information, Etc.   No statement or information (other than pro forma financial information and projections, estimates, forecasts and other forward looking information, including budgets or information of a general industry or economic nature) contained in this Note or contained in any other document, certificate or statement furnished by or on behalf of any Borrower to the Lender for use in connection with the Transactions, considered as a whole as of the date such statement, information, document or certificate was so furnished, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made not misleading.  The projections and pro forma financial information contained in the materials referenced above were based upon good faith estimates and assumptions believed by the management of such Borrower to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Lender that such financial information as it relates to future events is

 

15



 

not to be viewed as fact and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such financial information may differ from the projected or pro forma results set forth therein by a material amount.

 

SECTION 9.             Affirmative Covenants .

 

So long as this Note remains outstanding and the principal of and interest on the Loan and all Expenses have not been paid in full in cash, each of the Borrowers hereby jointly and severally shall:

 

(a)           Subordinated Indemnity Agreement .  From time to time execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, such additional amendments, instruments, certificates or documents to the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement and Related Indemnity Agreements, and to take all such actions with respect to such additional amendments, instruments, certificates or documents, in each case, as mutually agreed by the parties thereto;

 

(b)           Financial Statement and Other Information of the Borrowers .  Deliver the following financial statements, reports, notices and other information:

 

(i)            as soon as available and in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarterly fiscal periods of each fiscal year of each Borrower, interim condensed consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of such Borrower for such period, and the related consolidated balance sheets of such Borrower;

 

(ii)           as soon as available and in any event no later than 75 days after the end of each fiscal year of each Borrower, an annual budget projection of such Borrower broken down on a month-by-month basis;

 

(iii)          as soon as available and in any event no later than 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of each Borrower, the information required by clause (i) on a year-end basis;

 

(iv)          to the extent requested by the Lender, any updated budgets or any internal updates of the information required by clauses (i) through (iii) hereof to the extent related to the periods for which such financial information was provided promptly after such updates are produced; and

 

(v)           any other documents or information as may be reasonably requested by the Lender from time to time;

 

(c)                                   Financial Statement and Other Information of the Georgia Park and Texas Park .  Use commercially reasonable efforts to cause SFI to deliver the following financial statements, reports, notices and other information:

 

(i)            as soon as available and in any event within two (2) Business Days after the end of each monthly fiscal period of SFI, the daily

 

16



 

operating report of each of the Georgia Park and the Texas Park for the last day of such monthly fiscal period; and

 

(ii)           as soon as available and in any event within 30 days after the end of each monthly fiscal period of SFI, interim statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of each of the Georgia Park and the Texas Park for such period, and the related balance sheets of each of the Georgia Park and the Texas Park;

 

(d)                                  Notices of Material Events .  Furnish the following to the Lender in writing:

 

(i)            promptly after any officer of a Borrower has actual knowledge of facts that would give him or her reason to believe that any Event of Default has occurred, notice of such Event of Default; and

 

(ii)           as soon as any officer of a Borrower has actual knowledge of the facts that would give him or her reason to know of the occurrence thereof, prompt notice of (A) all legal or arbitral proceedings in which any Borrower is named as a primary defendant, and of all proceedings by or before any governmental or regulatory authority or agency, and of any material development in respect of such legal or other proceedings, affecting a Borrower that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to result in aggregate liabilities or damages in excess of $100,000 over available insurance or indemnification by creditworthy third parties and (B) all legal or arbitral proceedings in which any Borrower is named as a co-defendant, and of any material development in respect of such legal or other proceedings, affecting a Borrower that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to result in aggregate liabilities or damages in excess of $1,000,000 over available insurance or indemnification by creditworthy third parties;

 

Each notice delivered under this Section 9(d) shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the applicable Borrower setting forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto;

 

(e)                                   Existence, Etc.

 

(i)            (A) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and (B) take all reasonable action to maintain all material rights, privileges (including its good standing), permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business;

 

(ii)           Pay and discharge all Federal income taxes and all other material taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed on it or on its income or profits or on any of its Property prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto, except for any such obligation, tax, assessment, charge or

 

17



 

levy the payment of which is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and against which adequate reserves are being maintained to the extent required by GAAP;

 

(iii)          Maintain and preserve all of its Properties material to the conduct of the Business of such Borrower in good working order and condition;

 

(iv)          Keep adequate records and books of account, in which complete entries will be made in accordance with GAAP consistently applied; and

 

(v)           Permit representatives of the Lender, upon reasonable notice and during normal business hours (and, except if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, not more frequently than once each calendar quarter), to examine, copy and make extracts from its books and records and to discuss its business, finances, condition and affairs with its officers, all to the extent reasonably requested by the Lender.   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 9(e)(v), none of the Borrowers or any Subsidiary thereof will be required to disclose, permit the inspection, examination or making copies or abstracts of, or discussion of, any document, information or other matter that (A) constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information or (B) in respect of which disclosure to the Lender (or their respective representatives or contractors) is prohibited by law or any binding agreement;

 

(f)                                     Compliance with Contractual Obligations and Requirements of Law .  Comply with Contractual Obligations and Requirements of Laws in all material respects; and

 

(g)                                  Further Assurances .  From time to time execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, such additional instruments, certificates or documents, and take all such actions, as the Lender may reasonably request for the purposes of implementing or effectuating the provisions of this Note and the Guarantee.  Upon the exercise by the Lender of any power, right, privilege or remedy pursuant to this Note which requires any consent, approval, recording, qualification or authorization of any Governmental Authority, each Borrower will execute and deliver, or will cause the execution and delivery of, all applications, certifications, instruments and other documents and papers that the Lender may be required to obtain from such Borrower for such governmental consent, approval, recording, qualification or authorization.

 

SECTION 10.          Negative Covenants .

 

So long as this Note remains outstanding and the principal of and interest on the Loan and all Expenses have not been paid in full in cash, each of the Borrowers shall not:

 

(a)                                   Borrower Indebtedness and Liabilities .  Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Borrower Indebtedness or any other Liabilities, except (i) Borrower Indebtedness outstanding and other obligations owing hereunder, (ii) Liabilities for which

 

18



 

not more than $50,000 is required to be expended in any year, in the aggregate among all of the Borrowers, per annum, and (iii) Borrower Indebtedness owing to any of the Guarantors on terms and conditions (including, without limitation, as to subordination) reasonably satisfactory to the Lender that is incurred to satisfy the obligations of the Borrowers in respect of amounts owing under Section 6;

 

(b)                                  Prohibition on Liens .  Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its Property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired; except Liens not prohibited by the Acquisition Company Guarantees;

 

(c)                                   Prohibition on Fundamental Changes .  Enter into any merger, consolidation, amalgamation or any other transaction fundamentally changing the organization or structure of the Borrowers or engage in any type of business other than as set forth in such Borrower’s organizational documents effective as of the date hereof;

 

(d)                                  Prohibition on Sale of Assets; Issuance of Equity .  Convey, sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any assets or Property (including the Units), or issue any shares of Capital Stock of such Borrower;

 

(e)                                   Limitation on Investments, Loans and Advances .  Make any advance, investment, loan, extension of credit or capital contribution to, in or for the benefit of any Person, except deposit accounts with one or more third-party financial institutions;

 

(f)                                     Transactions with Affiliates .  Enter into any transaction, including any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of Property or the rendering of any service, with any Affiliate; or

 

(g)                                  Dividends .  Make dividends (in cash, Property or obligations) on, or other payments or distributions on account of, or set apart of money for a sinking or other analogous fund for, or purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire any shares of Capital Stock of such Borrower or of any warrants, options or other rights to acquire the same (or to make any payments to any Person such as “phantom stock” payments, where the amount thereof is calculated with reference to the fair market or equity value of such Borrower).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained herein shall limit the Borrowers’ obligations to make payments in respect of the Loan.

 

SECTION 11.          Events of Default .

 

(a)                                   Each of the following events shall be an “ Event of Default ” hereunder:

 

(i)            any principal or interest due under this Note, including any mandatory prepayments thereof, shall not have been paid in full when and as the same shall become due and payable;

 

19



 

(ii)           any representation or warranty made or deemed made by a Loan Party in or in connection with the Loan Documents or the Transactions, or any representation, warranty, statement or information contained in any report, certificate, financial statement or other instrument furnished by a Loan Party in connection with or pursuant to the Loan Documents, shall prove to have been false or misleading in any material respect when so made, deemed made or furnished;

 

(iii)          (A) the Borrowers shall be in material breach of any covenant, provision, agreement, representation or warranty under Sections 9(d)(i), 9(e)(i)(A) or 10 hereof or (B) the Guarantors shall be in material breach of any covenant, provision, agreement, representation or warranty under Sections 11(a) or 13 of the Guarantee;

 

(iv)          the Loan Parties or their Subsidiaries shall be in material breach of any other covenant, provision, agreement, representation or warranty under the Loan Documents (other than as set forth in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above), and such breach shall continue unremedied for a period of 10 Business Days after the occurrence thereof;

 

(v)           any Borrower shall become the subject of a Borrower Bankruptcy Event;

 

(vi)          judgments against, or with respect to the Property of, any of the Borrowers in excess of $100,000 in the aggregate (exclusive or in excess of judgment amounts to the extent covered by insurance or indemnification of creditworthy third parties) shall be rendered by one or more courts, administrative tribunals or other bodies having jurisdiction against, and the same shall not be discharged (or provision shall not be made for such discharge), or a stay of execution thereof shall not be procured, within 45 days from the date of entry thereof, and the relevant Borrower shall not, within such period of 45 days, or such longer period during which execution of the same shall have been stayed, appeal therefrom and cause the execution thereof to be stayed during such appeal;

 

(vii)         judgments for the payment of money of any of the Guarantors in excess of $25,000,000 in the aggregate (exclusive of judgment amounts to the extent covered by insurance or indemnification of creditworthy third parties and other than judgments in, or as a consequence of, the Bankruptcy Case so long as stayed), and the same shall not be discharged (or provision shall not be made for such discharge), or a stay of execution thereof shall not be procured, within 60 days from the date of entry thereof, and the relevant Borrower shall not, within such period of 60 days, or such longer period during which execution of the same shall have been stayed, appeal therefrom and cause the execution thereof to be stayed during such appeal;

 

20



 

(viii)        defaults by any Borrower under Contractual Obligations to which such Borrower is bound and under which it could reasonably be expected to incur liabilities as a result of such default in excess of $100,000;

 

(ix)           the occurrence of a Triggering Default under the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement, subject to the expiration of any applicable cure periods therein;

 

(x)            (A) (i) from the period beginning on the date hereof and ending on the earlier of (x) a Borrower Bankruptcy Event and (y) the date that is 120 days from the date hereof or (ii) after the successful completion of the Exchange Offer, a Guarantor shall fail to pay any of its obligations under any Guarantor Indebtedness the total principal amount of which exceeds $25,000,000, including at maturity (after giving effect to any grace periods), or any event or condition shall occur after the Borrowing Date that gives rise to a default or event of default (after giving effect to any grace periods) under such Guarantor Indebtedness entitling the holders thereof to accelerate such Guarantor Indebtedness prior to the maturity thereof, if applicable, (B) for the duration of the Bankruptcy Case, if applicable , a Guarantor shall fail to pay any amounts when due (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), other than amounts due solely as a result of the commencement of the Bankruptcy Case, with respect to any Guarantor Indebtedness the total principal amount of which exceeds $25,000,000 unless the payment thereof has been stayed in the Bankruptcy Case or the approval thereof has not been granted in connection with the Bankruptcy Case, and (C) for periods on and after the expiration of the period described in clause (A)(i) or (B), which ever is later, (1) any Guarantor shall default in the payment when due (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) of any principal of or interest on any of its Guarantor Indebtedness the total principal amount of which exceeds $25,000,000, or (2) a default or event of default shall have occurred and be continuing (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) under any Guarantor Indebtedness the total principal amount of which exceeds $25,000,000 which entitles the holder(s) thereof or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders (with the giving of any notice or the lapse of time or both) to cause such Guarantor Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; provided , that any subsequent cure by such Guarantor or waiver by the holders of such Guarantor Indebtedness thereof of any default or event of default referred to in the preceding clauses shall constitute a cure hereunder unless prior to such cure or waiver the Lender shall have declared the Loan to be due and payable under Section 11(b) in reliance upon such default or event of default;

 

(xi)           any amendment, supplement, restatement or other modification of the Six Flags Credit Agreement that directly or indirectly (A) restricts the ability of the Borrowers to pay the Lender under this Note in accordance with the terms hereof, (B) restricts the ability of the Guarantors to perform under the Guarantee in accordance with the terms thereof, (C) restricts the Loan Parties’ and their Subsidiaries’ ability to make loans to, or other investments (to a greater extent than it is restricted on the date hereof) in, the

 

21



 

Borrowers or (D) restricts the ability of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries to perform their obligations under the License Agreements, the Partnership Parks Agreements, the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement or the Related Indemnity Agreements in accordance with the terms thereof;

 

(xii)          the termination, withdrawal, amendment, modification or extension of the Exchange Offer (other than any amendment that is immaterial to the interests of the Lender or upon the commencement of the Bankruptcy Case);

 

(xiii)         the failure of SFI or any of its Subsidiaries to perform any of their material obligations under the License Agreements, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of 10 Business Days after the occurrence thereof;

 

(xiv)        (A) following a Guarantor Bankruptcy Event, the failure of the Guarantors to ratify and, to the extent required, reinstate or reaffirm, their obligations under the Loan Documents, the Six Flags Guarantees, the License Agreements, the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement and the Related Indemnity Agreements in connection with any bankruptcy plan of reorganization or the assumption of the Beneficial Share Assignment Agreement; or (B) any Borrower, Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries shall seek approval of a plan of reorganization or the assumption of the Beneficial Share Assignment Agreement following a Borrower Bankruptcy Event or a Guarantor Bankruptcy Event, as applicable, in either case, that does not provide as a condition precedent thereto for the ratification and, to the extent required, reinstatement and reaffirmation of their respective obligations under the Loan Documents, the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement and the Related Indemnity Agreements, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of 10 Business Days after the occurrence thereof;

 

(xv)         the Guarantors shall become the subject of a Guarantor Bankruptcy Event other than the Bankruptcy Case;

 

(xvi)        a Change of Control shall occur, other than as a result of (x) the Exchange Offer or (y) the Bankruptcy Case; or

 

(xvii)       the Guarantee shall cease, for any reason, to be in full force and effect with respect to any Guarantor or any Guarantor shall so assert.

 

(b)           Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Lender may, at its option, (i) by written notice to the Borrowers, declare the entire unpaid principal balance of the Loan, together with all accrued interest thereon, immediately due and payable regardless of any prior forbearance; provided , that the Loan and all other amounts due hereunder (including the Obligations) shall automatically become due and payable upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in clause (v) of Section 11(a) or the filing of a voluntary petition in bankruptcy by any of the Guarantors (other than the Bankruptcy Case) (ii) exercise any and all rights and remedies available to it under this

 

22



 

Note, and (iii) exercise any and all rights and remedies available to it under applicable law, including the right to collect from the Borrowers all sums due under the Loan.

 

SECTION 12.          No Waiver .

 

The Lender shall not by any act (except by a written instrument signed by the Lender), delay, indulgence, omission or otherwise be deemed to have waived any right or remedy hereunder or to have acquiesced in any Event of Default.  No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Lender, any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof.  No single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder.  A waiver by the Lender of any right or remedy hereunder on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to any right or remedy which the Lender would otherwise have hereunder on any future occasion.

 

SECTION 13.          Assignment, Etc.

 

This Note shall be binding upon the Borrowers and the Lender and their respective successors and permitted assigns; provided , however , no Borrower may assign this Note or otherwise transfer any rights or obligations hereunder, and the Lender may assign this Note (x) to an Affiliate thereof or (y) with the prior written consent of the Borrowers (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), to any other Person.

 

SECTION 14.          Indemnification .

 

Each of the Borrowers agrees to pay, indemnify, and hold harmless the Lender and its Affiliates and their officers, directors, employees, agents and advisors (together, the “ Indemnified Parties ”) from and against any and all losses, damages, deficiencies, awards, assessments, amounts paid in good faith settlement, judgments, fines, penalties, actions, suits, interest, costs and expenses (including reasonable legal and other advisory fees, costs and expenses) or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (“ Losses ”) arising out of, relating to or otherwise in connection with (a) the enforcement of any rights of the Lender under this Note in accordance with this Note, (b) any claim (whether or not asserted in any legal proceeding), litigation, investigation, arbitration or proceeding arising out of, relating to or otherwise in connection with this Note and (c) the use of the proceeds of the Loan; provided that the Indemnified Parties shall not be indemnified for any Losses suffered or incurred by the Indemnified Parties that are attributable to such Indemnified Party (other than the Borrowers’) or agent’s (or such Indemnified Party’s Affiliates’, officers’, directors’, employees’, agents’ or advisors’) gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud.  This Section 14 shall survive the termination of this Note for the benefit of the Indemnified Parties.

 

SECTION 15.          Governing Law .

 

This Note and the rights and obligations of the Borrowers and the Lender under this Note shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the

 

23



 

laws of the State of New York, excluding any conflict-of-laws rule or principle that might refer the governance or the construction of this Note to the law of another jurisdiction.

 

SECTION 16.          Waivers of Jury Trial; Judicial Proceedings .

 

(a)           THE BORROWERS AND, BY ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, THE LENDER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS NOTE OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS RELATED HERETO AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

 

(b)           THE BORROWERS AND, BY ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, THE LENDER AGREE THAT ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING AGAINST ANY OF THE PARTIES HERETO ARISING UNDER OR RELATING IN ANY WAY TO THIS NOTE OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY MAY ONLY BE BROUGHT OR ENFORCED IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF EACH SUCH COURT IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO FURTHER IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING BY THE MAILING OF COPIES THEREOF BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, POSTAGE PRE-PAID, RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, PROPERLY ADDRESSED TO SUCH PARTY AT ITS ADDRESSES PROVIDED FOR NOTICES HEREUNDER.

 

(c)           THE BORROWERS AND, BY ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, THE LENDER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING ARISING UNDER OR RELATING IN ANY WAY TO DISAGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY IN ANY COURT LOCATED IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND HEREBY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY CLAIM THAT A COURT LOCATED IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK IS NOT A CONVENIENT FORUM FOR ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING.

 

SECTION 17.          Notices .

 

All notices hereunder shall be in writing (including facsimile transmission or email) and shall be sent to the parties at the following address or such other address as such party may, by written notice received by the other parties, have designated as its address for such purpose:

 

(a)                                   if to the Borrowers, to:

 

SFOG Acquisition A, Inc.

SFOG Acquisition B, L.L.C.

 

24



 

SFOT Acquisition I, Inc.

SFOT Acquisition II, Inc.

c/o Lord/SPV

48 Wall Street, 27th Floor

New York, New York 10005

Facsimile:       (212) 346-9012

 

With a copy to:

 

c/o Six Flags, Inc.

1540 Broadway, 15 th   Floor

New York, New York 10036

Attention:  General Counsel

Telecopy:  212-354-3089

 

Paul, Hastings, Janofsky & Walker LLP

75 E. 55th Street, First Floor

New York, New York 10022

Attention:  Michele J. Cohen

Facsimile:  (212) 230-7862

 

(b)                                  if to the Lender, to:

 

TW-SF LLC

c/o Time Warner Inc.

One Time Warner Center

New York, New York 10019

Attention:  Chief Financial Officer

Facsimile:  (212) 484-7175

 

With a copy to:

 

TW-SF LLC

c/o Time Warner Inc.

One Time Warner Center

New York, New York 10019

Attention:  Treasurer

Facsimile:  (212) 484-7151

 

TW-SF LLC

c/o Time Warner Inc.

One Time Warner Center

New York, New York 10019

Attention:  General Counsel

Facsimile:  (212) 484-7167

 

25



 

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10019-6064

Attention:  Robert B. Schumer, Esq.

                  Ariel J. Deckelbaum, Esq.

Facsimile:  (212) 757-3990

 

Notices sent by facsimile or email transmission shall be deemed to have been given when sent; notices sent by mail shall be deemed to have been given three Business Days after the date when sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid; and notices sent by hand delivery or overnight courier service shall be deemed to have been given when received.

 

SECTION 18.          Amendments and Waivers.

 

No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision hereof, or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, shall in any event be effective without the written consent of the parties hereto.

 

SECTION 19.       Severability.

 

Any provision of this Note which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

SECTION 20.          No Presumption.

 

With regard to each and every term and condition hereof, the parties hereto understand and agree that the same have or has been mutually negotiated, prepared and drafted, and if at any time the parties hereto desire or are required to interpret or construe any such term or condition or any agreement or instrument subject hereto, no consideration will be given to the issue of which party hereto actually prepared, drafted or requested any term or condition hereof.

 

SECTION 21.          Entire Agreement.

 

This Note constitutes the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all other prior letters and understandings, both written and verbal, among the parties or any of them with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided , however, that nothing contained herein shall limit, affect, alter, amend or otherwise modify the rights and obligations of the parties hereto and their respective Affiliates under the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement, the Related Indemnity Agreements or the Partnership Parks Agreements.

 

26



 

SECTION 22.          Non-Recourse.

 

No Affiliate (other than the Loan Parties), equity holder, member, officer, employee or director of the Loan Parties shall have any liability in respect of any of the Obligations, and the Lender shall have no recourse against any of them in respect of any of the Obligations (other than the Loan Parties).

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

27



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrowers have each caused a duly authorized officer of such Borrower, solely in such officer’s capacity as such, to duly execute this Note on behalf of such Borrower as of the date hereof.

 

 

SFOG ACQUISITION A, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mark Shapiro

 

 

Name:  Mark Shapiro

 

 

Title:    President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SFOG ACQUISITION B, L.L.C.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mark Shapiro

 

 

Name:  Mark Shapiro

 

 

Title:    President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SFOT ACQUISITION I, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mark Shapiro

 

 

Name:  Mark Shapiro

 

 

Title:    President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SFOT ACQUISITION II, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mark Shapiro

 

 

Name:  Mark Shapiro

 

 

Title:    President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO
this 15th day of May, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

TW-SF LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Edward B. Ruggiero

 

 

 

Name:  Edward B. Ruggiero

 

 

 

Title:    Senior Vice President & Treasurer

 

 

 

[ Signature Page to Promissory Note ]

 



 

SCHEDULE 7(E)

 

Exchange Offers

 

Except as set forth herein, the Exchange Offers have not been terminated, extended, amended or modified in any manner:

 

1.                                       On May 8, 2009, Six Flags, Inc. changed the Withdrawal Deadline (as such term is defined in the offering documents related to the Exchange Offer and the Consent Solicitation filed with the SEC on April 20, 2009 (the “ Offering Documents ”)) to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on May 28, 2009.  Such change was noticed in a supplemental offering memorandum, which was distributed to all holders of SFI Notes (as that term is defined in the Offering Documents) and was filed as Exhibit 99.1 to Six Flags’ Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 8, 2009.

 


Exhibit 10.2

 

GUARANTEE AGREEMENT

 

GUARANTEE AGREEMENT, dated as of May 15, 2009 (this “ Guarantee ”), made by SIX FLAGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ SFI ”), SIX FLAGS OPERATIONS INC., a Delaware corporation (“ SFO ”), and SIX FLAGS THEME PARKS INC., a Delaware corporation (“ SFTP ”) (each, a “ Guarantor ”, and collectively, the “ Guarantors ”), in favor of TW-SF LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Lender ”), as lender under the Promissory Note, dated as of the date hereof (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Note ”), evidencing a loan made to SFOG ACQUISITION A, INC., a Delaware corporation, SFOG ACQUISITION B, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, SFOT ACQUISITION I, INC., a Delaware corporation, and SFOT ACQUISITION II, INC., a Delaware corporation (each, a “ Borrower ” and together, the “ Borrowers ”) in the principal amount of $52,507,000.00 (the “ Loan ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, the Lender has agreed to make the Loan to the Borrowers upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Note;

 

WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the obligation of the Lender to make the Loan to the Borrowers that the Guarantors shall have executed and delivered this Guarantee in favor of the Lender; and

 

WHEREAS, each Guarantor has certain obligations pursuant to the 2009 Liquidity Put under the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement and it is for the benefit of each Guarantor that the Lender has agreed to make the Loan to enable the Borrowers to satisfy the 2009 Liquidity Put obligations.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the Lender to enter into the Note and to make the Loan to the Borrowers on the terms and conditions set forth in the Note, each Guarantor hereby agrees with the Lender, for the benefit of the Lender as follows:

 

SECTION 1.             Definitions.

 

(a)           Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Note and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Note.

 

(b)           Unless the context requires otherwise, (i) the words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Guarantee shall refer to this Guarantee as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Guarantee, and (ii) all Section, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Guarantee unless otherwise specified.

 

(c)           Except as specifically provided herein, the meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of

 



 

such terms.  Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms.  The words, “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.”  The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.”

 

When the payment of any obligation or the performance of any covenant, duty or obligation is stated to be due or performance required on a day which is not a Business Day, the date of such payment or performance shall extend to the immediately succeeding Business Day.

 

SECTION 2.             Guarantee.

 

(a)           Each Guarantor, jointly and severally, hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to the Lender, for the benefit of the Lender and its successors, endorsees, transferees and assigns, the prompt and complete payment by the Borrowers as and when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Guaranteed Obligations.  All Guaranteed Obligations shall be conclusively presumed to have been created in reliance on this Guarantee.

 

(b)           Anything herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum liability of each Guarantor hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall in no event exceed the amount which can be guaranteed by such Guarantor, or secured by assets of such Guarantor, under applicable federal and state laws relating to the insolvency of debtors.

 

(c)           If any of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any part thereof, are not paid when due, either by its terms or as the result of exercise of any power to accelerate, each Guarantor shall, on demand therefor by the Lender, pay the amount due thereon to the Lender, and it shall not be necessary for the Lender (and each Guarantor expressly waives any rights it might otherwise have to require the Lender) to proceed against any Borrower, any other Guarantor or any other Person; provided , however , that no demand shall be required if such demand is impracticable or otherwise prohibited by a Requirement of Law (including upon the occurrence of a Borrower Bankruptcy Event or a Guarantor Bankruptcy Event).

 

(d)           This Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect until the Guaranteed Obligations are paid in full.

 

(e)           Each Guarantor agrees that whenever, at any time, or from time to time, it shall make any payment to the Lender on account of its liability hereunder, it will notify the Lender in writing that such payment is made under this Guarantee for such purpose.

 

(f)            No payment or payments made by the Borrowers, any Guarantor or any other Person or received or collected by the Lender from the Borrowers, any Guarantor or any other Person by virtue of any action or proceeding or any setoff or appropriation or payment of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be deemed to modify,

 

2



 

reduce, release or otherwise affect the liability of any other Guarantor hereunder who shall, notwithstanding any such payment or payments (other than payments made by any Borrower, such Guarantor or any other Guarantor in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations or payments received or collected from any Borrower, such Guarantor or any other Guarantor in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations), remain liable for the Guaranteed Obligations, up to the maximum liability of such Guarantor hereunder until the Guaranteed Obligations are paid in full.

 

(g)           Notwithstanding anything herein or in the Note to the contrary, the maximum liability of the Guarantors in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations shall in no event exceed $10,000,000, in the aggregate.

 

SECTION 3.             No Subrogation.   Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by any Guarantor hereunder, or any setoff or application of funds of any Guarantor by the Lender, no Guarantor shall be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of the Lender against the Borrowers or any other Guarantor or against any guarantee or right of setoff held by the Lender for the payment of the Guaranteed Obligations, nor shall any Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from the Borrowers or any other Guarantor in respect of payments made by such Guarantor hereunder, until all amounts owing to the Lender by the Borrowers on account of the Guaranteed Obligations are paid in full.  Without limiting the foregoing, if any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights or otherwise at any time when all of the Guaranteed Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held by such Guarantor in trust for the Lender, segregated from other funds of such Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Guarantor, be turned over to the Lender in the exact form received by such Guarantor (duly indorsed by such Guarantor to the Lender, if required), to be applied against the Guaranteed Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in such order as the Lender may determine.

 

SECTION 4.             Amendments, etc. with Respect to the Guaranteed Obligations; Waiver of Rights.   Each Guarantor shall remain obligated hereunder notwithstanding that, without any reservation of rights against any Guarantor, and without notice to or further assent by any Guarantor, (a) any demand for payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations made by the Lender may be rescinded by the Lender, and any of the Guaranteed Obligations continued, (b) the Guaranteed Obligations, or the liability of any other Person upon or for any part thereof, or any guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto, may, from time to time, in whole or in part, be renewed, extended, amended, modified, accelerated, compromised, waived, surrendered or released by the Lender, (c) the Note may be amended, modified, supplemented or terminated, in whole or in part, and (d) any guarantee or right of offset at any time held by the Lender for the payment of the Guaranteed Obligations may be sold, exchanged, waived, surrendered or released.

 

SECTION 5.             Guarantee Absolute and Unconditional.   Each Guarantor waives any and all notice of the creation, renewal, extension or accrual of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and notice of or proof of reliance by the Lender upon this Guarantee or acceptance of this Guarantee; the Guaranteed Obligations, and any of them, shall

 

3



 

conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred, or renewed, extended, amended or waived, in reliance upon this Guarantee; and all dealings between the Borrowers or any Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Lender, on the other, shall likewise be conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon this Guarantee.  Each Guarantor waives diligence, presentment, protest, demand for payment and notice of default or nonpayment to or upon the Borrowers or any Guarantor with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations.  This Guarantee shall be construed as a continuing, absolute and unconditional guarantee of payment without regard to (a) the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Note, any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any guarantee or right of offset with respect thereto at any time or from time to time held by the Lender, (b) any defense, setoff or counterclaim (other than a defense of payment) which may at any time be available to or be asserted by the Borrowers or any other Person against the Lender, or (c) any other circumstance whatsoever (with or without notice to or knowledge of the Borrowers or the Guarantors) which constitutes, or might be construed to constitute, an equitable or legal discharge of the Borrowers from the Guaranteed Obligations, or of any or all of the Guarantors under this Guarantee, in bankruptcy or in any other instance.  When making a demand hereunder or otherwise pursuing its rights and remedies hereunder against any Guarantor, the Lender may, but shall be under no obligation to, make a similar demand on or otherwise pursue such rights and remedies as it may have against the Borrowers, any other Guarantor or any other Person or against any guarantee for the Guaranteed Obligations or any right of offset with respect thereto, and any failure by the Lender to make any such demand, to pursue such other rights or remedies or to collect any payments from the Borrowers or any such other Person or to realize upon any or guarantee or to exercise any such right of offset, or any release of the Borrowers or any such other Person or of any guarantee or right of offset, shall not relieve any Guarantor of any liability hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, whether express, implied or available as a matter of law, of the Lender against any Guarantor.  For the purposes hereof “demand” shall include the commencement and continuance of any legal proceedings.

 

SECTION 6.             Payments.   Each Guarantor hereby agrees that payments hereunder will be paid to the Lender without setoff or counterclaim by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account or by such other reasonable means as the Lender may specify.

 

SECTION 7.             Authorization. Each Guarantor authorizes the Lender, without notice to or further assent by such Guarantor and without affecting such Guarantor’s liability hereunder (regardless of whether any subrogation or similar right that such Guarantor may have or any other right or remedy of such Guarantor is extinguished or impaired), from time to time to:

 

(a)           terminate, release, compromise, subordinate, extend, accelerate or otherwise change the amount or time, manner or place of payment of, or rescind any demand for payment or acceleration of, the Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof, or otherwise amend or waive the terms and conditions of the Note, or any provision thereof;

 

4



 

(b)           exercise, fail to exercise, waive, suspend, terminate or suffer expiration of any of the remedies or rights of the Lender against any Borrower or any other Guarantor in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations, as the Lender may elect in its discretion;

 

(c)           release, partially release, add or settle with any Borrower or any Guarantor, whether expressly, by operation of law or without limitation otherwise;

 

(d)           accept partial payments on the Guaranteed Obligations and apply any and all payments or recoveries from any Borrower or any Guarantor to such of the Guaranteed Obligations as the Lender may elect in its discretion;

 

(e)           refund at any time, at the discretion of the Lender, any payments or recoveries received by the Lender in question as the case may be, in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations; and

 

(f)            otherwise deal with any Borrower and any Guarantor as the Lender may elect in its or its discretion.

 

SECTION 8.         Certain Agreements and Waivers by the Guarantors. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that neither the Lender’s rights or remedies nor such Guarantor’s obligations under this Guarantee shall be released, diminished, impaired, reduced or affected by any one or more of the following events, actions, facts or circumstances, and the liability of such Guarantor under this Guarantee shall, be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable irrespective of:

 

(a)           the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation, termination, receivership, reorganization, merger, consolidation, change of form, structure or ownership, sale of all assets, or lack of corporate, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or other power of any Borrower, any Guarantor or any other Person at any time liable for the payment of any or all of the Guaranteed Obligations;

 

(b)           all rights and benefits under applicable law purporting to reduce a Guarantor’s obligations in proportion to the obligation of the principal or providing that the obligation of a surety or guarantor must neither be larger nor in other respects more burdensome than that of the principal;

 

(c)           except as otherwise specifically provided in this Guarantee, any requirement of marshaling or any other principle of election of remedies and all rights and defenses arising out of an election of remedies by the Lender, even though that election of remedies has destroyed a Guarantor’s rights of subrogation and reimbursement against any Borrower or any other Guarantor;

 

(d)           any right to assert against the Lender any defense (legal or equitable), set-off, counterclaim and other right that such Guarantor may now or any time hereafter have against any Borrower or any other Guarantor;

 

5



 

(e)           presentment, diligence in making demands hereunder, notice of dishonor or nonperformance, protest, acceptance and notice of acceptance of this Guarantee; or

 

(f)            any order, ruling or plan of reorganization emanating from any proceeding under Title 11 of the United States Code (11 U.S.C. Section 101 et seq.), or any successor statute, in each case as amended from time to time with respect to any Borrower or any other Person, including any extension, reduction, composition, or other alteration of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether or not consented to by the Lender.

 

SECTION 9.             Duty of Inquiry. Each Guarantor assumes the responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the financial condition of each Borrower and each other Guarantor and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Guaranteed Obligations that diligent inquiry would reveal, and agrees that the Lender shall have no duty to advise the Guarantor of information regarding such condition or any such circumstances.

 

SECTION 10.          Bankruptcy No Discharge.

 

(a)           This Guarantee shall not be discharged or otherwise affected, with respect to any Guarantor, by any bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding commenced by or against any Borrower or any Guarantor, including (i) any discharge of, or bar or stay against collecting, all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations in or as a result of any such proceeding, whether or not assented to by the Lender, or (ii) any disallowance of all or any portion of the Lender’s claim for repayment of the Guaranteed Obligations.  If acceleration of the time for payment of any Guaranteed Obligations is stayed or delayed as a result of any such proceeding, all such amounts shall nonetheless be payable by such Guarantor on demand by the Lender.

 

(b)           If a payment by any Borrower or any other Guarantor is made and is later determined not to have been indefeasibly made in whole or in part, such payment by any Borrower or Guarantor to the Lender shall not constitute a release of any other Guarantor from any liability hereunder and (i) this Guarantee shall continue to be effective or shall be reinstated notwithstanding any prior release, surrender or discharge by the Lender of this Guarantee and/or of the Guarantors, and (ii) this Guarantee shall apply to, any and all amounts so refunded by the Lender or paid by the Lender to another Person (including any interest included in such amount), all as though such payment had not been made or such proceeds had not been received.

 

SECTION 11.          Representations and Warranties .

 

To induce the Lender to enter into the Note and to induce the Lender to make the Loan to the Borrowers, each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally represents and warrants to the Lender that, as of the date hereof:

 

(a)           Existence; Compliance with Law .  Each of the Guarantors (i) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of

 

6



 

its organization, (ii) has the corporate (or equivalent) power and authority, and the legal right, to own and operate its Property, to lease the Property it operates as lessee and to conduct the Business in which it is currently engaged, (iii) is duly qualified as a foreign entity and in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of Property or the conduct of its Business requires such qualification and (iv) is in compliance with all Requirements of Law, except, in the case of clauses (ii) through (iv), to the extent that the failure to comply therewith, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)                                  Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations .  Each Guarantor has the corporate power and authority, and the legal right, to make, deliver and perform this Guarantee and the Guaranteed Obligations.  Each Guarantor has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Guarantee on the terms and conditions herein and the performance of the Guaranteed Obligations.  No consent or authorization of, or filing with, any Person is required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by each Guarantor of this Guarantee.  This Guarantee has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of each Guarantor.  This Guarantee constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Guarantor, enforceable against each such Guarantor in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law).

 

(c)                                   No Legal Bar or Conflicts .  The execution, delivery and performance of this Guarantee by the Guarantors, the payments hereunder, and the performance of the Guaranteed Obligations do not and will not violate in any material respect, result in a default (or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation or loss of any material benefit) under, or require a consent or waiver under, any Requirement of Law applicable to, or any Contractual Obligation of, any Guarantor, and will not result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien on any of their respective Properties or revenues pursuant to any such Requirement of Law applicable to any of the Guarantors or any such Contractual Obligation of any of the Guarantors.  No Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

(d)                                  Financial Condition .

 

(i)              The unaudited consolidated balance sheets of SFI as at March 31, 2009, and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows for the three-month period ended on such date (all as included on SFI’s Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission), present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of SFI as at such date, and the consolidated results of its operations and its consolidated cash flows for the three-month period then ended (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnote disclosure thereto).  All such financial statements, including the related schedules and notes thereto, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods involved

 

7



 

(except as approved by the firm of accountants specified herein and disclosed therein).  SFI and its Subsidiaries do not have any material guarantee, contingent liabilities and liabilities for taxes, or any material long-term leases or unusual forward or long-term commitments, including any interest rate or foreign currency swap or exchange transaction or other obligation in respect of derivatives, that are not reflected or disclosed in the notes in the most recent financial statements of SFI referred to in this paragraph or otherwise permitted by the Six Flags Credit Agreement.  During the period from December 31, 2008 to and including the date hereof there has been no sale, lease, sale and leaseback, assignment, conveyance, transfer or other disposition thereof by SFI and its Subsidiaries, considered as a whole, of any material part of its Business or Property or any agreement or commitment (whether written or otherwise) to take any of the foregoing actions.

 

(ii)             The audited consolidated balance sheets of SFI as at December 31, 2008 and the related consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for the fiscal year ended on such date (all as included on SFI’s Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission), reported on by KPMG LLP, present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of SFI as at such date, and the consolidated results of its operations and its consolidated cash flows for the fiscal year then ended.  All such financial statements, including the related schedules and notes thereto, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods involved (except as approved by the aforementioned firm of accountants and disclosed therein).

 

(iii)            The unaudited consolidated balance sheets of each of the Georgia Park and the Texas Park as at March 31, 2009, and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows for the three-month period ended on such date, present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of the Georgia Park and the Texas Park, respectively, as at such date, and the consolidated results of their operations and their consolidated cash flows for the three-month period then ended (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnote disclosure thereto).  All such financial statements, including the related schedules and notes thereto, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods involved.  The Georgia Park, the Texas Park and their respective Subsidiaries do not have any material guarantee, contingent liabilities and liabilities for taxes, or any material long-term leases or unusual forward or long-term commitments, including any interest rate or foreign currency swap or exchange transaction or other obligation in respect of derivatives, that are not reflected or disclosed in the notes in the most recent financial statements of the Georgia Park and the Texas Park referred to in this paragraph or otherwise permitted under this Guarantee.  During the period from March 31, 2009 to and including the date hereof there has been no sale, lease, sale and leaseback, assignment, conveyance, transfer or other disposition thereof by the Georgia Park, the Texas Park or any of their respective Subsidiaries of any material part of its Business or Property or any agreement or commitment (whether written or otherwise) to take any of the foregoing actions.

 

8



 

(iv)            The audited consolidated balance sheets of each of the Georgia Park and the Texas Park as at December 31, 2008 and the related consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for the fiscal year end on such date, reported on by and accompanied by an unqualified report from KPMG LLP, present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of each of the Georgia Park and the Texas Park as at such date, and the consolidated results of its operations and its consolidated cash flows for the fiscal year then ended.  All such financial statements, including the related schedules and notes thereto, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods involved (except as approved by the aforementioned firm of accountants and disclosed therein).

 

(e)           Compliance .  Since July 1, 2008, (i) each Guarantor has complied with the terms and provisions of such Guarantor’s certificate of incorporation; (ii) GP Holdings Inc. has complied with the terms and provisions of (x) its certificate of incorporation and (y) the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement; and (iii) each Guarantor and its Subsidiaries that are parties thereto have complied with the terms and provisions of (w) the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement, (x) the Subordinated Indemnity Escrow Agreement, (y) the GA Overall Agreement and (z) the TX Overall Agreement.

 

(f)            Exchange Offer .  Except as set forth on Schedule 7(e) of the Note, the Exchange Offer has not been terminated, extended, amended or modified in any manner.

 

(g)           SFI Indentures .  On May 14, 2009, SFI shall have irrevocably deposited in immediately available funds with the Paying Agent (as such term is defined in the SFI Indenture for the SFI 2013 Notes) the semi-annual interest payment due on April 15, 2009 under the SFI 2013 Notes (as defined in the Exchange Offer) in full.

 

(h)           Litigation .  No litigation, investigation or proceeding of or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority is pending or, to the knowledge of any Guarantor, threatened by or against any Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries or against any of their respective Properties or revenues (i) with respect to any of the Loan Documents or any of the Transactions, or (ii) that, either individually or in the aggregate, has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(i)            Additional Representations and Warranties .  The representations and warranties set forth in Sections 6.8, 6.9, 6.10, 6.12, 6.13, and 6.17 of the Six Flags Credit Agreement as they relate to such Guarantor, each of which is hereby incorporated herein by reference to the benefit of the Lender, are true and correct in all respects as of the date hereof as though made on the date hereof (or if they relate to an earlier date, as of such earlier date), and the Lender shall be entitled to rely on each of them as if they were fully set forth herein.

 

9



 

SECTION 12.          Affirmative Covenants .

 

So long as this Guarantee remains in effect and the principal of and interest on the Loan and all Expenses have not been paid in full in cash, each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally shall, and shall cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to:

 

(a)                                   Subordinated Indemnity Agreement .  From time to time execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, such additional amendments, instruments, certificates or documents, and take all such actions with respect to the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement and Related Indemnity Agreements, in each case, as mutually agreed by the parties thereto;

 

(b)                                  Ratification .  Reaffirm, ratify and assume, as applicable, its obligations under the License Agreements, this Guarantee, the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement, the Related Indemnity Agreements and the Six Flags Guarantees in connection with any bankruptcy case of SFI and its applicable Subsidiaries or the assumption of the License Agreements or the Beneficial Share Assignment Agreement;

 

(c)                                   Financial Statement and Other Information .  Deliver the following financial statements, reports, notices and other information:

 

(i)              as soon as available and in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarterly fiscal periods of each fiscal year of SFI, interim condensed consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of SFI and its Subsidiaries for such period, and the related consolidated balance sheets of SFI and its Subsidiaries;

 

(ii)             as soon as available and in any event no later than 75 days after the end of each fiscal year of SFI, a consolidated annual budget projection of SFI and its Subsidiaries broken down on a month-by-month basis and with reasonable detail;

 

(iii)            as soon as available and in any event within two (2) Business Days after the end of each monthly fiscal period of SFI, the daily operating report of each of the Georgia Park and the Texas Park for the last day of such monthly fiscal period;

 

(iv)            as soon as available and in any event within 30 days after the end of each monthly fiscal period of SFI, interim statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of each of the Georgia Park and the Texas Park for such period, and the related balance sheets of each of the Georgia Park and the Texas Park;

 

(v)             as soon as available, and in any event no later than 75 days after the end of each fiscal year of SFI, a detailed annual budget projection of each of the Georgia Park and the Texas Park broken down on a month-by-month basis;

 

10



 

(vi)            as soon as available and in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of SFI, the information required by clauses (i) and (iv) hereof on a year-end basis;

 

(vii)           to the extent requested by the Lender, any updated budgets or any internal updates of the information required by clauses (i) through (v) hereof to the extent related to the periods for which such financial information was provided promptly after such updates are produced; and

 

(viii)          any other documents or information as may be reasonably requested by the Lender from time to time;

 

provided , that the obligations in clauses (c)(i) and (c)(vi) of this Section 12 may be satisfied with respect to financial information of the Guarantors by furnishing SFI’s Form 10-K or 10-Q, as applicable, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission; provided , further that such documents required to be delivered pursuant to clauses (c)(i) and (c)(vi) of this Section 12 may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which SFI posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on SFI’s website on the Internet.

 

(d)                                  Notices of Material Events .  Furnish the following to the Lender in writing:

 

(i)              promptly after any executive officer of a Guarantor has actual knowledge of facts that would give him or her reason to believe that any Event of Default has occurred, notice of such Event of Default;

 

(ii)             simultaneously with the delivery thereof, a copy of any notice delivered to the Administrative Agent (as defined in the Six Flags Credit Agreement) pursuant to Section 8.2 of the Six Flags Credit Agreement; and

 

(iii)          promptly after receipt thereof, a copy of any notice of Default, Event of Default (each as defined in the Six Flags Credit Agreement) or acceleration received from the Administrative Agent or any Lender (as defined in the Six Flags Credit Agreement) under the Six Flags Credit Agreement.

 

Each notice delivered under this Section 12(d) shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the applicable Guarantor setting forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto;

 

(e)                                   Existence, Etc.

 

(i)              (A) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization (other than with respect to any Subsidiary that (x) has aggregate assets with a value not in excess of $100,000, (y) conducts no Business and (z) does not Guarantee any Guarantor Indebtedness under any Indenture or is not a loan party to the Six Flags

 

11



 

Credit Agreement) and (B) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges (including its good standing), permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except in the case of clause (B) above, to the extent that failure to do so, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or other than as a consequence of the Bankruptcy Case;

 

(ii)             Pay and discharge all Federal income taxes and all other material taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed on it or on its income or profits or on any of its Property prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto, except for any such obligation, tax, assessment, charge or levy the payment of which is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and against which adequate reserves are being maintained to the extent required by GAAP; provided that, with respect to taxes assessed against Real Properties, such taxes can be contested without payment under applicable law;

 

(iii)            Maintain and preserve all of its Properties material to the conduct of the Business of SFI and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) in good working order and condition, except for failures that, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(iv)            Keep adequate records and books of account, in which complete entries will be made in accordance with GAAP consistently applied; and

 

(v)             Permit representatives of the Lender, upon reasonable notice and during normal business hours (and, except if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, not more frequently than once each calendar quarter), to examine, copy and make extracts from its books and records, to visit and inspect any of its Properties, and to discuss its business, finances, condition and affairs with its officers and independent accountants and the general managers of its Parks, all to the extent reasonably requested by the Lender.  The Lender shall give the Guarantors the opportunity to participate in any discussions with the Guarantors’ independent public accountants and the general managers of its Parks (as such term is defined in the Six Flags Credit Agreement).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 12(e)(v), none of SFI or any Subsidiary will be required to disclose, permit the inspection, examination or making copies or abstracts of, or discussion of, any document, information or other matter that (A) constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information or (B) in respect of which disclosure to the Lender (or their respective representatives or contractors) is prohibited by law or any binding agreement;

 

(f)                                     Insurance .   Maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same or

 

12



 

similar business, of such types and in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance reasonable and customary for similarly situated Persons engaged in the same or similar businesses as SFI and its Subsidiaries) as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons;

 

(g)           Compliance with Contractual Obligations and Requirements of Law .  (i) Comply in all material respects with the License Agreements and (ii) except as a consequence of the commencement of the Bankruptcy Case, comply with all other Contractual Obligations and Requirements of Law unless failure to comply with such other Contractual Obligations or Requirements of Law, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; provided , that any noncompliance that does or could be reasonably expected to have (A) an impairment on the ability of a Guarantor to perform the Guaranteed Obligations or (B) an adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against a Guarantor of this Guarantee shall be deemed to be material; and

 

(h)           Further Assurances .  From time to time execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, such additional instruments, certificates or documents, and take all such actions, as the Lender may reasonably request for the purposes of implementing or effectuating the provisions of this Guarantee.  Upon the exercise by the Lender of any power, right, privilege or remedy pursuant to this Guarantee which requires any consent, approval, recording, qualification or authorization of any Governmental Authority, SFI will execute and deliver, or will cause the execution and delivery of, all applications, certifications, instruments and other documents and papers that the Lender may be required to obtain from SFI or any of its Subsidiaries for such governmental consent, approval, recording, qualification or authorization.

 

SECTION 13.          Negative Covenants.    (a) To induce the Lender to enter into the Note and to make the Loan to the Borrowers, each Guarantor shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, comply with the terms and provisions of (i) Sections 9.2, 9.3 and 9.5 of the Six Flags Credit Agreement (whether or not the Six Flags Credit Agreement is in effect) and (ii) so long as the SFI Indentures are in effect, Sections 4.09 and 4.12 of the SFI Indentures, in each case, as in effect on the date hereof or as amended in accordance with Section 13(b), and to the extent such Guarantor is subject to such covenants as of the date hereof, each of which is hereby incorporated herein by reference;

 

(b)           The Guarantors shall not amend, supplement, restate or otherwise modify the Six Flags Credit Agreement, any SFI Indenture or the SFI Convertible Indenture in any manner that directly or indirectly (i) restricts the ability of the Guarantors to pay the Lender under this Guarantee in accordance with the terms hereof, (ii) restricts the ability of the Borrowers to pay the Lender under the Note in accordance with the terms thereof, (iii) restricts the ability of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries to make loans to, or other investments (to a greater extent than it is restricted on the date hereof) in, the Borrowers or (iv) restricts the ability of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries to perform their obligations under the License Agreements, the Partnership Parks Agreements, the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement or the Related Indemnity Agreements in accordance with the terms thereof; and

 

13



 

(c)           The Guarantors shall not amend, restate or otherwise modify their respective Certificates of Incorporation or By-Laws in any manner that directly or indirectly (i) restricts the ability of the Guarantors to pay the Lender under this Guarantee in accordance with the terms hereof, (ii) restricts the ability of the Borrowers to pay the Lender under the Note in accordance with the terms thereof, (iii) restricts the ability of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries to make loans to, or other investments in, the Borrowers, or (iv) restricts the ability of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries to perform their obligations under the License Agreements in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

SECTION 14.          Notices.   All notices, requests and demands to or upon the Lender or any Guarantor shall be effected in the manner provided in Section 17 of the Note; any such notice, request or demand to or upon any Guarantor shall be addressed to such Guarantor at its notice address set forth on Schedule 1 hereto.

 

SECTION 15.          Severability.   Any provision of this Guarantee which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

SECTION 16.          Section Headings.   The section headings used in this Guarantee are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction hereof or be taken into consideration in the interpretation hereof.

 

SECTION 17.          No Offset; Interest.   No Guarantor may offset against amounts it is to pay to the Lender under this Guarantee any amounts it claims are owed to it by the Lender or any other Person.

 

SECTION 18.          Enforcement Expenses.   Each Guarantor agrees, jointly and severally, to pay or reimburse the Lender for all its costs and expenses incurred in collecting against such Guarantor under this Guarantee or otherwise enforcing or protecting any rights under the Loan Documents, the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement and the Related Indemnity Agreements, to which such Guarantor is a party and applicable law, including the fees and disbursements of counsel to the Lender.

 

SECTION 19.          Acknowledgements.

 

Each Guarantor hereby acknowledges that:

 

(a)           it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Guarantee;

 

(b)           the Lender does not have any fiduciary relationship with or fiduciary duty to such Guarantor arising out of or in connection with this Guarantee or the Note, and the relationship between any or all of the Guarantors, on the one hand, and

 

14



 

the Lender, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor; and

 

(c)           no joint venture is created hereby or by the Note or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Guarantors and the Lender.

 

SECTION 20.          No Waiver.   The Lender shall not by any act (except by a written instrument signed by the Lender), delay, indulgence, omission or otherwise be deemed to have waived any right or remedy hereunder or to have acquiesced in any Event of Default.  No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Lender, any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof.  No single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder.  A waiver by the Lender of any right or remedy hereunder on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to any right or remedy which the Lender would otherwise have hereunder on any future occasion.

 

SECTION 21.          Assignment, Etc. This Guarantee shall be binding upon the Guarantors and shall inure to the benefit of the Lender and its successors and permitted assigns; provided, however, no Guarantor may assign this Guarantee or otherwise transfer any rights or obligations hereunder, and the Lender may assign its benefits hereunder (a) to an Affiliate thereof or (b) with the prior written consent of the Guarantors (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), to any other Person.

 

SECTION 22.          Entire Agreement.   This Guarantee constitutes the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all other prior letters and understandings, both written and verbal, among the parties or any of them with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided , however, that nothing contained herein shall limit, affect, alter, amend or otherwise modify the rights and obligations of the parties hereto and their respective Affiliates under the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement, the Related Indemnity Agreements, the Acquisition Company Liquidity Agreement or the Partnership Parks Agreements.

 

SECTION 23.          Governing Law.   This Guarantee and the rights and obligations of the Guarantors and the Lender under this Guarantee shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, excluding any conflict-of-laws rule or principle that might refer the governance or the construction of this Guarantee to the law of another jurisdiction.

 

SECTION 24.          Waivers of Jury Trial; Judicial Proceedings.

 

(a)           EACH GUARANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS GUARANTEE OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS RELATED HERETO AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

 

15



 

(b)           EACH GUARANTOR AGREES THAT ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING AGAINST ANY OF THE PARTIES HERETO ARISING UNDER OR RELATING IN ANY WAY TO THIS GUARANTEE OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY MAY ONLY BE BROUGHT OR ENFORCED IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF EACH SUCH COURT IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO FURTHER IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING BY THE MAILING OF COPIES THEREOF BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, POSTAGE PRE-PAID, RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, PROPERLY ADDRESSED TO SUCH PARTY AT ITS ADDRESSES PROVIDED FOR NOTICES HEREUNDER.

 

(c)           EACH GUARANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING ARISING UNDER OR RELATING IN ANY WAY TO DISAGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY IN ANY COURT LOCATED IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND HEREBY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY CLAIM THAT A COURT LOCATED IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK IS NOT A CONVENIENT FORUM FOR ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING.

 

SECTION 25.          Confidentiality.   The Lender agrees to keep confidential all non-public information provided to it by any Guarantor pursuant to this Guarantee that is designated by such Guarantor as confidential; provided,  that nothing herein shall prevent the Lender from disclosing any such information (a) to any Affiliate of the Lender, (b) to any of the Lender’s or its Affiliate’s employees, directors, agents, attorneys, accountants and other professional advisors, (c) upon the request or demand of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Lender, (d) in response to any order of any court or other Governmental Authority or as may otherwise be required pursuant to any Requirement of Law, (e) in connection with any litigation or similar proceeding, (f) that has been publicly disclosed other than in breach of this Section 25, or (g) in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder or under the Note.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

16



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Guarantee to be duly executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey R. Speed

 

 

Name:

Jeffrey R. Speed

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIX FLAGS OPERATIONS INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey R. Speed

 

 

Name:

Jeffrey R. Speed

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIX FLAGS THEME PARKS INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey R. Speed

 

 

Name:

Jeffrey R. Speed

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO
this 15th day of May, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TW-SF LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Edward B. Ruggiero

 

 

 

 

 

Name:  Edward B. Ruggiero

 

 

 

 

Title:    Senior Vice President & Treasurer

 

 

 

 

[ Signature Page to Guarantee ]

 



 

SCHEDULE 1

 

Address for Notices

 

Guarantors:

 

c/o Six Flags, Inc.

1540 Broadway, 15th Floor

New York, New York 10036

Attention:  James M. Coughlin

Facsimile:  (212) 354-3089

 

With a copy to:

 

Paul, Hastings, Janofsky & Walker LLP.

75 E. 55th Street, First Floor

New York, New York 10022

Attention:  Michele J. Cohen

Facsimile:  (212) 230-7862

 


Exhibit 10.3

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.
1540 Broadway, 15th Floor
New York, NY 10036

 

June 13, 2009

 

To the Holders of Lender Claims
Referred to Below

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This letter agreement (the “ Agreement ”) sets forth certain terms and conditions pursuant to which Six Flags, Inc. (“ SFI ”), Six Flags Operations Inc. (“ SFO ”) and Six Flags Theme Parks Inc. (“ SFTP ”) and certain of SFTP’s domestic subsidiaries (collectively the “ Debtors ”) will propose their jointly filed chapter 11 plan of reorganization (the “Plan”) on a consensual basis with the support of the lenders (the “ Lenders ”) party to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of May 25, 2007 (as amended, modified or otherwise supplemented from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among SFI, SFO, SFTP (as the primary borrower), certain of SFTP’s foreign subsidiaries party thereto, the Lenders, the agent banks party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) signatory hereto.

 

Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Restructuring Term Sheet (as defined below).

 

1.                                        Proposed Plan of Reorganization

 

Each of the Debtors proposes to commence cases (collectively, the “ Chapter 11 Cases ”) under chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code (the “ Bankruptcy Code ”) in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware (the “ Bankruptcy Court ”) to be jointly administered.  As part of the Chapter 11 Cases, the Debtors intend to file a disclosure statement and related Plan, which will provide for, among other things, certain distributions on account of the claims of the Lenders under the Credit Agreement (the “ Lender Claims ”).

 

2.                                        Due Authority

 

Each holder of Lender Claims identified as such on the signature page hereto (such Lenders, the “ Participating Lenders ”) represents and warrants to the Debtors that, as of the date hereof, (i) such Participating Lender either (A) is the beneficial owner of the principal amount of Lender Claims set forth below under its signature hereto, or (B) has investment or voting discretion with respect to the principal amount of Lender Claims set forth below under its signature and has the power and authority to bind the beneficial owner(s) of such Lender Claims to the terms of this Agreement and (ii) such Participating Lender has full power and authority to vote and consent to matters concerning such Lender Claims and to exchange, assign and transfer such Lender Claims.

 



 

3.                                        Support for a Qualified Plan

 

Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and for so long as its obligations hereunder have not terminated as provided herein, each Participating Lender and, in the case of the following clauses (a), (b) and (c), its affiliates, subsidiaries, representatives, agents and employees (a) shall support and take all reasonable actions to facilitate the solicitation, confirmation and consummation of a Plan incorporating the terms and conditions set forth on Exhibit 1 annexed hereto (the “ Restructuring Term Sheet ”) and consistent in all material respects with the Restructuring Term Sheet, as may be modified in accordance with Section 9 hereof, and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Supermajority Participating Lenders(1) (a “ Qualified Plan ”), including, as applicable, provided that such Participating Lender has been properly solicited pursuant to Bankruptcy Code sections 1125 and 1126, timely voting its Lender Claims to accept such plan, (b) will not object to confirmation of, or vote its Lender Claims to reject, a Qualified Plan or otherwise take any action or commence any proceeding to oppose or to seek any modification of a Qualified Plan, the Disclosure Statement (as defined below) related to a Qualified Plan, or any other reorganization documents containing terms and conditions consistent in all material respects with the Restructuring Term Sheet and this Agreement and (c) will not directly or indirectly seek, solicit, support, encourage, vote its Lender Claims for, consent to, or participate in the negotiation or formulation of (i) any plan of reorganization, proposal, offer, dissolution, winding up, liquidation, reorganization, merger, consolidation, business combination, joint venture, partnership, sale of assets or restructuring for any of the Debtors (each, an “ Alternative Proposal ”) other than a Qualified Plan or (ii) any other action that is inconsistent with, or that would delay or obstruct the proposal, solicitation, confirmation, or consummation of, a Qualified Plan.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall limit any Participating Lender’s rights under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceeding (including, without limitation, appearing as a party in interest in any matter to be adjudicated in any case under the Bankruptcy Code concerning the Debtors) so long as the exercise of such rights are not inconsistent with the Qualified Plan and are not for the purpose of hindering, delaying or preventing the consummation of the Qualified Plan.

 

Each Participating Lender agrees to permit disclosure in the Disclosure Statement and any filings by the Debtors with the Securities and Exchange Commission and any other regulatory agency to which the Debtors may be subject of the contents of this Agreement, including, but not limited to, the aggregate Lender Claims held by all Lenders; provided that (i) the Debtors shall provide a draft of such disclosure to the Participating Lenders and a reasonable amount of time to review such draft prior to such disclosure being made and (ii) the Debtors shall not disclose the amount of any individual Lender Claim, except as otherwise required by applicable law.

 

4.                                        Transfer of Lender Claims

 

Each Participating Lender agrees that so long as this Agreement has not been terminated it shall not (a) grant any proxies to any person in connection with its Lender Claims

 


(1) For this Agreement “Supermajority Participating Lenders” shall mean the Participating Lenders holding more than 60% of the Lender Claims bound under this Agreement.

 

2



 

to vote on the Plan except as is consistent with the intention of the Participating Lenders as set forth in this Agreement, or (b) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of its Lender Claims except in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement and to a party that agrees in writing to be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement as a “Participating Lender”, which writing shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Debtors.  Each Participating Lender agrees to notify the Debtors in writing before the close of two (2) business days after such transfer, sale or assignment of its Lender Claims and to provide the Debtors with a signed agreement of the transferee agreeing to be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement before the close of two (2) business days after such transfer, sale or assignment.  This Agreement shall in no way be construed to preclude any Lender from acquiring additional Lender Claims, which Lender Claims shall become subject to the terms hereof.  This Agreement shall in no way be construed to (x) preclude any Lender from acquiring any other claims against the Debtors or (y) restrict any Lender with respect to the voting of such other claims either in connection with these Chapter 11 cases or otherwise.

 

5.                                        The Debtors’ Covenants

 

As long as a Termination Event (as defined below) has not occurred, or has occurred but has been duly waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Debtors, subject to Section 6(b) herein, shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to:

 

(a)                                   file a disclosure statement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Supermajority Participating Lenders (the “ Disclosure Statement ”) and prosecute its approval by the Bankruptcy Court within the timeframe set forth herein;

 

(b)                                  implement all steps necessary or appropriate to obtain from the Bankruptcy Court an order confirming a Qualified Plan (the “ Confirmation Order ”) within the time frame set forth herein, which Confirmation Order shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Supermajority Participating Lenders;

 

(c)                                   effectuate and consummate a Qualified Plan within the timeframe set forth herein; and

 

(d)                                  take no action (directly or indirectly) that is inconsistent with, or that would delay or otherwise impede approval of the Disclosure Statement or a Qualified Plan or the expeditious confirmation and consummation of a Qualified Plan.

 

(e)                                   None of the materials and information provided by or on behalf of the Debtors to the Lenders or the Administrative Agent in connection with the restructuring contemplated by this Agreement, when read or considered together, contained or will contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to prevent the statements made therein from being materially misleading.

 

6.                                        Termination of Obligations

 

(a)                                   The obligations of a Participating Lender under this Agreement shall immediately terminate and be of no further force and effect on the date that is three business days following the occurrence of any of the events listed below (each, a “ Termination Event ”)

 

3



 

unless no later than three business days following the Termination Event the occurrence of such Termination Event is waived by the Participating Lenders:

 

(i)                            the bankruptcy cases of the Debtors shall not have been filed by June 17, 2009;

 

(ii)                         a Qualified Plan and the Disclosure Statement shall not have been filed by August 15, 2009;

 

(iii)                      the Disclosure Statement shall not have been approved by the Bankruptcy Court by October 15, 2009;

 

(iv)                     the Bankruptcy Court shall not have entered the Confirmation Order by December 31, 2009;

 

(v)                        a Qualified Plan shall not have been consummated by February 15, 2010;

 

(vi)                     the Debtors shall take any action inconsistent with the Debtors’ covenants set forth in Section 5 above, including without limitation (A) publicly announcing their intention not to pursue a Qualified Plan or (B) proposing, accepting or filing a motion with the Bankruptcy Court seeking approval of an Alternative Proposal;

 

(vii)                  (A) an examiner with expanded powers or a trustee shall have been appointed in any of the Chapter 11 Cases, or (B) any of the Chapter 11 Cases shall have been converted to a case under Chapter 7;

 

(viii)               any of the Chapter 11 Cases is dismissed;

 

(ix)                       a Confirmation Order is reversed on appeal or vacated;

 

(x)                          the Bankruptcy Court does not enter, (i) within five business days after the Petition Date, an interim order and, (ii) within thirty days after the Petition Date, a final order, governing the use by the Debtors of the Lenders’ cash collateral and granting adequate protection to the Lenders, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (collectively, the “ Cash Collateral Orders ”);

 

(xi)                       the occurrence of a termination event under the Cash Collateral Orders, unless no later than three business days following the termination event such termination event is waived pursuant to the terms thereunder; or

 

(xii)                    there shall have occurred any event, development or circumstance since the Petition Date (other than any event, claim, or circumstance relating to the Chapter 11 Cases or the commencement thereof) that shall have resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse change in the business, condition (financial or otherwise), income, operations or prospects of the Debtors.

 

4



 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, (i) the Debtors may furnish or cause to be furnished information concerning SFI and its subsidiaries and affiliates to a party (an “ Alternative Proposal Proponent ”) that SFI’s board of directors (the “ Board ”) believes in good faith has expressed an unsolicited legitimate interest in, and has the financial wherewithal to consummate, an Alternative Proposal on terms, including confidentiality terms, approved by the Board, (ii) the Debtors shall deliver to the Administrative Agent any proposal or offer for an Alternative Proposal received from an Alternative Proposal Proponent promptly following receipt thereof and (iii) promptly following the good faith determination by SFI and the Board that such a proposal or offer for an Alternative Proposal is likely to be more favorable to the Debtors’ estates and their creditors and other parties to whom the Debtors owe fiduciary duties than is proposed under the Restructuring Term Sheet, taking into account, among other factors, the identity of the Alternative Proposal Proponent, the likelihood that any such Alternative Proposal will be negotiated to finality within a reasonable time, the litigation risks associated with obtaining Bankruptcy Court approval of the Alternative Proposal and the potential loss to the Debtors’ estates and their creditors and other parties to whom the Debtors owe fiduciary duties if any such Alternative Proposal is not consummated, the Debtors shall notify the Participating Lenders of such determination and, unless within ten (10) business days of such notification the Participating Lenders have agreed to a modification of the Restructuring Term Sheet that would provide comparable treatment to the Debtors’ estates and their creditors and other parties to whom the Debtors owe fiduciary duties as provided by the Alternative Proposal, either of the Debtors or any Participating Lender may terminate its obligations under this Agreement by written notice to the Administrative Agent.  Nothing in this Section 6(b) shall obligate any Participating Lender to agree to any Alternative Proposal or to any modification of the Restructuring Term Sheet.

 

(c)                                   Upon termination of this Agreement, each Participating Lender shall be released from its commitments, undertakings and agreements under or related to this Agreement and shall have the rights and remedies that it would have had and shall be entitled to take all actions that it would have been entitled to take had it not entered into this Agreement.  Upon the occurrence of any termination of this Agreement any and all votes delivered by a Participating Lender prior to such termination shall be deemed, for all purposes, to be null and void from the first instance and shall not be considered or otherwise used in any manner by the Debtors.

 

7.                                        Specific Performance

 

It is understood and agreed by the parties that money damages would not be a sufficient remedy for any breach of this Agreement by any party and each non-breaching party shall be entitled to seek specific performance and injunctive or other equitable relief, including attorneys fees and costs, as a remedy of any such breach, and each party agrees to waive any requirement for the securing or posting of a bond in connection with such remedy.

 

8.                                        Prior Negotiations

 

This Agreement supersedes all prior negotiations, and documents reflecting such prior negotiations, between and among the Debtors and the Lenders (and their respective advisors), with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

5



 

9.                                        Amendments

 

No amendment, modification, waiver or other supplement of the terms of this Agreement or the Restructuring Term Sheet shall be valid unless such amendment, modification, waiver or other supplement is in writing and has been signed by the Debtors and the Supermajority Participating Lenders, provided , however , (a) the written consent of each Participating Lender shall be required for any amendment, modification, waiver or other supplement of this Agreement or the Restructuring Term Sheet, as the case may be, that (i) effects non-ratable or otherwise disparate treatment of funded Lender Claims, (ii) amends or modifies in any way the definition of Conflicted Lender (as defined below) as used in this Agreement or (iii) effects a material and adverse change to the treatment of the Lender Claims from that reflected in the Restructuring Term Sheet as of the date hereof and (b) a Conflicted Lender shall have no vote on any matter herein and its Lender Claims will not count for any purposes in calculating Supermajority Participating Lenders or whether all Participating Lenders have consented as required by the preceding clause (a).

 

Conflicted Lender ” shall be any Lender that, as of any date of determination, holds nominal claims against (i) SFI, and/or (ii) SFO that (determined on a percentage basis of the total bond claims against SFI or SFO, as applicable), individually or in the aggregate, exceed 50% of its nominal Lender Claims (determined on a percentage basis of the total Lender Claims of all Lenders).  By way of example, if a Lender held 30% of the aggregate Lender Claims, it would be a Conflicted Lender if it held more than 15% of either the bond claims against SFI or SFO or the combined bond claims against SFI and SFO.

 

For the purposes hereof, immaterial changes to the Restructuring Term Sheet shall not constitute a modification or amendment thereof or of this Agreement.

 

10.                                  Independent Analysis

 

Each Participating Lender hereby confirms that it has made its own decision to execute this Agreement based upon its own independent assessment of documents and information available to it, as it deemed appropriate.

 

11.                                  Governing Law

 

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of New York.  By its execution and delivery of this Agreement, each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees for itself that any legal action, suit or proceeding against it with respect to any matter under or arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment rendered in any such action, suit or proceeding, may be brought in either a state or federal court of competent jurisdiction in the State of New York.  By execution and delivery of this Agreement, each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably accepts and submits itself to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of each such court, generally and unconditionally, with respect to any such action, suit or proceeding.  Notwithstanding the foregoing consent to jurisdiction in either a state or federal court of competent jurisdiction in the State of New York, upon the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases, each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that, if the petitions have been filed

 

6



 

and the Chapter 11 Cases are pending, the Bankruptcy Court shall have exclusive jurisdiction of all matters arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.

 

12.                                  Effective Date

 

This Agreement shall become effective when the Debtors have received counterparts hereof duly executed and delivered by the Debtors and each member of the steering committee of Lenders party to the Credit Agreement (the “ Effective Date ”).

 

Upon the Effective Date, the Restructuring Term Sheet shall be deemed effective for purposes of this Agreement and thereafter the terms and conditions therein may only be amended, modified, waived or otherwise supplemented as set forth in Section 9 above.

 

13.                                  Third-Party Beneficiary

 

This Agreement is intended for the benefit of the parties hereto and no other person shall have any rights hereunder.

 

14.                                  Counterparts

 

This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same agreement.  Execution copies of this agreement may be delivered by facsimile or otherwise, which shall be deemed to be an original for the purposes of this paragraph.

 

15.                                  Headings

 

The section headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not, for any purpose, be deemed a part of this Agreement.

 

16.                                  Acknowledgment

 

This Agreement is not and shall not be deemed to be a solicitation of consents to the Plan.  The acceptance of the Lenders will not be solicited until the Lenders have received the Disclosure Statement and related ballot, as approved by the Bankruptcy Court.

 

17.                                  Settlement Discussions

 

This Agreement and the Restructuring Term Sheet are part of a proposed settlement of matters that could otherwise be the subject of litigation among the parties hereto. Nothing herein shall be deemed an admission of any kind.  Pursuant to Federal Rule of Evidence 408 and any applicable state rules of evidence, this Agreement and all negotiations relating thereto shall not be admissible into evidence in any proceeding other than a proceeding to enforce the terms of this Agreement.

 

7



 

18.                                  No Waiver of Participation and Preservation of Rights

 

Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, nothing herein is intended to, does or shall be deemed in any manner to waive, limit, impair or restrict the ability of each of the Lenders to protect and preserve its rights, remedies and interests, including, but not limited to, its claims against any of the Debtors, any liens or security interests it may have in any assets of any of the Debtors, or its full participation in the Chapter 11 Cases.  Without limiting the foregoing sentence in any way, if the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or otherwise set forth in a Qualified Plan are not consummated as provided herein, if a Termination Event occurs, or if this Agreement is otherwise terminated for any reason, the parties hereto each fully reserve any and all of their respective rights, remedies and interests.

 

8



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers, solely in their respective capacity as officers of the undersigned and not in any other capacity, as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Jeffrey R. Speed

 

 

Name: Jeffrey R. Speed

 

 

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

SIX FLAGS OPERATIONS INC.

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Jeffrey R. Speed

 

 

Name: Jeffrey R. Speed

 

 

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

SIX FLAGS THEME PARKS INC.

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Jeffrey R. Speed

 

 

Name: Jeffrey R. Speed

 

 

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

Astroworld GP LLC

 

Astroworld LP

 

Astroworld LP LLC

 

Fiesta Texas Inc.

 

Funtime, Inc.

 

Funtime Parks, Inc.

 

Great America LLC

 

Great Escape Holding Inc.

 

Great Escape Rides L.P.

 

Great Escape Theme Park L.P. 

 

Hurricane Harbor GP LLC

 

Hurricane Harbor LP

 

Hurricane Harbor LP LLC

 

KKI, LLC

 

Magic Mountain LLC

 

Park Management Corp.

 

PP Data Services Inc.

 

Premier International Holdings Inc.

 

Premier Parks of Colorado Inc.

 

 

 

[Signature Page Plan Support Agreement]

 



 

 

Premier Parks Holdings Inc.

 

Premier Waterworld Sacramento Inc.

 

Riverside Park Enterprises Inc.

 

SF HWP Management LLC

 

SFJ Management Inc.

 

SFRCC Corp.

 

Six Flags Inc.

 

Six Flags America LP

 

Six Flags America Property Corporation

 

Six Flags Great Adventure LLC

 

Six Flags Great Escape L.P.

 

Six Flags Operations Inc.

 

Six Flags Services Inc.

 

Six Flags Services of Illinois, Inc.

 

Six Flags St. Louis LLC

 

Six Flags Theme Parks Inc.

 

South Street Holdings LLC

 

Stuart Amusement Company

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Jeffrey R. Speed

 

 

Name: Jeffrey R. Speed

 

 

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

AGREED BY EACH OF THE FOLLOWING LENDERS

 

 

 



 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

 

Claims under the Credit Agreement:

$47,500,000

 

 

Pro Rata Percentage:

4.279%

 

 

Authorized Signatory:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Alex Goldenberg

 

 

 

Name:  Alex Goldenberg

 

 

Title:  Vice President

 

 

[Signature Page Plan Support Agreement]

 



 

BEACH POINT CAPITAL MANAGEMENT LP

 

on behalf of each of the funds and accounts it manages or advises,

 

on a several but not joint basis, that are beneficial owners of the

 

amount of Lender Claims set forth below (“Beach Point”)

 

Principal amount of Lender Claims under the Credit Agreement:

$58,607,384.79 (*)

 

 

Pro Rata Percentage:

5.279%

 

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Scott M. Klein

 

 

 

Name:  Scott M. Klein

 

 

Title:  Managing Partner

 

 


(*) The amount set forth above excludes $15,000,000 of Lender Claims that may be listed as being beneficially owned by Beach Point but that are subject to assignment agreements entered into prior to the date hereof that have yet to settle.  Such $15,000,000 and the assignee(s) are not subject to this agreement.

 

[Signature Page Plan Support Agreement]

 



 

DK Acquisition Partners, L.P.

 

 

 

Claims under the Credit Agreement:

$108mm

 

 

Pro Rata Percentage:

10%

 

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Conor Bastable

 

 

Name:  Conor Bastable

 

Title:  Managing Member

 

 

[Signature Page Plan Support Agreement]

 



 

Eaton Vance Management &

 

Boston Management and Research

 

As investment Advisor

 

 

 

Claims under the Credit Agreement:

  $50,178,986.51

 

 

Pro Rata percentage:

  .06008860

 

 

Authorized Signatory:

On behalf of:

 

The Norinchukin Bank, New York Branch

 

Big Sky III Senior Loan Trust

By:

/s/ Craig P. Russ

 

Eaton Vance CDO IX Ltd.

Name:  Craig P. Russ

Eaton Vance Senior Floating-Rate Trust

Title:  Vice President

Eaton Vance Floating-Rate Income Trust

 

 

Eaton Vance Loan Opportunities Fund

 

 

Eaton Vance Medallion Floating-Rate Income Portfolio

 

 

Eaton Vance Senior Income Trust

 

 

Eaton Vance Short Duration Diversified Income Fund

 

 

Eaton Vance Institutional Senior Loan Fund

 

 

Eaton Vance Limited Duration Income Fund

 

 

Grayson & Co

 

 

 

 

 

Senior Debt Portfolio

 

 

Eaton Vance VT Floating-Rate Income Fund

 

[Signature Page Plan Support Agreement]

 



 

SANKATY ADVISORS, LLC

 

 

 

Claims under the Credit Agreement:

$12.91mm

 

 

Pro Rata Percentage:

1.2%

 

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Jeff Hawkins

 

 

Name:  Jeff Hawkins

 

Title:  Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page Plan Support Agreement]

 



 

SPCP GROUP, LLC

 

 

 

Claims under the Credit Agreement:

$118,333,333.33

 

 

Pro Rata Percentage:

10.66%

 

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael A. Gatto

 

 

Name:  Michael A. Gatto

 

Title:  Authorized Signatory

 

 

[Signature Page Plan Support Agreement]

 



 

Grand Central Asset Trust, SIL Series

 

 

 

 

 

Claims under the Credit Agreement:

$63,166,666.67

 

 

Pro Rata Percentage:

5.69%

 

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Malia Baynes

 

 

Name:  Malia Baynes

 

Title:  Attorney-in-Fact

 

 

[Signature Page Plan Support Agreement]

 



 

TACONIC MARKET DISLOCATION MASTER FUND II L.P.

 

By:  Taconic Capital Advisors L.P., its investment advisor

 

 

 

Claims under the Credit Agreement:

$ 676,691.00

 

 

Pro Rata Percentage:

0.08 %

 

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Josh Miller

 

 

Name:  Josh Miller

 

Title:  Principal

 

 

[Signature Page Plan Support Agreement]

 



 

TACONIC MARKET DISLOCATION FUND II L.P.

 

By:  Taconic Capital Advisors L.P., its investment advisor

 

 

 

Claims under the Credit Agreement:

$ 2,909,375.00

 

 

Pro Rata Percentage:

0.35 %

 

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Josh Miller

 

 

Name:  Josh Miller

 

Title:  Principal

 

 

[Signature Page Plan Support Agreement]

 



 

TACONIC CAPITAL PARTNERS 1.5 L.P.

 

By:  Taconic Capital Advisors L.P., its investment advisor

 

 

 

Claims under the Credit Agreement:

$ 28,426,697.00

 

 

Pro Rata Percentage:

3.40 %

 

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Josh Miller

 

 

Name:  Josh Miller

 

Title:  Principal

 

 

[Signature Page Plan Support Agreement]

 



 

TACONIC OPPORTUNITY FUND L.P.

 

By:  Taconic Capital Advisors L.P., its investment advisor

 

 

 

Claims under the Credit Agreement:

$ 36,775,469.00

 

 

Pro Rata Percentage:

4.40 %

 

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Josh Miller

 

 

Name:  Josh Miller

 

Title:  Principal

 

 

[Signature Page Plan Support Agreement]

 



 

EXHIBIT 1

 


 

SIX FLAGS INC.
SIX FLAGS OPERATIONS, INC.
SIX FLAGS THEME PARKS, INC.

 

RESTRUCTURING TERM SHEET


 

THIS TERM SHEET IS NOT AN OFFER OR A SOLICITATION WITH RESPECT TO ANY SECURITIES OF SIX FLAGS OR ITS SUBSIDIARIES OR A SOLICITATION OF ACCEPTANCES OF A CHAPTER 11 PLAN.  ANY SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS AND/OR PROVISIONS OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE.

 

THIS TERM SHEET IS PROVIDED IN CONFIDENCE AND MAY NOT BE DISTRIBUTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE STEERING COMMITTEE LENDERS (AS DEFINED BELOW).  THIS TERM SHEET IS A SETTLEMENT PROPOSAL IN FURTHERANCE OF SETTLEMENT DISCUSSIONS AND IS PROTECTED BY RULE 408 OF THE FEDERAL RULES OF EVIDENCE AND ANY OTHER APPLICABLE STATUTES OR DOCTRINES PROTECTING THE USE OR DISCLOSURE OF CONFIDENTIAL SETTLEMENT DISCUSSIONS.

 

THIS TERM SHEET IS SUBJECT TO ONGOING REVIEW AND APPROVAL BY, AND IS NOT BINDING UPON, THE PREPETITION CREDIT AGREEMENT LENDERS AND THE PREPETITION ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, IS SUBJECT TO MATERIAL CHANGE AND IS BEING DISTRIBUTED FOR DISCUSSION PURPOSES ONLY.

 

1.                                        Summary of Transaction .   This term sheet (this “ Term Sheet ”) describes a proposed restructuring (the Restructuring ”) for Six Flags, Inc. (“ SFI ”), Six Flags Operations, Inc. (“ SFO ”) and Six Flags Theme Parks, Inc. (“ SFTP ”) and certain of SFTP’s domestic subsidiaries (the SFTP Subsidiaries ; together with SFI, SFO and SFTP, the Debtors ”) pursuant to joint plans of reorganization (collectively, the Plan ”) which would be filed by the Debtors in connection with a contemplated chapter 11 filing.  Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions described below, the Restructuring described herein is supported by the steering committee of lenders (the “ Steering Committee Lenders ”)(1)  party to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of May 25, 2007 (as amended, the Credit Agreement ”) among SFI, SFO and SFTP, JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A., as administrative agent (the Agent ”), the Steering Committee Lenders and the other lenders parties thereto (collectively, the “Lenders”).  This Term Sheet does not include a description of all of the terms, conditions

 


(1) The Steering Committee Lenders are JPMorgan, Beach Point Capital, Davidson Kempner Capital Management LLC, Eaton Vance Management, Sankaty Advisors LLC, Taconic Capital Advisors and Silver Point Capital, L.P.

 



 

and other provisions that are to be contained in the Plan and the related definitive documentation governing the Restructuring.

 

The Plan will provide for the restructuring of the Debtors’ balance sheets.  Except for the Credit Agreement obligations (and swap obligations secured ratably therewith, collectively the “ Credit Agreement Obligations ”), all claims against or interests in SFTP and the SFTP Subsidiaries (collectively, the SFTP Debtors ”) will be unimpaired.  The Credit Agreement Obligations will be impaired and each holder thereof will receive distributions equal to its Credit Agreement Obligations claims comprised of its ratable share of the New Term Loans (as defined below) and shares of New Common Stock (as defined below) for the balance of such claims.  SFO will retain its equity in SFTP and the holders of SFO general unsecured claims, including the SFO Notes,(2) shall receive, in the aggregate, shares of New Common Stock having a value equal to the residual enterprise value of the SFTP Debtors after satisfaction in full of the claims against them (including the Credit Agreement Obligations).  SFI shall retain its equity interests in SFO and holders of general unsecured claims against SFI, including the SFI Notes(3) and the SFO Notes (on account of their guarantee claim), shall receive, in the aggregate, shares of New Common Stock having a value equal to the residual enterprise value of SFI’s direct and indirect interests in Six Flags Over Georgia and Six Flags Over Texas (collectively the “ Partnership Parks ”).

 

2.                                        Chapter 11 Financing

 

(a)                                   Use of Cash Collateral .  The Debtors shall be permitted to use the Lenders’ cash collateral on a consensual basis on the following key terms:

 

(i)                                      Provision of adequate protection to the Lenders in the form of (i) to the extent of any diminution in value, superpriority claims under Bankruptcy Code section 364(c)(1) and 507(b), with priority over all other administrative claims, and replacement liens on all property of SFO and the SFTP Debtors with a first priority on any unencumbered property and priming the collateral securing the Credit Agreement Obligations, (ii) monthly payment of an amount equal to interest accrued on the Credit Agreement Obligations at the non-default LIBOR-based rates set forth in the Credit

 


(2) “ SFO Notes ” refers to the $400 million aggregate principal amount of senior unsecured notes (plus accrued and unpaid interest) comprising of the unsecured 12.25% senior notes due 2016 issued pursuant to that certain Indenture dated as of June 16, 2008, among SFO, SFI and HSBC Bank USA, National Association.

 

(3) “ SFI Notes ” refers to the approximately $868 million aggregate principal amount (plus accrued and unpaid interest) of the following senior unsecured notes: (a) the unsecured 8.875% senior notes due 2010 issued pursuant to that certain Indenture dated as of February 11, 2002, between SFI and The Bank of New York (“BONY”), (b) the unsecured 9.75% senior notes due 2013 issued pursuant to that certain Indenture dated as of April 13, 2003, between SFI and BONY, (c) the unsecured 9.625% senior notes due 2014 issued pursuant to that certain Indenture dated as of December 5, 2008, between SFI and BONY, and (d) the unsecured 4.5% convertible senior notes due 2015 issued pursuant to that certain Indenture dated as of November 19, 2004, between SFI and BONY.

 

 

2



 

Agreement (with an additional 2% in respect of default interest accruing) and (iii) the prompt payment, following submission of invoices, of agency fees, letter of credit fees, and fees and expenses of counsel and financial advisors to the Agent

 

(ii)                                   The Debtors’ diligent prosecution of the Restructuring described herein (and not supporting an alternative restructuring)

 

(iii)                                Additional reasonable covenants regarding use of cash collateral outside the ordinary course of business acceptable to the Lender Steering Committee.

 

(b)                                   Letters of Credit; New Money LC Facility/DIP Financing.   Subject to approval of the Required Lenders, the Debtors shall have the ability to renew and/or extend the maturity date of existing letters of credit prior to the Effective Date (as defined below) without any increase in the amount available to be drawn thereunder.  Debtors shall have the ability to obtain a post-petition bilateral letter of credit facility in an amount to be agreed (secured solely by cash collateral) to address post-filing incremental letter of credit requirements.

 

3.                                        Reorganized Company Capital Structure .

 

(a)                                   Post-Emergence Working Capital Facility .  On the effective date of the Plan (the “ Effective Date ”), the Debtors shall obtain a new four-year secured revolving or multi-draw term credit facility in an amount of $150 million (the “ New Revolver ”).  The New Revolver shall be secured by first liens on substantially all of the assets of the Debtors, with such liens being pari passu with the liens securing the New Term Loans but with the New Revolver ranking as “first out” in the payment waterfall relative to the New Term Loans, including without limitation, the right to receive upon the occurrence and continuation of an event of default, 100% of all cash flows until the New Revolver is paid in full.  The New Revolver shall otherwise have terms acceptable to the Debtors, the Steering Committee Lenders and the providers of such New Revolver, including an annual clean-up requirement.  In addition the New Revolver shall have the following material terms:

 

·                                      4 year maturity

·                                      Interest at LIBOR + 5.00%, with a LIBOR floor of 2.50%

·                                      5.00% upfront fee, payable in cash on the closing date

 

3



 

·                                      Undrawn line fee of 1.50%

·                                      Usual and customary affirmative and negative covenants to be negotiated

 

(b)                                   New Term Loans Reorganized SFTP shall enter into a new $600 million secured term loan agreement (the “ New Term Loans ”), which shall be guaranteed by SFI, SFO and the SFTP Subsidiaries and have the following material terms and conditions:

 

·                                      5 year maturity

·                                      Interest at LIBOR + 7.00%, with a LIBOR floor of 2.50%; provided that prior to the second anniversary of the Effective Date, 1.50% of such interest may, at the Debtors’ option, be paid in kind with any such paid in kind interest to be added to principal and deemed additional New Term Loans

·                                      Call protection as follows: year 1 — 103%; year 2 — 101.5%; thereafter — par

·                                      Secured by first liens on substantially all assets, with such liens being pari passu with the New Revolver but with the New Term Loans ranking “last out” relative to the New Revolver in payment waterfall(4)

·                                      Usual and customary financial covenants, including leverage covenants to be negotiated by the parties, minimum interest coverage and maximum capital expenditures, in each case, measured from SFI down

·                                      Usual and customary affirmative and negative covenants (that would be binding on SFI), including, without limitation, limitations on indebtedness, liens, restricted payments, asset dispositions and investments, in each case with baskets and allowances to be negotiated, including permission for SFI to incur up to $150 million in unsecured indebtedness to finance future Partnership Park “liquidity put” obligations on terms and conditions acceptable to the Lender Steering Committee.  The amount of SFTP cash flow available for all Partnership Park-related obligations, including “liquidity put” obligations, debt service and amortization, will be subject to a cap to be agreed.

 


(4) Traditional first lien/second lien structure could be considered if necessary to raise New Revolver.

 

4



 

(c)                                   New Common Stock Subject to the right of the stockholders to amend the certificate of incorporation, reorganized SFI shall issue a single class of common stock (the “ New Common Stock ”) on the Effective Date of the Plan of Reorganization (the “ Effective Date ”), which stock shall be deemed fully paid and non-assessable.  All New Common Stock issued will be subject to dilution from the exercises of options and/or the granting of restricted stock in connection with the Long Term Incentive Plan (as defined below).

 

(d)                                   Options / Restricted Stock There shall be allocated sufficient shares of New Common Stock to provide the Long Term Incentive Plan (as defined below).

 

4.                                        Plan Distributions/Treatment .

 

(a)                                   SFTP Debtors .

 

(i)                                      The Credit Agreement Obligations shall be paid in full by distribution of New Term Loans and shares of New Common Stock having a value equal to the balance of such claim and representing 92% of the issued and outstanding New Common Stock.

 

(ii)                                   All other creditors and interest holders of the SFTP Debtors shall be unimpaired and the Plan shall not alter such creditors and interest holders’ legal, equitable or contractual rights.  Each such claim shall be paid in full in cash on the later to occur of the Effective Date and the date on which such claim becomes due and payable.

 

(b)                                   SFO Each holder of a claim against SFO (other than the claim on account of SFO’s guarantee of the Credit Agreement Obligations) shall receive shares of New Common Stock having a value equal to the residual enterprise value of the SFTP Debtors after satisfaction in full of the claims against them (including the Credit Agreement Obligations) and representing 7% of issued and outstanding New Common Stock.

 

(c)                                   SFI .   Holders of general unsecured claims against SFI, including the SFI Notes and the SFO Notes (on account of their guarantee claim) shall receive, in the aggregate, shares of New Common Stock having a value equal to the residual enterprise value of SFI’s direct and indirect interests in the Partnership Parks and representing 1% of issued and outstanding New Common Stock.

 

5



 

(d)                                   Other Distributions .

 

(i)                                    Each holder of an allowed administrative claim, including claims of the type described in section 503(b)(9) of the Bankruptcy Code, shall receive payment in full (in cash) of the unpaid portion of its allowed administrative claim on the Effective Date or as soon thereafter as practicable (or, if payment is not then due, shall be paid in accordance with its terms) or pursuant to such other terms as may be agreed to by the holder of such claim and the Debtors.

 

(ii)                                 Allowed secured tax claims and allowed other secured claims shall be unimpaired.

 

(iii)                              Intercompany claims will be (at the election of the Debtor or Reorganized Debtor holding such claim and with the consent of the Steering Committee Lenders) (1) released, waived and discharged as of the Effective Date, (2) contributed to the capital of the obligor corporation, (3) dividended or (4) remain unimpaired.

 

(iv)                               Holders of the existing equity interests in SFI (both preferred and common) (collectively, “ Old Interests ”) shall receive no recovery.  Such Old Interests shall include any options, warrants or other agreements to acquire or be issued any Old Interests (whether or not arising under or in connection with any employment agreement), including without limitation, any claim against the Debtors that is subordinated pursuant to section 510(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, which shall include any claim arising from the rescission of a purchase or sale of any equity interest, any claim for damages arising from the purchase or sale of any equity interest, or any claim for reimbursement, contribution or indemnification for such claim.

 

5.                                        Other Plan Provisions/Means for Implementation.

 

(a)                                   Board of Directors of Reorganized SFI .   Reorganized Six Flags shall have an eleven-person board of directors (the “ Board ”), seven of whom shall be selected by the Steering Committee Lenders (it being understood that the Steering Committee Lenders shall consider Robert McGuire and Perry Rogers among the candidates for such Board seats), one of whom shall be the CEO and three of whom shall be the following three current directors: Daniel M. Snyder, Mark Jennings and Dwight Schar.  Mr. Snyder will be designated Chairman.  All directors shall stand for election annually.

 

6



 

(b)                                   Retention of Senior Management .   The Steering Committee Lenders support the retention of the following executives (“ Management ”):  (i) Mark Shapiro, President and Chief Executive Officer; (ii) Jeffrey R. Speed, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; (iii) Louis Koskovolis, Executive Vice President, Corporate Alliances-Sponsorship; (iv) Mark Quenzel, Executive Vice President, Park Strategy and Management; (v) Andrew M. Schleimer, Executive Vice President, Strategic Development and In-Park Services; (vi) Michael Antinoro, Executive Vice President, Entertainment and Marketing and (vii) James Coughlin, General Counsel.  All existing executive employment agreements for Management will be assumed in accordance with their terms; provided that any provisions in such employment agreements providing for Old Interests in SFI shall not be assumed and shall be treated under Section 4(d)(iv) above; provided further that the provisions regarding a change of control in Mr. Shapiro’s employment agreement shall be clarified so as to (i) exclude from the definition of “Change in Control”:  (a) the Chapter 11 cases and the occurrence of the Effective Date and (b) the replacement of any current directors with directors appointed by the Steering Committee Lenders, (ii) modify the definition of “Significant Change in Board Composition” so that it is triggered only by the failure of more than one of Mark Shapiro, Daniel M. Snyder, Mark Jennings and Dwight Schar, or their respective successors, to be a “Continuing Director” and (iii) exclude the Lenders from the definition of “person” to the extent that the Lenders, as a collective, could be deemed to be acting as a “group” for the purposes of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; provided further that cash severance for Mr. Shapiro shall be limited to three years base salary plus bonus.

 

(c)                                   Long Term Incentive Plan .   The Reorganized Debtors shall implement a management incentive plan for Management, selected employees and directors of Reorganized SFI, providing incentive compensation in the form of stock options and/or restricted stock in the Reorganized Company equal to 10% of the equity in SFI, on a fully diluted basis (the “ Long Term Incentive Plan ”).  The Long Term Incentive Plan shall be effective as of the Effective Date and shall be subject to such terms and conditions as the Debtors and the Steering Committee Lenders shall mutually agree.  Immediately following the Effective Date, the aggregate allocations to Management under the Long Term Incentive Plan shall consist of 3.75% of the equity of SFI on a fully diluted basis in the form of restricted stock and 3.75% of the equity of SFI on a fully diluted basis in the form of options.  Such stock and options shall be allocated to the members of Management consistent with their respective employment agreements.  Any additional allocations

 

7



 

following the Effective Date shall be determined by the Board, provided that Management shall not be able to participate therein for the year following the Effective Date absent full Board approval.

 

(d)                                   Releases, Indemnification and D&O Insurance .   The Plans shall provide for general mutual releases and exculpation by the Debtors, the estates and the reorganized Debtors for the benefit of (1) all individuals serving as directors and officers of the Debtors as of the Effective Date, (2) the Agent and the Lenders, and (3) the advisors, attorneys and consultants to each of the foregoing.  The terms of such general mutual releases and exculpation shall be in form and substance customary for transactions of this type and mutually agreed to.  In addition, the reorganized Debtors shall assume all existing indemnification obligations of the Debtors in favor of the directors and officers described in clause (1) above (whether in the Debtors’ bylaws, contracts or otherwise), and the Plan shall include provisions for the purchase of director and officer liability insurance for the directors and officers of the Reorganized Debtors (in form and substance satisfactory to the Directors of the Reorganized Debtors).

 

(e)                                   Charter; Bylaws .   The charter and bylaws of each of the Debtors shall have been restated in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Steering Committee Lenders and consistent with section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

(f)                                     Tax Issues .   The terms of the Plan and the restructuring contemplated by this Term Sheet shall be structured to preserve favorable tax attributes of the Debtors to the extent reasonably practicable.  The Debtors shall consult with the Steering Committee Lenders on tax issues and matters of tax structure relating to the Plan and the restructuring contemplated by this Term Sheet.

 

(g)                                  Executory Contracts .   The assumption or rejection of any material contract, (a “ Park ”)(5) and the Time Warner license agreement, shall

 


(5) The Parks include Six Flags America, Largo, Maryland, Six Flags Discovery Kingdom, Vallejo, California, Six Flags Fiesta Texas, San Antonio, Texas, Six Flags Great Adventure, Hurricane Harbor & Wild Safari, Jackson, New Jersey, Six Flags Great America, Gurnee, Illinois, Six Flags Hurricane Harbor, Arlington, Texas, Six Flags Hurricane Harbor, Valencia, California, Six Flags Kentucky Kingdom, Louisville, Kentucky, Six Flags Magic Mountain, Valencia, California, Six Flags Mexico, Mexico City, Mexico, Six Flags New England, Agawam, Massachusetts, Six Flags New Orleans, New Orleans, Louisiana, Six Flags St. Louis, Eureka, Missouri, Six Flags White Water Atlanta, Marietta, Georgia, La Ronde, Montreal, Canada, The Great Escape, Lake George, New York and the Partnership Parks.

 

8



 

be subject to the prior approval of the Steering Committee Lenders.

 

6.                                        Conditions Precedent .  The support of the Steering Committee Lenders for the Restructuring described herein is subject to the satisfaction (in their sole discretion) of the following conditions:

 

(a)                                   Due Diligence The Steering Committee Lenders’ satisfaction with the results of ongoing due diligence investigations regarding the business, operations, assets, liabilities, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Debtors.

 

(b)                                   Partnership Parks; IP Issues Arrangements satisfactory to the Steering Committee Lenders regarding (i) ongoing investments in, and third party financing of future liquidity puts relating to, the Partnership Parks and (ii) the Debtors continued access to the intellectual property currently used in the business or satisfaction with strategies for the de-theming and re-theming of the Parks including all costs associated therewith.

 

(c)                                   New Orleans Park .   Claims relating to the New Orleans park shall not exceed an amount acceptable to the Steering Committee Lenders.

 

(d)                                   Limit on Non-Trade SFTP Claims Allowed claims (other than trade claims incurred in the ordinary course of business) against the SFTP Debtors shall not exceed an amount acceptable to the Steering Committee Lenders.

 

(e)                                   Documentation The Plan, including any amendments, modifications or supplements thereto, and all other documentation contemplated by this Restructuring shall be acceptable to the Steering Committee Lenders.

 

(f)                                     Confirmation Order Entry of an order confirming the Plan in form and substance satisfactory to the Steering Committee Lenders.

 

(g)                                  No MAE There shall not have occurred any event, development or circumstance since the petition date (other than any event, claim, or circumstance relating to the Chapter 11 cases or the commencement thereof) that shall have resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse change in the business, condition (financial or otherwise), income, operations or prospects of the Debtors.

 

(h)                                  No Force Majeure There shall not have occurred a force majeure event (to be defined as a significant global disruption in the financial markets caused by outbreak of war, terrorism, or other incidents, but not adverse changes in the financial, banking or capital markets generally).

 

9


Exhibit 10.4

 

Amendment No. 3

to

Subordinated Indemnity Agreement

 

This Amendment No. 3 to Subordinated Indemnity Agreement (“Amendment”) is entered into as of April 13, 2004 by and among Six Flags Operations Inc. (as successor to Six Flags Entertainment Corporation), Six Flags Theme Parks Inc., SFOG II, Inc., SFT Holdings, Inc., Time Warner Inc., Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P., TW-SPV Co., Six Flags, Inc. (as successor to Premier Parks Inc.) and GP Holdings Inc. and amends in certain respects the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement, dated as of April 1, 1998, by and among the parties (or their predecessors in interest), as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Subordinated Indemnity Agreement, dated as of November 5, 1999, and Amendment No. 2 to the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement, dated as of June 12, 2002 (as so amended, the “Original Agreement”).

 

The parties agree as follows:

 

1.             Capitalized terms used in this Amendment and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Original Agreement.

 

2.             Section 1.1.68 of the Original Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following provisos at the end thereof:

 

“; provided , however , that for purposes of the definition of “Triggering Default” and notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, a Triggering Default shall be deemed to continue in perpetuity from the date of its first occurrence unless such Triggering Default is cured within 90 days of its first occurrence, in which case it shall be deemed to have continued until so cured; provided , further , that nothing in the foregoing proviso shall impair or otherwise modify any of the rights or remedies of the TW Parties and/or any of their respective affiliates pursuant to any agreement or arrangement or otherwise (including, without limitation, pursuant to this Agreement, the Beneficial Share Assignment or the Organizational Documents of GP Holdings)”

 

3.             Section 1.1 of the Original Agreement is hereby amended by adding a new Section 1.1.68A as follows:

 

“1.1.68A “ Triggering Default Event ” shall mean a Triggering Default.”

 

4.             Section 6.1 of the Original Agreement is hereby amended by adding a new Section 6.1.10 as follows:

 

“6.1.10 Financial Reports .

 

(a)           SFEC and SFOG shall promptly deliver or cause to be delivered to the TW Parties (i) any information or materials required to be delivered to Flags Georgia, L.L.C. in accordance with Sections 12.8(a)(i)(A), 12.8(a)(i)(B),

 



 

12.8(a)(i)(C), 12.8(a)(i)(D) and 12.8(a)(ii) of the Georgia Overall Agreement and (ii) any information or materials delivered to Flags Georgia, L.L.C. in accordance with Section 12.8(c) of the Georgia Overall Agreement.

 

(b)           SFEC and SFOT shall promptly deliver or cause to be delivered to the TW Parties (i) any information or materials delivered or required to be delivered to Texas Fund II in accordance with Sections 11.8(a)(i)(A), 11.8(a)(i)(B), 11.8(a)(i)(C), 11.8(a)(i)(D) and 11.8(a)(ii) of the Texas Overall Agreement and (ii) any information or materials delivered to Texas Fund II in accordance with Section 11.8(c) of the Texas Overall Agreement.”

 

5.             Section 10.2 of the Original Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“The parties hereto shall deliver to Holdco and the TW Parties all material notices received or delivered by any party pursuant to the Georgia Agreements and/or the Texas Agreements no later than three Business Days after such notices are received or delivered by such party.”

 

6.             Holdco hereby represents and warrants that it is a holding company and conducts all of its business operations through it Subsidiaries.

 

7.             Except as expressly amended herein, all provisions of the Original Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

8.             This Amendment shall be governed and construed in accordance with the Original Agreement.

 

9.             This Amendment may be signed in any number of counterparts each of which shall be an original and all of which shall together constitute one and the same agreement. Any counterpart or other signature hereupon delivered by facsimile shall be deemed for all purposes as constituting good and valid execution and delivery of this Agreement by such party.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

2



 

In Witness Whereof , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

Six Flags, Inc. , as successor in interest to

 

Premier Parks Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

s/ James F. Dannhauser

 

Name:

James F. Dannhauser

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GP Holdings Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James F. Dannhauser

 

Name:

James F. Dannhauser

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Time Warner Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert Marcus

 

Name:

Robert Marcus

 

Title:

Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert Marcus

 

Name:

Robert Marcus

 

Title:

Senior Vice President

 

3



 

 

TW-SPV Co.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Spencer B. Hays

 

Name:

Spencer B. Hays

 

Title:

Vice President and Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six Flags Operations Inc. , as successor in interest to Six Flags Entertainment Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James F. Dannhauser

 

Name:

James F. Dannhauser

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six Flags Theme Parks Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James F. Dannhauser

 

Name:

James F. Dannhauser

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SFOG II, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James F. Dannhauser

 

Name:

James F. Dannhauser

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SFT Holdings, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James F. Dannhauser

 

Name:

James F. Dannhauser

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

4


Exhibit 10.5

 

Amendment No. 4
to
Subordinated Indemnity Agreement

 

This Amendment No. 4 to the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of December 8, 2006 by and among Six Flags Operations Inc. (as successor to Six Flags Entertainment Corporation), Six Flags Theme Parks Inc., SFOG II, Inc., SFT Holdings, Inc., Time Warner Inc., Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P., TW-SPV Co., Six Flags, Inc. (as successor to Premier Parks Inc.) and GP Holdings Inc., and amends in certain respects the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement, dated as of April 1, 1998, by and among the parties (or their predecessors in interest), as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Subordinated Indemnity Agreement, dated as of November 5, 1999, Amendment No. 2 to the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement, dated as of June 12, 2002 and Amendment No. 3 to the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement, dated as of October 13, 2004 (as so amended, the “ Original Agreement ”).

 

The parties agree as follows:

 

1.             Capitalized terms used in this Amendment and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Original Agreement.

 

2.             Section 6.1 of the Original Agreement is hereby amended by adding a new Section 6.1.11 as follows:

 

6.1.11      Annual Compliance Certificates .  On July 1 (or the first Business Day thereafter) of each calendar year commencing on July 1, 2007, Holdco shall deliver to the TW Parties a certificate, signed by an executive officer of Holdco, certifying as to the following matters:  (a) each Acquisition Company’s compliance with the terms and provisions of such Acquisition Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Operating Agreement, as the case may be; (b) GP Holdings’ compliance with the terms and provisions of (i) GP Holdings’ Certificate of Incorporation and (ii) this Agreement; and (c) the Holdco Parties’ compliance with the terms and provisions of (i) this Agreement, (ii) the Subordinated Indemnity Escrow Agreement, (iii) the Georgia Partnership Agreement and (iv) the Texas Partnership Agreement.

 

3.             Section 6.1 of the Original Agreement is hereby amended by adding a new Section 6.1.12 as follows:

 

6.1.12      Approval of Corporate Action .  From and after December 8, 2006, the Holdco Parties shall cause to be adopted, and the Board of Directors of GP Holdings shall adopt, resolutions approving each corporate action to be taken with respect to either the Georgia Park or the Texas Park, as the case may be, which is approved by the Board of Directors of any of the Holdco Parties including, without limitation, the approval of the annual budget for the Georgia Park and the Texas Park.

 

4.             Section 1.1.68 of the Original Agreement is hereby amended by removing the word “or” before Clause (v) and adding a new Clause (vi) as follows:

 



 

or (vi) a default by any of the Holdco Parties (or their successors in interest) in the observance or performance of any covenant, agreements or obligations on its part to be performed or observed under that certain Acquisition Company Liquidity Agreement, dated as of December 8, 2006, by and among the Holdco Parties (or their successors in interest), the TW Parties and the Acquisition Companies.

 

5.             Except as expressly amended herein, all provisions of the Original Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

6.             This Amendment shall be governed and construed in accordance with the Original Agreement.

 

7.             This Amendment may be signed in any number of counterparts each of which shall be an original and all of which shall together constitute one and the same agreement. Any counterpart or other signature hereupon delivered by facsimile shall be deemed for all purposes as constituting good and valid execution and delivery of this Agreement by such party.

 

2



 

In Witness Whereof , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

Six Flags, Inc. , as successor in interest to

 

Premier Parks Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James M. Coughlin

 

Name: James M. Coughlin

 

Title: General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

GP Holdings Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James M. Coughlin

 

Name: James M. Coughlin

 

Title: General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

Time Warner Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Raymond G. Murphy

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Raymond G. Murphy

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

3



 

 

TW-SPV Co.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Raymond G. Murphy

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Six Flags Operations Inc. , as successor in interest to Six Flags Entertainment Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James M. Coughlin

 

Name: James M. Coughlin

 

Title: General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

Six Flags Theme Parks Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James M. Coughlin

 

Name: James M. Coughlin

 

Title: General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

SFOG II, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James M. Coughlin

 

Name: James M. Coughlin

 

Title: General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

SFT Holdings, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James M. Coughlin

 

Name: James M. Coughlin

 

Title: General Counsel

 

4


Exhibit 10.6

 

Amendment No. 5
to
Subordinated Indemnity Agreement

 

This Amendment No. 5 to the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of April 2, 2007 by and among Six Flags Operations Inc. (as successor to Six Flags Entertainment Corporation), Six Flags Theme Parks Inc., SFOG II, Inc., SFT Holdings, Inc., Time Warner Inc., Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P., TW-SPV Co., Six Flags, Inc. (as successor to Premier Parks Inc.) and GP Holdings Inc., and amends in certain respects the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement, dated as of April 1, 1998, by and among the parties (or their predecessors in interest), as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Subordinated Indemnity Agreement, dated as of November 5, 1999, Amendment No. 2 to the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement, dated as of June 12, 2002, Amendment No. 3 to the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement, dated as of October 13, 2004 and Amendment No. 4 to the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement, dated as of December 8, 2006 (as so amended, the “ Original Agreement ”).

 

The parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                        Capitalized terms used in this Amendment and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Original Agreement.

 

2.                                        Section 1.1 of the Original Agreement is hereby amended by adding a new Section 1.1.73 as follows:

 

Affiliate Loans ” shall mean, collectively, “Affiliate Loans” as defined in the Georgia Partnership Agreement and the Texas Partnership Agreement.

 

3.                                        Section 1.1 of the Original Agreement is hereby amended by adding a new Section 1.1.74 as follows:

 

Management Fees ” shall mean, collectively, “Management Fees” as defined in the Georgia Partnership Agreement and the Texas Partnership Agreement.

 

4.                                        Section 1.1 of the Original Agreement is hereby amended by adding a new Section 1.1.75 as follows:

 

Material Debt Instrument ” shall mean any agreement or instrument to which a SF Party is a party from time to time in the capacity of a borrower or guarantor and which has obligations outstanding or unused commitments for borrowed money, in each case, in an aggregate amount greater than $50 million.

 

5.                                        Section 1.1 of the Original Agreement is hereby amended by adding a new Section 1.1.76 as follows:

 

SFOT ” shall mean Six Flags Over Texas, Inc.

 



 

6.                                        Section 1.1 of the Original Agreement is hereby amended by adding a new Section 1.1.77 as follows:

 

SF Parties ” shall mean, collectively, Holdco, Six Flags Operations Inc. (as successor to SFEC), SFTP, SFOG II, GP Holdings, Six Flags Over Georgia II, L.P., SFT Holdings, SFOT and Texas Flags, Ltd.

 

7.                                        Section 1.1 of the Original Agreement is hereby amended by adding a new Section 1.1.77 as follows:

 

Triggering Event ” shall mean the occurrence of one or more of the following events: (i) any TW Party shall be obligated to pay any “Obligation” under and as defined in any TW Guarantee, (ii) a Triggering Default, (iii) any SF Party shall be the subject of any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceeding, (iv) any event, occurrence, condition or circumstance which, individually or in the aggregate, after notice or lapse of time or both, will result in or has resulted in a default or an event of default (or like event or occurrence) under any Material Debt Instrument the result of which, following the expiration of any applicable grace period, would permit the lenders or holders of the debt thereunder (or an agent or trustee on behalf of such lenders or holders) to declare all amounts payable under such Material Debt Instrument to be immediately due and payable.

 

8.                                        Section 6.1 of the Original Agreement is hereby amended by adding a new Section 6.1.13 as follows:

 

6.1.13                   Affiliate Loans and Management Fees .

 

(a)                                   Each SF Party agrees not to assign, transfer, encumber or pledge any interest that it may have in any Affiliate Loans or any accrued and unpaid Management Fees payable to it, and has not transferred, assigned, encumbered or pledged, in whole or in part (except to SFOG II and SFOT), any interest it may have in any Affiliate Loans or such Management Fees payable to it.

 

(b)                                  The parties hereto hereby further agree that except during the continuance of a Triggering Event, each SF Party shall be entitled to pay over and to receive in the ordinary course of business any Management Fees due and owing and any payments on account of any Affiliate Loans due and owing; provided that upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a Triggering Event, each SF Party hereby agrees that no payments shall be made or received with respect to any Management Fees or Affiliate Loans then outstanding, unless the entirety thereof is immediately turned over to TWX as representative of the TW Parties (in such capacity, the “ TWX Representative ”) as collateral hereunder. In furtherance of the foregoing, any such obligations owing to an SF Party shall be subordinated to the prior payment in full of all amounts owing to the TW Parties under this Agreement, and upon the request of the TW Representative following the occurrence and during the continuance of a Triggering Event, any such amounts shall be paid over to the TW Representative in satisfaction of, or as collateral for, any amount owed by a SF Party to the TW Parties under this Agreement.

 

2



 

(c)                                   Each SF Party hereby irrevocably authorizes and empowers the TW Representative, upon the occurrence and continuance of a Triggering Event, to assert any right, privilege or claim in respect of the obligations and liabilities referred to in clause (b) of this Section 6.1.13, including the right to receive and collect any and all payments, awards or other monies resulting therefrom and to apply same on account of any TW Obligations then due and owing or to hold as collateral security for any TW Obligations that may arise in the future.  In no event, however, shall the TW Representative be obligated to assert any such right, privilege or claim, and the TW Representative’s failure to do so shall not give rise to any liability to any SF Party as a result thereof.

 

(d)                                  Unless otherwise agreed to by the TW Representative, each SF Party agrees as follows:

 

(i)                                      To keep proper books and records with respect to any Affiliate Loans and Management Fees.

 

(ii)                                   That no Affiliate Loans will be made by any SF Party, or any Subsidiary or affiliate of an SF Party, other than SFOT or SFOG II, and no SF Party shall permit any Management Fees to accrue to any Person that is not an SF Party.

 

(iii)                                Not to modify or amend, in any respect, or terminate, any agreement or instrument with respect to any Affiliate Loans or Management Fees or waive, amend, alter or modify any of its rights or remedies under or with respect thereto, except as expressly provided in this Section 6.1.13.

 

(iv)                               To comply with the written instructions of the TW Representative as contemplated by and to the extent consistent with this Agreement and otherwise to facilitate the exercise by the TW Representative of its rights and remedies hereunder.

 

(v)                                  To provide the TW Representative with reasonable access to its books and records for purposes of determining compliance with this Agreement, and shall provide the TW Representative with such other information and documentation as shall be reasonably requested by the TW Representative in connection with this Agreement.

 

(f)                                     Holdco shall cause each SF Party that is not a party to this Agreement to execute an acknowledgment agreeing to be bound by the provisions of this Section 6.1.13 as if such SF Party was a party hereto.

 

9.                                        Each SF Party hereby agrees and represents and warrants to each TW Party that (i)  it is organized and validly existing under the laws of the state of its organization, (ii) it has all necessary corporate or equivalent power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations hereunder, (iii) such SF Party has taken all action necessary for it to execute, deliver and perform its obligations hereunder, (iv) no consent or authorization from, or filing with, any Person is required for such SF Party to execute, deliver and/or perform its obligations hereunder (other than those that have already been obtained), (v) this Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by such SF Party, and constitutes the

 

3



 

legal, valid and binding obligation of such SF Party in accordance with its terms, (vi) the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment by such SF Party shall not result in a default or breach of any material agreement to which such SF Party or any of its subsidiaries is party or by which any of their respective assets are subject, (vii) as of the date hereof, the outstanding principal amount of all Affiliate Loans owing by any SF Party to another SF Party and the form of such Affiliate Loans are accurately described on the attached Schedule 1, (viii) as of the date hereof, the total amount of all accrued and unpaid Management Fees owing to any SF Party by any other SF Party and the terms of such Management Fees are accurately described on the attached Schedule 2, (ix) it is not a party to (and will not become a party to) any agreement that would limit or restrict its ability to comply with the terms and conditions of this Amendment, and (x) no payment on account of any Affiliate Loan or Management Fee is (or will be) subject to any offsets, defenses or counterclaims, and each SF Party agrees not to assert any right of offset, defense or counterclaim with respect thereto.

 

10.                                  This Amendment shall become effective upon (i) upon the execution of a counterpart hereof by each of the parties hereto and receipt by the parties of written or telephonic notification of such execution and authorization of delivery thereof and (ii) the consummation of the transactions contemplated by that certain Securities Purchase Agreement, entered into by SFTP and certain of its subsidiaries and PARC 7F-Operations Corporation, and Six Flags, Inc. agrees to give the TW Representative prompt written notice that such transactions have been consummated.

 

11.                                  Except as expressly amended herein, all provisions of the Original Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

12.                                  This Amendment shall be governed and construed in accordance with the Original Agreement.

 

13.                                  This Amendment may be signed in any number of counterparts each of which shall be an original and all of which shall together constitute one and the same agreement. Any counterpart or other signature hereupon delivered by facsimile shall be deemed for all purposes as constituting good and valid execution and delivery of this Agreement by such party.

 

4



 

In Witness Whereof , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

Six Flags, Inc. , as successor in interest to

 

Premier Parks Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Coughlin

 

Name: James Coughlin

 

Title: General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

GP Holdings Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Coughlin

 

Name: James Coughlin

 

Title: General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

Time Warner Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Edward B. Ruggiero

 

Name: Edward B. Ruggiero

 

Title: Sr. Vice President, Corp. Finance

 

 

 

 

 

Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Edward B. Ruggiero

 

Name: Edward B. Ruggiero

 

Title: Vice President

 

5



 

 

TW-SPV Co.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Edward B. Ruggiero

 

Name: Edward B. Ruggiero

 

Title: Vice President, Finance

 

 

 

 

 

Six Flags Operations Inc. , as successor in interest to Six Flags Entertainment Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Coughlin

 

Name: James Coughlin

 

Title: General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

Six Flags Theme Parks Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Coughlin

 

Name: James Coughlin

 

Title: General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

SFOG II, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Coughlin

 

Name: James Coughlin

 

Title: General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

SFT Holdings, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Coughlin

 

Name: James Coughlin

 

Title: General Counsel

 

6



 

By signing below, each of the undersigned acknowledges and agrees to be bound as an SF Party to the terms and provisions of Section 6.1.13 of the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement as if it were a party thereto, and hereby makes each of the representations and warranties contained in paragraph 9 of Amendment No. 5 to the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement for itself in its capacity as an SF Party.

 

 

 

Six Flags Over Georgia II, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Coughlin

 

Name: James Coughlin

 

Title: General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

Six Flags Over Texas, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Coughlin

 

Name: James Coughlin

 

Title: General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

Texas Flags, Ltd.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James Coughlin

 

Name: James Coughlin

 

Title: General Counsel

 

7


Exhibit 10.7

 

Amendment No. 6
to
Subordinated Indemnity Agreement

 

This Amendment No. 6 to the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into as of May 15, 2009 by and among Six Flags Operations Inc. (as successor to Six Flags Entertainment Corporation) (“ SFEC ”), Six Flags Theme Parks Inc., SFOG II, Inc., SFT Holdings, Inc., Historic TW Inc. (formerly known as Time Warner Inc.) (“ TWX ”), Warner Bros. Entertainment Inc. (as assignee of Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P.), TW-SPV Co., Six Flags, Inc. (as successor to Premier Parks Inc.), the other subsidiaries of SFEC listed on the signature pages hereto (collectively, the “ Subsequently Joined Subsidiaries ”) and GP Holdings Inc., and amends in certain respects the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement, dated as of April 1, 1998, by and among the parties (or their predecessors in interest), as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Subordinated Indemnity Agreement, dated as of November 5, 1999, Amendment No. 2 to the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement, dated as of June 12, 2002, Amendment No. 3 to the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2004, Amendment No. 4 to the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement, dated as of December 8, 2006 and Amendment No. 5 to the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement, dated as of April 2, 2007 (as so amended, the “ Original Agreement ”).  Capitalized terms used in this Amendment and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Original Agreement.

 

WHEREAS, on the date hereof, TW-SF LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and wholly owned subsidiary of TWX, is making a loan (the “ Acquisition Company Loan ”) to the Acquisition Subsidiaries to enable the Acquisition Subsidiaries to satisfy their obligations with respect to the Liquidity Put for the year 2009; and

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the making of the Acquisition Company Loan, the parties hereto wish to amend the terms of the Original Agreement as set forth herein.

 

NOW THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                        Section 1.1.51 of the Original Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

1.1.51                   Required Obligations ” shall mean, collectively, (i) the Georgia Agreements Obligations, (ii) the Texas Agreements Obligations, (iii) the Zero Coupon Notes Obligations, (iv) the obligations to pay any amounts required to be paid and to comply with any obligations required to be complied with by SFTP and its affiliates (determined after giving effect to the Merger) under the KO Agreements (as such term is defined in the Letter Agreement, dated as of February 9, 1997, among TWE, Boston Ventures Limited Partnership IV, and Premier Parks Inc. relating to the KO Agreements) and (v) each covenant, agreement and obligation to be performed or observed by any of Six Flags, Inc., Six Flags Operations Inc., Six Flags Theme Parks Inc. or the Acquisition Subsidiaries under the Acquisition Company Loan and the Guarantee ; provided that the Required Obligations shall not include (i) any obligations of the Georgia Acquisition Subsidiaries or the Texas Acquisition Subsidiaries to purchase any

 



 

Units pursuant to the Accelerated Put provisions under the Texas Agreements and the Georgia Agreements, except as specifically provided in Section 4.2 hereunder; or (ii) the Excluded Obligations.

 

2.                                        Section 1.1.68 of the Original Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

1.1.68                   Triggering Default ” shall mean (i) a “Default” as such term is defined in the Georgia Agreements (other than a Default that results from the failure of the TW Parties to perform their obligations with respect to an Accelerated Put as described in Section 4.3 hereof), (ii) a “Default” as such term is defined in the Texas Agreements (other than a Default that results from the failure of the TW Parties to perform their obligations with respect to an Accelerated Put as described in Section 4.3 hereof), (iii) an “Event of Default” as such term is defined in the Zero Coupon Note Indenture, other than as a result of TWE’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 6.2.2 hereof, (iv) a default by any of the Holdco Parties of their covenants, agreements or obligations hereunder (other than an immaterial default that can be cured upon notice), (v) a failure by the Holdco Parties to pay any amounts owed to the TW Parties hereunder or to otherwise reimburse the TW Parties for any amounts paid by either of such parties under the Georgia Guarantees or the Texas Guarantees, (vi) a default by any of the Holdco Parties (or their successors in interest) in the observance or performance of any covenant, agreements or obligations on its part to be performed or observed under that certain Acquisition Company Liquidity Agreement, dated as of December 8, 2006, by and among the Holdco Parties (or their successors in interest), the TW Parties and the Acquisition Companies, (vii) an “Event of Default” as such term is defined in the Acquisition Company Loan,  (viii) if Holdco, SFEC, SFTP or any Subsidiary of SFEC that owns or operates a park (each, a “ Specified Holdco Party ”) becomes subject to a chapter 7 bankruptcy case or any other proceeding providing for its liquidation, dissolution or winding up, or (ix) the appointment of a trustee, examiner, liquidator or the like with respect to any Specified Holdco Party or all or any substantial part of a Specified Holdco Party’s property; provided , however , that (A) for purposes of the definition of “Triggering Default” and notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, a Triggering Default (other than due to a Specified Default), shall be deemed to continue in perpetuity from the date of its occurrence and the Holdco Parties shall not have the right to cure such Triggering Default unless such Triggering Default is cured within the shorter of (x) 90 days of the occurrence of such Triggering Default or (y) 45 days from date on which the TW Parties exercise their right to appoint directors to the board of directors of GP Holdings in accordance with the Organizational Documents of GP Holdings, in which case such Triggering Default shall be deemed to have continued until so cured, and (B) in no event shall the Holdco Parties be permitted to cure a Triggering Default due to a Specified Default without the prior written consent of the TW Parties (which consent may be withheld in the TW Parties’ sole discretion) and no such Triggering Default shall be deemed to be cured without such prior written consent

 

2



 

of the TW Parties; provided , further , that nothing in the foregoing provisos shall impair or otherwise modify any of the rights or remedies of the TW Parties and/or any of their respective affiliates pursuant to any agreement or arrangement or otherwise (including, without limitation, pursuant to this Agreement, the Subordinated Indemnity Escrow Agreement, the Beneficial Share Assignment or the Organizational Documents of GP Holdings).

 

3.                                        Section 1.1 of the Original Agreement is hereby amended by adding a new Section 1.1.78 as follows:

 

1.1.78                   Acquisition Company Loan ” shall mean that certain Promissory Note, dated as of May 15, 2009, by and among the Acquisition Subsidiaries and TW-SF LLC.

 

4.                                        Section 1.1 of the Original Agreement is hereby amended by adding a new Section 1.1.79 as follows:

 

1.1.79                   Exchange Offers ” means, the Exchange Offer and the Consent Solicitation relating to the debt securities of Holdco, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 20, 2009, and the Exchange Offer and the Consent Solicitation relating to the convertible securities of Holdco, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 6, 2009.

 

5.                                        Section 1.1 of the Original Agreement is hereby amended by adding a new Section 1.1.80 as follows:

 

1.1.80                   Guarantee ” shall mean that certain Guarantee Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2009, by and among Six Flags Operations Inc., SFTP, Six Flags, Inc. and TW-SF LLC.

 

6.                                        Section 1.1 of the Original Agreement is hereby amended by adding a new Section 1.1.81 as follows:

 

1.1.81                   Specified Default ”  shall mean a Triggering Default due to (a) the failure of any of the Holdco Parties or the Acquisition Companies to make any payment when such payment is due, (b) the bankruptcy of any of the Acquisition Companies, (c) if following May 15, 2009 (1) the Holdco Parties shall complete the Exchange Offers, the subsequent bankruptcy of any such Holdco Parties, or (2) the Holdco Parties shall commence a bankruptcy case prior to September 12, 2009 and successfully reorganize, the subsequent bankruptcy of any such Holdco Parties, (d) any Specified Holdco Party becoming subject to a chapter 7 bankruptcy case or any other proceeding providing for its liquidation, dissolution or winding up, or (e) the appointment of a trustee, examiner, liquidator or the like with respect to any Specified Holdco Party or all or any substantial part of such Specified Holdco Party’s property.

 

3



 

7.                                        Section 1.1 of the Original Agreement is hereby amended by adding a new Section 1.1.82 as follows:

 

1.1.82                   TW Management Election ”  shall mean the appointment of directors to the board of directors of GP Holdings by the TW Parties in accordance with the Organizational Documents of GP Holdings.

 

8.                                        Section 1.1 of the Original Agreement is hereby amended by adding a new Section 1.1.83 as follows:

 

1.1.83                   Warner Bros. License Agreements ” means, collectively, the Retail License (#8898-TOON), dated as of January 1, 1998 (as amended), by and between Warner Bros. Consumer Products Inc. ( as successor to Warner Bros. Consumer Products Division, a division of Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P.)  and SFTP, and the Amended and Restated License Agreement #5854-WB/DC, dated as of April 1, 1998 (as amended), by and among Warner Bros. Consumer Products Inc. (as successor to Warner Bros. Consumer Products Division, a division of Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P.) , DC Comics, Six Flags, Inc. (as successor to Premier Parks Inc.) and SFTP.

 

9.                                        Section 6.1 of the Original Agreement is hereby amended by adding a new Section 6.1.14 as follows:

 

6.1.14                   Use of Intellectual Property .

 

(a)                                   Effective immediately upon the exercise of the TW Management Election (without notice to, or further assent by, the Holdco Parties or any other party), each Holdco Party hereby grants to each TW Party an irrevocable, nonexclusive, worldwide, royalty-free license, subject, in the case of trademarks owned by any Holdco Party, to sufficient rights to quality control and inspection in favor of such Holdco Party to avoid the risk of invalidation of said trademarks, to use, operate under, license, or sublicense, solely to the extent necessary to operate the Georgia Park and the Texas Park as each are operated immediately prior to the exercise of the TW Management Election, any and all copyrights, works of authorship, inventions, patents, trademarks, service marks, designs, logos, trade dress, domain names or confidential information (“ Intellectual Property ”) now owned or hereafter acquired and, in either case, used in connection with the operation of the Georgia Park or the Texas Park as operated immediately prior to the exercise of the TW Management Election.  Upon such exercise of the TW Management Election, the Holdco Parties agree to make available to the TW Parties their (a) marketing, strategic and other similar plans, (b) budgets, and (c) employees for the purpose of providing information regarding the use of the Intellectual Property, in each case, in connection with the operation of the Georgia Park and the Texas Park as such TW Parties may reasonably request.  To the extent that any Subsidiary of a Holdco Party now owns or hereafter acquires any Intellectual Property used in connection with the operation of the Georgia Park or the Texas Park as operated immediately prior to

 

4



 

the exercise of the TW Management Election, such Holdco Party shall cause such Subsidiary to grant a license with the foregoing terms and conditions to each TW Party.

 

(b)                                  Each Holdco Party shall, and shall cause each of its respective Subsidiaries to, use commercially reasonably efforts to obtain as promptly as practicable from each Person (other than the Holdco Parties or their Subsidiaries) that owns or otherwise has rights to any Intellectual Property used by the Holdco Parties or any of their Subsidiaries in connection with the operation of the Georgia Park or the Texas Park as operated immediately prior to the exercise of the TW Management Election, any license, consent, approval or other authorization required to allow each TW Party to use, operate under or sublicense such Intellectual Property at all times during the exercise of the TW Management Election on the same terms and conditions as each such Holdco Party or such Subsidiary used, operated under or sublicensed such Intellectual Property immediately prior to the exercise of the TW Management Election, and to be used solely in connection with the operation of the Georgia Park or the Texas Park as operated immediately prior to the exercise of the TW Management Election; provided , however , without limitation to the foregoing, that the Holdco Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such consent, approval or other authorization with respect to the Tony Hawk, Johnny Rockets, Ben & Jerry’s, Panda, Coldstone Creamery, Papa John’s and Thomas the Tank Engine and Friends licenses as promptly as practicable after the date of Amendment No. 6 to this Agreement; provided , further , the Holdco Parties shall not be required to pay any fee or modify any of the terms and conditions of any of the foregoing licenses (other than technical modifications that are not adverse to the Holdco Parties) in connection with obtaining any such consent, approval or other authorization.  In connection therewith, the Holdco Parties agree that they will prepare and deliver appropriate consent or approval documents required by this subsection 6.1.14(b), in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the TW Parties, to the applicable counterparty not later than 10 Business Days after the date of Amendment No. 6 to this Agreement.

 

10.                                  Section 6.1 of the Original Agreement is hereby amended by adding a new Section 6.1.15 as follows:

 

6.1.15                   Bankruptcy Obligations .  The Holdco Parties shall reaffirm, ratify and assume, as applicable, their respective obligations under this Agreement, the Warner Bros. License Agreements, the Acquisition Company Loan, the Guarantee, the SFTP/SFEC Georgia Guarantee and the SFTP/SFEC Texas Guarantee in connection with any bankruptcy plan of Holdco and its Subsidiaries or the assumption of the Beneficial Share Assignment Agreement.

 

11.                                  Section 6.1 of the Original Agreement is hereby amended by adding a new Section 6.1.16 as follows:

 

5



 

6.1.16                   Beneficial Share Assignment .  Simultaneously with Amendment No. 6 to this Agreement becoming effective, (a) Holdco shall a assign all of its rights, duties and obligations under the Beneficial Share Assignment to GP Holdings and GP Holdings shall accept such assignment shall assume such rights, duties and obligations (the “ GP Holdings Beneficial Share Assumption ”), (b) GP Holdings shall replace Holdco as a party to the Beneficial Share Assignment and (c) GP Holdings, Holdco and TW-SPV shall execute and deliver all such documents and amendments necessary to effect the foregoing.

 

12.                                  Section 6.2 of the Original Agreement is hereby amended by adding a new Section 6.2.6 as follows:

 

6.2.6                         Assumption of the Warner Bros. License Agreements .  In the event of a bankruptcy of SFTP, the TW Parties shall support the assumption of the Warner Bros. License Agreements by SFTP in connection with such bankruptcy proceeding; provided , that prior to any such assumption, SFTP shall ratify the Warner Bros. License Agreements and any and all defaults by SFTP under the Warner Bros. License Agreements (monetary or otherwise) shall have been cured and SFTP shall not be in violation of any of the terms thereof.

 

13.                                  Section 7.1 of the Original Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the word “and” before sub-clause (v) and adding the following sub-clause at the end thereof:

 

“; and (vi) the enforcement of this Section 7.1.”

 

14.                                  Section 7.3.4 of the Original Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

7.3.4                         Escrow Agreement .  Holdco and, prior to the exercise of the TW Management Election, the Acquisition Subsidiaries (the “ Holdco Escrow Parties ”), TWE and TWX covenant and agree to enter into concurrently with the execution of this Agreement an escrow agreement (the “ Subordinated Indemnity Escrow Agreement ”) pursuant to which an escrow agent (the “ Escrow Agent ”) reasonably satisfactory to the TW Parties shall maintain an escrow fund, the funding for which shall be determined on an annual basis and shall equal the sum of the “Escrow Amounts” in respect of each of Texas Fund and Georgia Fund.  For purposes of the Subordinated Indemnity Escrow Agreement, “ Escrow Amounts ” shall mean, for each year (commencing in 1999), with respect to each of Six Flags Over Texas Fund, Ltd. and Six Flags Fund, Ltd. (L.P.) (with reference to the Texas Overall Agreement and the Georgia Overall Agreement, respectively), (x) the excess of (i) the sum of (A) the “Minimum Amount” for the prior two years, plus (B) the “Base Rent” for such two prior years, over (ii) twice the earnings before depreciation and amortization and after minimum mandatory capital expenditures and cash interest expense for Texas Fund and Georgia Fund, as applicable, for the prior year, multiplied by (y) the percentage of the Texas Units or Georgia Units, as the case may be, owned by Persons other than the Acquisition Companies; provided , however , that beginning in 2012 and for each

 

6



 

year thereafter, the aggregate Escrow Amounts for such year shall in no event be less than the Minimum Escrow Amount for such year.  “ Minimum Escrow Amount ” for 2012 shall be $15,000,000, and for each year after 2012 the Minimum Escrow Amount will be equal to the greater of (i) $15,000,000 or (ii) if the CPI published for the December immediately preceding the beginning of such year (or, if no CPI is available for such December, for the month closest to January 1 of such year) (the “ Comparison Index ”) exceeds the CPI published for December 2011 (the “ Base Index ”), an amount equal to $15,000,000 multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the Comparison Index for such year and the denominator is the Base Index, provided that in no event shall the Minimum Escrow Amount for any year be less than the Minimum Escrow Amount for the then immediately preceding year.   “ CPI ” means the United States Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics Consumer Price Index for the United States City Average (All Urban Consumers, All Items), as in effect from time to time.  If the CPI shall be discontinued, there shall be substituted for the CPI a reasonably reliable and comparable index or other information furnished by the government or independent third party source, in either case as mutually selected by the Holdco Parties and the TW Parties or, in the absence of agreement between the Holdco Parties and the TW Parties, by a third party mutually selected by the Holdco Parties and the TW Parties (or, in the absence of a mutual selection of such a person, by arbitration), evaluating changes in the cost of living or purchasing power of the consumer dollar in the cities of the United States.  The Escrow Amounts shall be determined not later than March 31 of each such year(1) and, without limiting any of Holdco’s other obligations, the Holdco Escrow Parties, jointly and severally, shall deposit such amounts as shall be necessary to equal the Escrow Amounts with the Escrow Agent within five Business Days thereafter, and all amounts held in the Escrow Account in excess of the Escrow Amount shall be returned promptly to Holdco; provided , however , that (x) the Holdco Escrow Parties shall not be obligated to deposit funds in the Escrow Account in 2010 and (y) for the year 2011, the Holdco Escrow Parties shall be obligated to deposit funds in the Escrow Account on or before July 18, 2011.  All amounts held in escrow shall be used, at the election of the TW Parties, to satisfy amounts owing to the TW Parties under this Agreement (and such use shall cure any Triggering Default but only to the extent of the amounts so used), but only after all cash flow derived from the Texas Units and the Georgia Units then subject to the Beneficial Share Assignments have been applied to such amounts so owing.

 

15.                                  The TW Parties hereby acknowledge Sections 6.1.2 and 6.1.7 of the Original Agreement, and hereby consent to (a) the guarantee by Holdco, SFTP and SFEC of the Acquisition Company Loan, (b) the guarantee by Holdco, SFEC or any of its Subsidiaries of Indebtedness of any Person (other than the Acquisition Companies) (x) the proceeds of which

 


(1)                     With respect to determining payments for the first year (1999), 1998 numbers for Texas park will be doubled.  Actual 1997 and 1998 results for Georgia will be used.

 

7



 

are used solely to refinance, replace or otherwise repay the Acquisition Company Loan and (y) is in a principal amount not to exceed the total amount of the obligations outstanding under the Acquisition Company Loan at such time, and (c) the GP Holdings Beneficial Share Assumption.

 

16.                                  Each of the Subsequently Joined Subsidiaries hereby approves, authorizes and ratifies in all respects Amendment No. 1 to Subordinated Indemnity Agreement, dated as of November 5, 1999, Amendment No. 2 to the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement, dated as of June 12, 2002, Amendment No. 3 to the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2004, Amendment No. 4 to the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement, dated as of December 8, 2006, Amendment No. 5 to the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement, dated as of April 2, 2007, and the Assignment and Assumption Agreement, dated as of March 23, 2009, as if such Subsequently Joined Subsidiary was an original party thereto.

 

17.                                  This Amendment shall become effective upon the closing of the Acquisition Company Loan.

 

18.                                  Except as expressly amended herein, all provisions of the Original Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

19.                                  This Amendment shall be governed and construed in accordance with the Original Agreement.

 

20.                                  This Amendment may be signed in any number of counterparts each of which shall be an original and all of which shall together constitute one and the same agreement. Any counterpart or other signature hereupon delivered by facsimile shall be deemed for all purposes as constituting good and valid execution and delivery of this Agreement by such party.

 

8



 

In Witness Whereof , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

Six Flags, Inc. , as successor in interest to

 

Premier Parks Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey R. Speed

 

 

Name:

Jeffrey R. Speed

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President and

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

GP Holdings Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mark Quenzel

 

 

Name:

Mark Quenzel

 

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Historic TW Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Edward B. Ruggiero

 

 

Name:

Edward B. Ruggiero

 

 

Title:

Senior Vice President & Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warner Bros. Entertainment Inc., as assignee of Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Annaliese S. Kambour

 

 

Name:

Annaliese S. Kambour

 

 

Title:

Senior Vice President - Taxes

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 6 to the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement]

 



 

 

TW-SPV Co.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Edward B. Ruggiero

 

 

Name:

Edward B. Ruggiero

 

 

Title:

Senior Vice President & Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six Flags Operations Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey R. Speed

 

 

Name:

Jeffrey R. Speed

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President And

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six Flags Theme Parks Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey R. Speed

 

 

Name:

Jeffrey R. Speed

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President And

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SFOG II, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew Schleimer

 

 

Name:

Andrew Schleimer

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SFT Holdings, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mark Shapiro

 

 

Name:

Mark Shapiro

 

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 6 to the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement]

 



 

 

Park Management Corp.

 

Funtime Parks, Inc.

 

Funtime, Inc.

 

Premier Parks Of Colorado Inc.

 

Great Escape Holding Inc.

 

Premier International Holdings Inc.

 

Premier Parks Holdings Inc.

 

Stuart Amusement Company

 

Riverside Park Enterprises, Inc.

 

KKI, LLC

 

Astroworld LP LLC

 

Astroworld GP LLC

 

Hurricane Harbor LP LLC

 

Hurricane Harbor GP LLC

 

Six Flags Services, Inc.

 

Six Flags Services of Illinois, Inc.

 

Six Flags America Property Corporation

 

Fiesta Texas, Inc.

 

SFJ Management Inc.

 

Great America LLC

 

Six Flags St. Louis LLC

 

Magic Mountain LLC

 

Six Flags Great Adventure LLC

 

South Street Holdings LLC

 

PP Data Services Inc.

 

HWP Development Holdings LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Danielle J. Bernthal

 

 

Name:

Danielle J. Bernthal

 

 

Title:

Assistant Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

SFRCC Corp.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Andrew Schleimer

 

 

Name:

Andrew M. Schleimer

 

 

Title:

President

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 6 to the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement]

 



 

 

Astroworld LP

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Astroworld GP LLC ,

 

 

Its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Danielle J. Bernthal

 

 

Name:

Danielle J. Bernthal

 

 

Title:

Assistant Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hurricane Harbor LP

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Hurricane Harbor GP LLC,

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Danielle J. Bernthal

 

 

Name:

Danielle J. Bernthal

 

 

Title:

Assistant Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six Flags America LP

 

 

 

By:

Funtime, Inc.,

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Danielle J. Bernthal

 

 

Name:

Danielle J. Bernthal

 

 

Title:

Assistant Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six Flags Great Escape L.P.

 

Great Escape Theme Park L.P.

 

Great Escape Rides L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Great Escape Holding Inc.,

 

 

their General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Danielle J. Bernthal

 

 

Name:

Danielle J. Bernthal

 

 

Title:

Assistant Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 6 to the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement]

 


Exhibit 31.1

 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER,
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Mark Shapiro, certify that:

 

1.                                        I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Six Flags, Inc.;

 

2.                                        Based on my knowledge, this quarterly report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.                                        Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this quarterly report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.                                        The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15(d)-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a)                                       Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b)                                      Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c)                                       Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d)                                      Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.                                        The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a)                                       All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b)                                      Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: August 14 , 2009

 

 

 

 

/s/ Mark Shapiro

 

Mark Shapiro

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 


Exhibit 31.2

 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER,
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Jeffrey R. Speed, certify that:

 

1.                                        I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Six Flags, Inc.;

 

2.                                        Based on my knowledge, this quarterly report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.                                        Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this quarterly report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.                                        The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15(d)-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a)                                       Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b)                                      Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c)                                       Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d)                                      Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.                                        The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a)                                       All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b)                                      Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

Date: August 14, 2009

 

 

/s/ Jeffrey R. Speed

 

Jeffrey R. Speed

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 


Exhibit 32.1

 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER,
PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Mark Shapiro, as Chief Executive Officer of Six Flags, Inc. (the “Company”) certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:

 

(1)           the accompanying quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the period ending June 30, 2009 as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

(2)           the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

 

Date: August 14, 2009

 

 

/s/ Mark Shapiro

 

Mark Shapiro

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 


Exhibit 32.2

 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER,
PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Jeffrey R. Speed, as Chief Financial Officer of Six Flags, Inc. (the “Company”) certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:

 

(1)           the accompanying quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the period ending June 30, 2009 as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

(2)           the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

 

Date: August 14, 2009

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jeffrey R. Speed

 

Jeffrey R. Speed

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 


Exhibit 99.1

 

THIS IS NOT A SOLICITATION OF ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION OF THE PLAN.  ACCEPTANCES OR REJECTIONS MAY NOT BE SOLICITED UNTIL A DISCLOSURE STATEMENT HAS BEEN APPROVED BY THE BANKRUPTCY COURT.  THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT IS BEING SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL BUT HAS NOT BEEN APPROVED BY THE BANKRUPTCY COURT.

 

IN THE UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT
DISTRICT OF DELAWARE

 

 

 

x

 

 

 

:

 

In re

 

:

Chapter 11

 

 

:

 

Premier International Holdings Inc., et al. ,

 

:

Case No. 09-12019 (CSS)

 

 

:

 

Debtors.

 

:

(Jointly Administered)

 

 

:

 

 

 

x

 

 

DISCLOSURE STATEMENT FOR DEBTORS’ JOINT PLAN

OF REORGANIZATION UNDER

CHAPTER 11 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE

 

PAUL, HASTINGS, JANOFSKY & WALKER LLP

191 North Wacker Drive, 30th Floor

Chicago, Illinois  60606

Telephone:  (312) 499-6000

Facsimile:  (312) 499-6100

Attorneys for Debtors and

Debtors in Possession

 

RICHARDS, LAYTON & FINGER, P.A.

One Rodney Square

920 North King Street

Wilmington, Delaware 19801

Telephone:  (302) 651-7700

Facsimile:  (302) 651-7701

Attorneys for Debtors and

Debtors in Possession

 

Dated:  July 22, 2009

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

I.

INTRODUCTION

4

 

A.

HOLDERS OF CLAIMS ENTITLED TO VOTE

5

 

B.

VOTING PROCEDURES

7

 

C.

CONFIRMATION HEARING

8

II.

OVERVIEW OF THE PLAN

10

III.

GENERAL INFORMATION

16

 

A.

Overview of Chapter 11

16

 

B.

overview of the DEBTORS AND their PRINCIPAL ASSETS

17

 

 

1.

Introduction

17

 

 

2.

Corporate Structure

17

 

 

3.

Regional Theme Parks

18

 

 

4.

Theme Park Operations

20

 

 

5.

Marketing and Promotional Activities

20

 

 

6.

Park Maintenance and Inspection

21

 

 

7.

Capital Expenditures

22

 

 

8.

Insurance

22

 

 

9.

Competition

22

 

 

10.

Seasonality

23

 

 

11.

Environmental and Other Regulations

23

 

 

12.

Recent Acquisitions

23

 

 

13.

International Licensing

24

 

 

14.

Six Flags New Orleans and Related Litigation

24

 

 

15.

Recent Park Sales and Asset Dispositions

25

 

 

16.

Employees and Labor Matters

25

 

 

17.

Pending Legal Proceedings and Claims

25

 

C.

corporate governance and management

27

 

 

1.

Board of Directors

27

 

 

2.

Executive Management

30

 

 

3.

Executive Compensation

31

 

D.

partnership parks and time warner financing

34

 

E.

Capital structure and Significant Prepetition Indebtedness

36

 

 

1.

Prepetition Credit Agreement

37

 

 

2.

Derivative Financial Instruments

38

 

 

3.

Unsecured Notes

38

 

 

4.

Preferred Income Equity Redeemable Shares

40

 

 

5.

Guarantees of Partnership Parks Loan

40

 

 

6.

Trade Debt

40

 

F.

recent financial information

40

IV.

KEY EVENTS LEADING TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE REORGANIZATION CASES

41

 

A.

Financial challenges

41

 

 

1.

Challenging Market Conditions

41

 

 

2.

Exchange Offers

42

 

i



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.

Negotiations with Avenue

43

 

B.

The Restructuring agreement

44

V.

THE REORGANIZATION CASES

46

 

A.

First Day Orders

46

 

 

1.

Case Administration Orders

46

 

 

2.

Critical Obligations

46

 

 

3.

Business Operations

46

 

 

4.

Financial Operations

46

 

B.

Creditors’ Committee

46

 

C.

rejection of certain agreements

47

 

D.

Schedules and Bar Date

48

VI.

THE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

48

 

A.

Introduction

48

 

B.

Classification and Treatment of Claims and Equity Interests Under the Plan of Reorganization

48

 

 

1.

Unclassified

50

 

 

2.

Classified

52

 

C.

Means of Implementing the Plan

59

 

 

1.

Intercompany Claims

59

 

 

2.

Restructuring and Other Transactions

59

 

 

3.

Exemption from Securities Laws

62

 

 

4.

Registration Rights Agreement and Securities Exchange Listing

65

 

 

5.

Continued Corporate Existence

65

 

D.

Plan Provisions Governing Distribution

65

 

 

1.

The Distribution Date

65

 

 

2.

Distributions on Account of Allowed General Unsecured Claims

66

 

 

3.

Date of Distributions

66

 

 

4.

Disbursing Agent

66

 

 

5.

Expenses of the Disbursing Agent

66

 

 

6.

Rights and Powers of Disbursing Agent

66

 

 

7.

Delivery of Distributions

67

 

 

8.

Unclaimed Distributions

68

 

 

9.

Distribution Record Date

68

 

 

10.

Manner of Payment

68

 

 

11.

No Fractional Distributions

68

 

 

12.

Limitation on Cash Distributions

68

 

 

13.

Setoffs and Recoupment

69

 

 

14.

Allocation of Plan Distributions Between Principal and Interest

69

 

E.

Procedures for Treating Disputed Claims

69

 

 

1.

Objections

69

 

 

2.

Adjustment to Certain Claims Without a Filed Objection

69

 

 

3.

No Distributions Pending Allowance

70

 

 

4.

Distributions After Allowance

70

 

ii



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.

Resolution of Administrative Expense Claims and Claims

70

 

 

6.

Estimation of Claims

70

 

 

7.

Interest

70

 

 

8.

Disallowance of Certain Claims

71

 

 

9.

Indenture Trustee as Claim Holder

71

 

 

10.

Offer of Judgment

71

 

 

11.

Amendments to Claims

71

 

 

12.

Claims Paid and Payable by Third Parties

71

 

 

13.

Personal Injury Claims

72

 

F.

Provisions Governing Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

72

 

 

1.

Assumption or Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

72

 

 

2.

Approval of Assumption or Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

72

 

 

3.

Inclusiveness

72

 

 

4.

Cure of Defaults

73

 

 

5.

Bar Date for Filing Proofs of Claim Relating to Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases Rejected Pursuant to the Plan

73

 

 

6.

Indemnification Obligations

73

 

 

7.

Insurance Policies

74

 

 

8.

Benefit Plans

74

 

 

9.

Retiree Benefits

74

 

G.

Corporate Governance and Management of the Reorganized Debtors

74

 

 

1.

General

74

 

 

2.

Postconfirmation Board

74

 

 

3.

Filing of Postconfirmation Organizational Documents

74

 

 

4.

Officers of the Reorganized Debtors

75

 

 

5.

Long-Term Incentive Plan

75

 

H.

Conditions Precedent to Effective Date

75

 

 

1.

Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness

75

 

 

2.

Waiver of Conditions

76

 

 

3.

Satisfaction of Conditions

76

 

I.

Effect of Confirmation

76

 

 

1.

Vesting of Assets

76

 

 

2.

Binding Effect

76

 

 

3.

Discharge of Claims and Termination of Preconfirmation Equity Interests

77

 

 

4.

Discharge of Debtors

77

 

 

5.

Exculpation

77

 

 

6.

Limited Releases

78

 

 

7.

Avoidance Actions/Objections

78

 

 

8.

Injunction or Stay

78

 

J.

Retention of Jurisdiction

79

 

iii



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

 

K.

Miscellaneous Provisions

80

 

 

1.

Effectuating Documents and Further Transactions

80

 

 

2.

Withholding and Reporting Requirements

81

 

 

3.

Corporate Action

81

 

 

4.

Modification of Plan

81

 

 

5.

Revocation or Withdrawal of the Plan

82

 

 

6.

Plan Supplement

82

 

 

7.

Payment of Statutory Fees

82

 

 

8.

Dissolution of the Creditors’ Committee

82

 

 

9.

Exemption from Transfer Taxes

82

 

 

10.

Expedited Tax Determination

83

 

 

11.

Exhibits/Schedules

83

 

 

12.

Substantial Consummation

83

 

 

13.

Severability of Plan Provisions

83

 

 

14.

Governing Law

83

 

 

15.

Notices

83

VII.

PROJECTIONS AND VALUATION ANALYSIS

84

 

A.

Consolidated Condensed Projected Financial Statements

84

 

 

1.

Responsibility for and Purpose of the Projections

84

 

 

2.

Pro Forma Financial Projections

84

 

B.

Valuation

84

 

 

1.

Overview

84

VIII.

CERTAIN FACTORS AFFECTING THE DEBTORS

84

 

A.

Certain Bankruptcy Law Considerations

84

 

 

1.

Risk of Non-Confirmation of the Plan of Reorganization

84

 

 

2.

Non-Consensual Confirmation

85

 

 

3.

Risk of Delay in Confirmation of the Plan

85

 

B.

Additional Factors To Be Considered

86

 

 

1.

The Debtors Have No Duty to Update

86

 

 

2.

No Representations Outside This Disclosure Statement Are Authorized

86

 

 

3.

Projections and Other Forward-Looking Statements Are Not Assured, and Actual Results May Vary

86

 

 

4.

The Amount of Claims Could Be More Than Projected

86

 

 

5.

Debtors Could Withdraw the Plan

86

 

 

6.

No Legal or Tax Advice Is Provided to You by This Disclosure Statement

86

 

 

7.

No Admission Made

87

 

 

8.

Even if the Plan is confirmed, the Debtors will continue to face risks

87

 

 

9.

The Debtors’ business may be negatively affected if they are unable to assume key executory contracts

87

 

iv



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.

Business Factors and Competitive Conditions

88

 

 

11.

Variances from Projections

90

 

C.

Certain Tax Matters

90

IX.

CONFIRMATION OF THE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

90

 

A.

Confirmation Hearing

90

 

B.

Requirements for Confirmation of the Plan of Reorganization

91

 

 

1.

Requirements of Section 1129(a) of the Bankruptcy Code

91

 

 

2.

Requirements of Section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code

93

X.

ALTERNATIVES TO CONFIRMATION AND CONSUMMATION OF THE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

94

 

A.

Liquidation Under Chapter 7

94

 

B.

Alternative Plan of Reorganization

94

XI.

CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PLAN

95

 

A.

Consequences to the Debtors

95

 

 

1.

Cancellation of Indebtedness Income

95

 

 

2.

Section 382 Limitation

96

 

 

3.

Alternative Minimum Tax

97

 

B.

FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HOLDERS OF CLAIMS

97

 

 

1.

Consequences to Holders of Unsecured Notes Claims Against SFI

99

 

 

2.

Consequences to Holders of General Unsecured SFI Claims and General Unsecured SFO Claims

99

 

 

3.

Consequences to Holders of 2016 Notes Claims

100

 

 

4.

Consequences to Holders of Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims

100

 

 

5.

Distributions in Respect of Accrued but Unpaid Interest

102

 

 

6.

Market Discount and Premium

103

 

 

7.

Consequences to Holders of Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interests

103

 

C.

INFORMATION REPORTING AND WITHHOLDING

104

XII.

CONCLUSION

104

 

EXHIBIT A – Debtors’ Joint Chapter 11 Plan

 

v



 

SUMMARY OF PLAN

 

The following is a summary of the Debtors’ Joint Plan of Reorganization Under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, dated as of July 22, 2009 (as the same may be amended or modified, the “ Plan ”), of Six Flags, Inc. (“ SFI ”) and certain of its affiliates (collectively, the “ Debtors ”), (1)  the debtors and debtors in possession in these chapter 11 cases.  This Disclosure Statement describes the Plan and the distributions contemplated thereunder for each of the Debtors and their creditors.  Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms contained in this Disclosure Statement have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan.  Unless the context requires otherwise, reference to “we,” “our,” and “us” are to SFI and all of its Debtor and non-Debtor subsidiaries (collectively, “ Six Flags ,” or the “ Company ”).

 

The Debtors commenced their chapter 11 cases in order to restructure over $2.6 billion of debt and preferred equity obligations after a series of strategic decisions were made between 1998 and 2005 to acquire theme parks and execute significant capital expenditures for new attractions.  The current management team, which was not installed until late 2005 and early 2006, inherited a highly-leveraged balance sheet, a brand that had been tarnished over the course of several years, and a business in need of comprehensive operational restructuring.  In an effort to address these issues, the current management team has worked diligently over the past three years to expand and improve the product offerings, diversify and grow revenues, increase operational efficiency and operating cash flows, and reduce the inherited debt obligations through, among other things, the sale of parks, the successful negotiation and execution of the Debtors’ Prepetition Credit Agreement on favorable terms, and the completion of an exchange offer for the 2010 Notes, 2013 Notes, and 2014 Notes, which exchanged an aggregate of approximately $530.6 million in principal amount for $400 million of the 2016 Notes, thereby reducing principal by approximately $130.6 million and providing for extended debt maturity until 2016 for the exchanged instruments.

 

Despite significant success from these endeavors, the Debtors remain highly leveraged, with substantial annual capital expenditure requirements and interest costs, and significant portions of their extant debt and preferred equity obligations maturing in the near future.  This capital structure is not sustainable, particularly with the impact of the current recession in the United States, limited access to capital markets, increasing unemployment, and

 


(1)                                   The Debtors are the following thirty-seven entities (the last four digits of their respective taxpayer identification numbers, if any, follow in parentheses):  Astroworld GP LLC (0431), Astroworld LP (0445), Astroworld LP LLC (0460), Fiesta Texas Inc. (2900), Funtime, Inc. (7495), Funtime Parks, Inc. (0042), Great America LLC (7907), Great Escape Holding Inc. (2284), Great Escape Rides L.P. (9906), Great Escape Theme Park L.P. (3322), Hurricane Harbor GP LLC (0376), Hurricane Harbor LP (0408), Hurricane Harbor LP LLC (0417), KKI, LLC (2287), Magic Mountain LLC (8004), Park Management Corp. (1641), PP Data Services Inc. (8826), Premier International Holdings Inc.  (6510), Premier Parks of Colorado Inc. (3464), Premier Parks Holdings Inc. (9961), Premier Waterworld Sacramento Inc. (8406), Riverside Park Enterprises, Inc. (7486), SF HWP Management LLC (5651), SFJ Management Inc. (4280), SFRCC Corp. (1638), Six Flags, Inc. (5059), Six Flags America LP (8165), Six Flags America Property Corporation (5464), Six Flags Great Adventure LLC (8235), Six Flags Great Escape L.P. (8306), Six Flags Operations Inc. (7714), Six Flags Services, Inc. (6089), Six Flags Services of Illinois, Inc. (2550), Six Flags St. Louis LLC (8376), Six Flags Theme Parks Inc. (4873), South Street Holdings LLC (7486), Stuart Amusement Company (2016).  The mailing address of each of the Debtors solely for purposes of notices and communications is 1540 Broadway, 15th Floor, New York, NY 10036 (Attn:  James Coughlin).

 

1



 

reduced disposable income and consumer spending.  As a result, in late 2008, the Debtors, with the assistance of their advisors, began to explore capital structure restructuring alternatives, including refinancing options, recapitalizations, and a potential chapter 11 filing.

 

In April 2009, after discussions with several holders of unsecured notes, the Company instituted exchange offers to convert such notes into shares of SFI’s common stock.  The Company determined to institute these exchange offers in order to avoid the potentially adverse impact of a chapter 11 filing on its brand and business, while preserving the significant value of the favorable terms of the Prepetition Credit Agreement.  This effort, however, was unsuccessful for two primary reasons: (1) the minimum tender thresholds were not met; and (2) even more importantly, the Company determined that these exchange offers would have ultimately been inadequate to resolve its financial challenges due to significant, and unexpected, declines in financial performance and liquidity for reasons beyond management’s control ( e.g. , macro economic turbulence, rising levels of national unemployment, a Swine Flu epidemic, and adverse weather conditions), as well as higher-than-expected “put” obligations from the Company’s Partnership Parks (defined herein).  Accordingly, even if the minimum tender conditions were satisfied, the Company would have continued to face significant challenges maintaining adequate liquidity and necessary financial covenant compliance under the Prepetition Credit Agreement.

 

Due to the uncertain prospects of a successful outcome to the exchange offers, and consistent with the Company’s fiduciary duty to evaluate all potential alternatives, beginning in March 2009, the Debtors and Avenue Capital Management (“ Avenue ”) — the largest holder of 2016 Notes, a significant holder of other unsecured notes, and one of the Company’s lenders under the Prepetition Credit Agreement — engaged in discussions regarding a potential restructuring that would have ultimately been premised upon (i) the holders of 2016 Notes receiving a majority of the equity in a reorganized SFI, and (ii) the reinstatement of the favorable terms of the Prepetition Credit Agreement.  As the negotiations continued over approximately two months, it became clear to the Debtors that the proposals made by Avenue were inadequate to provide a viable financial restructuring for the Debtors’ businesses — especially when coupled with an ongoing decline in the Debtors’ financial performance — because, among other things, the proposed transaction failed to provide sufficient liquidity for future business needs, and failed to address the Debtors future ability to maintain  continuing financial covenant compliance under the Prepetition Credit Agreement.

 

As the Debtors’ financial condition continued to decline during late spring, and in an effort to evaluate all potential alternatives, provide a market check and potential pricing competition to the Avenue proposals and ultimately maximize value for all stakeholders, with Avenue’s knowledge the Debtors initiated discussions with certain of the Prepetition Lenders to the Prepetition Credit Agreement (collectively, the “ Participating Lenders ”) on May 29, 2009, regarding the terms of a comprehensive balance sheet restructuring that would involve the conversion of approximately $1.8 billion of debt into equity.  These discussions led to negotiations that ultimately resulted in a reorganization agreement that is unanimously supported by JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent under the Prepetition Credit Agreement (the “ Prepetition Agent ”), and the Participating Lenders, which together at that time represented approximately fifty percent of the outstanding Prepetition Credit Agreement obligations.  With the assistance of their financial advisors and legal counsel, the Debtors determined that a pre-

 

2



 

negotiated chapter 11 restructuring based upon the reorganization agreement with the Participating Lenders represents the most effective and efficient way to de-lever their balance sheet to an appropriate level, enabling the Company to achieve profitability on a sustainable basis.  These restructuring efforts will allow the Debtors to focus their resources on the operation of their parks and to continue management’s recent operational successes with appropriate liquidity and a sustainable capital structure.

 

Faced with the prospect of impending debt maturities and the expiration of 30-day grace periods for interest payments under certain series of unsecured notes, the Debtors commenced the Reorganization Cases on June 13, 2009.  The Plan, which is attached as Exhibit A, reflects the reorganization agreement reached with the Participating Lenders.  The Plan provides for the reorganization of the Debtors as going concerns (the “ Reorganized Debtors ”).  An integral component of the agreement with the Participating Lenders is the conversion of a portion of the Debtors’ obligations under the Prepetition Credit Agreement into equity in Reorganized SFI.

 

Under the Plan, the holders of Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims against Six Flags Theme Parks Inc. (“ SFTP ”) and certain of its wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries will convert these Claims into (i) approximately 92% of the New Common Stock to be issued by Reorganized SFI (subject to dilution by the Long-Term Incentive Plan), and (ii) a new term loan in the aggregate amount of $600 million (the “ New Term Loan ”).  Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims against Six Flags Operations, Inc. (“ SFO ”) will be discharged and exchanged for a new guaranty of the obligations under the New Term Loan by Reorganized SFO.  All other secured Claims against the Debtors that are Allowed, if any, will either be paid in full or reinstated, in the Debtors’ discretion.  Allowed Unsecured Claims against all of the Debtors other than SFI and SFO will be paid in full or be reinstated (but solely to the extent such Claims are Allowed).  Claims against SFTP, SFO, and SFI, respectively, based on a guaranty of the obligations of the Acquisition Parties (defined below) to Time Warner, Inc. and certain affiliates of Time Warner, Inc. under a certain promissory note and a certain Subordinated Indemnity Agreement will be discharged and exchanged for new guarantees of such obligations (as may be amended in connection with the emergence from Chapter 11).  The holders of Allowed Unsecured Claims against SFO (which includes Claims arising under the 2016 Notes Indenture) will convert their Claims against SFO into approximately 7% of the New Common Stock to be issued by Reorganized SFI (subject to dilution by the Long-Term Incentive Plan).  The holders of Allowed Unsecured Claims against SFI (which includes Claims arising under the 2010 Notes Indenture, the 2013 Notes Indenture, the 2014 Notes Indenture, and the 2015 Notes Indenture , SFI’s guaranty of the 2016 Notes Indenture) will convert their claims against SFI into approximately 1% of the New Common Stock to be issued by Reorganized SFI (subject to dilution by the Long-Term Incentive Plan).  All existing equity interests in SFI will be canceled under the Plan.  All existing Equity Interests in SFI’s direct subsidiary SFO will be cancelled, and 100% of the newly-issued common stock of SFO will be issued to SFI on the Effective Date in consideration for SFI’s distribution of the New Common Stock in Reorganized SFI to certain holders of Allowed Claims, as described above.  The existing Equity Interests in all Debtors other than SFI and SFO (“Preconfirmation Subsidiary Equity Interests”) will remain unaltered by the Plan.  The proposed treatment of Claims and Equity Interests under the Plan are discussed further in Section VI.B. of this Disclosure Statement.

 

3



 

Based upon the Debtors’ estimate of the Allowed Claims in these Reorganization Cases, the Plan provides for a recovery of approximately     % to holders of SFTP Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims, a 100% recovery for the holders of all Other Secured Claims, a 100% recovery for the holders of Unsecured Claims against all Debtors other than SFO and SFI,     % to holders of Unsecured SFO Claims,     % to holders of Unsecured SFI Claims, and no recovery for holders of Preconfirmation Equity Interests in SFI.  These projections are based on assumptions described herein and are not guaranteed.  The Plan is supported by the Debtors and the Participating Lenders.

 

THE DEBTORS BELIEVE THAT THE PLAN WILL ENABLE THEM TO REORGANIZE SUCCESSFULLY AND ACCOMPLISH THE OBJECTIVES OF CHAPTER 11 AND THAT ACCEPTANCE OF THE PLAN IS IN THE BEST INTERESTS OF THE DEBTORS AND THEIR CREDITORS.  THE DEBTORS URGE ALL CREDITORS ENTITLED TO VOTE ON THE PLAN TO ACCEPT THE PLAN.

 

I.  INTRODUCTION

 

The Debtors submit this Disclosure Statement pursuant to section 1125 of title 11 of the United States Code (the “ Bankruptcy Code ”) to holders of equity interests (“ Preconfirmation Equity Interests ”) in and Claims against the Debtors in connection with (i) the solicitation of acceptances of the Plan filed by the Debtors with the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware (the “ Bankruptcy Court ”) and (ii) the hearing to consider confirmation of the Plan (the “ Confirmation Hearing ”) scheduled for             , 2009 at     :       .m. (prevailing Eastern Time).

 

Annexed as Exhibits to this Disclosure Statement are copies of the following documents:

 

·                   The Plan (Exhibit A);

 

·                   Order of the Bankruptcy Court, dated [              ], 2009 (the “ Disclosure Statement Order ”), approving, among other things, this Disclosure Statement and establishing certain procedures with respect to the solicitation and tabulation of votes to accept or reject the Plan (attached hereto without exhibits) (Exhibit B);

 

·                   The Debtors’ most recent financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2008, as well as the Debtors’ Projected Financial Information (Exhibit C); and

 

·                   The Debtors’ Liquidation Analysis (Exhibit D).

 

A Ballot for the acceptance or rejection of the Plan is enclosed with the Disclosure Statement mailed to the holders of Claims that the Debtors believe may be entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

On [                    ], 2009, after notice and a hearing, the Bankruptcy Court signed the Disclosure Statement Order, approving this Disclosure Statement as containing adequate

 

4



 

information of a kind and in sufficient detail to enable a hypothetical investor of the relevant classes to make an informed judgment whether to accept or reject the Plan.  APPROVAL OF THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT DOES NOT, HOWEVER, CONSTITUTE A DETERMINATION BY THE BANKRUPTCY COURT AS TO THE FAIRNESS OR MERITS OF THE PLAN.

 

The Disclosure Statement Order, a copy of which is annexed hereto as Exhibit B, sets forth in detail, among other things, the deadlines, procedures and instructions for voting to accept or reject the Plan and for filing objections to confirmation of the Plan, the record date for voting purposes and the applicable standards for tabulating Ballots.  In addition, detailed voting instructions accompany each Ballot.  Each holder of a Claim entitled to vote on the Plan should read the Disclosure Statement, the Plan, the Disclosure Statement Order and the instructions accompanying the Ballots in their entirety before voting on the Plan.  These documents contain important information concerning the classification of Claims and Preconfirmation Equity Interests for voting purposes and the tabulation of votes.  No solicitation of votes to accept the Plan may be made except pursuant to section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

A.                                     HOLDERS OF CLAIMS ENTITLED TO VOTE

 

Pursuant to the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, only holders of allowed claims or equity interests in classes of claims or equity interests that are impaired and that are not deemed to have rejected the proposed plan are entitled to vote to accept or reject a proposed plan.  Classes of claims or equity interests in which the holders of claims or equity interests are unimpaired under a chapter 11 plan are deemed to have accepted the plan and are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the plan.  For a detailed description of the treatment of Claims and Preconfirmation Equity Interests under the Plan, see Section VI.B. of this Disclosure Statement.

 

Claims in Class 4 (SFTP Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims), Class 5 (SFTP TW Guaranty Claims), Class 6 (SFTP TW Indemnity Claims), Class 8 (SFO Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims), Class 9 (SFO TW Guaranty Claims), Class 10 (SFO TW Indemnity Claims), Class 11 (SFO Unsecured Claims), Class 12 (SFI TW Guaranty Claims), Class 13 (SFI TW Indemnity Claims), and Class 14 (SFI Unsecured Claims) of the Plan are impaired and, to the extent Claims in such Classes are Allowed, the holders of such Claims will receive distributions under the Plan. As a result, holders of Claims in those Classes are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

Claims in Class 1 (Other Priority Claims), Class 2 (Secured Tax Claims), Class 3 (Other Secured Claims), and Class 7 (Subsidiary Unsecured Claims) of the Plan are unimpaired.  As a result, holders of Claims in those Classes are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan.

 

The Bankruptcy Code defines “acceptance” of a plan by a class of claims as acceptance by creditors in that class that hold at least two-thirds in dollar amount and more than one-half in number of the claims that cast ballots for acceptance or rejection of the plan.  For a more detailed description of the requirements for confirmation of the Plan, see Section IX of this Disclosure Statement.

 

5



 

If a Class of Claims entitled to vote on the Plan rejects the Plan, the Debtors reserve the right to amend the Plan or request confirmation of the Plan pursuant to section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code or both.  Section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code permits the confirmation of a plan of reorganization notwithstanding the rejection of a plan by one or more impaired classes of claims or equity interests.  Under that section, a plan may be confirmed by a bankruptcy court if it does not “discriminate unfairly” and is “fair and equitable” with respect to each rejecting class.  For a more detailed description of the requirements for confirmation of a nonconsensual plan, see Section IX.B.2 of this Disclosure Statement.

 

Holders of Subordinated Securities Claims (Class 15), if any, Preconfirmation SFO Equity Interests (Class 17) and Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interests (Class 18) will not receive any distribution under the Plan and are therefore deemed to have rejected the Plan.  With respect to the Classes of Claims and equity interests that are deemed to have rejected the Plan, i.e. , Class 15 and Class 17, the Debtors intend to request confirmation of the Plan pursuant to section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

THE DEBTORS AND THE PARTICIPATING LENDERS RECOMMEND THAT HOLDERS OF CLAIMS IN CLASSES 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 AND 14 VOTE TO ACCEPT THE PLAN.

 

6



 

The Debtors’ legal advisors are Paul, Hastings, Janofsky & Walker LLP and Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A.  Their financial advisor is Houlihan, Lokey, Howard & Zukin Inc. (“ Houlihan Lokey ”).  They can be contacted at:

 

HOULIHAN, LOKEY, HOWARD & ZUKIN CAPITAL, INC.

245 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10167-0001

Phone (212) 497-4100

Facsimile (212) 687-0529

Attn:   David Preiser

   David Hilty

   John-Paul Hanson

 

Financial Advisor and Investment Banker for the Debtors and Debtors in Possession

 

 

PAUL, HASTINGS, JANOFSKY & WALKER LLP

191 North Wacker Drive, 30th Floor

Chicago, Illinois 60606

Telephone: (312) 499-6000

Facsimile: (312) 499-6100

Attn:   Paul E. Harner

   Steven T. Catlett

 

Counsel for the Debtors and

Debtors in Possession

 

RICHARDS, LAYTON & FINGER, P.A.

One Rodney Square

920 North King Street

Wilmington, Delaware 19801

Telephone: (302) 651-7700

Facsimile: (302) 651-7701

Attn:Daniel J. DeFranceschi

 

Delaware counsel for the Debtors and

Debtors in Possession

 

B.                                     VOTING PROCEDURES

 

If you are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan, a Ballot is enclosed for the purpose of voting on the Plan.  If you hold Claims in more than one Class and you are entitled to vote Claims in more than one Class, you will receive separate Ballots, which must be used for each separate Class of Claims.  The Debtors, with the approval of the Bankruptcy Court, have engaged Kurtzman Carson Consultants LLC to serve as the voting agent with respect to Claims in Classes that are entitled to vote on the Plan.  The voting agent will assist in the solicitation process by, among other things, answering questions, providing additional copies of all solicitation materials, and generally overseeing the solicitation process for Claims.  The voting agent will also process and tabulate ballots for each of the respective Classes that are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan and will file a voting report as soon as practicable before the Confirmation Hearing.

 

Ballots and master ballots (“ Master Ballots ”) should be returned to:

 

Six Flags Ballot Processing

c/o Kurtzman Carson Consultants LLC

2335 Alaska Avenue

El Segundo, CA 90245

 

7



 

If the return envelope provided with your Ballot was addressed to your bank or brokerage firm, please allow sufficient time for that firm to process your vote on Master Ballot before the Voting Deadline (4 p.m. prevailing Eastern Time,                         , 2009).

 

Do not return your notes, securities, or any other documents with your Ballot.

 

MORE DETAILED INSTRUCTIONS REGARDING HOW TO VOTE ON THE PLAN ARE CONTAINED ON THE BALLOTS DISTRIBUTED TO HOLDERS OF CLAIMS THAT ARE ENTITLED TO VOTE ON THE PLAN.  TO BE COUNTED, YOUR BALLOT INDICATING ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION OF THE PLAN MUST BE RECEIVED BY NO LATER THAN 4:00 P.M. (PREVAILING EASTERN TIME) ON                       , 2009.  ANY EXECUTED BALLOT RECEIVED THAT DOES NOT INDICATE EITHER AN ACCEPTANCE OR A REJECTION OF THE PLAN SHALL NOT BE COUNTED.

 

Any Claim in an impaired Class as to which an objection or request for estimation is pending or which is listed on the Schedules as unliquidated, disputed or contingent is not entitled to vote unless the holder of such Claim has obtained an order of the Bankruptcy Court temporarily allowing such Claim for the purpose of voting on the Plan.

 

Pursuant to the Disclosure Statement Order, the Bankruptcy Court set                 , 2009 as the record date for holders of Claims entitled to vote on the Plan.  Accordingly, only holders of record as of the applicable record date that otherwise are entitled to vote under the Plan will receive a Ballot and may vote on the Plan.

 

If you are a holder of a Claim entitled to vote on the Plan and you did not receive a Ballot, received a damaged Ballot or lost your Ballot or if you have any questions concerning the Disclosure Statement, the Plan or the procedures for voting on the Plan, please call Kurtzman Carson Consultants LLC at (      )       -        .

 

C.                                     CONFIRMATION HEARING

 

Pursuant to section 1128 of the Bankruptcy Code, the Confirmation Hearing will be held on                               , 2009 at     :00 [  ].m. (prevailing Eastern Time) before the Honorable Christopher S. Sontchi, Room #6, at the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware, 824 Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801.  The Bankruptcy Court has directed that objections, if any, to confirmation of the Plan must be served and filed so that they are received on or before [           ], 2009 at 4:00 p.m. (prevailing Eastern Time) in the manner described below in Section IX.A of this Disclosure Statement.  The Confirmation Hearing may be adjourned from time to time without further notice except for the announcement of the adjournment date made at the Confirmation Hearing or at any subsequent adjourned Confirmation Hearing.

 

THE STATEMENTS CONTAINED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT ARE MADE AS OF THE DATE HEREOF UNLESS ANOTHER TIME IS SPECIFIED HEREIN, AND THE DELIVERY OF THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT SHALL NOT CREATE AN IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE INFORMATION STATED SINCE THE DATE HEREOF.  HOLDERS OF CLAIMS SHOULD

 

8



 

CAREFULLY READ THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT IN ITS ENTIRETY, INCLUDING THE PLAN, PRIOR TO VOTING ON THE PLAN.

 

FOR THE CONVENIENCE OF HOLDERS OF CLAIMS AND PRECONFIRMATION EQUITY INTERESTS, THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT SUMMARIZES THE TERMS OF THE PLAN.  IF ANY INCONSISTENCY EXISTS BETWEEN THE PLAN AND THE DISCLOSURE STATEMENT, THE TERMS OF THE PLAN ARE CONTROLLING.  THE DISCLOSURE STATEMENT MAY NOT BE RELIED ON FOR ANY PURPOSE OTHER THAN TO DETERMINE WHETHER TO VOTE TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THE PLAN, AND NOTHING STATED HEREIN SHALL CONSTITUTE AN ADMISSION OF ANY FACT OR LIABILITY BY ANY PARTY, OR BE ADMISSIBLE IN ANY PROCEEDING INVOLVING THE DEBTORS OR ANY OTHER PARTY, OR BE DEEMED CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OF THE TAX OR OTHER LEGAL EFFECTS OF THE PLAN ON THE DEBTORS OR HOLDERS OF CLAIMS OR EQUITY INTERESTS.  CERTAIN OF THE STATEMENTS CONTAINED IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT, BY NATURE, ARE FORWARD-LOOKING AND CONTAIN ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS.  THERE CAN BE NO ASSURANCE THAT SUCH STATEMENTS WILL BE REFLECTIVE OF ACTUAL OUTCOMES.  ADDITIONAL FACTORS THAT COULD CAUSE ACTUAL RESULTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS MADE IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT ARE SET FORTH IN THE REPORTS OR DOCUMENTS THAT WE FILE FROM TIME TO TIME WITH THE SEC, INCLUDING OUR MOST RECENT ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K FILED WITH THE SEC ON MARCH 11, 2009 (FILE NO. 0000701374), INCLUDING THE AMENDMENT THERETO FILED WITH THE SEC ON APRIL 30, 2009, ATTACHED AS EXHIBIT C AND EACH OF WHICH IS HEREBY INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE HEREIN.

 

ALL HOLDERS OF CLAIMS SHOULD CAREFULLY READ AND CONSIDER FULLY THE RISK FACTORS SET FORTH IN SECTION VIII OF THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT BEFORE VOTING TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THE PLAN.

 

SUMMARIES OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF AGREEMENTS REFERRED TO IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT DO NOT PURPORT TO BE COMPLETE AND ARE SUBJECT TO, AND ARE QUALIFIED IN THEIR ENTIRETY BY, REFERENCE TO THE FULL TEXT OF THE APPLICABLE AGREEMENT, INCLUDING THE DEFINITIONS OF TERMS CONTAINED IN SUCH AGREEMENT.

 

THE DEBTORS BELIEVE THAT THE PLAN WILL ENABLE THEM TO REORGANIZE SUCCESSFULLY AND ACCOMPLISH THE OBJECTIVES OF CHAPTER 11 AND THAT ACCEPTANCE OF THE PLAN IS IN THE BEST INTERESTS OF THE DEBTORS AND THEIR CREDITORS.

 

IRS CIRCULAR 230 NOTICE : TO ENSURE COMPLIANCE WITH IRS CIRCULAR 230 , HOLDERS OF CLAIMS AND PRECONFIRMATION EQUITY INTERESTS ARE HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT: (A) ANY DISCUSSION OF FEDERAL TAX ISSUES CONTAINED OR REFERRED TO IN THIS DISCLOSURE STATEMENT IS NOT INTENDED OR WRITTEN TO BE USED, AND CANNOT BE USED, BY HOLDERS OF CLAIMS OR PRECONFIRMATION EQUITY INTERESTS FOR THE PURPOSE OF

 

9



 

AVOIDING PENALTIES THAT MAY BE IMPOSED ON THEM UNDER THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE; (B) SUCH DISCUSSION IS WRITTEN IN CONNECTION WITH THE PROMOTION OR MARKETING BY THE DEBTORS OF THE TRANSACTIONS OR MATTERS ADDRESSED HEREIN; AND (C) HOLDERS OF CLAIMS AND PRECONFIRMATION EQUITY INTERESTS SHOULD SEEK ADVICE BASED ON THEIR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES FROM AN INDEPENDENT TAX ADVISOR.

 

II.  OVERVIEW OF THE PLAN

 

The following table briefly summarizes the classification and treatment of Administrative Expense Claims, Claims and Preconfirmation Equity Interests under the Plan:

 

Class

 

Type of Claim or
Equity Interest

 

Treatment

 

Approximate
Allowed
Amount
(2)

 

Approximate
Percentage
Recovery

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Administrative Expense Claims

 

Paid in full, in Cash, on the later of the Effective Date or when such Claim becomes Allowed, or as soon thereafter as is practicable; Claims incurred in the ordinary course of business will be paid in full or performed, as applicable, in the ordinary course of business.

 

$                , plus any amounts incurred and payable in the ordinary course of business

 

100%

 


(2) The amounts set forth herein are the Debtors’ estimates based on the Debtors’ books and records.  The Bar Date (as defined below) has not yet occurred.  Actual amounts will depend upon the amounts of Claims timely filed before the Bar Date, final reconciliation and resolution of all Administrative Expense Claims and Claims, and the negotiation of cure amounts.  Accordingly, the actual amounts may vary significantly from the amounts set forth herein.

 

10



 

Class

 

Type of Claim or
Equity Interest

 

Treatment

 

Approximate
Allowed
Amount
(2)

 

Approximate
Percentage
Recovery

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Professional Compensation and Reimbursement Claims

 

Paid in full, in Cash, in accordance with the order of the Bankruptcy Court allowing any such Claim.

 

Undetermined

 

100%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Priority Tax Claims

 

Either (i) paid in full, in Cash, on the Effective Date or as soon thereafter as is practicable, or (ii) commencing on the Effective Date or as soon thereafter as is practicable, paid in full, in Cash, over a period not exceeding five years from and after the Petition Date, in equal semi-annual Cash payments with interest for the period after the Effective Date at the rate determined under applicable non-bankruptcy law.

 

Undetermined (3)

 

100%

 


(3) The Debtors have not yet made a determination as to the correct classification of outstanding tax claims, and as such, the entirety of the estimate is currently included in Class 2 (Secured Tax Claims).  Classification of tax claims as secured or priority shall not be deemed to be a waiver of the Debtors’ rights or defenses with respect to such Claims.

 

11



 

Class

 

Type of Claim or
Equity Interest

 

Treatment

 

Approximate
Allowed
Amount
(2)

 

Approximate
Percentage
Recovery

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Other Priority Claims

 

Unimpaired. Paid in full, in Cash, on the later of the Effective Date and the date such Claim becomes an Allowed Other Priority Claim or as soon thereafter as is practicable.

 

$                    

 

100%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Secured Tax Claims

 

Unimpaired. Either (i) paid in full, in Cash, on the Effective Date or as soon thereafter as is practicable or (ii) commencing on the Effective Date or as soon thereafter as is practicable, paid in full, in Cash, over a period not exceeding five years from and after the Petition Date, in equal semi-annual Cash payments with interest at the rate determined under applicable non-bankruptcy law.

 

$                     (4)

 

100%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

Other Secured Claims

 

Unimpaired. Either (i) reinstated, (ii) paid in full, including any required interest, in Cash, on the later of the Effective Date and the date such Claim becomes an Allowed Other Secured Claim, or as soon thereafter as is practicable, or (iii) receive the Collateral securing such Other Allowed Secured Claim and any required interest.

 

$0

 

100%

 


(4) The Debtors have not yet made a determination as to the correct classification of outstanding tax claims, and as such, the entirety of the estimate is currently included in Class 2 (Secured Tax Claims).  Classification of tax claims as secured or priority shall not be deemed to be a waiver of the Debtors’ rights or defenses with respect to such Claims.  In addition, this amount is subject to change based on the outcome of any pending audits of the Debtors.

 

12



 

Class

 

Type of Claim or
Equity Interest

 

Treatment

 

Approximate
Allowed
Amount
(2)

 

Approximate
Percentage
Recovery

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

SFTP Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims

 

Impaired. On each periodic Distribution Date, each holder of an Allowed Prepetition Credit Agreement Claim shall receive its Ratable Proportion of the New Term Loan and ninety-two percent (92%) of newly issued New Common Stock in Reorganized SFI, subject to dilution by the Long-Term Incentive Plan, in full and complete satisfaction of such SFTP Prepetition Credit Agreement Claim.

 

$1.1264 billion, plus accrued and unpaid interest

 

100%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

SFTP TW Guaranty Claims

 

Impaired. On the Effective Date, SFTP’s guaranty of the obligations under the TW Loan shall be discharged and TW shall receive a new guaranty of the obligations under the TW Loan by Reorganized SFTP.

 

Undetermined

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

SFTP TW Indemnity Claims

 

Impaired. On the Effective Date, the SFTP’s guaranty of the obligations under the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement shall be discharged and exchanged for a new guaranty of the obligations under the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement by Reorganized SFTP .

 

Undetermined

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

Subsidiary Unsecured Claims

 

Unimpaired. Each Allowed Subsidiary Unsecured Claim shall be either (i) Reinstated, or (ii) paid in full, in Cash, on the Effective Date or as soon as practicable.

 

$          million (5)

 

100%

 


(5) The numbers listed here are estimates.  The Bar Date for filing proofs of claim has not yet occurred, and the Debtors have not completed their analysis of all claims.

 

13



 

Class

 

Type of Claim or
Equity Interest

 

Treatment

 

Approximate
Allowed
Amount
(2)

 

Approximate
Percentage
Recovery

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

SFO Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims

 

Impaired. On the Effective Date, SFO’s guaranty of the obligations under the Prepetition Credit Agreement shall be discharged and exchanged for a new guaranty of the obligations under the New Term Loan by Reorganized SFO.

 

Contingent and unliquidated

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

SFO TW Guaranty Claims

 

Impaired. On the Effective Date, SFO’s guaranty of the obligations under the TW Loan shall be discharged and TW shall receive a new guaranty of the obligations under the TW Loan by Reorganized SFO.

 

Undetermined

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

SFO TW Indemnity Claims

 

Impaired. On the Effective Date, SFO’s guaranty of the obligations under the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement shall be discharged and exchanged for a new guaranty of the obligations under the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement by Reorganized SFO.

 

Undetermined

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

SFO Unsecured Claims

 

Impaired. On each periodic Distribution Date, Allowed SFO Unsecured Claims receive a Distribution Pro Rata Share of 7% of newly issued New Common Stock in Reorganized SFI, subject to dilution by the Long-Term Incentive Plan.

 

$          million (6)

 

      % (7)

 


(6) The estimated amount set forth above excludes (a) any claims arising under executory contracts and unexpired leases that may be assumed or rejected under the Plan, and (b) future claims that may arise or be filed as the Debtors continue with their reorganization.  The numbers listed here are estimates.  The bar date for filing proofs of claim has not yet occurred, and the Debtors have not completed their analysis of all claims.

 

14



 

Class

 

Type of Claim or
Equity Interest

 

Treatment

 

Approximate
Allowed
Amount
(2)

 

Approximate
Percentage
Recovery

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

SFI TW Guaranty Claims

 

Impaired. On the Effective Date, SFI’s guaranty of the obligations under the TW Loan shall be discharged and TW shall receive a new guaranty of the obligations under the TW Loan by Reorganized SFI.

 

Undetermined

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

SFI TW Indemnity Claims

 

Impaired. On the Effective Date, SFI’s guaranty of the obligations under the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement shall be discharged and exchanged for a new guaranty of the obligations under the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement by Reorganized SFI.

 

Undetermined

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

SFI Unsecured Claims

 

Impaired. On each periodic Distribution Date, Allowed SFI Unsecured Claims receive a Distribution Pro Rata Share of 1% of newly issued New Common Stock in Reorganized SFI, subject to dilution by the Long-Term Incentive Plan.

 

$          million (8)

 

      % (9)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15

 

Subordinated Securities Claims

 

Impaired. No distribution.

 

$0

 

0%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

Preconfirmation Subsidiary Equity Interests

 

Unimpaired. Unaltered by the terms of the Plan.

 

N/A

 

N/A

 


(7) Based on the estimated Common Equity Value range set forth in Section VII.B of this Disclosure Statement.  The ultimate magnitude of the Claims arising from the 2016 Notes Indenture may be substantial and may have a significant dilutive effect on the estimated recovery to other holders of SFO Unsecured Claims.

 

(8) The estimated amount set forth above excludes (a) any claims arising under executory contracts and unexpired leases that may be assumed or rejected under the Plan, and (b) future claims that may arise or be filed as the Debtors continue with their reorganization.  The magnitude of claims arising under executory contracts or unexpired leases for rejection damages may be substantial and may have a significant dilutive effect on the estimated recovery to holders of SFI Unsecured Claims.  The numbers listed here are estimates.  The Bar Date for filing proofs of claim has not yet occurred, and the Debtors have not completed their analysis of all claims.

 

(9) Based on the estimated Common Equity Value range set forth in Section VII.B of this Disclosure Statement.  The ultimate magnitude of SFI Unsecured Claims may be substantial and may have a significant dilutive effect on the estimated recovery to each holder of SFI Unsecured Claims.

 

15



 

Class

 

Type of Claim or
Equity Interest

 

Treatment

 

Approximate
Allowed
Amount
(2)

 

Approximate
Percentage
Recovery

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

Preconfirmation SFO Equity Interests

 

Impaired. No distribution.

 

N/A

 

0%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18

 

Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interests

 

Impaired. No distribution.

 

N/A

 

0%

 

For detailed historical and projected financial information and valuation estimates, see Section VII below, entitled “PROJECTIONS AND VALUATION ANALYSIS,” as well as Exhibit C to this Disclosure Statement.

 

III.  GENERAL INFORMATION

 

A.                                     OVERVIEW OF CHAPTER 11

 

Chapter 11 is the principal business reorganization chapter of the Bankruptcy Code.  Under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, a debtor is authorized to reorganize its business for the benefit of itself, its creditors and its equity interest holders.  In addition to permitting the rehabilitation of a debtor, another goal of chapter 11 is to promote equality of treatment for similarly situated creditors and similarly situated equity interest holders with respect to the distribution of a debtor’s assets.  The commencement of a chapter 11 case creates an estate that is comprised of all of the legal and equitable interests of the debtor as of the Petition Date.  The Bankruptcy Code provides that the debtor may continue to operate its business and remain in possession of its property as a “debtor in possession.”

 

The consummation of a plan of reorganization is the principal objective of a chapter 11 reorganization case.  A plan of reorganization sets forth the means for satisfying claims against and interests in a debtor.  Confirmation of a plan of reorganization by the bankruptcy court binds the debtor, any issuer of securities under the plan, any person acquiring property under the plan and any creditor or equity interest holder of a debtor.  Subject to certain limited exceptions, the order approving confirmation of a plan discharges a debtor from any debt that arose prior to the date of confirmation of the plan and substitutes therefor the obligations specified under the confirmed plan.

 

Certain holders of claims against and interests in a debtor are permitted to vote to accept or reject the plan.  Prior to soliciting acceptances of the proposed plan, however, section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code requires a debtor to prepare, and obtain bankruptcy court approval of, a disclosure statement containing adequate information of a kind, and in sufficient detail, to enable a hypothetical investor of the relevant classes to make an informed judgment regarding the plan.  The Debtors are submitting this Disclosure Statement to holders of Claims against and Preconfirmation Equity Interests in the Debtors to satisfy the requirements of section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

16



 

B.                                     OVERVIEW OF THE DEBTORS AND THEIR PRINCIPAL ASSETS

 

1.                                        Introduction

 

From the creation of the Six Flags brand in 1961 with one theme park in Arlington, Texas, to its expansion over the past 48 years both throughout the United States and internationally, Six Flags has established its position as a leader in the amusement and theme park industries.  Today, Six Flags is the largest regional theme-park operator in the world.  The 20 parks(10) the Company operates had attendance of approximately 25.3 million during the 2008 season in geographically diverse markets across North America.  Its theme parks offer a complete family-oriented entertainment experience.  Its theme parks generally offer a broad selection of state of the art and traditional thrill rides, water attractions, themed areas, concerts and shows, restaurants, game venues and retail outlets.  In the aggregate, during 2008 the Company’s theme parks (excluding Six Flags New Orleans) offered more than 800 rides, including over 120 roller coasters, making it the leading provider of “thrill rides” in the industry.

 

Six Flags believes that its parks benefit from limited direct competition, since the combination of a limited supply of real estate appropriate for theme park development, high initial capital investment, long development lead-time and zoning restrictions provides each of its parks with a significant degree of protection from competitive new theme park openings.  Based on the Company’s knowledge of the development of other theme parks in the United States, it would cost approximately $300 million and take a minimum of two years to construct a new regional theme park comparable to one of the major Six Flags-branded theme parks.

 

The Company has worldwide ownership of the “Six Flags” brand name.  Partnership Parks own the rights to the names “Six Flags Over Texas” and “Six Flags Over Georgia,” respectively.  The Company also holds exclusive long-term licenses from certain affiliates of Time Warner Inc. for theme park usage throughout the United States (except the Las Vegas metropolitan area), Canada, Mexico and other countries of certain Warner Bros. and DC Comics characters.  These characters include Bugs Bunny , Daffy Duck , Tweety Bird , Yosemite Sam , Batman , Superman and others.  In addition, the Company has certain rights to use the Hanna-Barbera and Cartoon Network characters, including Yogi Bear , Scooby-Doo , The Flintstones and others, as well as rights related to The Wiggles and Thomas the Tank Engine and Friends .  The Company uses these characters to market its parks and to provide an enhanced family entertainment experience, including character meet and greets, meals, photograph and autograph opportunities and new retail options.  The Company’s licenses include the right to sell merchandise featuring the characters at the parks, and to use the characters in advertising, as walk-around characters and themes for rides, attractions and retail outlets.  The Company believes using these characters promotes increased attendance, supports higher ticket prices, increases lengths of stay and enhances in-park spending.

 

2.                                        Corporate Structure

 

From its headquarters in New York City, Six Flags operates parks throughout North America, and has entered into development agreements to extend its brand beyond North America.  SFI, a publicly-traded corporation, is the ultimate parent of each of the other Six Flags entities, including all of the Debtors.  SFI directly owns three subsidiaries: Six Flags Operations Inc. (“ SFO ”), a Debtor, SF HWP Management LLC, a Debtor, and GP Holdings, Inc., a non-Debtor.  Six Flags conducts the majority of its business through SFO which, in turn, owns all of

 


(10)          This figure excludes the New Orleans park, which has been closed since Hurricane Katrina in 2005.

 

17



 

the capital stock of SFTP.  SFTP owns, directly or through its subsidiaries, all of Six Flags’ parks other than the Partnership Parks (as defined below).

 

GP Holdings, Inc., through its subsidiaries, is the general partner of the partnerships that own portions of both Six Flags Over Georgia (including Six Flags White Water Atlanta) and Six Flags Over Texas (collectively, the “ Partnership Parks ”).  GP Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries, as well as the entities that hold units in the Partnership Parks, are not Debtors in the Reorganization Cases.  In addition, the entities that own and operate the Company’s foreign parks are not debtors in the Reorganization Cases.

 

3.                                        Regional Theme Parks

 

The chart below summarizes key business information about the Company’s theme parks.

 

Name of Park and
Location

 

Description

 

Market Area(s)

 

Population Within
Radius from Park
Location

Six Flags America
Largo, MD

 

523 acres—combination theme and water park and approximately 300 acres of potentially developable land

 

Washington, D.C. and Baltimore

 

7.0 million – 50 miles
11.7 million – 100 miles

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six Flags Discovery Kingdom
Vallejo, CA

 

138 acres—theme park plus marine and land animal exhibits

 

San Francisco/Oakland and Sacramento

 

5.5 million – 50 miles
10.2 million – 100 miles

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six Flags Fiesta Texas
San Antonio, TX

 

224 acres—combination theme and water park

 

San Antonio

 

2.1 million – 50 miles
3.7 million – 100 miles

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six Flags Great Adventure/Six Flags Hurricane Harbor/Six Flags Wild Safari
Jackson, NJ

 

2,200 acres—separately gated theme park, water park and drive-through safari and approximately 700 acres of potentially developable land

 

New York City and Philadelphia

 

13.7 million – 50 miles
27.2 million – 100 miles

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six Flags Great America
Gurnee, IL

 

304 acres—combination theme and water park and approximately 20 acres of potentially developable land

 

Chicago and Milwaukee

 

8.5 million – 50 miles
13.1 million – 100 miles

 

18



 

Six Flags Kentucky Kingdom

Louisville, KY

 

58 acres—combination theme and water park

 

Louisville and Lexington

 

1.4 million – 50 miles
4.6 million – 100 miles

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six Flags Magic Mountain/Six Flags Hurricane Harbor

Valencia, CA

 

262 acres—separately gated theme park and water park

 

Los Angeles

 

10.6 million – 50 miles
17.8 million – 100 miles

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six Flags Mexico

Mexico City, Mexico

 

110 acres—theme park

 

Mexico City, Mexico

 

30.0 million – 50 miles
42.0 million – 100 miles

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six Flags New England

Agawam, MA

 

284 acres—combination theme and water park

 

Springfield, Providence, Hartford/New Haven, and Boston

 

3.1 million – 50 miles
15.2 million – 100 miles

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six Flags Over Georgia

Austell, GA/

Six Flags White Water Atlanta

Marietta, GA

 

359 acres—separately gated theme park and water park on 290 acres and 69 acres, respectively

 

Atlanta

 

4.2 million – 50 miles
7.0 million – 100 miles

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six Flags Over Texas/Six Flags Hurricane Harbor

Arlington, TX

 

264 acres—separately gated theme park and water park on 217 and 47 acres, respectively

 

Dallas/Fort Worth

 

6.5 million – 50 miles
7.1 million – 100 miles

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six Flags St. Louis

Eureka, MO

 

497 acres—combination theme and water park and approximately 240 acres of potentially developable land

 

St. Louis

 

2.6 million – 50 miles
3.8 million – 100 miles

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

La Ronde

Montreal, Canada

 

Theme park on 146 acres

 

Montreal, Quebec, Canada

 

4.3 million – 50 miles
5.8 million – 100 miles

 

19



 

The Great Escape and Splashwater Kingdom/Six Flags Great Escape Lodge & Indoor Waterpark

Lake George, NY

 

351 acres—combination theme and water park, plus 200 room hotel and 38,000 square foot indoor waterpark

 

Albany

 

1.1 million – 50 miles
3.1 million – 100 miles

 

4.                                        Theme Park Operations

 

Each of the Six Flags theme parks is managed by a park president who reports to a regional vice president or senior vice president in the Park Strategy and Management Group.  The park president is responsible for all operations and management of the individual park.  Local advertising, ticket sales, community relations and hiring and training of personnel are the responsibility of individual park management in coordination with corporate support teams.

 

Each park president also directs a full-time, on-site management team.  Each management team includes senior personnel responsible for operations and maintenance, in-park food, beverage, merchandising and games, marketing and promotion, sponsorships, human resources and finance.  Finance directors at Six Flags’ parks report to the Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Accounting Officer, and with their support staff, provide financial services to their respective parks and park management teams.  Park management compensation structures are designed to provide financial incentives for individual park managers to execute the Company’s strategy and to maximize revenues and free cash flow.

 

Six Flags’ parks are generally open daily from Memorial Day through Labor Day.  In addition, most of the parks are open during weekends prior to and following their daily seasons, often in conjunction with holiday-themed events.  Due to their location, certain parks have longer operating seasons.  Typically, the parks charge a basic daily admission price, which allows unlimited use of all rides and attractions, although in certain cases special rides and attractions require the payment of an additional fee.

 

5.                                        Marketing and Promotional Activities

 

Six Flags attracts visitors through multi-media marketing and promotional programs for each of its parks.  The national programs are designed to market and enhance the Six Flags brand name.  Regional and local programs are tailored to address the different characteristics of their respective markets and to maximize the impact of specific park attractions and product introductions.  All marketing and promotional programs are updated or completely changed each year to address new developments.  Marketing programs are supervised by the Company’s Executive Vice President, Entertainment and Marketing, with the assistance of its senior management and advertising agencies.

 

Six Flags frequently develops alliance, sponsorship and co-marketing relationships with well-known national, regional and local consumer goods companies and retailers to supplement its advertising efforts and to provide attendance incentives in the form of

 

20



 

discounts and/or premiums.  Six Flags also arranges for popular local radio and television programs to be filmed or broadcast live from its parks.

 

Group sales represented approximately 29% of aggregate attendance in the 2008 season at Six Flags’ parks.  Each park has a group sales director and a sales staff dedicated to group sales and pre-sold ticket programs through a variety of methods, including online promotions, direct mail, telemarketing and personal sales calls.  Six Flags offers discounts on season pass and multi-visit tickets, tickets for specific dates and tickets to affiliated groups such as businesses, schools and religious, fraternal and similar organizations.

 

Season pass sales establish an attendance base in advance of the season, thus reducing, to some extent, exposure to inclement weather.  Additionally, season pass holders often bring paying guests and generate “word of mouth” advertising for the parks.  During the 2008 season, season pass attendance constituted approximately 28% of the total attendance at Six Flags’ parks.

 

Six Flags also implements promotional programs as a means of targeting specific market segments and geographic locations not generally reached through group or retail sales efforts.  The promotional programs utilize coupons, sweepstakes, reward incentives and rebates to attract additional visitors.  These programs are implemented through online promotions, direct mail, telemarketing, direct-response media, sponsorship marketing and targeted multi-media programs. The special promotional offers are usually for a limited time and offer a reduced admission price or provide some additional incentive to purchase a ticket.

 

6.                                        Park Maintenance and Inspection

 

Six Flags’ rides are inspected daily by maintenance personnel during the operating season.  These inspections include safety checks, as well as regular maintenance and are made through both visual inspection of the ride and test operation.  The Company’s senior management and the individual park personnel evaluate the risk aspects of each park’s operation.  Potential risks to employees and staff as well as to the public are evaluated.  Contingency plans for potential emergency situations have been developed for each facility.  During the off-season, maintenance personnel examine the rides and repair, refurbish and rebuild them where necessary.  This process includes x-raying and magnafluxing (a further examination for minute cracks and defects) steel portions of certain rides at high-stress points.  Six Flags has approximately 800 full-time employees who devote substantially all of their time to maintaining the parks and their rides and attractions.

 

In addition to the Company’s maintenance and inspection procedures, third party consultants are retained by Six Flags or its insurance carriers to perform an annual inspection of each park and all attractions and related maintenance procedures.  The results of these inspections are reported in written evaluation and inspection reports, as well as written suggestions on various aspects of park operations.  In certain states, state inspectors also conduct annual ride inspections before the beginning of each season.  Other portions of each park are subject to inspections by local fire marshals and health and building department officials.  Furthermore, Six Flags uses Ellis & Associates as water safety consultants at its parks in order to train life guards and audit safety procedures.

 

21



 

7.                                        Capital Expenditures

 

Six Flags regularly makes capital investments for new rides and attractions at its parks.  Six Flags purchases both new and used rides and attractions.  In addition, Six Flags rotates rides among parks to provide fresh attractions.  Six Flags believes that the selective introduction of new rides and attractions, including family entertainment attractions, is an important factor in promoting each of the parks in order to achieve market penetration and encourage longer visits, which lead to increased attendance and in-park spending.

 

In addition, Six Flags generally makes capital investments in the food, retail, games and other in-park areas to increase per capita guest spending.  Six Flags also makes annual enhancements in the theming and landscaping of its parks in order to provide a more complete family oriented entertainment experience.  In 2007, Six Flags began a multi-year initiative to improve its information technology infrastructure, which will enhance its operational efficiencies.  Capital expenditures are planned on an annual basis with most expenditures made during the off-season.  Expenditures for materials and services associated with maintaining assets, such as painting and inspecting existing rides, are expensed as incurred and are not included in capital expenditures.

 

8.                                        Insurance

 

Six Flags maintains insurance of the type and in amounts that it believes are commercially reasonable and that are available to businesses in its industry.  Six Flags maintains multi-layered general liability policies that provide for excess liability coverage of up to $100.0 million per occurrence. For incidents arising after November 15, 2003, at the Company’s U.S. parks, its self-insured retention (“ SIR ”) is $2.5 million per occurrence.  In addition, for incidents arising after November 1, 2004, the Company has a one-time additional $500,000 SIR, in the aggregate, applicable to claims in any policy year.  For incidents at those parks during the twelve months prior to that date, the SIR is $2.0 million per occurrence.  For incidents during the twelve months ended November 15, 2002, the SIR is $1.0 million per occurrence.  Retention levels for the Company’s international parks are nominal.  The SIR after November 15, 2003 is $0.75 million for workers compensation claims ($0.5 million for the two prior years).  Six Flags’ general liability policies cover the cost of punitive damages only in certain jurisdictions in which a claim occurs.  The Company maintains fire and extended coverage, workers’ compensation, business interruption, terrorism and other forms of insurance typical to businesses in this industry.  The fire and extended coverage policies insure the Company’s real and personal properties (other than land) against physical damage resulting from a variety of hazards.

 

9.                                        Competition

 

Six Flags’ parks compete directly with other theme parks, water parks and amusement parks and indirectly with all other types of recreational facilities and forms of entertainment within their market areas, including movies, sports attractions and vacation travel.  Accordingly, the Company’s business is and will continue to be subject to factors affecting the recreation and leisure-time industries generally, such as general economic conditions and changes in discretionary consumer spending habits.  Within each park’s regional market area, the principal factors affecting direct theme park competition include location, price, the uniqueness

 

22



 

and perceived quality of the rides and attractions in a particular park, the atmosphere and cleanliness of a park and the quality of its food and entertainment.

 

10.                                  Seasonality

 

Six Flags’ operations are highly seasonal, with approximately 80% of park attendance and revenues occurring in the second and third calendar quarters of each year, with the most significant period falling between Memorial Day and Labor Day.  In 2008, for example, the Company realized approximately 120% of its annual adjusted EBITDA during the months of June through October.

 

11.                                  Environmental and Other Regulations

 

Six Flags’ operations are subject to federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations including laws and regulations governing water and sewer discharges, air emissions, soil and groundwater contamination, the maintenance of underground and above-ground storage tanks and the disposal of waste and hazardous materials.  In addition, the Company’s operations are subject to other local, state and federal governmental regulations including, without limitation, labor, health, safety, zoning and land use and minimum wage regulations applicable to theme park operations, and local and state regulations applicable to restaurant operations at each park. Finally, certain of the Company’s facilities are subject to laws and regulations relating to the care of animals.  Six Flags believes that it is in substantial compliance with applicable environmental and other laws and regulations and, although no assurance can be given, the Company does not foresee the need for any significant expenditure in this area in the near future.

 

Portions of the undeveloped areas at certain of the Company’s parks are classified as wetlands.  Accordingly, Six Flags may need to obtain governmental permits and other approvals prior to conducting development activities that affect these areas, and future development may be limited and/or prohibited in some or all of these areas.  Additionally, the presence of wetlands in portions of the Company’s undeveloped land could adversely affect its ability to dispose of such land and/or the price the Company receives in any such disposition.  Moreover, the undeveloped areas that are not wetlands will require comprehensive land-use entitlement in order to make such land developable, which may require substantial time, cost and effort to meet zoning and other regulatory requirements, and there can be no assurances that the outcome of such efforts would be successful, or that the increase in value, if any, will economically justify such expenditures of time, cost and effort.

 

12.                                  Recent Acquisitions

 

On June 18, 2007, SFI acquired a 40% interest in a venture that owns dick clark productions, inc. (“ dcp ”) for a net investment of approximately $39.7 million.  In 2008, Six Flags leveraged the dcp library, which includes the Golden Globes, the American Music Awards, the Academy of Country Music Awards, So You Think You Can Dance, American Bandstand and Dick Clark’s New Year’s Rockin’ Eve, to provide additional product offerings in its parks.  In addition, the Company believes that its investment in dcp provides it with additional sponsorship and promotional opportunities.  Red Zone Capital Partners II, L.P. (“ Red Zone ”), a private equity fund managed by Daniel M. Snyder and Dwight C. Schar, who are both members of SFI’s Board

 

23



 

of Directors, is the majority owner of the parent of dcp.  During the fourth quarter of 2007, an additional third party investor purchased approximately 2.0% of the interest in dcp from Six Flags and Red Zone.  As a result, the Company’s ownership interest is approximately 39.2%.

 

On July 31, 2007, Six Flags acquired the minority equity interest in Six Flags Discovery Kingdom that was held by its partner, an agency of the City of Vallejo, California, for a cash purchase price of approximately $52.8 million.

 

13.                                  International Licensing

 

In March 2008, Six Flags entered into an agreement with Tatweer Dubai LLC, a member of Dubai Holding (“ Tatweer ”), to create a Six Flags-branded theme park in Dubai, United Arab Emirates.  Pursuant to the agreement, the Company is required to provide design and development services for the creation of the park, which will be operated and managed by Tatweer or its affiliate.  Six Flags also granted Tatweer the exclusive right to use its brand in certain countries for certain time periods, including the United Arab Emirates.  As consideration for the Company’s services and the exclusivity rights granted in the agreement, the Company is entitled to receive license and other fees over the design and development period plus an ongoing royalty fee once the park opens.

 

14.                                  Six Flags New Orleans and Related Litigation

 

The Company’s New Orleans park sustained extensive damage in Hurricane Katrina in late August, 2005, and has not reopened.  The Company has determined that the carrying value for the assets destroyed was approximately $34.0 million, for which Six Flags recorded a receivable in 2005.  This amount does not include the property and equipment owned by the lessor, which is also covered by the Company’s insurance policies.  The park is covered by up to approximately $180 million in property insurance, subject to a 3% deductible in the case of named storms calculated by the insurers at approximately $5.5 million.  The property insurance includes business interruption coverage.

 

As noted above, in connection with damage sustained to the New Orleans park during Hurricane Katrina, in December 2006, Six Flags commenced a declaratory action in Louisiana federal district court seeking judicial determination that its flood insurance sublimit was not applicable by virtue of a separate “Named Storm” peril.  In February 2008, the court ruled in summary judgment that the flood insurance sublimit was applicable to the policies, including the Named Storm provision.  Six Flags appealed this ruling.  In April 2009, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit upheld the district court ruling, with the exception of one excess policy covering damages over $75 million, providing a possible additional $11 million of property damages coverage if total damages are set at the $129 million claimed amount.  Coverage issues as to the one excess policy were remanded to the district court for further consideration of the Company’s claim.  In addition, damages disputes between Six Flags and its insurers about the total amount of Six Flags’ Katrina damages and the portion of damages that are covered wind/storm damages (which are not subject to the flood sublimit) are being decided in an ongoing appraisal proceeding in New Orleans before a selected panel of three appraisers, as required by the insurance policies.

 

24



 

15.                                  Recent Park Sales and Asset Dispositions

 

In April 2007, Six Flags completed the sale of the stock of its subsidiaries that owned three of the Company’s water parks and four of its theme parks (the “ Sale Parks ”) to PARC 7F-Operations Corporation for an aggregate purchase price of $312 million, consisting of $275 million in cash and a note receivable for $37 million.  Pursuant to the purchase agreement, SFTP agreed to provide a limited guaranty to a creditor of the buyer related to the future results of operations of the Sale Parks of up to $10 million, decreasing by a minimum of one million dollars annually.  The parks sold were Darien Lake near Buffalo, New York; Waterworld USA in Concord, California; Elitch Gardens in Denver, Colorado; Splashtown in Houston, Texas; the Frontier City theme park and the White Water Bay water park in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma; and Wild Waves and Enchanted Village near Seattle, Washington.

 

Six Flags recorded a non-cash impairment charge against assets held for sale in connection with this transaction in its consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2006 in the amount of $84.5 million.  The net proceeds from the sale were used to repay indebtedness, fund capital expenditures, working capital needs, and acquire the minority interests in Six Flags Discovery Kingdom and dcp, as described above.

 

16.                                  Employees and Labor Matters

 

As of March 1, 2009, Six Flags employed approximately 2,040 full-time employees.  During the 2008 operating season the Company employed approximately 28,500 seasonal employees.  In this regard, Six Flags competes with other local employers for qualified students and other candidates on a season-by-season basis.  As part of the seasonal employment program, the Company employs a significant number of teenagers, which subjects the Company to child labor laws.

 

Approximately 16.2% of the Company’s full-time and approximately 13.0% of its seasonal employees are subject to labor agreements with local chapters of national unions.  These labor agreements expire in January 2012 (Six Flags Over Texas, Six Flags St. Louis and one union at Six Flags Great Adventure), December 2011 (Six Flags Magic Mountain and the other union at Six Flags Great Adventure) and December 2010 (Six Flags Over Georgia).  The labor agreements for La Ronde expire in various years ranging from December 2010 through December 2012.  Other than a strike at La Ronde involving five employees, which was settled in January 2004, and recognitional picketing at Six Flags New England in February 2005 by 11 employees, Six Flags has not experienced any strikes or work stoppages by its employees. The Company considers its employee relations to be good.

 

17.                                  Pending Legal Proceedings and Claims

 

The nature of the industry in which Six Flags operates tends to expose the Company to claims by visitors, generally for injuries.  Historically, the great majority of these claims have been minor.  To the extent that such claims existed as of the Petition Date, they are now stayed as a result of the filing of the Reorganization Cases.  The Company is also party to the following legal proceedings, among others:

 

25



 

·                   On February 1, 2007, Images Everywhere, Inc. and John Shawn Productions, Inc. filed a case against Six Flags Theme Parks Inc. and Event Imaging Solutions, Inc. in the Superior Court of the State of California County of Los Angeles, Central District.  The plaintiffs provided photographic services to certain of our parks under license agreements and/or under a consulting arrangement.  In October 2006, Six Flags terminated its business relationship with the plaintiffs and thereafter entered into a settlement agreement with John Shawn Productions, Inc. regarding certain of the license agreements.  As a result of this termination, the plaintiffs brought suit claiming an unspecified amount in “excess of” $20 million in damages, which they later revised to two alternative theories in the respective amounts of approximately $15 million or $11 million.  The plaintiffs claimed that their services were wrongfully terminated and asserted causes of action for breach of contract and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing. The plaintiffs brought separate claims against defendant Event Imaging Solutions, Inc. for intentional interference with contractual relations.  In a summary judgment ruling on December 19, 2007, the Court dismissed additional claims against Six Flags for breach of fiduciary duty, constructive fraud and punitive damages.  The case was tried before a jury during the two-week period from March 17 to March 28, 2008, and the jury rendered a verdict in the Company’s favor, dismissing the claim.  The plaintiffs filed a motion for a new trial, which was dismissed by the Court on May 12, 2008. On May 28, 2008, the plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal with the Court of Appeal of the State of California, Second Appellate District.  This action is now stayed.

 

·                   On March 1, 2007, Safety Braking Corporation, Magnetar Technologies Corp. and G&T Conveyor Co. filed a Complaint for Patent Infringement (the “ Patent Complaint ”) in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware naming Six Flags, Inc., Six Flags Theme Parks Inc., and certain of our other subsidiaries as defendants, along with other industry theme park owners and operators.  The Patent Complaint alleges that the Company is liable for direct or indirect infringement of United States Patent No. 5,277,125 because of its ownership and/or operation of various theme parks and amusement rides.  The Patent Complaint does not include specific allegations concerning the location or manner of alleged infringement.  The Patent Complaint seeks damages and injunctive relief. On or about July 1, 2008, the Court entered a Stipulation and Order of Dismissal of Safety Braking Corporation. Thus, as of that date, only Magnetar Technologies Corp. and G&T Conveyor Co. remain as plaintiffs. The Company has contacted the manufacturers of the amusement rides that it believes may be impacted by this case, requiring such manufacturers to honor their indemnification obligations with respect to this case.  The Company tendered the defense of this matter to certain of the ride manufacturers.  Any further action against the Company with respect to this matter is now stayed as a result of the filing of the Reorganization Cases.

 

·                   On January 6, 2009, a civil action against the Company was commenced in the State Court of Cobb County, Georgia. The plaintiff sought damages for personal injuries, including an alleged brain injury, as a result of an altercation with a group of individuals on property next to Six Flags Over Georgia on July 3, 2007. The plaintiff, who had exited the park, claims that the Company was negligent in its security of the premises. Four of the individuals who allegedly participated in the altercation are also named as defendants in the litigation.

 

26



 

·                   In April, 2009, the Industrial Development Board of the City of New Orleans and the City of New Orleans (“ New Orleans ”) sought to accept an offer Six Flags made years earlier to buy out of its New Orleans lease for a $10 million cash payment and an exchange of contiguous real estate Six Flags owned. When the Company declined to extend the same offer, the Mayor of New Orleans announced to the press that New Orleans would sue.  Six Flags was current on its lease payments to New Orleans, however, and in the Company’s view, not in default.  New Orleans filed suit in Louisiana state court on May 11, 2009, alleging that Six Flags breached its lease with New Orleans by removing rides and assets from the park property; by failing to secure the property; and by accepting interim insurance payments for Hurricane Katrina damage claims instead of designating New Orleans as loss payee. On May 12, 2009, New Orleans obtained an ex parte state court temporary restraining order that enjoined Six Flags from: (a) removing any rides or attractions without New Orleans’ approval; (b) not properly securing the premises; and (c) “converting and/or secreting insurance proceeds received . . . as a result of Hurricane Katrina.” Six Flags removed the action to the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana, and the parties stipulated to stay the federal action for sixty days, while leaving the temporary restraining order in place, with the Company reserving the right to contest its propriety at a later time. In an order dated June 1, 2009, the Court imposed the agreed-upon stay but shortened the period to thirty days, until June 29, 2009. The Court issued an order on June 22, 2009, directing the clerk to mark the action as closed but retaining jurisdiction for restoration to the calendar should circumstances change.

 

C.                                     CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND MANAGEMENT

 

1.                                        Board of Directors

 

Six Flags’ business, property and affairs are managed under the direction of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”).  The Board is elected by stockholders to oversee management and to assure that the long-term interests of stockholders are being served.  The Board has responsibility for establishing broad corporate policies and for the overall performance of the Company.  It is not, however, involved in the operating details on a day-to-day basis.  The Board is advised of Six Flags’ business through discussions with the Chief Executive Officer and other officers of the Company, by reviewing reports, analyses and materials provided to them and by participating in Board meetings and meetings of the committees of the Board.  The Board has four regularly scheduled meetings during the year to review significant developments affecting the Company and to act on matters requiring Board approval. It also regularly holds special meetings when matters require Board action between regularly scheduled meetings.

 

Set forth in the table below are the names, ages , position or positions and biographical information of the current Board.

 

Name

 

Age as of April 1, 2009

 

Position(s) with the Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charles Elliott Andrews

 

57

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mark Jennings

 

46

 

Director

 

 

27



 

Robert J. McGuire

 

72

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Perry Rogers

 

40

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dwight C. Schar

 

67

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mark Shapiro

 

39

 

CEO, President and Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Daniel M. Snyder

 

44

 

Chairman of the Board

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Harvey Weinstein

 

56

 

Director

 

 

Charles Elliott Andrews , Director.  Mr. Andrews has served as a Director of Six Flags since January 2006.  Effective June 29, 2009, Mr. Andrews was named President of RMS McGladrey Inc., a business services subsidiary of H&R Block, Inc.  Mr. Andrews was employed at SLM Corporation, more commonly known as Sallie Mae, from February 2003 through September 2008.  Mr. Andrews served in several roles at Sallie Mae including Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, with responsibilities for Finance, Accounting and Risk Management, and President and Chief Executive Officer.  Prior to joining Sallie Mae, Mr. Andrews was a partner at Arthur Andersen from September 1984 to February 2003. Mr. Andrews is also a director and member of the Audit Committee of NVR, Inc. and U-Store-It Trust.

 

Mark Jennings , Director.  Mr. Jennings has served as a Director of Six Flags since January 2006. Since September 1996, Mr. Jennings has been the Managing Partner and co-founder of Generation Partners, a $345 million private investment firm that acquires and provides growth capital to companies primarily in the business & information services and healthcare and media & entertainment sectors. Prior to founding Generation Partners, Mr. Jennings was a Partner at Centre Partners, a private equity firm affiliated with Lazard Freres, and prior to that, he was employed at Goldman Sachs & Co. Mr. Jennings has served on the Board of Directors of 23 companies and currently serves on the board of two other public companies - inVentiv Health, Inc. and Virtual Radiologic Corporation; as well as four private companies - Post Education, Sterling Infosystems, Agility Recovery Solutions and Medvance Institute.

 

Robert J. McGuire , Director.  Mr. McGuire has served as a Director of Six Flags since May 2003. Since June 2005, Mr. McGuire has been an attorney in private practice in New York. From January 1998 through June 2005, Mr. McGuire served as counsel to Morvillo, Abramowitz, Grand, Iason & Silberburg, P.C., a New York law firm. Prior thereto, he served as Police Commissioner of The City of New York, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Pinkerton’s Inc. and President of Kroll Associates Inc. Mr. McGuire is Vice Chairman of the Police Athletic League, New York City’s largest youth organization.  Mr. McGuire is also a director and member of the Audit Committee of Mutual of America, Protection One, Inc. and Artio Global Funds.

 

Perry Rogers , Director.  Mr. Rogers has served as a Director of Six Flags since March 2006. Mr. Rogers currently serves as President and Owner of PR Partners, Inc., a sports management company in Las Vegas, Nevada.  From 1994 to 2008, Mr. Rogers served as

 

28



 

President of Agassi Enterprises, Inc., a management firm. In addition, from 2002 to 2008, Mr. Rogers served as President of Alliance Sports Management Co., a management firm.

 

Dwight Schar , Director.  Mr. Schar has served as a Director of Six Flags since December 2005. Mr. Schar has served as the Chairman of NVR, Inc., one of the largest homebuilders in the United States, for over five years. From 1980 until July 1, 2005, Mr. Schar also served as Chief Executive Officer of NVR, Inc.  Mr. Schar is a member of the Board of Directors of dick clark productions, inc.  Mr. Schar is active in the greater Washington community, involved in numerous business and educational groups, as well as on a political level such as former National Finance Chair of the Republican National Committee. He was also an appointee to the President’s Advisory Committee on the Arts for the Kennedy Center.

 

Mark Shapiro , President, Chief Executive Officer and Director.  Mr. Shapiro has served as President, Chief Executive Officer and a Director of Six Flags since December 2005. From September 2002 to October 2005, Mr. Shapiro served as the Executive Vice President, Programming and Production of ESPN, Inc. Mr. Shapiro is also a Director of Live Nation, Inc. and the Tribune Company, and a Director and Executive Vice Chairman of dick clark productions, inc.

 

Daniel M. Snyder , Chairman of the Board. Mr. Snyder has served as Chairman of the Board of Six Flags since December 2005. Mr. Snyder is an experienced manager of venue-based businesses.  Since July 1999, Mr. Snyder has been the Chairman and Principal Owner of the Washington Redskins franchise of the National Football League and FedExField, the team’s wholly-owned 92,000-seat stadium. As one of his key strategies in managing the Washington Redskins, he expanded Redskins sponsorship revenues more than ten-fold and developed significant relationships with vendors, including sales of concession equipment which enabled the Redskins to use the proceeds to pay down its debt.  The per capita food spending of Redskins’ customers has approximately doubled since Mr. Snyder acquired the team. Mr. Snyder transformed the Redskins into one of the most valuable franchises in U.S. sports (according to the Forbes magazine) at approximately $1.5 billion, nearly doubling its annual revenues since he acquired the team. Mr. Snyder was also founder and former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Snyder Communications, Inc., an advertising and marketing company formerly listed on the New York Stock Exchange, which had over $1 billion in annual sales. In September of 2000, Snyder Communications, Inc. was successfully sold to Havas Advertising, S.A. for approximately $2.3 billion. Mr. Snyder is Chairman of the Board of dick clark productions, inc., Managing Member of Red Zebra Broadcasting, LLC, which owns a number of radio stations in Washington, D.C., Maryland, and Virginia, and a member of the Board of Directors of Johnny Rockets Group, Inc. He is also Managing Member of RedZone Capital Management Company, LLC, a private equity firm. Mr. Snyder is Chairman Emeritus of the Board of inVentiv Health, Inc.

 

Harvey Weinstein , Director.  Mr. Weinstein has served as a Director of Six Flags since January 2006. Since October 2005, Mr. Weinstein has been the Co-Chairman of The Weinstein Company LLC, a multi-media company. In 1979, Mr. Weinstein and his brother founded Miramax Film Corp., which has released some of the most critically acclaimed and commercially successful independent feature films, including The Aviator, Finding Neverland, Chicago, Gangs of New York, Shakespeare in Love, Good Will Hunting, Pulp Fiction and My

 

29



 

Left Foot. Mr. Weinstein was Co-Chairman of Miramax from 1979 through September 2005. In 2004, Mr. Weinstein was named a Commander of the Order of the British Empire by Queen Elizabeth II in recognition of his contribution to the British film industry. Mr. Weinstein has also produced several award winning shows on Broadway and around the world, including The Producers, Gypsy, La Boheme, Wonderful Town and more recently All Shook Up, Sweet Charity and Dirty Rotten Scoundrels.

 

2.                                        Executive Management

 

The current executive management team joined Six Flags in late 2005 and early 2006.  The Plan contemplates that the current executive management team will be retained following the Effective Date and that the Company’s employment agreements with such individuals will be assumed.

 

The names, titles and biographical information for the Company’s executive management are set forth below.

 

Mark Shapiro , Chief Executive Officer and President.  Mr. Shapiro has served as President, Chief Executive Officer and a Director of Six Flags since December 2005. From September 2002 to October 2005, Mr. Shapiro served as the Executive Vice President, Programming and Production of ESPN, Inc. Mr. Shapiro is also a Director of Live Nation, Inc. and the Tribune Company, and a Director and Executive Vice Chairman of dick clark productions, inc .

 

Jeffrey R. Speed , Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer.   Mr. Speed has both a broad-based financial background and extensive experience in the media, entertainment, and theme park industries.  Before joining Six Flags, Mr. Speed served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Euro Disney S.A.S.  Prior to Euro Disney, Mr. Speed served as Vice President, Corporate Finance and Assistant Treasurer for The Walt Disney Company, where he was responsible for worldwide capital markets activities, structured and project finance initiatives (including Euro Disney and Hong Kong Disneyland), syndication of revolving credit facilities and Disney’s overall banking and rating agency relationships. Mr. Speed is also a board member and audit committee member of World Wrestling Entertainment, Inc. (NYSE: WWE).

 

Mark Quenzel , Executive Vice President Park Strategy and Management.   Mr. Quenzel oversees all park operations, strategy, in-park revenue, ticket sales and safety for the Six Flags parks.  Mr. Quenzel joined Six Flags following 15 years with ESPN, where he served as Senior Vice President, Programming and Production. In that capacity, he ran four divisions: Owned Events, Outdoors, Remote Production and Remote Facilities, and supervised 375 full-time employees and over 4,000 seasonal providers.  Mr. Quenzel was also part of the team that created the popular X Games franchise as well as the Great Outdoor Games, and during his tenure he oversaw a number of major sport properties and brands such as NASCAR, NHL, MLB and B.A.S.S.

 

Michael Antinoro , Executive Vice President Entertainment and Marketing.   Mr. Antinoro oversees all aspects of Six Flags’ advertising, promotions, in-park licensing

 

30



 

agreements, entertainment, marketing and communications.  Mr. Antinoro formerly served as the Executive Producer of ESPN Original Entertainment (EOE), the core creative group that led the ESPN brand into non-traditional sports and entertainment programming.  During his tenure at EOE, Mr. Antinoro created a number of successful original movies, a critically acclaimed dramatic series, talk, reality and game shows, documentaries and “The World Series of Poker” franchise.  EOE won the prestigious Peabody Award in 2002 and was nominated for more than 20 Sports Emmys.  Prior to his work at EOE, Mr. Antinoro served directly under Mark Shapiro as coordinating producer of ESPN’s landmark SportsCentury series.

 

Louis Koskovolis , Executive Vice President Corporate Alliances. Mr. Koskovolis oversees the new Corporate Alliances group which focuses on developing key national, regional and local sponsorships for all Six Flags parks and creates cross-promotional platforms which enable Six Flags partners to showcase their products and services while providing Six Flags with added exposure through partners’ advertising and marketing assets.  Mr. Koskovolis joined Six Flags from his position as Executive Vice President of Multi-Media Sales for ESPN and ABC Sports in addition to serving in leadership roles in the company’s National Television Sales and Customer Marketing organizations.

 

Andrew Schleimer , Executive Vice President of Strategic Development and In-Park Services.  Mr. Schleimer oversees Six Flags’ Strategic Development and In-Park Services, a division that focuses on increasing company revenue and enhancing the park experience through agreements with branded food, beverage, equipment, service and retail partners.  Mr. Schleimer has a background in investment banking with a focus on mergers and acquisitions, and joined Six Flags from UBS Investment Bank, where he served as Vice President in the bank’s Mergers and Acquisitions department.  At UBS, Mr. Schleimer advised on over $150 billion of transactions in the media, entertainment, technology, telecom and consumer products sectors.

 

James Coughlin, General Counsel. Mr. Coughlin has served as the Company’s General Counsel since 1998.  Prior to becoming the Company’s chief legal counsel, Mr. Coughlin practiced law at several private law firms, most recently at the former Baer Marks & Upham firm in New York City.  Mr. Coughlin graduated from Harvard University with a Bachelor of Arts degree, and from Boston University School of Law with a Juris Doctor degree.

 

3.                                        Executive Compensation

 

In January 2006, the Board retained independent compensation consultant, Mercer, to advise it with respect to appropriate compensatory terms for the Chief Executive Officer, who joined Six Flags in December 2005.  Mercer developed a proposed compensation package that was benchmarked against those of a peer group that included the following companies: Cedar Fair Entertainment Company, Harrah’s Entertainment, Inc., MGM Mirage, Boyd Gaming Corporation, Las Vegas Sands Corp., Penn National Gaming, Inc., Trump Entertainment Resorts, Isle of Capri Casinos, Inc., Station Casinos, Inc., Ameristar Casinos, Inc., Aztar Corporation, Pinnacle Entertainment, Inc., Starwood Hotels & Resorts Worldwide, Inc., Hilton Hotels Corporation, Interstate Hotels & Resorts, Gaylord Entertainment Company, Vail Resorts, Inc. and Regal Entertainment Group.  In January 2006, the Board considered and approved the salary, bonus and equity incentive compensation for the Chief Executive Officer

 

31



 

and authorized the Compensation Committee to finalize an employment agreement for the Chief Executive Officer incorporating such terms.

 

At its January 2006 meeting, the Board also considered employment terms for the other named executive officers based on the recommendation of the Chief Executive Officer and on each individual’s respective prior experience, then current compensation level and qualifications.  The Board approved the compensation terms and authorized the Compensation Committee to finalize the terms of employment for the named executive officers in an employment agreement for each officer.

 

In December 2008, due to the impending expiration of management’s employment agreements, the Compensation Committee of the Board received advice from Mercer and Houlihan Lokey and evaluated compensation proposals in connection with its pending review of the employment agreements for each of the named executive officers.  The Compensation Committee also engaged Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft LLP as independent legal counsel during this process.  Mercer and Houlihan Lokey were asked to advise the Compensation Committee on compensation arrangements for the named executive officers in anticipation of the Company’s previously announced exploration of alternatives for the restructuring of the Company’s indebtedness and preferred income equity redeemable shares in order to retain current management through any restructuring the Company may undertake.

 

Between December 2008 and April 2009, Six Flags negotiated and agreed to new employment agreements (the “ Employment Agreements ”) with Mark Shapiro, its President and Chief Executive Officer; Jeffrey R. Speed, its Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; Louis Koskovolis, its Executive Vice President, Corporate Alliances — Sponsorship; Mark Quenzel, its Executive Vice President, Park Strategy and Management; Andrew M. Schleimer, its Executive Vice President, Strategic Development and In-Park Services; Michael Antinoro, its Executive Vice President, Entertainment and Marketing; and James Coughlin, its General Counsel; that supersede and replace the existing employment agreements with such individuals.  The Employment Agreements provide for each executive’s continued employment with the Company in his current position during the four year period expiring on April 1, 2013, unless sooner terminated by either party.

 

The Employment Agreements provide for the following annual base salary and target bonus amounts for the executives:

 

 

Base Salary ($)

 

Target Bonus ($)

 

Shapiro

 

1,300,000

 

1,300,000

 

Speed

 

775,000

 

100% of base salary

 

Koskovolis

 

650,000

 

500,000

 

Quenzel

 

500,000

 

500,000

 

Schleimer

 

500,000

 

400,000

 

Antinoro

 

400,000

 

500,000

 

Coughlin

 

500,000

 

discretionary

 

 

The Employment Agreements did not increase the rate of base salary for any of the executives from their prior levels.  The maximum annual bonus Mr. Shapiro may receive for any fiscal year is $2.6 million.  The minimum annual bonus Mr. Speed will receive for fiscal years 2009 through

 

32



 

2012 is $250,000.  Bonuses will be determined based upon the level of achievement of the following performance parameters: budgeted Adjusted EBITDA, budgeted Free Cash Flow, budgeted attendance, budgeted in-park net revenue per capita and budgeted sponsorship/licensing revenue, each weighted 20%, except that (i) 50% of Mr. Shapiro’s bonus will be based on the attainment of the Adjusted EBITDA target, with the remaining targets weighted 12.5% each, and (ii) 50% of Mr. Koskovolis’ bonus will be based on the attainment of the sponsorship revenue target, with the remaining targets weighted 12.5% each.  No bonuses are payable if 90% of the Adjusted EBITDA target is not obtained, except for Mr. Koskovolis, who will be entitled to 50% of his bonus amount if the sponsorship revenue target is satisfied.

 

Upon the Company’s emergence from the Reorganization Cases (a “ Triggering Event ”), the executives will be entitled to receive emergence bonuses in the following amounts:

 

 

 

Emergence Bonus ($)

 

Shapiro

 

3,000,000

 

Speed

 

750,000

 

Koskovolis

 

325,000

 

Quenzel

 

250,000

 

Coughlin

 

250,000

 

Schleimer

 

250,000

 

Antinoro

 

200,000

 

 

Emergence bonuses are payable in a lump sum cash payment within ten business days of the Triggering Event, except that $1,000,000 of Mr. Shapiro’s emergence bonus will become payable on the first anniversary of the Triggering Event, subject to his continued employment through such date, or, earlier, upon the termination of Mr. Shapiro’s employment without “cause,” for “good reason,” without “good reason” in connection with a “change in control” or “significant change in board composition,” or due to death or “disability” (as such terms are defined in the Employment Agreements).  In connection with negotiations with the Participating Lenders regarding the Plan, Mr. Shapiro agreed to amend the definitions of such terms in his Employment Agreement so as to (i) exclude from the definition of “change in control”: (a) the Reorganization Cases and the occurrence of the Effective Date and (b) the replacement of any current directors with directors appointed by the Participating Lenders, (ii) modify the definition of “significant change in board composition” so that it is triggered only by the failure of more than one of Mark Shapiro, Daniel M. Snyder, Mark Jennings and Dwight Schar, or their respective successors, to be a “Continuing Director” and (iii) exclude the Prepetition Lenders from the definition of “person” to the extent that the Prepetition Lenders, as a collective, could be deemed to be acting as a “group” for the purposes of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Securities Exchange Act ”).

 

In addition, severance will become payable under the Employment Agreements upon termination of an executive’s employment without “cause” or for “good reason” during the contract term, provided that , Mr. Shapiro’s Employment Agreement will be amended to limit his cash severance to three years base salary plus bonus.  Mr. Speed would be entitled to receive the greater of (a) the sum of his base salary and target bonus for the remaining balance of the contract term or (b) two times the sum of his base salary and target bonus.  Each other executive would receive an amount equal to the sum of the executive’s base salary for the remaining balance of the contract term and the executive’s annual bonus for the prior year.  In addition,

 

33



 

each executive will receive twelve months (36 months for Mr. Shapiro) of continued health and life insurance coverage.

 

The Employment Agreements also provide that, upon a Triggering Event, the executives will receive stock options and restricted stock under the Long-Term Incentive Plan, which will vest over a four-year period.  Although it was originally contemplated that stock options and restricted stock distributable under the Long-Term Incentive Plan would be 12% of the outstanding common stock in SFI, the amount was reduced to 10% of the New Common Stock of Reorganized SFI, on a fully diluted basis.  The terms of the Long-Term Incentive Plan are discussed further in Section VI.G.5 of this Disclosure Statement.

 

D.                                     PARTNERSHIP PARKS AND TIME WARNER FINANCING

 

In connection with the Company’s 1998 acquisition of the former Six Flags, it guaranteed certain obligations relating to Six Flags Over Georgia (including Six Flags White Water Atlanta) and Six Flags Over Texas (together, the “ Partnership Parks ”).  These obligations continue until 2027, in the case of the Georgia parks, and 2028, in the case of the Texas park.  Among such obligations are (i) minimum annual distributions (including rent) of approximately $60 million in 2009 (subject to cost of living adjustments in subsequent years) to partners in these two Partnerships Parks (of which the Company will be entitled to receive in 2009 approximately $25 million based on the Company’s present ownership of approximately 29% of the Georgia limited partner interests and approximately 52% of the Texas limited partner interests at June 30, 2009), (ii) minimum capital expenditures at each park during rolling five-year periods based generally on 6% of park revenues, and (iii) an annual offer to purchase a maximum number of 5% per year (accumulating to the extent not purchased in any given year) of limited partnership units (collectively, “ Partnership Park LP Interests ”) at the Specified Prices (as defined below), which annual offer must remain open from March 31 through late April of each year (the “ Put Period ”), with a May 15 payment date, and any limited partnership interest “put” during such Put Period must be fully paid for no later than May 15th of that year.

 

After payment of the minimum distribution, Six Flags is entitled to a management fee equal to 3% of prior year gross revenues and, thereafter, any additional cash will be distributed 95% to the Company, in the case of the Georgia parks, and 92.5% to the Company, in the case of the Texas park.

 

The purchase price for the annual offer to purchase a maximum number of 5% per year of Partnership Park LP Interests is based on the greater of (i) a total equity value of $250 million (in the case of Georgia) and $374.8 million (in the case of Texas) or (ii) a value derived by multiplying the weighted-average four year EBITDA of the park by 8.0 (in the case of the Georgia park) and 8.5 (in the case of the Texas park) (the “ Specified Prices ”).  As of June 30, 2009, the Company owned approximately 29% and 52% of the Georgia limited partner units and Texas limited partner units, respectively.  The remaining redeemable units of approximately 71% and 48% of the Georgia limited partner and Texas limited partner, respectively, represent an ultimate redemption value for the Partnership Park LP Interests of approximately $355 million at June 30, 2009.  As of June 30, 2009, the amount of accumulated and unexercised Partnership Park LP Interests eligible to be “put” during the next Put Period in April 2010 is approximately $[  ] million.  In 2027 and 2028, the Company will have the option to purchase all remaining

 

34



 

Partnership Park LP Interests, at a price based on the Specified Prices set forth above, increased by a cost of living adjustment.

 

In addition., when the Company acquired the former Six Flags, the Company entered into a Subordinated Indemnity Agreement, dated as of April 1, 1998 (the “ Subordinated Indemnity Agreement ”), with certain Six Flags entities, Time Warner Inc. (“ Time Warner ”) and an affiliate of Time Warner, pursuant to which, among other things, the Company transferred to Time Warner (which has guaranteed all of the Company’s obligations under the Partnership Park arrangements) record title to the corporations which own the entities that have purchased and will purchase limited partnership units of the Partnership Parks, and the Company received an assignment from Time Warner of all cash flow received on, and voting rights associated with, such limited partnership units.  Six Flags otherwise controls such entities.  Pursuant to the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement, the Company is required to deposit certain calculated amounts into escrow as a source of funds in the event Timer Warner is required to honor its guarantee.  In addition, Six Flags issued to Time Warner shares of preferred stock in the entity that indirectly owns 100% of the respective managing general partners of the partnerships.  In the event of a default by the Company under the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement or of the Company’s obligations to its partners in the Partnership Parks, these arrangements would permit Time Warner to take full control of both the entities that own the limited partnership units and the managing general partners.  In that event, Time Warner would acquire the Company’s interests in approximately $198.5 million in loans made by the managing general partners to the partnerships.  Such an event of default would also trigger a termination event under the Company’s licensing agreement with Time Warner.  The Company’s obligations under the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement are guaranteed by substantially all of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries, including SFTP and all its domestic subsidiaries (collectively, the “ TW Indemnity Claims ”).  If the Company satisfies all such obligations, Time Warner is required to transfer to it the entire equity interests of the entities that own the limited partnership units and the managing general partners

 

As of the end of the Put Period for 2009, Six Flags received “put” notices from holders of Partnership Park LP Interests, with an aggregate “put” price of approximately $65.5 million.  The general partner of the Georgia limited partner elected to purchase 50% of the Georgia units that were “put” for a total purchase price of approximately $7 million.  Six Flags funded “puts” totaling $6 million with cash that was in escrow for the benefit of the subsidiaries of Time Warner in connection with the Company’s obligations related to the Partnership Parks.  Although not required by the existing arrangements with subsidiaries of Time Warner concerning the Partnership Parks, TW-SF LLC, a subsidiary of Time Warner, provided the Company a loan (the “ TW Loan ”) to enable the Company to fund the 2009 “put” obligations.

 

In connection with the TW Loan, SFOG Acquisition A, Inc., SFOG Acquisition B, L.L.C., SFOT Acquisition I, Inc. and SFOT Acquisition II, Inc., each a subsidiary of the Company (the “ Acquisition Parties ”), entered into a promissory note, dated May 15, 2009, pursuant to which TW-SF LLC loaned approximately $53 million to the Acquisition Parties.  Interest on the loan accrues at a rate of 14% per annum, and the principal amount of the loan matures on March 15, 2011.  The loan requires semi-annual prepayments with the proceeds received by the Acquisition Parties from the Company-owned Partnership Park LP Interests and is prepayable at any time at the option of the Acquisition Parties.  The loan contains customary

 

35



 

representations, warranties and affirmative covenants.  In addition, the loan contains restrictive covenants that limit, among other things, the ability of the Acquisition Parties to incur indebtedness, create liens, engage in mergers, consolidations and other fundamental changes, sell and lease any assets or issue capital stock, make investments or loans, engage in transactions with affiliates, pay dividends or repurchase capital stock.  The loan contains customary events of default, including changes of control and bankruptcy events, but the filing of the Reorganization Cases did not constitute a default.

 

Up to an aggregate of $10 million of the loan is guaranteed by SFI, SFO, and SFTP (collectively, the “ TW Guarantors ”) under the terms of a guaranty agreement entered into by the TW Guarantors in favor of TW-SF LLC (“ TW ”), dated May 15, 2009.  The guaranty agreement is subject to customary conditions and contains customary representations, warranties and affirmative covenants.  In addition, the guaranty contains restrictive covenants that limit, among other things, the ability of the TW Guarantors to incur indebtedness, issue redeemable capital stock or preferred stock, create liens or amend the Company’s Prepetition Credit Agreement, charter documents or bylaws in certain manners.

 

E.                                       CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND SIGNIFICANT PREPETITION INDEBTEDNESS

 

As of December 31, 2008, the Company had approximately $2.37 billion of indebtedness outstanding and $302 million of PIERS obligations, including dividends in arrears that are mandatorily redeemable (to the extent of assets legally available therefor) on August 15, 2009 for 100% of the liquidation preference, plus accrued and unpaid dividends.  The following chart illustrates the Debtors’ significant prepetition indebtedness:

 

36



 

 

The instruments evidencing these obligations are described below.  In addition to the foregoing, the Debtors estimate that as of the Petition Date, they had aggregate trade debt of approximately $39 million for goods and services provided to them on an unsecured basis.

 

1.                                        Prepetition Credit Agreement

 

On May 25, 2007, certain of the Debtors entered into the Prepetition Credit Agreement which provided for (i) an $850,000,000 term loan, with a stated maturity of April 30, 2015 (approximately $835,125,000 of which was outstanding as of the Petition Date); (ii) a revolving facility totaling $275,000,000 (approximately $243,492,063 of which was outstanding as of the Petition Date (as well as letters of credit in the approximate amount of $30,132,885)), and (iii) an uncommitted optional term loan tranche of up to $300,000,000.  On July 14, 2009, the Company received notice to draw approximately $27.1 million in outstanding letters of credit which increased the total balance of the revolver debt to approximately $270.6 million.  JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. serves as the Prepetition Agent.   SFTP is the borrower under the Prepetition Credit Agreement.  SFO and all of its subsidiaries are guarantors, other than certain subsidiaries that are specifically excluded in the Prepetition Credit Agreement (collectively, the “ Guarantors ”).

 

37



 

The interest rate on borrowings under the Prepetition Credit Agreement can be fixed for periods ranging from one to twelve months, subject to certain conditions.  At the Debtors’ option, the interest rate is based upon specified levels in excess of the applicable base rate or the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate (“ LIBOR ”).  At March 31, 2009, and after giving effect to then applicable interest swap arrangements, the weighted average interest rate for borrowings under the term loan and the revolving facility were 4.86% and 3.79%, respectively.  Commencing on September 30, 2007, SFTP, as the primary borrower under the Prepetition Credit Agreement, was required to make quarterly principal repayments on the term loan in the amount of $2,125,000 with all remaining principal due on April 30, 2015. The Prepetition Credit Agreement contains customary representations and warranties and affirmative and negative covenants, including, but not limited to, a financial covenant related to the maintenance of a minimum senior secured leverage ratio in the event of utilization of the revolving facility and certain other events, as well as limitations on the ability to dispose of assets, incur additional indebtedness or liens, make restricted payments, make investments and engage in mergers or consolidations.

 

To secure obligations under the Prepetition Credit Agreement, SFTP and the Guarantors granted the Prepetition Agent security interests and mortgages in and on substantially all of the SFTP’s and the Guarantors’ assets.

 

2.                                        Derivative Financial Instruments

 

In February 2008, the Debtors entered into two interest rate swap agreements that effectively converted $600,000,000 of the term loan component of the Prepetition Credit Agreement into a fixed rate obligation.  The terms of the agreements, each of which had a notional amount of $300,000,000, began in February 2008 and were terminated on the Petition Date.  Claims arising in connection with such interest rate swap agreements are treated as Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims under the Plan.  As of the Petition Date, swap counterparties held Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims against the Debtors of approximately $18.7 million.

 

3.                                        Unsecured Notes

 

As of the Petition Date, SFI owed approximately $1.27 billion on account of fixed-rate senior unsecured notes having various maturities and rates.  More specifically, there are five tranches of unsecured notes issued or guaranteed by Six Flags as follows:

 

(a)           2010 Notes.  On February 11, 2002, SFI issued $480,000,000 of 8 7 / 8 % Senior Notes maturing in the year 2010 (the “ 2010 Notes ”).  Subsequently, SFI repurchased $199,700,000 of the 2010 Notes and exchanged $149,223,000 of such notes for the 2016 Notes described below.  The 2010 Notes are senior unsecured obligations of SFI and are not guaranteed by any of its subsidiaries.  The 2010 Notes required annual interest payments of approximately $11,633,000 and, absent certain limited exceptions, such as changes in control of SFI and certain asset sales, did not require any principal payments or repurchases prior to their maturity in 2010.

 

(b)           2013 Notes.  On April 16, 2003, SFI issued $430,000,000 of 9¾% Senior Notes maturing in the year 2013 (the “ 2013 Notes ”).  Subsequently, SFI repurchased $56,000,000 of the 2013 Notes and exchanged $231,559,000 of such notes for the 2016 Notes.

 

38



 

The 2013 Notes are senior unsecured obligations of SFI and are not guaranteed by any of its subsidiaries.  The 2013 Notes required annual interest payments of approximately $13,888,000 and, absent certain limited exceptions, such as changes in control of SFI and certain asset sales, did not require any principal payments or repurchases prior to their maturity in 2013.

 

(c)           2014 Notes.  On December 5, 2003, SFI issued $325,000,000 of 9 5 / 8 % Senior Notes maturing in the year 2014 (the “ 2014 Notes ”).  In January 2005, SFI issued an additional $195,000,000 of 2014 Notes, the proceeds of which were used to fund the redemption of other senior notes of SFI.  SFI has repurchased a total of $55,350,000 of the principal amount of the 2014 Notes and has exchanged $149,863,000 of such notes for the 2016 Notes.  The 2014 Notes are senior unsecured obligations of SFI and are not guaranteed by any of its subsidiaries.  The 2014 Notes required annual interest payments of approximately $30,298,000 and, subject to certain limited exceptions, such as changes in control of SFI and certain asset sales, did not require any principal payments or repurchases prior to their maturity in 2014, absent certain limited exceptions.

 

(d)           2015 Notes.  On November 19, 2004, SFI issued $299,000,000 principal amount of notes maturing in the year 2015 (the “ 2015 Notes ”), which are convertible into SFI’s common stock at an initial conversion rate of 157.4803 shares for each $1,000 principal amount of 2015 Notes, subject to certain adjustments.  During June and July of 2007, SFI repurchased $19,000,000 of the principal amount of the 2015 Notes.  The 2015 Notes are senior unsecured obligations of SFI and are not guaranteed by any of its subsidiaries.  The 2015 Notes required annual interest payments of approximately $12,600,000, representing an interest rate of 4½% per year, and, subject to certain limited exceptions, did not require any principal payments or repurchases prior to their maturity in 2015.

 

(e)           2016 Notes.  On June 16, 2008, the Debtors completed a private debt exchange in which it issued $400,000,000 of 12¼% Senior Notes due in the year 2016 (“ 2016 Notes ”) of Six Flags Operations Inc. in exchange for (i) $149,223,000 of the 2010 Notes, (ii) $231,559,000 of the 2013 Notes and (iii) $149,863,000 of the 2014 Notes.  The benefits of this transaction included reducing debt principal by approximately $130.6 million, extending the Debtors’ debt maturities (including a majority of SFI’s nearest term debt maturity in 2010) and decreasing annual cash interest expenses.  The transaction resulted in a net gain on extinguishment of debt of $107,743,000 related to the 2013 Notes and 2014 Notes (net of $3,264,000 of transaction costs related to the 2010 Notes that were charged to expense immediately as the exchange of the 2010 Notes was not deemed to be a substantial modification under the guidance of Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 96-19, “Debtor’s Accounting for a Modification or Exchange of Debt Instruments”).  The Debtors also recorded a $14,146,000 premium on the 2016 Notes representing the difference between the carrying amount of the 2010 Notes and the carrying amount of the 2016 Notes on the exchange as this portion of the exchange was not deemed a substantial modification.  This premium is to be amortized as an offset to interest expense over the life of the 2016 Notes.

 

The 2016 Notes required annual interest payments of approximately $49,000,000 and are guaranteed by SFI.  Subject to certain limited exceptions, such as changes in control of SFI or SFO and certain asset sales, the 2016 Notes did not require any principal payments or repurchases prior to their maturity in 2016.

 

39



 

Each of these Unsecured Notes is structurally and contractually subordinate to the obligations under the Prepetition Credit Agreement.

 

4.                                        Preferred Income Equity Redeemable Shares

 

In January 2001, SFI issued 11,500,000 Preferred Income Equity Redeemable Shares (“ PIERS ”), for proceeds of $277,834,000.  Each PIERS represents one one-hundredth (1/100) beneficial interest in a share of SFI’s 7¼% convertible preferred stock.  The Company has not declared quarterly dividends on the PIERS for the quarters ending June 30, 2008, September 30, 2008, December 31, 2008 and March 31, 2009.  These amounts have been accrued.

 

By their terms, the PIERS were required to be redeemed on August 15, 2009 for cash at 100% of the liquidation preference, which would have amounted to approximately $287.5 million plus accrued and unpaid dividends in the approximate amount of $31.3 million.  Subject to certain limited exceptions, such as a change in control of SFI, the PIERS did not require any redemption payments or repurchases prior to the redemption date.

 

5.                                        Guarantees of Partnership Parks Loan

 

As described more fully above in Section III.D., titled “Partnership Parks and Time Warner Financing,” on May 15, 2009, the TW Guarantors (which are SFI, SFO and SFTP) entered into agreements to guaranty payment of up to $10 million of the obligations of the Acquisition Parties to TW.  The Acquisition Parties are obligated to TW in the aggregate principal amount of $52,507,000 pursuant to a promissory note between those parties.  The TW Guarantors guaranteed prompt and complete payment of all amounts owed by the Acquisition Parties as and when due under the promissory note; provided, however , that under terms of the guaranty agreement the maximum liability of the TW Guarantors will not exceed $10,000,000, in the aggregate.

 

6.                                        Trade Debt

 

In connection with their nationwide operations, the Debtors purchase a variety of goods and services from vendors.  Such goods and services have been purchased through purchase orders and other customary procedures used by such vendors in the ordinary course of business.  A substantial portion of the merchandise sold in the Debtors’ amusement parks is imprinted with or utilizes the Six Flags logo or other licensed designs, and many of the Debtor’s commitments extend six to nine months into the future and may not be cancelled.

 

F.                                       RECENT FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

As of March 31, 2009, the Debtors’ unaudited consolidated financial statements reflected assets totaling approximately $2,907,335,000 and liabilities totaling approximately $3,431,647,000.  As of March 31, 2009, the Debtors’ assets included Cash or Cash equivalents of approximately $79,412,000, and accounts receivable of approximately $25,084,000.

 

The Debtors’ total revenues for the three-month period ending March 31, 2009 amounted to approximately $51,900,000, compared to $68,224,000 in total revenues for the

 

40



 

three-month period ending March 31, 2008.  The Debtors’ net loss for the three-month period ending March 31, 2009 was approximately $140,798,000, compared to $151,555,000 during the three-month period ending March 31, 2008.

 

IV.  KEY EVENTS LEADING TO THE

COMMENCEMENT OF THE REORGANIZATION CASES

 

A.                                     FINANCIAL CHALLENGES

 

For several years, the Debtors have faced a number of challenges, most significantly their over-leveraged balance sheet, which have impaired their ability to achieve profitability.  Ultimately, these challenges necessitated the commencement of the Reorganization Cases.

 

1.                                        Challenging Market Conditions

 

As discussed above, under the direction of the previous Board and management team, by the end of 2005 the Company had amassed more than $2.6 billion of debt and PIERS obligations in order to acquire theme parks and conduct various capital expenditure programs.  Faced with a highly leveraged balance sheet, in 2006 the newly constituted Board approved substantial changes to senior management, including several park presidents (formerly referred to as general managers), and new management began to effectuate a series of long-term operating initiatives.  By 2008, new management achieved each of the five key strategic objectives that it set out to achieve by the end of its third year.  They are summarized as follows:

 

·                   Cleaned-up the parks and improved the overall guest experience; repositioned the brand by diversifying the product offering.  For the second year in a row, the Company’s key guest satisfaction scores were at or above all-time highs.

 

·                   Created and grew new high margin and low capital sponsorship and licensing businesses and achieved annual revenues in excess of a $50 million target.  For 2008, the Company achieved sponsorship, licensing and other fees of approximately $59 million.

 

·                   Achieved total revenue per capita of at least $40, or 20% cumulative growth from 2005.

 

·                   Operated at a Modified EBITDA margin of at least 30%.

 

·                   Became Free Cash Flow positive, which had never been achieved in the Company’s history.  The Company was Free Cash Flow positive with an Adjusted EBITDA in excess of $275 million in 2008.

 

In addition to diversifying and growing revenues, and increasing operational efficiency and operating cash flows, new management also worked to reduce the Company’s debt obligations.  This was achieved by, among other means, selling ten parks for approximately $400 million in gross proceeds, entering into the Prepetition Credit Agreement that reduced interest costs and extended maturities and completing an exchange offer for $530.6 million of SFI notes for $400.0 million of the SFO 2016 Notes, resulting in reduced debt and interest, and extended maturities. Despite these significant achievements, the Company remains highly

 

41



 

leveraged and has substantial indebtedness and PIERS obligations, much of which will become due in the next few years, and requires significant associated debt service.

 

To date, these balance sheet challenges have been exacerbated by the unfavorable conditions described below, including diminishing availability of credit, inclement weather at certain parks, Swine Flu, and the overall deterioration in the U.S. economy, including rising levels of national unemployment, all of which has caused a reduction in the Debtors’ year over year performance:

 

·                   The Company is experiencing declines in group-ticket sales, in-park per capita spending, as well as sponsorship and licensing revenue, due to rising unemployment and the general deterioration in domestic and international economies.

 

·                   The Company has experienced a reduction in earnings from foreign currency exchange rate impacts at its Mexico and Montreal parks.

 

·                   Attendance at certain of the Company’s parks has been adversely impacted by adverse weather in 2009 compared to 2008.

 

·                   During April 2009, the Swine Flu epidemic led to the closing of Six Flags Mexico for almost two weeks by order of the Mexican government, and caused attendance at the Company’s Texas parks to experience a year-over-year decline.

 

Due to the adverse business impact of the above factors, the Company’s ability to maintain sufficient liquidity and satisfy its financial covenant requirements under the Prepetition Credit Agreement became unlikely.

 

2.                                        Exchange Offers

 

As previously noted, the PIERS require mandatory redemption by August 15, 2009. The redemption provisions provide for payment in cash at 100% of the liquidation preference, which amounts to approximately $287.5 million, in addition to accrued and unpaid dividends of approximately $31.3 million.  Unable to satisfy this obligation, the Debtors sought to refinance or restructure the PIERS before the mandatory redemption date because a default of the PIERS obligations would also cause a default under the Prepetition Credit Agreement.  A default under the Prepetition Credit Agreement, in turn, would permit the Prepetition Lenders to accelerate the Debtors’ obligations thereunder.  If the Prepetition Lenders were to accelerate the amounts due under the Prepetition Credit Agreement, a cross-default could also be triggered under the Unsecured Notes, resulting in most, if not all, of the Debtors’ long-term debt becoming due and payable immediately.

 

Recognizing the need for a comprehensive solution for these financial issues, prior to commencing the Reorganization Cases the Debtors attempted to effect out-of-court exchange offers designed to reduce unsecured debt and interest expense requirements, leave in place its favorable Prepetition Credit Agreement, and improve financial and operational flexibility to allow the Company to compete more effectively and generate long-term growth (the “ Exchange Offers ”).  Accordingly, SFI (i) announced the commencement of an exchange offer and consent solicitation on April 17, 2009 to exchange the 2010 Notes, 2013 Notes and 2014

 

42



 

Notes for common stock and (ii) announced the commencement of an exchange offer and consent solicitation on May 6, 2009 to exchange the 2015 Notes for common stock.  The consummation of the Exchange Offers with respect to such Unsecured Notes was conditioned on, among other things, the valid participation of at least 95% of the aggregate principal amount of each issue of Unsecured Notes.  SFI also contemplated soliciting consents from the holders of the PIERS to amend the terms of the PIERS to provide for the automatic conversion of the PIERS into common stock.  However, because it became apparent that 95% of the aggregate principal amount of each issue of Unsecured Notes would not participate in the Exchange Offers, SFI did not commence the consent solicitation with respect to the PIERS.

 

As events unfolded during the early part of the 2009 season, it became apparent that the Exchange Offers ultimately would have been inadequate to resolve the Debtors’ financial issues due to significant, and unexpected, declines in financial performance and liquidity for reasons beyond management’s control ( e.g. , macro-economic turbulence, rising levels of national unemployment, a Swine Flu epidemic, and adverse weather conditions), as well as higher-than-expected “put” obligations from the Debtors’ Partnership Parks (defined herein), as described in Section III.D of this Disclosure Statement.

 

3.                                        Negotiations with Avenue

 

In connection with the Debtors’ efforts to appropriately evaluate all potential restructuring alternatives, in March 2009, the Debtors entered into good-faith negotiations with Avenue in its capacity as the largest holder of the 2016 Notes, a significant holder of other Unsecured Notes, and a Prepetition Lender, in an attempt to de-lever their balance sheet through a restructuring transaction that had the potential to result in a pre-negotiated chapter 11 filing. Negotiations with Avenue focused on the conversion of the 2016 Notes into the bulk of the equity of reorganized SFI and were dependent upon reinstatement of the favorable terms of the Prepetition Credit Agreement. Reinstatement of the Prepetition Credit Agreement was a critical element of these negotiations because, if the Company was left with the full balance of the Prepetition Credit Agreement but was unable to reinstate the favorable terms of the Prepetition Credit Agreement, the Company would have faced the prospect of paying much higher “market” rates of interest on approximately $1.1264 billion outstanding under the Prepetition Credit Agreement. The Company estimates that its annual interest costs would have increased by at least $40 million, further exacerbating the Company’s liquidity and future financial covenant challenges.  Under these proposals, Avenue would have become the largest equity holder of reorganized SFI.

 

As the negotiations ensued, and the Debtors’ concerns increased regarding the effects of economic turbulence in the United States and abroad and other negative impacts on the Debtors’ businesses and prospects, the Debtors’ financial analyses indicated that even with the de-leveraging of SFI and SFO proposed by Avenue through the conversion of Unsecured Notes into equity and the reinstatement of the Prepetition Credit Agreement, an additional $200 million of capital, at a minimum, would be required to ensure adequate liquidity for the Debtors’ seasonal business, including liquidity to periodically fund potential Partnership Park “puts” at assumed levels. Even with an additional $200 million of capital, the Debtors’ would still have been exposed to a shortfall in liquidity in the event that “puts” occurred at the maximum possible levels. Moreover, the Debtors made clear to Avenue that this funding would be in addition to any

 

43



 

capital needed to address potential breaches of the financial covenant in future periods under the Prepetition Credit Agreement, which was essential to preserve the possibility of reinstatement of those loans, which was a requirement under Avenue’s proposal.

 

After the Debtors communicated these proposals, Avenue initially responded with a convertible debt funding proposal of $175 million on a delayed-draw basis, with a high interest rate and significant fees, and conditioned on a conversion of that capital to common stock in reorganized SFI at a 25% discount to the value established in the proposed reorganization plan.  The Debtors responded that the terms of this funding were not at market terms and, in any event, were inadequate to meet the Debtors’ financial needs and did not address the financial covenant issue.  Avenue then presented the Debtors with a revised financing proposal on May 29, 2009, which provided for $175 million of capital to be available upon closing, but with an increased conversion discount of 30% to the proposed plan valuation. This proposal was, therefore, even more expensive in terms of potential equity dilution than the prior Avenue proposal, and remained inadequate to meet the Debtors’ liquidity and financial covenant-compliance needs.

 

On June 8, 2009, Avenue presented a revised offer of only $100 million of convertible debt capital, with an escalating interest rate, convertible to SFI common stock, at an initial conversion price of a 30% discount to the reorganization plan value, and without resolution of the Debtors’ financial-covenant concerns. Avenue also requested a new “fee” of 5% of the restructured equity of SFI in return for this dramatically reduced $100 million of capital.  On June 12, 2009, the Debtors received a term sheet from Avenue confirming the revised terms as verbally communicated on June 8, 2009.

 

In addition, a thirty-day grace period to make interest payments on account of the 2015 Notes was set to expire on June 14, 2009. Given the tightening liquidity position, the Debtors’ were facing the possibility of being unable to make the June 14, 2009 payment resulting in a payment default which could have led to the immediate acceleration of most, if not all, of the Debtors’ extant funded debt obligations. If these events had transpired, it would have eliminated the possibility of reinstating the favorable terms of the Prepetition Credit Agreement.  The Debtors thus had less than a week to reach a final agreement regarding an alternative plan.

 

B.                                     THE RESTRUCTURING AGREEMENT

 

As discussions with Avenue proceeded through May 2009, the Debtors became increasingly concerned with the adverse trends they were observing in their businesses, and the potential implications of those trends on the Company’s future business prospects and financial needs. In order to evaluate all alternatives to maximize stakeholders’ value, and out of concern that the capitalization proposed by Avenue would ultimately be too expensive — and, even more importantly, out of concern that Avenue’s proposed capitalization appeared to be insufficient to accomplish the contemplated reinstatement of the Prepetition Credit Agreement — the Debtors informed Avenue in late May that they intended to begin discussions with the Prepetition Agent and the Participating Lenders. As discussed above, the Debtors expressed their concern to Avenue regarding the cost and insufficient capitalization in Avenue’s proposal. At that time, Avenue encouraged the Debtors to “test the market.”  With Avenue’s knowledge, the Debtors’ advisors commenced discussions with other sources of capital, including the Prepetition Lenders. In early June 2009, the Prepetition Agent and the Participating Lenders proposed a pre-

 

44



 

negotiated restructuring premised upon the conversion of claims under the Prepetition Credit Agreement into the bulk of the equity in Reorganized SFI.  In addition, the Participating Lenders proposed to permit the Debtors to obtain a new, $150 million revolving or multi-draw term credit facility to meet the Company’s liquidity and capital needs on an on-going basis.

 

Ultimately, the Debtors determined that the Participating Lenders’ proposal was superior to any known alternative because of the feasibility of the proposed plan and the likelihood of success in having such a plan approved. The Debtors obtained the Participating Lenders’ agreement to that certain Plan Support Agreement, dated as of June 13, 2009 (the “ Restructuring Agreement ”).  Pursuant to the Restructuring Agreement, the parties agreed that, among other things, (i) the Debtors’ financial restructuring (the “ Restructuring ”) would be effectuated through a pre-negotiated chapter 11 case, (ii) the Debtors would adhere to a negotiated timeline for the Restructuring, and (iii) subject to certain conditions, the Debtors and the Participating Lenders would support a Restructuring with the following general terms:

 

·                   The claims against the Debtors arising under the Prepetition Credit Agreement will be exchanged for 92% of the new equity in Reorganized SFI, subject to dilution on account of the Long-Term Incentive Plan, plus a new term loan in an aggregate amount of $600 million.

 

·                   The Debtors would have the flexibility to obtain a new credit facility of up to $150 million upon exit, and financing for “put” obligations of up to an additional $150 million.

 

·                   Unsecured claims against SFO (including those arising under the 2016 Notes Indenture) will be exchanged for 7% of the new equity in Reorganized SFI, subject to dilution on account of the Long-Term Incentive Plan.

 

·                   Unsecured claims against SFI (including those arising under Unsecured Notes Indentures) will be exchanged for 1% of the new equity in Reorganized SFI, subject to dilution on account of the Long-Term Incentive Plan.

 

·                   Substantially all other secured and unsecured claims held by the Debtors’ creditors will be unimpaired.

 

·                   The holders of PIERS and existing equity interests in SFI will receive no recovery.

 

Following careful consideration of all alternatives, the Debtors have determined that implementation of the Restructuring as set forth in the Restructuring Agreement and the Plan through the commencement of these chapter 11 cases is the best way to maximize the value of the Debtors’ businesses and is in the best interests of all of the Debtors’ creditors, and implementation of such restructuring will be a significant step in effectuating the Debtors’ turnaround and enable the Debtors to emerge as a healthy, viable enterprise that can continue its leadership role in the regional theme park industry.

 

45



 

V.  THE REORGANIZATION CASES

 

A.                                     FIRST DAY ORDERS

 

On the Petition Date, the Debtors filed a series of motions seeking various relief from the Bankruptcy Court designed to minimize any disruption of business operations and to facilitate their reorganization.

 

1.                                        Case Administration Orders

 

The Bankruptcy Court issued orders: (i) authorizing the joint administration of the chapter 11 cases and (ii) granting an extension of time to file the Debtors’ schedules and statements.  In addition, the Debtors have requested that the Bankruptcy Court authorize the retention of legal and financial advisors.

 

2.                                        Critical Obligations

 

The Bankruptcy Court issued orders authorizing the Debtors to satisfy certain critical business obligations such as those relating to (i) critical vendors, (ii) the payment of wages, compensation and employee benefits, (iii) certain value added taxes, (iv) foreign creditors, common carriers and warehousemen, and (v) certain vendors that provided “perishable agricultural commodities” as defined in the Perishable Agricultural Commodities Act of 1930, as amended (7 U.S.C. § 499a et seq. (“ PACA ”), and that have the authority to impose a trust on certain of the Debtors’ assets to enforce prompt payment of Claims filed pursuant to PACA.

 

3.                                        Business Operations

 

The Bankruptcy Court issued orders (i) authorizing the Debtors to continue certain workers’ compensation and other insurance policies, (ii) permitting the Debtors to continue their existing customer programs and practices and to honor any prepetition obligations in respect thereof and (iii) on an interim and final basis, prohibiting the Debtors’ utilities service providers from altering, refusing or discontinuing service and establishing certain procedures for determining adequate assurance of payment.

 

4.                                        Financial Operations

 

The Bankruptcy Court issued orders allowing the Debtors to (i) maintain their existing bank accounts and forms, (ii) continue to use existing investment guidelines, (iii) continue their centralized cash management system and (iv) continue the use of the Prepetition Lenders’ cash collateral.

 

B.                                     CREDITORS’ COMMITTEE

 

On June 26, 2009, the U.S. Trustee, pursuant to its authority under section 1102 of the Bankruptcy Code, appointed the Creditors’ Committee.

 

46



 

The current members of the Creditors’ Committee are:

 

John J. Gorman

8226 Bee Caves Road

Austin, TX 78746

 

The Coca-Cola Company

Attn. Joseph Johnson, Esq.

PO Box 1734

NAT 2008 Mail Stop

Atlanta, GA 30313

 

 

 

Esopus Creek Value

Attn. Joseph S. Criscione

150 JFK Parkway, Ste. 100

Short Hills, NY 07078

 

The Bank of New York Mellon

Attn. Gary Bush

101 Barclay Street

Floor 8 West

New York, NY 10286

 

 

 

Richard Schottenfeld

800 Third Ave.

New York, NY 10022

 

Whirley Industries

Attn. Susan M. Borland

618 Fourth Ave.

PO Box 988

Warren, PA 16365

 

 

 

HSBC Bank USA, N.A.

Attn. Robert Conrad

10 East 40th Street

New York, NY 10016

 

 

 

The Creditors’ Committee has the following advisors:

 

Attorneys

 

Financial Advisors

 

 

 

Brown Rudnick LLP

Seven Times Square

New York, NY 10036

 

Peter J. Solomon Company

520 Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10022

 

 

 

Pachulski Stang Ziehl & Jones

919 North Market Street, 17th Floor

Wilmington, DE 19899

 

 

 

Since the appointment of the Creditors’ Committee, the Debtors have consulted with the Creditors’ Committee concerning the administration of the chapter 11 cases.

 

C.                                     REJECTION OF CERTAIN AGREEMENTS

 

As part of their efforts to reduce their operating expenses, the Debtors engaged in an analysis of their various contracts and agreements, including unexpired leases (collectively, the “ Executory Contracts ”).  On and after the Petition Date, the Debtors, in consultation with the Prepetition Agent, may reject various Executory Contracts pursuant to orders of the Bankruptcy Court.  In accordance with the Plan, all Executory Contracts that exist between the Debtors and any person or entity will be deemed assumed by the Debtors as of the Effective Date, except to the extent previously rejected or as identified for rejection in the Plan and the Plan Supplement.

 

47



 

See Section VI.F. of this Disclosure Statement for more information about the Debtors’ assumption and rejection of Executory Contracts.

 

D.                                     SCHEDULES AND BAR DATE

 

The Debtors will file their schedules of assets and liabilities, schedules of current income and expenditures, schedules of executory contracts and unexpired leases and statements of financial affairs within the time permitted by the Bankruptcy Code, Bankruptcy Rules and orders of the Bankruptcy Court.  Thereafter, the Debtors will request that the Bankruptcy Court enter an order establishing the last date and time (the “ Bar Date ”) for each person or entity to file proofs of Claim based on prepetition Claims against any of the Debtors.  In accordance with this order, the Debtors will mail a notice of the Bar Date and a proof of Claim form to all known holders of Claims.

 

VI.  THE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

 

A.                                     INTRODUCTION

 

The Debtors believe that (i) through the Plan, holders of Allowed Claims will receive a greater recovery from the estates of the Debtors than the recovery that they would receive in a liquidation of the Debtors under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code and (ii) the Plan will afford the Debtors the opportunity and ability to continue in business as a viable going concern and preserve ongoing employment for the Debtors’ employees.

 

The Plan is annexed hereto as Exhibit A and forms a part of this Disclosure Statement.  The summary of the Plan set forth below is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of the Plan.

 

Statements as to the rationale underlying the treatment of Claims and Preconfirmation Equity Interests under the Plan are not intended to, and shall not, waive, compromise or limit any rights, claims or causes of action in the event the Plan is not confirmed.

 

B.                                     CLASSIFICATION AND TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND EQUITY INTERESTS UNDER THE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

 

One of the key concepts under the Bankruptcy Code is that only claims and equity interests that are “allowed” may receive distributions under a chapter 11 plan.  This term is used throughout the Plan and the descriptions below.  In general, an “allowed” claim or “allowed” equity interest simply means that the debtor agrees, or in the event of a dispute, that the Bankruptcy Court determines, that the claim or equity interest, and the amount thereof, is in fact a valid obligation of the debtor.  Section 502(a) of the Bankruptcy Code provides that a timely filed claim or equity interest is automatically “allowed” unless the debtor or other party in interest objects.  However, section 502(b) of the Bankruptcy Code specifies certain claims that may not be “allowed” in bankruptcy even if a proof of claim is filed.  These include, but are not limited to, claims that are unenforceable under the governing agreement between a debtor and the claimant or applicable non-bankruptcy law, claims for unmatured interest, property tax claims in excess of the debtor’s equity in the property, claims for services that exceed their reasonable value, real property lease and employment contract rejection damage claims in excess

 

48



 

of specified amounts, late-filed claims and contingent claims for contribution and reimbursement.  Additionally, Bankruptcy Rule 3003(c)(2) prohibits the allowance of any claim or equity interest that either is not listed on the debtor’s schedules or is listed as disputed, contingent or unliquidated, if the holder has not filed a proof of claim or equity interest before the established deadline.

 

The Bankruptcy Code requires that, for purposes of treatment and voting, a chapter 11 plan divide the different claims against, and equity interests in, the debtor into separate classes based upon their legal nature.  Claims of a substantially similar legal nature are usually classified together, as are equity interests of a substantially similar legal nature.  Because an entity may hold multiple claims and/or equity interests which give rise to different legal rights, the “claims” and “equity interests” themselves, rather than their holders, are classified.

 

Under a chapter 11 plan of reorganization, the separate classes of claims and equity interests must be designated either as “impaired” (affected by the plan) or “unimpaired” (unaffected by the plan).  If a class of claims is “impaired,” the Bankruptcy Code affords certain rights to the holders of such claims, such as the right to vote on the plan, and the right to receive, under the chapter 11 plan, no less value than the holder would receive if the debtor were liquidated in a case under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.  Under section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code, a class of claims or interests is “impaired” unless the plan (i) does not alter the legal, equitable and contractual rights of the holders or (ii) irrespective of the holders’ acceleration rights, cures all defaults (other than those arising from the debtor’s insolvency, the commencement of the case or nonperformance of a non-monetary obligation), reinstates the maturity of the claims or interests in the class, compensates the holders for actual damages incurred as a result of their reasonable reliance upon any acceleration rights and does not otherwise alter their legal, equitable and contractual rights.  Typically, this means that the holder of an unimpaired claim will receive on the later of the consummation date or the date on which amounts owing are actually due and payable, payment in full, in cash, with postpetition interest to the extent appropriate and provided for under the governing agreement (or if there is no agreement, under applicable non-bankruptcy law), and the remainder of the debtor’s obligations, if any, will be performed as they come due in accordance with their terms.  Thus, other than its right to accelerate the debtor’s obligations, the holder of an unimpaired claim will be placed in the position it would have been in had the debtor’s case not been commenced.

 

Pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code, holders of unimpaired claims or interests are “conclusively presumed” to have accepted the plan.  Accordingly, their votes are not solicited.  Under the Debtors’ Plan, the Claims in Class 1 (Other Priority Claims), Class 2 (Secured Tax Claims), Class 3 (Other Secured Claims), and Class 7 (Subsidiary Unsecured Claims) are unimpaired, and therefore, the holders of such Claims are “conclusively presumed” to have voted to accept the Plan.

 

Under certain circumstances, a class of claims or equity interests may be deemed to reject a plan of reorganization.  For example, a class is deemed to reject a plan of reorganization under section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code if the holders of claims or interests in such class do not receive or retain property under the plan on account of their claims or equity interests.  Under this provision of the Bankruptcy Code, the holders of Subordinated Securities Claims (Class 15), Preconfirmation SFO Equity Interests (Class 17), and Preconfirmation SFI

 

49



 

Equity Interests (Class 18) are deemed to reject the Plan because they receive no distribution and retain no property interest under the Plan.  Because Class 15 (Subordinated Securities Claims), Class 17 (Preconfirmation SFO Equity Interests) and Class 18 (Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interests) are deemed to reject the Plan, the Debtors are required to demonstrate that the Plan satisfies the requirements of section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to such Classes.  Among these are the requirements that the plan be “fair and equitable” with respect to, and not “discriminate unfairly” against, the Claims and Preconfirmation Equity Interests in such Classes.  For a more detailed description of the requirements for confirmation, see Section IX.B below, entitled “CONFIRMATION OF THE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION; Requirements for Confirmation of the Plan of Reorganization.”

 

Consistent with these requirements, the Plan divides the Allowed Claims against, and Preconfirmation Equity Interests in, the Debtors into the following Classes:

 

Class

 

Designation

 

Impairment

 

Entitled to Vote

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class 1

 

Other Priority Claims

 

Unimpaired

 

No (deemed to accept)

Class 2

 

Secured Tax Claims

 

Unimpaired

 

No (deemed to accept)

Class 3

 

Other Secured Claims

 

Unimpaired

 

No (deemed to accept)

Class 4

 

SFTP Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims

 

Impaired

 

Yes

Class 5

 

SFTP TW Guaranty Claims

 

Impaired

 

Yes

Class 6

 

SFTP TW Indemnity Claims

 

Impaired

 

Yes

Class 7

 

Subsidiary Unsecured Claims

 

Unimpaired

 

No (deemed to accept)

Class 8

 

SFO Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims

 

Impaired

 

Yes

Class 9

 

SFO TW Guaranty Claims

 

Impaired

 

Yes

Class 10

 

SFO TW Indemnity Claims

 

Impaired

 

Yes

Class 11

 

SFO Unsecured Claims

 

Impaired

 

Yes

Class 12

 

SFI TW Guaranty Claims

 

Impaired

 

Yes

Class 13

 

SFI TW Indemnity Claims

 

Impaired

 

Yes

Class 14

 

SFI Unsecured Claims

 

Impaired

 

Yes

Class 15

 

Subordinated Securities Claims

 

Impaired

 

No (deemed to reject)

Class 16

 

Preconfirmation Subsidiary Equity Interests

 

Unimpaired

 

No (deemed to accept)

Class 17

 

Preconfirmation SFO Equity Interests

 

Impaired

 

No (deemed to reject)

Class 18

 

Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interests

 

Impaired

 

No (deemed to reject)

 

1.                                        Unclassified

 

ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE CLAIMS

 

Administrative Expense Claims are the actual and necessary costs and expenses of the Debtors’ Reorganization Cases that are allowed under and in accordance with sections 330, 365, 503(b), 507(a)(2) and 507(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.  Such expenses will include, but are not limited to, actual and necessary costs and expenses of preserving the Debtors’ estates, actual and necessary costs and expenses of operating the Debtors’ businesses, indebtedness or obligations incurred or assumed by the Debtors during the Reorganization Cases and compensation for professional services rendered and reimbursement of expenses incurred.  Specifically excluded from Administrative Expense Claims are any fees or charges assessed

 

50



 

against the estates of the Debtors under section 1930 of chapter 123 of title 28 of the United States Code, which fees or charges, if any, will be paid in accordance with Section 13.7 of the Plan.

 

Except to the extent that any entity entitled to payment of any Allowed Administrative Expense Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, each holder of an Allowed Administrative Expense Claim will receive Cash in an amount equal to such Allowed Administrative Expense Claim on the later of the Effective Date and the date such Administrative Expense Claim becomes an Allowed Administrative Expense Claim, or as soon thereafter as is practicable; provided , however , that Allowed Administrative Expense Claims representing liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business by the Debtors in Possession will be paid in full and performed by the Debtors in Possession or Reorganized Debtors, as the case may be, in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of any agreements governing, instruments evidencing or other documents relating to such transactions; provided, further , that if any such ordinary course expense is not billed or a request for payment is not made within ninety (90) days after the Effective Date, claims for payment of such an ordinary course expense will be barred.  The reasonable, documented and unpaid fees and expenses of the Prepetition Agent, including attorneys’ fees, will be Allowed Administrative Expense Claims and will be paid without the need for further filing of a proof of Claim and without the need for further Bankruptcy Court approval.

 

PROFESSIONAL COMPENSATION AND REIMBURSEMENT CLAIMS

 

Professional Compensation and Reimbursement Claims are all Claims of entities seeking awards by the Bankruptcy Court of compensation for services rendered or reimbursement of expenses incurred through and including the Confirmation Date under sections 330, 331, 503(b)(2), 503(b)(3), 503(b)(4) or 503(b)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code.  All such entities must file, on or before the date that is forty-five (45) days after the Effective Date, their respective applications for final allowances of compensation for services rendered and reimbursement of expenses incurred.

 

Pursuant to the Plan, holders of Allowed Professional Compensation and Reimbursement Claims will be paid in full, in Cash, in such amounts as are Allowed by the Bankruptcy Court in accordance with the order relating to or allowing any such Administrative Expense Claim.  The Reorganized Debtors are authorized to pay compensation for professional services rendered and reimbursement of expenses incurred after the Confirmation Date in the ordinary course of business without the need for Bankruptcy Court approval.

 

PRIORITY TAX CLAIMS

 

A Priority Tax Claim is any Claim of a governmental unit of the kind entitled to priority in payment as specified in sections 502(i) and 507(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

Except to the extent that a holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim agrees to a different treatment, each holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim will receive, at the sole option of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, (a) on the Effective Date, or as soon thereafter as is practicable , Cash in an amount equal to such Allowed Priority Tax Claim or (b) commencing on

 

51



 

the Effective Date, or as soon thereafter as is practicable, and continuing over a period not exceeding five (5) years from and after the Petition Date, equal semi-annual Cash payments in an aggregate amount equal to such Allowed Priority Tax Claim, together with interest for the period after the Effective Date at the rate determined under applicable non-bankruptcy law as of the calendar month in which the Plan is confirmed, subject to the sole option of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors to prepay the entire amount of the Allowed Priority Tax Claim.  All Allowed Priority Tax Claims that are not due and payable on or before the Effective Date will be paid in the ordinary course of business as such obligations become due.

 

2.                                        Classified

 

Class 1 – Other Priority Claims

Under the Plan, Other Priority Claims include Claims entitled to priority in payment as specified in section 507(a)(4), (5), (6) or (7) of the Bankruptcy Code, such as certain wage, salary and other compensation obligations to employees of the Debtors up to a statutory cap of $10,950 per employee.  The Debtors estimate that on the Effective Date, the allowed amount of such claims will aggregate approximately [$                   .]

 

Class 1 is Unimpaired by the Plan.  Each holder of an Allowed Other Priority Claim is conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan and is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

Except to the extent that a holder of an Allowed Other Priority Claim agrees to a different treatment, each holder of an Allowed Other Priority Claim will receive Cash in an amount equal to such Allowed Other Priority Claim on the later of the Effective Date and the date such Allowed Other Priority Claim becomes an Allowed Other Priority Claim, or as soon thereafter as is practicable.

 

Class 2 – Secured Tax Claims

Under the Plan, Secured Tax Claims include any Secured Claim that, absent its secured status, would be entitled to priority in right of payment under sections 502(i) and 507(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code (determined irrespective of any time limitations therein and including any related Secured Claim for penalties).  The Debtors estimate that on the Effective Date, the Allowed amount of such Claims will aggregate approximately [$                                .]

 

Class 2 is Unimpaired by the Plan.  Each holder of an Allowed Secured Tax Claim is conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan and is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

Except to the extent that a holder of an Allowed Secured Tax Claim agrees to a different treatment, each holder of an Allowed Secured Tax Claim will receive, at the sole option of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, (i) on the Effective Date, or as soon thereafter as is practicable , Cash in an amount equal to such Allowed Secured Tax Claim or (ii) commencing on the Effective Date, or as soon thereafter as is practicable, and continuing over a period not exceeding five (5) years from and after the Petition Date, equal semi-annual Cash payments in an

 

52



 

aggregate amount equal to such Allowed Secured Tax Claim, together with interest for the period after the Effective Date at the rate determined under applicable non-bankruptcy law as of the calendar month in which the Plan is confirmed, subject to the sole option of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors to prepay the entire amount of the Allowed Secured Tax Claim.

 

Class 3 – Other Secured Claims

Under the Plan, Other Secured Claims include any Secured Claim other than a Secured Tax Claim, an SFTP Prepetition Credit Agreement Claim or an SFO Prepetition Credit Agreement Claim.  The Debtors estimate that on the Effective Date, the Allowed amount of such Claims will aggregate approximately $0.

 

Class 3 is Unimpaired by the Plan.  Each holder of an Allowed Other Secured Claim is conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan and is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

Except to the extent that a holder of an Allowed Other Secured Claim agrees to a different treatment, at the sole option of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, (i) on the Effective Date or as soon thereafter as is practicable, each Allowed Other Secured Claim will be Reinstated and rendered Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, (ii) each holder of an Allowed Other Secured Claim will receive Cash in an amount equal to such Allowed Other Secured Claim, including any interest on such Allowed Other Secured Claim required to be paid pursuant to section 506(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, on the later of the Effective Date and the date such Allowed Other Secured Claim becomes an Allowed Other Secured Claim, or as soon thereafter as is practicable or (iii) each holder of an Allowed Other Secured Claim will receive the Collateral securing its Allowed Other Secured Claim and any interest on such Allowed Other Secured Claim required to be paid pursuant to section 506(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, in full and complete satisfaction of such Allowed Other Secured Claim on the later of the Effective Date and the date such Allowed Other Secured Claim becomes an Allowed Other Secured Claim, or as soon thereafter as is practicable.

 

Class 4 – SFTP Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims

Under the Plan, SFTP Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims include Claims held by the Prepetition Lenders and/or the Prepetition Agent, and all other Claims against SFTP or SFTP’s subsidiaries arising under the Prepetition Credit Agreement.  Class 4 SFTP Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims are Allowed in the aggregate amount of $[                     ].

 

Class 4 is Impaired by the Plan.  Each holder of an SFTP Prepetition Credit Agreement Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

On the Distribution Date, each holder of an Allowed SFTP Prepetition Credit Agreement Claim will receive its Ratable Proportion of the New Term Loan and ninety-two percent (92%) of newly issued New Common Stock, subject to dilution by the Long-Term Incentive Plan, in full and complete satisfaction of such SFTP Prepetition Credit Agreement Claim.  To the extent that any letters of credit issued pursuant to the Prepetition Credit Agreement are outstanding on the Effective Date, such letters of credit will be cancelled and

 

53



 

replaced with new letters of credit to be issued pursuant to the Exit Facility or will be fully cash collateralized.  Upon making the distributions provided above on account of Allowed SFTP Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims, all Liens and security interests granted to secure such obligations, whether prior to or during the Reorganization Cases, will be terminated and of no further force or effect .

 

Class 5 – SFTP TW Guaranty Claims

Under the Plan, SFTP TW Guaranty Claims include Claims arising under the guaranty by SFTP of obligations owed to Time Warner and certain of its affiliates under the TW Loan, up to a maximum aggregate amount of $10 million.

 

Class 5 is Impaired by the Plan.  Each holder of an SFTP TW Guaranty Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

On the Effective Date, SFTP’s guaranty of the obligations under the TW Loan shall be discharged and TW shall receive a new guaranty of the obligations under the TW Loan by Reorganized SFTP.

 

Class 6 – SFTP TW Indemnity Claims

Under the Plan, SFTP TW Indemnity Claims include Claims arising under the guaranty by SFTP of obligations owed to Time Warner and certain of its affiliates under the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement.

 

Class 6 is Impaired by the Plan.  Each holder of an SFTP TW Indemnity Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

On the Effective Date, SFTP’s guaranty of the obligations under the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement shall be discharged and exchanged for a new guaranty of the obligations under the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement by Reorganized SFTP.

 

Class 7 – Subsidiary Unsecured Claims

Under the Plan, an Unsecured Claim is any Claim against the Debtors other than an Administrative Expense Claim, Priority Tax Claim, Other Priority Claim, Secured Tax Claim, Other Secured Claim, Prepetition Credit Agreement Claim, TW Guaranty Claim, TW Indemnity Claim, Subordinated Securities Claim or Intercompany Claim, but shall not include any claim that is disallowed or released, whether by operation of law, Final Order, written agreement, the provisions of this Plan or otherwise.  Subsidiary Unsecured Claims include Unsecured Claims against SFTP, or SFTP’s subsidiaries.  The Debtors estimate that, on the Effective Date, the Allowed amount of such Claims will aggregate to approximately $             million.

 

Class 7 is Unimpaired by the Plan.  Each holder of an Allowed Subsidiary Unsecured Claim is conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan and is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

54



 

Except to the extent that a holder of an Allowed Subsidiary Unsecured Claim agrees to a different treatment, at the sole option of the Reorganized Debtors (i) each Allowed Subsidiary Unsecured Claim will be Reinstated and rendered Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code or (ii) each holder of an Allowed Subsidiary Unsecured Claim will be paid in full in Cash on the Distribution Date or as soon thereafter as is practicable.

 

Class 8 — SFO Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims

Under the Plan, SFO Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims include Claims held by the Prepetition Lenders and/or the Prepetition Agent, and all other Claims against SFO arising under the Prepetition Credit Agreement.  Class 8 SFO Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims are Allowed in the aggregate amount of $[                  ].

 

Class 8 is Impaired by the Plan.  Each holder of an SFO Prepetition Credit Agreement Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

On the Effective Date, SFO’s guaranty of the obligations under the Prepetition Credit Agreement shall be discharged and exchanged for a new guaranty of the obligations under the New Term Loan by Reorganized SFO.  Upon issuing the new guaranty provided above on account of Allowed SFO Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims, all Liens and security interests granted to secure such obligations, whether prior to or during the Reorganization Cases, will be terminated and of no further force or effect .

 

Class 9 — SFO TW Guaranty Claims

Under the Plan, SFO TW Guaranty Claims include Claims arising under the guaranty by SFO of obligations owed to Time Warner and certain of its affiliates under the TW Loan, up to a maximum aggregate amount of $10 million.

 

Class 9 is Impaired by the Plan.  Each holder of an SFO TW Guaranty Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

On the Effective Date, SFO’s guaranty of the obligations under the TW Loan shall be discharged and TW shall receive a new guaranty of the obligations under the TW Loan by Reorganized SFO.

 

Class 10 — SFO TW Indemnity Claims

Under the Plan, SFO TW Indemnity Claims include Claims arising under the guaranty by SFO of obligations owed to Time Warner and certain of its affiliates under the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement.

 

Class 10 is Impaired by the Plan.  Each holder of an SFO TW Indemnity Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

On the Effective Date, SFO’s guaranty of the obligations under the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement shall be discharged and exchanged for a new guaranty of the obligations

 

55



 

under the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement by Reorganized SFO.

 

Class 11 — SFO Unsecured Claims

Under the Plan, an SFO Unsecured Claim is any Unsecured Claim against SFO.  SFO Unsecured Claims include, without limitation, Claims arising under the 2016 Notes Indenture.  The Debtors estimate that, on the Effective Date, the Allowed amount of such Claims will aggregate to approximately $           million.

 

Class 11 is Impaired by the Plan.  Each holder of an SFO Unsecured Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

On the Distribution Date, each holder of an Allowed SFO Unsecured Claim shall receive its Distribution Pro Rata Share of seven percent (7%) of newly issued New Common Stock, subject to dilution by the Long-Term Incentive Plan, in full and complete satisfaction of such SFO Unsecured Claim.

 

Class 12 — SFI TW Guaranty Claims

Under the Plan, SFI TW Guaranty Claims include Claims arising under the guaranty by SFI of obligations owed to Time Warner and certain of its affiliates under the TW Loan, up to a maximum aggregate amount of $10 million.

 

Class 12 is Impaired by the Plan.  Each holder of an SFI TW Guaranty Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

On the Effective Date, SFI’s guaranty of the obligations under the TW Loan shall be discharged and TW shall receive a new guaranty of the obligations under the TW Loan by Reorganized SFI.

 

Class 13 — SFI TW Indemnity Claims

Under the Plan, SFI TW Indemnity Claims include Claims arising under the guaranty by SFI of obligations owed to Time Warner and certain of its affiliates under the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement.

 

Class 13 is Impaired by the Plan.  Each holder of an SFI TW Indemnity Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

On the Effective Date, SFI’s guaranty of the obligations under the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement shall be discharged and exchanged for a new guaranty of the obligations under the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement by Reorganized SFI.

 

Class 14 — SFI Unsecured Claims

Under the Plan, an SFI Unsecured Claim is an Unsecured Claim against SFI.  SFI Unsecured Claims include, without limitation, Claims arising under the 2010 Notes Indenture,

 

56



 

2013 Notes Indenture, 2014 Notes Indenture, 2015 Notes Indenture, and SFI’s guaranty of the 2016 Notes Indenture.  The Debtors estimate that, on the Effective Date, the Allowed amount of such Claims will aggregate to approximately $           million.

 

Class 14 is Impaired by the Plan.  Each holder of an SFI Unsecured Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

On the Distribution Date, each holder of an Allowed SFI Unsecured Claim shall receive its Distribution Pro Rata Share of one percent (1%) of newly issued New Common Stock, subject to dilution by the Long-Term Incentive Plan, in full and complete satisfaction of such SFI Unsecured Claim.

 

Class 15 — Subordinated Securities Claims

Subordinated Securities Claims include any Claim against any of the Debtors, whether or not the subject of an existing lawsuit, (i) arising from rescission of a purchase or sale of shares of stock, debt securities or any other securities, if any, of any of the Debtors or an Affiliate of the Debtors, (ii) for damages arising from the purchase or sale of any security, (iii) for violations of the securities laws, misrepresentations or any similar Claims, including, to the extent related to the foregoing or otherwise subject to subordination under section 510(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, but not limited to, any attorneys’ fees, other charges or costs incurred on account of the foregoing claims or (iv) except as otherwise provided for in the Plan, for reimbursement, contribution or indemnification allowed under section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code on account of any such Claim, including Claims based upon allegations that the Debtors made false and misleading statements and engaged in other deceptive acts in connection with the sale of securities.  The Debtors estimate that on the Effective Date, the Allowed amount of such Claims will aggregate approximately $0.

 

Class 15 is Impaired by the Plan.  Each holder of a Subordinated Securities Claim is deemed to reject the Plan and is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

Each holder of an Allowed Subordinated Securities Claim will not receive or retain any interest or property under the Plan on account of such Allowed Subordinated Securities Claim.  The treatment of Subordinated Securities Claims under the Plan is in accordance with and gives effect to the provisions of section 510(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

Class 16 — Preconfirmation Subsidiary Equity Interests

Preconfirmation Subsidiary Equity Interests include all instruments evidencing an ownership interest in a Debtor other than SFI or SFO, whether or not transferable, and all options, warrants or rights, contractual or otherwise, to acquire any such interests, all as of the Effective Date.  Each Preconfirmation Subsidiary Equity Interest shall be deemed Allowed under the Plan.

 

Class 16 is Unimpaired by the Plan.  Each holder of a Preconfirmation Subsidiary Equity Interest is conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan and is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

57



 

On the Effective Date, Preconfirmation Subsidiary Equity Interests shall be Reinstated and rendered Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

Class 17 — Preconfirmation SFO Equity Interests

Preconfirmation SFO Equity Interests include all instruments evidencing an ownership interest in SFO, whether or not transferable, and all options, warrants or rights, contractual or otherwise, to acquire any such interests, all as of the Effective Date.

 

Class 17 is Impaired by the Plan.  Each holder of a Preconfirmation SFO Equity Interest is deemed to reject the Plan and is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

On the Effective Date, the Preconfirmation SFO Equity Interests will be cancelled and the holders of Preconfirmation SFO Equity Interests will not be entitled to, and will not receive or retain, any property or interest in property on account of such Preconfirmation SFO Equity Interests under the Plan.

 

Class 18 — Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interests

Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interests include all instruments evidencing an ownership interest in SFI, whether or not transferable, and all options, warrants or rights, contractual or otherwise, to acquire any such interests, all as of the Effective Date.

 

Class 18 is Impaired by the Plan.  Each holder of a Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interest is deemed to reject the Plan and is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

On the Effective Date, the Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interests will be cancelled and the holders of Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interests will not be entitled to, and will not receive or retain, any property or interest in property on account of such Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interests under the Plan.

 

Limitations on Amounts to Be Distributed to Holders of Allowed Insured Claims

Under the Plan, an Insured Claim is that portion of any Claim arising from an incident or occurrence alleged to have occurred prior to the Effective Date: (i) as to which any Insurer is obligated pursuant to the terms, conditions, limitations, and exclusions of its Insurance Policy, to pay any cost, expense, judgment, settlement, or contractual obligation with respect to the Debtors, or (ii) that any Insurer otherwise agrees to pay as part of a settlement or compromise of a claim made under the applicable Insurance Policy.

 

Distributions under the Plan to each holder of an Allowed Insured Claim shall be in accordance with the treatment provided under the Plan for the Class in which such Allowed Insured Claim is classified, but solely to the extent that such Allowed Insured Claim is within the Debtors’ SIR.  Amounts in excess of the applicable SIR amount shall be recoverable only from the available Insurer and the Debtors shall be discharged to the extent of any such excess.  Nothing in the Plan will constitute a waiver of any claims, obligations, suits, judgments,

 

58



 

damages, demands, debts, rights, causes of action or liabilities that any entity may hold against any other entity, including the Debtors’ Insurer.

 

Special Provision Regarding Unimpaired Claims

Except as otherwise explicitly provided in the Plan, nothing therein will be deemed to be a waiver or relinquishment of any rights, counterclaims or defenses the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors may have, whether at law or in equity, with respect to any Unimpaired Claim.

 

C.                                     MEANS OF IMPLEMENTING THE PLAN

 

1.                                        Intercompany Claims

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, Intercompany Claims, at the election of the Debtor or Reorganized Debtor holding such Claim, and with the consent of the Participating Lenders, will be (i) adjusted, released, waived and/or discharged as of the Effective Date, (ii) contributed to the capital of the obligor, or (iii) Reinstated and left Unimpaired.  Any such transaction may be effected on or subsequent to the Effective Date without any further action by the Debtors, the Debtors in Possession, or the Reorganized Debtors.

 

2.                                        Restructuring and Other Transactions

 

(a)           Restructuring Transactions

 

On the Effective Date, the following transactions (“ Restructuring Transactions ”) will be effectuated in the order set forth below:

 

(i)            Simultaneously, (A) all of the Preconfirmation Equity Interests in SFI and SFO will be cancelled, and (B) in consideration for SFI making available the New Common Stock to satisfy certain of SFO’s obligations to its creditors and certain of SFTP’s obligations to its creditors, all of the new equity interests in Reorganized SFO will be issued to Reorganized SFI on behalf of the holders of Allowed SFO Unsecured Claims, SFTP Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims and Allowed SFI Unsecured Claims, respectively, in full satisfaction of their Claims (and in proportion to the relative distributions to be made on account of their Claims); and

 

(ii)           thereafter, Reorganized SFI will, on behalf of the holders of SFTP Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims, Allowed SFO Unsecured Claims, and Allowed SFI Unsecured Claims, respectively, contribute all of the New Common Stock in Reorganized SFI to the applicable Disbursing Agent on behalf of the holders of such Allowed Claims and in full and complete satisfaction of the Reorganized Debtors’ obligations under Sections 4.4, 4.11 and 4.14 of the Plan.

 

(b)           Cancellation of Existing Securities and Agreements

 

Except (i) as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, (ii) with respect to executory contracts or unexpired leases that have been assumed by the Debtors, (iii) for purposes

 

59



 

of evidencing a right to distributions under the Plan, (iv) with respect to any Claim that is Reinstated and rendered Unimpaired under the Plan, or (v) for purposes of preserving any indemnification rights in favor of the Prepetition Agent or the Prepetition Lenders, pursuant to, arising out of, or existing under the Prepetition Credit Agreement, on the Effective Date the Prepetition Credit Agreement, the Unsecured Notes Indentures and all Unsecured Notes issued thereunder, all Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interests, Preconfirmation SFO Equity Interests, and other instruments evidencing any Claims against the Debtors, Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interests, or Preconfirmation SFO Equity Interests shall be deemed automatically cancelled without further act or action under any applicable agreement, law, regulation, order or rule and the obligations of the Debtors thereunder shall be discharged.

 

(c)           Surrender of Existing Securities

 

Each holder of Unsecured Notes is required to surrender such note(s) to the Indenture Trustee, or in the event such note(s) are held in the name of, or by a nominee of, the Depository Trust Company, the Disbursing Agent will seek the cooperation of the Depository Trust Company to provide appropriate instructions to the Indenture Trustee.  No distributions under the Plan will be made for or on behalf of any such holder unless and until such note is received by the Indenture Trustee or appropriate instructions from the Depository Trust Company are received by the Indenture Trustee, or the loss, theft or destruction of such note is established to the reasonable satisfaction of the Indenture Trustee, which satisfaction may require such holder to (a) submit a lost instrument affidavit and an indemnity bond and (b) hold the Debtors, Reorganized Debtors, Disbursing Agent and Indenture Trustee harmless in respect of such note and any distributions made in respect thereof.  Upon compliance with this section by a holder of any Unsecured Note, such holder will, for all purposes under the Plan, be deemed to have surrendered such note.  Any holder of Unsecured Notes that fails to surrender such note(s) or satisfactorily explain its nonavailability to the Indenture Trustee within one (1) year of the Effective Date will be deemed to have no further Claim against the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors (or their property) or the Indenture Trustee in respect of such Claim and will not participate in any distribution under the Plan.

 

(d)           Issuance of New Common Stock

 

The issuance by Reorganized SFI of the New Common Stock on and after the Effective Date is authorized pursuant to the Plan without the need for any further corporate action and without any further action by holders of Claims or Preconfirmation Equity Interests.  As provided in the Postconfirmation Organizational Documents, which will be included with the Plan Supplement, New Common Stock may be issued in more than one series, will be identical in all respects and will have equal rights and privileges.  In compliance with 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Postconfirmation Organizational Documents will provide that Reorganized SFI will not issue nonvoting equity securities to the extent prohibited by section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

60



 

(d)           Incurrence of New Indebtedness

 

The Plan provides for the Debtors to incur new indebtedness upon the Effective Date, consisting of an Exit Facility and New Term Loan.  Each of these credit facilities is described below.

 

The Exit Facility, as currently proposed, will consist of a secured revolving or multi-draw term credit facility with a commitment of approximately one-hundred-fifty million ($150,000,000) dollars and will be on terms no less favorable than those described in the Restructuring Agreement .  The proceeds of the Exit Facility will be used to meet working capital and other corporate needs of Postconfirmation SFI, thereby facilitating its emergence from bankruptcy.  The Exit Facility will likely be secured by first priority liens upon all existing and after-acquired assets of the Debtors, with such liens being pari passu with the liens securing the New Term Loan, provided that , following an event of default, all collateral proceeds would be allocated to the Exit Facility on a “first-out” basis relative to payments made on account of the New Term Loan.  Entry into the Exit Facility is a condition to the effectiveness of the Plan.

 

Commitment letters with respect thereto, will be filed by the Debtors with the Plan Supplement.  Prior to the Effective Date, the Debtors will execute documents evidencing the same together with other documents as the Exit Facility lenders may reasonably require to consummate the Exit Facility and the transactions contemplated thereby.  In accordance with the Plan, the Reorganized Debtors’ entry into the Exit Facility and the incurrence of the indebtedness thereunder on the Effective Date will be authorized without the need for any further corporate action and without any further action by holders of Claims or Preconfirmation Equity Interests.

 

The Plan also provides for a new secured term loan to be issued on the Effective Date in the initial aggregate amount of six-hundred million ($600,000,000) dollars, which shall be in the form set forth in the Plan Supplement and which shall satisfy, in part, the Debtors’ obligations under the Prepetition Credit Agreement. The New Term Loan shall include the following material terms: (i) a five-year maturity date; (ii) interest shall be calculated at seven percent (7.00%) above LIBOR, with a LIBOR floor of two and one-half percent (2.50%), provided that , prior to the second anniversary of the Effective Date, one and one-half percent (1.50%) of such interest may, at the Debtors’ option, be paid in kind and any such interest that is paid in kind shall be added to principal and deemed an additional New Term Loan ; (iii) the Reorganized Debtors shall pay one hundred three percent (103%) of principal plus accrued interest if such loans are redeemed prior to the first anniversary of the Effective Date, one hundred one and one-half percent (101.5%) of principal plus accrued interest if such loans are redeemed prior to the second anniversary of the Effective Date, and par for any redemption occurring thereafter; (iv) the New Term Loan will be guaranteed by SFI, SFO, SFTP, and SFTP’s domestic subsidiaries and will be secured by a first lien on substantially all assets of the Reorganized Debtors which liens shall rank pari passu with the liens securing the Exit Facility, provided that , following an event of default, all collateral proceeds would be allocated to the New Term Loan on a “last-out” basis relative to payments made on account of the Exit Facility.  In addition to usual and customary affirmative and negative covenants, including but not limited to limitations on indebtedness, liens, restricted payments and disposition and investments, the New Term Loan will contain restrictive covenants that limit, to an agreed amount, the amount that can be paid from operational cash flow to satisfy “put” notices from holders of units in the limited partnerships that own the Partnership Parks; provided, however , that the Debtors will be

 

61



 

permitted to finance up to an additional $150 million in order to make payments on account of future “put” notices.

 

3.                                        Exemption from Securities Laws

 

The Plan contemplates the issuance of New Common Stock (collectively, the “ 1145 Securities ”) to holders of Allowed Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims, Allowed SFO Unsecured Claims and Allowed SFI Unsecured Claims, as the case may be.  In reliance upon section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, the offer and issuance of 1145 Securities will be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “ Securities Act ”) and equivalent provisions in state securities laws.  Section 1145(a) of the Bankruptcy Code generally exempts from such registration requirements the issuance of securities if the following conditions are satisfied:  (i) the securities are issued or sold under a chapter 11 plan by (a) a debtor, (b) one of its affiliates participating in a joint plan with the debtor or (c) a successor to a debtor under the plan and (ii) the securities are issued entirely in exchange for a claim against or interest in the debtor or such affiliate or are issued principally in such exchange and partly for cash or property.  The Debtors believe that the exchange of 1145 Securities for Claims against the Debtors under the circumstances provided in the Plan will satisfy the requirements of section 1145(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

The 1145 Securities to be issued pursuant to the Plan will be deemed to have been issued in a public offering under the Securities Act and, therefore, may be resold by any holder thereof without registration under the Securities Act pursuant to the exemption provided by section 4(1) thereof, unless the holder is an “underwriter” with respect to such securities, as that term is defined in section 1145(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code (a “ statutory underwriter ”).  In addition, such securities generally may be resold by the holders thereof without registration under state securities or “blue sky” laws pursuant to various exemptions provided by the respective laws of the individual states.  However, holders of securities issued under the Plan are advised to consult with their own counsel as to the availability of any such exemption from registration under federal securities laws and any relevant state securities laws in any given instance and as to any applicable requirements or conditions to the availability thereof.

 

Section 1145(b)(i) of the Bankruptcy Code defines “underwriter” for purposes of the Securities Act as one who (i) purchases a claim or interest with a view to distribution of any security to be received in exchange for the claim or interest, (ii) offers to sell securities issued under a plan for the holders of such securities, (iii) offers to buy securities issued under a plan from persons receiving such securities, if the offer to buy is made with a view to distribution of such securities and under an agreement made in connection with the plan, with the consummation of the plan or with the offer or sale of securities under the plan or (iv) is an issuer of the securities within the meaning of section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act.

 

An entity is not deemed to be an “underwriter” under section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act with respect to securities received under section 1145(a)(1) which are transferred in “ordinary trading transactions” made on a national securities exchange or a NASDAQ market.  However, there can be no assurances that such securities will be listed on an exchange or NASDAQ market.  What constitutes “ordinary trading transactions” within the meaning of section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code is the subject of interpretive letters by the staff of the

 

62



 

Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”).  Generally, ordinary trading transactions are those that do not involve (i) concerted activity by recipients of securities under a plan of reorganization, or by distributors acting on their behalf, in connection with the sale of such securities, (ii) use of informational documents in connection with the sale other than the disclosure statement relating to the plan, any amendments thereto and reports filed by the issuer with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act or (iii) payment of special compensation to brokers or dealers in connection with the sale.

 

The term “issuer” is defined in section 2(4) of the Securities Act; however, the reference contained in section 1145(b)(1)(D) of the Bankruptcy Code to section 2(11) of the Securities Act purports to include as statutory underwriters all persons who, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, control, are controlled by or are under common control with an issuer of securities.  “Control” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.  Accordingly, an officer or director of a reorganized debtor or its successor under a plan of reorganization may be deemed to be a “control person” of such debtor or successor, particularly if the management position or directorship is coupled with ownership of a significant percentage of the voting securities of such issuer.  Additionally, the legislative history of section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code provides that a creditor who receives at least 10% of the voting securities of an issuer under a plan of reorganization will be presumed to be a statutory underwriter within the meaning of section 1145(b)(i) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

The Debtors believe that any securities to be issued under the Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “ Management Securities ”) as provided under the Plan will be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, pursuant to section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, and equivalent exemptions in state securities laws.

 

Resales by persons that receive Management Securities or persons deemed to be “underwriters” that receive 1145 Securities pursuant to the Plan (collectively, the “ Restricted Holders ”) would not be exempted by section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code from registration under the Securities Act or other applicable law.  Restricted Holders may, however, be able, at a future time and under certain conditions described below, to sell securities without registration pursuant to the resale provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

Under certain circumstances, holders of 1145 Securities deemed to be “underwriters” or holders of Management Securities may be entitled to resell their securities pursuant to the limited safe harbor resale provisions of Rule 144 of the Securities Act, to the extent available, and in compliance with applicable state and foreign securities laws.  Generally, Rule 144 of the Securities Act provides that persons who are affiliates of an issuer who resell securities will not be deemed to be underwriters if certain conditions are met.  These conditions include the requirement that current public information with respect to the issuer be available, a limitation as to the amount of securities that may be sold in any three-month period, the requirement that the securities be sold in a “brokers transaction” or in a transaction directly with a “market maker” and that notice of the resale be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  The Debtors cannot assure, however, that adequate current public information will

 

63



 

exist with respect to the Company and therefore, that the safe harbor provisions of Rule 144 of the Securities Act will be available.

 

Pursuant to the Plan, certificates evidencing 1145 Securities or Management Securities received by Restricted Holders or by a holder that the Debtors determine is an underwriter within the meaning of section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code will bear a legend substantially in the form below:

 

THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS REGISTERED OR QUALIFIED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR UNLESS THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO IT THAT SUCH REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

 

Any person or entity entitled to receive 1145 Securities who the Company determines to be a statutory underwriter that would otherwise receive legended securities as provided above, may instead receive certificates evidencing 1145 Securities without such legend if, prior to the distribution of such securities, such person or entity delivers to the Company (i) an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company to the effect that the 1145 Securities to be received by such person or entity are not subject to the restrictions applicable to “underwriters” under section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code and may be sold without registration under the Securities Act and (ii) a certification that such person or entity is not an “underwriter” within the meaning of section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

Any holder of a certificate evidencing 1145 Securities bearing such legend may present such certificate to the transfer agent for the 1145 Securities in exchange for one or more new certificates not bearing such legend or for transfer to a new holder without such legend at such time as (i) such securities are sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (ii) such holder delivers to the Company an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company to the effect that such securities are no longer subject to the restrictions applicable to “underwriters” under section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code or (iii) such holder delivers to the Company an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company to the effect that (x) such securities are no longer subject to the restrictions pursuant to an exemption under the Securities Act and such securities may be sold without registration under the Securities Act or (y) such transfer is exempt from registration under the Securities Act, in which event the certificate issued to the transferee shall not bear such legend.

 

IN VIEW OF THE COMPLEX, SUBJECTIVE NATURE OF THE QUESTION OF WHETHER A RECIPIENT OF SECURITIES MAY BE AN UNDERWRITER OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE REORGANIZED DEBTORS, THE DEBTORS MAKE NO REPRESENTATIONS CONCERNING THE RIGHT OF ANY PERSON TO TRADE IN SECURITIES TO BE DISTRIBUTED PURSUANT TO THE PLAN.  ACCORDINGLY, THE DEBTORS RECOMMEND THAT POTENTIAL RECIPIENTS OF SECURITIES CONSULT

 

64



 

THEIR OWN COUNSEL CONCERNING WHETHER THEY MAY FREELY TRADE SUCH SECURITIES.”

 

4.                                        Registration Rights Agreement and Securities Exchange Listing

 

On the Effective Date, Reorganized SFI expects to enter into a registration rights agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) with each holder of greater than [ %] of the New Common Stock. Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, holders collectively owning at least [ %] of the outstanding shares of New Common Stock party thereto would have the right to require Reorganized SFI to effect registered, underwritten secondary offerings of such holders’ New Common Stock on terms and conditions to be negotiated and reflected in such Registration Rights Agreement, with the number of demand registration rights to be determined.  A form of the Registration Rights Agreement will be included in the Plan Supplement.

 

In addition, for certain purposes, including requiring Reorganized SFI to continue as a public reporting company under the Securities Exchange Act, Reorganized SFI expects to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form 10 under the Securities Exchange Act registering the New Common Stock under the Securities Exchange Act. Following the effectiveness of such registration statement, Reorganized SFI expects that it will seek to obtain a listing for the New Common Stock on a national securities exchange to be determined at a later date.

 

5.                                        Continued Corporate Existence

 

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, each Debtor will continue to exist after the Effective Date as a separate corporate entity, limited liability company, partnership or other form, as the case may be, with all the powers of a corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other form, as the case may be, pursuant to the applicable law in the jurisdiction in which each applicable Debtor is incorporated or formed and pursuant to the respective certificate of incorporation and bylaws (or other formation documents) in effect prior to the Effective Date, except with respect to the Postconfirmation Organizational Documents (or other formation documents) that are amended by the Plan, the Plan Supplement or otherwise, and to the extent such documents are amended, such documents are deemed to be pursuant to the Plan and require no further action or approval.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, on or as of the Effective Date, or as soon as practicable thereafter, and without the need for any further action, the Reorganized Debtors may: (i) cause any or all of the Reorganized Debtors to be merged into one or more of the Reorganized Debtors, dissolved or otherwise consolidated, (ii) cause the transfer of assets between or among the Reorganized Debtors or (iii) engage in any other transaction in furtherance of the Plan.

 

D.                                     PLAN PROVISIONS GOVERNING DISTRIBUTION

 

1.                                        The Distribution Date

 

Distributions with respect to holders of Allowed Claims will be made on the applicable Distribution Date.  For purposes of the Plan, the Distribution Date is the earliest of the

 

65



 

following dates that occurs after any Claim is Allowed: (a) the Effective Date, or as soon thereafter as is practicable, (b) a Subsequent Distribution Date or (c) a Final Distribution Date.

 

Subsequent Distribution Dates will occur on the twentieth (20th) day after the end of each calendar quarter after the occurrence of the Effective Date, until the Final Distribution Date.

 

The Final Distribution Date will occur on a date after (i) the deadline for the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors to interpose objections to Claims has passed, (ii) all such objections have been resolved by signed agreement with the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors and/or Final Order, as may be applicable, and (iii) all Claims that are Contingent Claims or Unliquidated Claims have been estimated, but in any event, the Final Distribution Date shall be no later than thirty (30) days thereafter, or such later date as the Bankruptcy Court may establish, upon request by the Reorganized Debtors, for cause shown.

 

2.                                        Distributions on Account of Allowed General Unsecured Claims

 

All Allowed General Unsecured Claims held by a single creditor against a single Debtor shall be aggregated and treated as a single Claim against such Debtor.  At the written request of the Reorganized Debtors or the Disbursing Agent, any creditor holding multiple Allowed General Unsecured Claims must provide to the Reorganized Debtors or the Disbursing Agent, as the case may be, a single address to which any distributions will be sent.

 

3.                                        Date of Distributions

 

In the event that any payment or act under the Plan is required to be made or performed on a date that is not a Business Day, then the making of such payment or the performance of such act may be completed on the next succeeding Business Day, but will be deemed to have been completed as of the required date.

 

4.                                        Disbursing Agent

 

All distributions under the Plan will be made by Reorganized SFI as Disbursing Agent or such other entity designated by Reorganized SFI as a Disbursing Agent.  No Disbursing Agent will be required to give any bond or surety or other security for the performance of their duties.

 

5.                                        Expenses of the Disbursing Agent

 

Except as otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, any reasonable fees and expenses incurred by the Disbursing Agent (including, without limitation, taxes and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) on or after the Effective Date will be paid in Cash by the Reorganized Debtors in the ordinary course of business.

 

6.                                        Rights and Powers of Disbursing Agent

 

The Disbursing Agent will be empowered to (a) effect all actions and execute all agreements, instruments and other documents necessary to perform its duties under the Plan, (b) 

 

66



 

make all distributions contemplated hereby, (c) employ professionals to represent it with respect to its responsibilities and (d) exercise such other powers as may be vested in the Disbursing Agent by order of the Bankruptcy Court, pursuant to the Plan or as deemed by the Disbursing Agent to be necessary and proper to implement the provisions hereof.  In furtherance of the rights and powers of the Disbursing Agent, the Disbursing Agent will have no duty or obligation to make distributions to any holder of an Allowed Claim unless and until such holder executes and delivers, in a form acceptable to the Disbursing Agent, any documents applicable to such distributions.

 

7.                                        Delivery of Distributions

 

(a)           Distributions to Last Known Address .

 

Subject to Bankruptcy Rule 9010, all distributions to any holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Administrative Expense Claim will be made at the address of such holder as set forth on the Schedules filed with the Bankruptcy Court or on the books and records of the Debtors or its agents, as applicable, unless the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors have been notified in writing of a change of address by the filing of a proof of Claim by such holder that contains an address for such holder different than the address of such holder as set forth on the Schedules.  Nothing in the Plan will be deemed to require the Reorganized Debtors to attempt to locate any holder of an Allowed Claim.

 

(b)           Distributions to an Indenture Trustee

 

The Indenture Trustee will be the Disbursing Agent for the holders of Unsecured Notes Claims.  Accordingly, distributions for the benefit of the holders of such Claims will be made to the Indenture Trustee under the applicable Unsecured Notes Indenture.  The Indenture Trustees will, in turn, promptly administer the distribution to the holders of such Allowed Claims in accordance with the Plan and the applicable Unsecured Notes Indenture.  The distribution of New Common Stock to the respective Indenture Trustees will be deemed a distribution to the respective holder of an Allowed Claim.  Upon delivery of the distributions required under the Plan to the Indenture Trustee, the Reorganized Debtors will be released of all liability with respect to the delivery of such distributions.

 

(c)           Distributions to Prepetition Agent

 

The Prepetition Agent will be the Disbursing Agent for the holders of Class 4 SFTP Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims and Class 8 SFO Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims.  Accordingly, distributions for the benefit of the holders of Class 4 and Class 8 Claims shall be made to the Prepetition Agent.  The Prepetition Agent will , in turn, promptly administer the distribution to the holders of Allowed Claims in Class 4 and Class 8, in accordance with the Plan and the Prepetition Credit Agreement.  The distribution of New Common Stock to the Prepetition Agent, and the issuance, execution and delivery of New Term Loan documents, will be deemed a distribution to the respective holders of Allowed Class 4 and Class 8 Claims.  Upon delivery of the distributions required under the Plan as provided in this paragraph, the Reorganized Debtors will be released of all liability with respect to the delivery of such distributions.

 

67



 

8.                                      Unclaimed Distributions

 

All distributions under the Plan that are unclaimed for a period of one (1) year after distribution thereof will be deemed unclaimed property under section 347(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and will revest in the Reorganized Debtors, and any entitlement of any holder of any Claims to such distributions will be extinguished and forever barred.

 

9.                                      Distribution Record Date

 

The Claims register will be closed on the Distribution Record Date, and any subsequent transfer of any Claim will be prohibited.  The Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors will have no obligation to recognize any transfer of any such Claims occurring after the close of business on such date.

 

The Distribution Record Date will occur on the date that is 20 days before the first day of the Confirmation Hearing, as originally scheduled by the Bankruptcy Court in the Disclosure Statement Order; provided that for purposes of determining the holders of SFTP Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims and SFO Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims the Distribution Record Date will occur on the date that is 5 days before the Effective Date and shall be determined in accordance with the register maintained by the Prepetition Agent.

 

10.                                Manner of Payment

 

At the option of the Disbursing Agent, any Cash payment to be made hereunder may be made by a check or wire transfer, or as otherwise required or provided in an applicable agreement.  All distributions of Cash to the creditors of each of the Debtors under the Plan will be made by, or on behalf of, the applicable Debtor.

 

11.                                No Fractional Distributions

 

No fractional shares of New Common Stock will be distributed and no Cash will be distributed in lieu of such fractional shares.  When any distribution pursuant to the Plan on account of an Allowed Claim would otherwise result in the issuance of a number of shares of New Common Stock that is not a whole number, the actual distribution of shares of New Common Stock will be rounded as follows: (a) fractions of one-half ( 1 / 2 ) or greater shall be rounded to the next higher whole number and (b) fractions of less than one-half ( 1 / 2 ) will be rounded to the next lower whole number, with no further payment therefor.  The total number of authorized shares of New Common Stock to be distributed to holders of Allowed Claims will be adjusted as necessary to account for the foregoing rounding.

 

12.                                Limitation on Cash Distributions

 

No payment of Cash less than one-hundred dollars ($100) will be made to any holder of an Allowed Claim unless a request for such payment is made in writing to the Reorganized Debtors.

 

68



 

13.                                Setoffs and Recoupment

 

The Debtors may, but will not be required to, setoff against or recoup from any Claim and the payments to be made pursuant to the Plan in respect of such Claim any Claims of any nature whatsoever that the Debtors may have against the claimant, but neither the failure to do so nor the allowance of any Claim hereunder will constitute a waiver or release by the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors of any such claim they may have against such claimant.

 

14.                                Allocation of Plan Distributions Between Principal and Interest

 

To the extent that any Allowed Claim entitled to a distribution under the Plan consists of indebtedness and other amounts (such as accrued but unpaid interest thereon), such distribution will be allocated first to the principal amount of the Claim (as determined for federal income tax purposes) and then, to the extent the consideration exceeds the principal amount of the Claim, to such other amounts.

 

E.                                     PROCEDURES FOR TREATING DISPUTED CLAIMS

 

1.                                      Objections

 

As of the Effective Date, objections to, and requests for estimation of, Administrative Expense Claims and Claims against the Debtors may be interposed and prosecuted only by the Reorganized Debtors.  Such objections and requests for estimation will be served on the respective claimant and filed with the Bankruptcy Court on or before the latest of: (i) one hundred twenty (120) days after the Effective Date or (ii) such later date as may be fixed by the Bankruptcy Court (the “ Objection Deadline ”); provided , however , that with respect to Claims that, as of the Objection Deadline, are subject to a pending claim objection, contested matter or adversary proceeding (an “ Initial Objection ”) wherein the Reorganized Debtors’ objection to such claim is ultimately denied, the Objection Deadline will be extended to the latter of: (a) sixty (60) days from the date on which the Bankruptcy Court enters an order denying such Initial Objection or (b) sixty (60) days from the date on which any appellate court enters a Final Order reversing or vacating an order of the Bankruptcy Court granting such Initial Objection; provided, further , that with respect to Claims that (i) are filed (whether as an amended Claim, new Claim, or otherwise) after the Effective Date and (ii) that are not otherwise subject to adjustment, expunction or disallowance pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Objection Deadline will be one hundred twenty (120) days after the date on which such Claim was filed.  Nothing in the Plan will affect the Debtors’ or the Reorganized Debtors’ ability to amend the Schedules in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Rules.

 

2.                                      Adjustment to Certain Claims Without a Filed Objection

 

Any Claim that has been settled, paid and satisfied, or amended and superseded, may be adjusted or expunged on the Claims register by the Reorganized Debtors without a claims objection having to be filed and without any further notice to or action, order or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.  In addition, all Claims filed on account of an employee benefit will be deemed satisfied and expunged from the Claims register as of the Effective Date to the extent the Reorganized Debtors elect to honor such employee benefit, without any further notice to or action, order or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

69



 

3.                                      No Distributions Pending Allowance

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, if any portion of a Claim or Administrative Expense Claim is Disputed, no payment or distribution provided in the Plan will be made on account of such Claim or Administrative Expense Claim unless and until such Disputed Claim or Disputed Administrative Expense Claim becomes Allowed.

 

4.                                      Distributions After Allowance

 

To the extent that a Disputed Claim or Disputed Administrative Expense Claim ultimately becomes an Allowed Claim or Allowed Administrative Expense Claim, distributions (if any) will be made to the holder of such Allowed Claim or Allowed Administrative Expense Claim in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

 

5.                                      Resolution of Administrative Expense Claims and Claims

 

On and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors will have the authority to compromise, settle or otherwise resolve or withdraw any objections to Administrative Expense Claims and Claims against the Debtors and to compromise, settle or otherwise resolve any Disputed Administrative Expense Claims and Disputed Claims against the Debtors without approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

6.                                      Estimation of Claims

 

The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors may at any time request that the Bankruptcy Court estimate any Contingent Claim, Unliquidated Claim or Disputed Claim pursuant to section 502(c) of the Bankruptcy Code regardless of whether any of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors previously objected to such Claim or whether the Bankruptcy Court has ruled on any such objection, and the Bankruptcy Court will retain jurisdiction to estimate any Claim at any time during litigation concerning any objection to any Claim, including, without limitation, during the pendency of any appeal relating to any such objection.  In the event that the Bankruptcy Court estimates any Contingent Claim, Unliquidated Claim or Disputed Claim, the amount so estimated will constitute either the Allowed amount of such Claim or a maximum limitation on such Claim, as determined by the Bankruptcy Court.  If the estimated amount constitutes a maximum limitation on the amount of such Claim, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors may pursue supplementary proceedings to object to the allowance of such Claim.  All of the aforementioned objection, estimation and resolution procedures are intended to be cumulative and not exclusive of one another.  Claims may be estimated and subsequently compromised, settled, withdrawn or resolved by any mechanism approved by the Bankruptcy Court.

 

7.                                      Interest

 

To the extent that a Disputed Claim becomes an Allowed Claim after the Effective Date, the holder of such Claim shall not be entitled to any interest thereon, except as may be required by Final Order or applicable bankruptcy and non-bankruptcy law.

 

70



 

8.                                      Disallowance of Certain Claims

 

Any Claims held by Persons from which property is recoverable under section 542, 543, 550 or 553 of the Bankruptcy Code or by a Person that is a transferee of a transfer avoidable under section 522(f), 522(h), 544, 545, 547, 548, 549 or 724(a) of the Bankruptcy Code shall be deemed disallowed pursuant to section 502(d) of the Bankruptcy Code, and such Persons may not receive any distributions on account of their Claims until such time as such Causes of Action against such Persons have been settled or a Final Order with respect thereto has been entered and all sums due, if any, to the Debtors by that Person have been turned over or paid to the Reorganized Debtors.

 

9.                                      Indenture Trustee as Claim Holder

 

Consistent with Bankruptcy Rule 3003(c), the Reorganized Debtors will recognize proofs of Claim timely filed by any Indenture Trustee in respect of any Claims under the Unsecured Notes Indentures.  Accordingly, any Claim arising under the Unsecured Notes Indentures, proof of which is filed by the registered or beneficial holder of Unsecured Notes, will be disallowed as duplicative of the Claim of the applicable Indenture Trustee, without any further action of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

10.                                Offer of Judgment

 

The Reorganized Debtors are authorized to serve upon a holder of a Claim an offer to allow judgment to be taken on account of such Claim, and, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rules 7068 and 9014, Federal Rule of Civil Procedure 68 will apply to such offer of judgment.  To the extent the holder of a Claim must pay the costs incurred by the Reorganized Debtors after the making of such offer, the Reorganized Debtors will be entitled to setoff such amounts against the amount of any distribution to be paid to such holder without any further notice to or action, order or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

11.                                Amendments to Claims

 

On or after the Effective Date, a Claim may not be filed or amended without the prior authorization of the Bankruptcy Court or the Reorganized Debtors, and any such new or amended Claim filed without authorization will be deemed disallowed in full and expunged without any further action.

 

12.                                Claims Paid and Payable by Third Parties

 

A Claim will be disallowed without a Claims objection having to be filed and without any further notice to or action, order or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, to the extent that the holder of such Claim receives payment in full on account of such Claim from a party that is not a Debtor or Reorganized Debtor.  No distributions under the Plan will be made on account of an Allowed Claim that is payable pursuant to one of the Debtors’ insurance policies until the holder of such Allowed Claim has exhausted all remedies with respect to such insurance policy.  To the extent that one or more of the Debtors’ insurers agrees to satisfy in full a Claim (if and to the extent adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction), then immediately upon such insurers’ agreement, such Claim may be expunged from the Claims register without a Claims

 

71



 

objection having to be filed and without any further notice to or action, order or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

13.                                Personal Injury Claims

 

All Personal Injury Claims are Disputed Claims.  No distributions will be made on account of any Personal Injury Claim unless and until such Claim is liquidated and becomes and Allowed Claim.  Any Personal Injury Claim which has not been liquidated prior to the Effective Date and as to which a proof of claim was timely filed in the Reorganization Cases, shall be determined and liquidated in the administrative or judicial tribunal in which it is pending on the Effective Date or, if no action was pending on the Effective Date, in any administrative or judicial tribunal of appropriate jurisdiction.

 

F.                                     PROVISIONS GOVERNING EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES

 

1.                                      Assumption or Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

 

Pursuant to sections 365(a) and 1123(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, all executory contracts and unexpired leases that exist between the Debtors and any person or entity will be deemed assumed by the Debtors as of the Effective Date, except for any executory contract or unexpired lease (1) that has been rejected pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court entered prior to the Effective Date, (2) as to which a motion for approval of the rejection of such executory contract or unexpired lease has been filed and served prior to the Effective Date or (3) that is specifically designated as a contract or lease to be rejected on Schedules 8.1(A) (executory contracts) or 8.1(B) (unexpired leases), which schedules shall be contained in the Plan Supplement; provided , however , that the Debtors reserve the right, on or prior to the Effective Date, to amend Schedules 8.1(A) and 8.1(B) to delete any executory contract or unexpired lease therefrom or add any executory contract or unexpired lease thereto, in which event such executory contract(s) or unexpired lease(s) will be deemed to be, respectively, either assumed or rejected as of the Effective Date.  The Debtors will provide notice of any amendments to Schedules 8.1(A) and/or 8.1(B) to the parties to the executory contracts and unexpired leases affected thereby.  The listing of a document on Schedules 8.1(A) or 8.1(B) will not constitute an admission by the Debtors that such document is an executory contract or an unexpired lease or that the Debtors have any liability thereunder.

 

2.                                      Approval of Assumption or Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases

 

Entry of the Confirmation Order will, subject to and upon the occurrence of the Effective Date, constitute approval, pursuant to sections 365(a) and 1123(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, of the assumption of the executory contracts and unexpired leases assumed pursuant to the Plan, and of the rejection of the executory contracts and unexpired leases rejected pursuant to the Plan.

 

3.                                      Inclusiveness

 

Unless otherwise specified on Schedules 8.1(A) or 8.1(B) of the Plan Supplement, each executory contract and unexpired lease listed or to be listed therein will include any and all

 

72



 

modifications, amendments, supplements, restatements or other agreements made directly or indirectly by any agreement, instrument or other document that in any manner affects such executory contract or unexpired lease, without regard to whether such agreement, instrument or other document is listed on Schedules 8.1(A) or 8.1(B).

 

4.                                      Cure of Defaults

 

Except to the extent that a different treatment has been agreed to by the parties, within thirty (30) days after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors will cure any and all undisputed defaults under any executory contract or unexpired lease assumed by the Debtors pursuant to the Plan, in accordance with section 365(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.  All disputed defaults that are required to be cured will be cured either within thirty (30) days of the entry of a Final Order determining the amount, if any, of the Reorganized Debtors’ liability with respect thereto, or as may otherwise be agreed to by the parties.  Notwithstanding section 8.1 of the Plan, the Debtors will retain the right to reject any of their executory contracts or unexpired leases that are the subject of a dispute concerning amounts necessary to cure any defaults, in which event the Reorganized Debtors will make their election to reject such executory contracts and unexpired leases within thirty (30) days of the entry of a Final Order determining the amount required to be cured.

 

5.                                      Bar Date for Filing Proofs of Claim Relating to Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases Rejected Pursuant to the Plan

 

Proofs of Claim for damages arising out of the rejection of an executory contract or unexpired lease must be filed with the Bankruptcy Court and served upon the attorneys for the Debtors or, on and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors, no later than thirty (30) days after the later of (a) notice of entry of an order approving the rejection of such executory contract or unexpired lease, (b) notice of entry of the Confirmation Order, (c) notice of an amendment to Schedules 8.1(A) or (B) of the Plan Supplement (solely with respect to the party directly affected by such modification) or (d) notice of the Debtors’ election to reject as described in the preceding paragraph.  All such proofs of Claim not filed within such time will be forever barred from assertion against the Debtors and their estates or the Reorganized Debtors and their property.

 

6.                                      Indemnification Obligations

 

Subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date, the obligations of the Debtors as of the Petition Date to indemnify, defend, reimburse or limit the liability (i) of directors, officers or employees who are directors, officers or employees of the Debtors on or after the Confirmation Date, respectively, against any claims or causes of action as provided in the Debtors’ articles of organization, certificates of incorporation, bylaws, other organizational documents or applicable law and (ii) arising under the Prepetition Credit Agreement, will survive confirmation of the Plan, remain unaffected thereby and not be discharged, irrespective of whether such indemnification, defense, reimbursement or limitation is owed in connection with an event occurring before or after the Petition Date.

 

73



 

7.                                      Insurance Policies

 

Unless specifically rejected by order of the Bankruptcy Court, all of the Debtors’ Insurance Policies which are executory, if any, and any agreements, documents or instruments relating thereto, will be assumed under the Plan.  Nothing contained in this section will constitute or be deemed a waiver of any cause of action that the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors may hold against any entity, including, without limitation, the insurer, under any of the Debtors’ policies of insurance.

 

8.                                      Benefit Plans

 

Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, unless rejected by order of the Bankruptcy Court, the Reorganized Debtors will continue to honor, in the ordinary course of business, all employee compensation and Benefit Plans of the Debtors, including Benefit Plans and programs subject to sections 1114 and 1129(a)(13) of the Bankruptcy Code, entered into before or after the Petition Date and not since terminated.

 

9.                                      Retiree Benefits

 

On and after the Effective Date, pursuant to section 1129(a)(13) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Reorganized Debtors will continue to pay all retiree benefits of the Debtors (within the meaning of and subject to section 1114 of the Bankruptcy Code) for the duration of the period for which the Debtors had obligated themselves to provide such benefits and subject to the right of the Reorganized Debtors to modify or terminate such retiree benefits in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

G.                                   CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND MANAGEMENT OF THE REORGANIZED DEBTORS

 

1.                                      General

 

On the Effective Date, the management, control and operation of Reorganized SFI and the other Reorganized Debtors shall become the general responsibility of the Postconfirmation Board.

 

2.                                      Postconfirmation Board

 

The Postconfirmation Board shall consist of eleven members, seven of whom shall be selected by the Participating Lenders, one of whom shall be the Chief Executive Officer of SFI, and three of whom shall be the following three current directors of SFI: Daniel M. Snyder (who shall be designated Chairman of the Postconfirmation Board), Mark Jennings and Dwight Schar.  Of the seven Postconfirmation Board members to be selected by the Participating Lenders, Robert McGuire and Perry Rogers shall be considered for such seats.

 

3.                                      Filing of Postconfirmation Organizational Documents

 

On the Effective Date, or as soon thereafter as practicable, to the extent necessary, the Reorganized Debtors will file their Postconfirmation Organizational Documents, as required or deemed appropriate, with the appropriate Persons in their respective jurisdictions of

 

74



 

incorporation or establishment.

 

4.                                      Officers of the Reorganized Debtors

 

The officers of the Debtors immediately prior to the Effective Date will serve as the initial officers of the Reorganized Debtors on and after the Effective Date.  Such officers will serve in accordance with applicable non-bankruptcy law, any employment agreement with the Reorganized Debtors and the Postconfirmation Organizational Documents.

 

5.                                      Long-Term Incentive Plan

 

Effective as of the Effective Date, the Debtors will adopt an incentive plan for management, selected employees and directors of Reorganized SFI, which shall be substantially in the form set forth in the Plan Supplement and shall contain the following material terms and conditions:  (i) management, selected employees and directors of Reorganized SFI shall receive stock options and/or restricted stock in Reorganized SFI equal to ten percent (10%) of the New Common Stock, to vest over a four-year period on a fully diluted basis; and (ii) immediately following the Effective Date, the aggregate allocations to management under the Long-Term Incentive Plan will consist of three and three-quarters percent (3.75%) of the New Common Stock on a fully diluted basis in the form of restricted stock and three and three-quarters percent (3.75%) of the New Common Stock on a fully diluted basis in the form of options, all of which will be allocated to the members of the Reorganized Debtors’ management in accordance with their respective employment agreements.  Any additional allocations following the Effective Date will be determined by the Postconfirmation Board, provided that management will not be able to participate therein for the year following the Effective Date absent full approval of the Postconfirmation Board.

 

The solicitation of votes on the Plan will include, and will be deemed to be, a solicitation for approval of the Long-Term Incentive Plan.  Entry of the Confirmation Order will constitute approval of the Long-Term Incentive Plan.

 

H.                                   CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EFFECTIVE DATE

 

1.                                      Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness

 

The Effective Date will not occur, and the Plan will not become effective, unless and until the following conditions are satisfied in full or waived in accordance with Section 10.2 of the Plan:

 

(a)           The Confirmation Order, in form and substance acceptable to the Participating Lenders, will have been entered and become a Final Order;

 

(b)           The conditions precedent to the effectiveness of the Exit Facility are satisfied or waived by the parties thereto and the Reorganized Debtors have access to funding under the Exit Facility;

 

(c)           All actions and all agreements, instruments or other documents necessary to implement the terms and provisions of the Plan will be effected or executed and delivered, as applicable, in form and substance satisfactory to the Participating Lenders;

 

75



 

(d)           All authorizations, consents and regulatory approvals, if any, required by the Debtors in connection with the consummation of the Plan have been obtained and not revoked; and

 

(e)           All conditions set forth in the Plan Support Agreement have been satisfied .

 

2.                                      Waiver of Conditions

 

Each of the conditions precedent in section 10.1 of the Plan may be waived, in whole or in part, by the Debtors with the prior consent of the Participating Lenders (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).  Any such waivers may be effected at any time, without notice, without leave or order of the Bankruptcy Court and without any formal action on the part of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

3.                                      Satisfaction of Conditions

 

Except as expressly provided or permitted in the Plan, any actions required to be taken on the Effective Date will take place and will be deemed to have occurred simultaneously, and no such action will be deemed to have occurred prior to the taking of any other such action.  In the event that one or more of the conditions specified in Section 10.1 of the Plan have not occurred or otherwise been waived pursuant to Section 10.2 of the Plan, (a) the Confirmation Order will be vacated, (b) the Debtors and all holders of Claims and interests, including any Preconfirmation Equity Interests, will be restored to the status quo ante as of the day immediately preceding the Confirmation Date as though the Confirmation Date never occurred and (c) the Debtors’ obligations with respect to Claims and Preconfirmation Equity Interests will remain unchanged and nothing contained herein will constitute or be deemed a waiver or release of any Claims or Preconfirmation Equity Interests by or against the Debtors or any other person or to prejudice in any manner the rights of the Debtors or any person in any further proceedings involving the Debtors.

 

I.                                        EFFECT OF CONFIRMATION

 

1.                                      Vesting of Assets

 

On the Effective Date, pursuant to sections 1141(b) and (c) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors, their properties and interests in property and their operations will be released from the custody and jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court, and all property of the estates of the Debtors will vest in the Reorganized Debtors free and clear of all Claims, Liens, encumbrances, charges and other interests, except as provided in the Plan.  From and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors may operate their business and may use, acquire and dispose of property free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules or the Local Bankruptcy Rules, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

2.                                      Binding Effect

 

Subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date, on and after the Confirmation Date, the provisions of the Plan will bind any holder of a Claim against, or Preconfirmation Equity Interest in, the Debtors and such holder’s respective successors and assigns, whether or not the Claim or interests including any Preconfirmation Equity Interest of such holder is

 

76



 

impaired under the Plan, whether or not such holder has accepted the Plan and whether or not such holder is entitled to a distribution under the Plan.

 

3.                                      Discharge of Claims and Termination of Preconfirmation Equity Interests

 

Except as provided in the Plan, the rights afforded in and the payments and distributions to be made under the Plan will terminate all Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interests and discharge all existing debts and Claims of any kind, nature or description whatsoever against or in the Debtors or any of their assets or properties to the fullest extent permitted by section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code.  Except as provided in the Plan, upon the Effective Date, all existing Claims against the Debtors and Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interests will be, and will be deemed to be, discharged and terminated, and all holders of such Claims and Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interests will be precluded and enjoined from asserting against the Reorganized Debtors, their successors or assignees or any of their assets or properties, any other or further Claim or Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interest based upon any act or omission, transaction or other activity of any kind or nature that occurred prior to the Effective Date, whether or not such holder has filed a proof of Claim or proof of interest and whether or not the facts or legal bases therefor were known or existed prior to the Effective Date.

 

4.                                      Discharge of Debtors

 

Upon the Effective Date, in consideration of the distributions to be made under the Plan and except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, each holder (as well as any trustees and agents on behalf of each holder) of a Claim or Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interest and any Affiliate of such holder will be deemed to have forever waived, released and discharged the Debtors, to the fullest extent permitted by section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code, of and from any and all Claims, Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interests, rights and liabilities that arose prior to the Effective Date.  Upon the Effective Date, all such Persons will be forever precluded and enjoined, pursuant to section 524 of the Bankruptcy Code, from prosecuting or asserting any such discharged Claim against or terminated Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interest in the Debtors.

 

5.                                      Exculpation

 

None of the Exculpated Parties, and the Exculpated Parties’ respective current or former officers, directors, employees, accountants, financial advisors, investment bankers, agents, restructuring advisors and attorneys, and each of their respective agents and representatives (but, in each case, solely in connection with their official capacities in the Reorganization Cases), will have or incur any liability for any Claim, cause of action or other assertion of liability for any act taken or omitted to be taken in connection with, or arising out of, the Reorganization Cases, the formulation, dissemination, confirmation, consummation or administration of the Plan, property to be distributed under the Plan or any other act or omission in connection with the Reorganization Cases, the Plan, the Disclosure Statement or any contract, instrument, document or other agreement related thereto; provided , however , that the foregoing will not affect the liability of any Person that otherwise would result from any such act or omission to the extent such act or omission is determined by a Final Order to have constituted willful misconduct or gross negligence.

 

77



 

6.              Limited Releases

 

Effective as of the Confirmation Date but subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date, and in consideration of the services of (a) the present and former directors, officers, members, employees, affiliates, agents, financial advisors, restructuring advisors, attorneys and representatives of or to the Debtors who acted in such capacities after the Petition Date; (b) the Prepetition Agent and its affiliates and the other Prepetition Lenders and their affiliates, and each of their respective directors, officers, affiliates, agents, partners, members, representatives, employees, financial advisors, restructuring advisors, attorneys and representatives (the parties set forth in subsections (a) and (b), being the “ Released Parties ”), the Debtors, their respective chapter 11 estates and the Reorganized Debtors and all holders of Claims that accept the Plan shall release, waive and discharge unconditionally and forever each of the Released Parties from any and all Claims, obligations, suits, judgments, damages, rights, causes of action and liabilities whatsoever (including those arising under the Bankruptcy Code), whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, existing or hereinafter arising in law, equity, or otherwise, based in whole or in part on any act, omission, transaction, event or other occurrence: (i) taking place before the Petition Date in connection with or relating to any of the Debtors or any of their direct or indirect subsidiaries; and (ii) in connection with, related to, or arising out of these Reorganization Cases, the pursuit of confirmation of the Plan, the consummation thereof, the administration thereof or the property to be distributed thereunder; provided that the foregoing shall not operate as a waiver of or release from any causes of action arising out of the willful misconduct or gross negligence of any Released Party .

 

7.              Avoidance Actions/Objections

 

Other than any releases granted under the Plan, by the Confirmation Order and by Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court, as applicable, from and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors will have the right to prosecute any and all avoidance or equitable subordination actions, recovery causes of action and objections to Claims under sections 105, 502, 510, 542 through 551 and 553 of the Bankruptcy Code that belong to the Debtors or Debtors in Possession.

 

8.              Injunction or Stay

 

Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or in the Confirmation Order, all Persons or entities who have held, hold or may hold Claims against, or Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interests in, the Debtors are permanently enjoined, from and after the Effective Date, from (a) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding of any kind on any such Claim or Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interest against any of the Reorganized Debtors or any of the Released Parties, to the extent of the release provided for in Section 6 hereof, (b) the enforcement, attachment, collection or recovery by any manner or means of any judgment, award, decree or order against any Reorganized Debtor or any of the Released Parties, to the extent of the release provided for in Section 6 hereof, with respect to such Claim or Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interest, (c) creating, perfecting or enforcing any encumbrance of any kind against any Reorganized Debtor or any of the Released Parties, to the extent of the release provided in Section 6

 

78



 

hereof, or against the property or interests in property of any Reorganized Debtor or any of the Released Parties with respect to such Claim or Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interest, (d) asserting any right of setoff, subrogation or recoupment of any kind against any obligation due to any Reorganized Debtor or any of the Released Parties, to the extent of the release provided in Section 6 hereof, or against the property or interests in property of any Reorganized Debtor or any of the Released Parties with respect to such Claim or Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interest and (e) pursuing any Claim released pursuant to the Plan.

 

Unless otherwise provided in the Confirmation Order, all injunctions or stays arising under or entered during the Reorganization Cases under section 105 or 362 of the Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise, that are in existence on the Confirmation Date will remain in full force and effect until the Effective Date; provided, however, that no such injunction or stay will preclude enforcement of parties’ rights under the Plan and the related documents.

 

J.              RETENTION OF JURISDICTION

 

The Bankruptcy Court will have exclusive jurisdiction of all matters arising out of, or related to, the Reorganization Cases and the Plan pursuant to, and for the purposes of, sections 105(a) and 1142 of the Bankruptcy Code, including, without limitation:

 

(a)            To hear and determine pending applications for the assumption or rejection of executory contracts or unexpired leases and the allowance of cure amounts and Claims resulting therefrom;

 

(b)            To determine any and all adversary proceedings, applications and contested matters;

 

(c)            To hear and determine all applications for compensation and reimbursement of expenses under sections 330, 331 and 503(b) of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

(d)            To hear and determine any timely objections to, or requests for, estimation of Disputed Administrative Expense Claims and Disputed Claims, in whole or in part;

 

(e)            To enter and implement such orders as may be appropriate in the event the Confirmation Order is for any reason stayed, revoked, modified or vacated;

 

(f)             To issue such orders in aid of execution of the Plan, to the extent authorized by section 1142 of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

(g)            To consider any amendments to or modifications of the Plan or to cure any defect or omission, or reconcile any inconsistency, in any order of the Bankruptcy Court, including, without limitation, the Confirmation Order;

 

(h)            To hear and determine disputes or issues arising in connection with the interpretation, implementation or enforcement of the Plan, the Confirmation Order, any transactions or payments contemplated thereby, any agreement, instrument or other document

 

79



 

governing or relating to any of the foregoing or any settlement approved by the Bankruptcy Court; provided, however , that any dispute arising under or in connection with the Exit Facility or the New Term Loan will be determined in accordance with the governing law designated by such applicable documents;

 

(i)             To hear and determine matters concerning state, local and federal taxes in accordance with sections 346, 505 and 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code (including, without limitation, any request by the Debtors prior to the Effective Date or request by the Reorganized Debtors after the Effective Date for an expedited determination of tax under section 505(b) of the Bankruptcy Code);

 

(j)             To hear and determine all disputes involving the existence, scope and nature of the discharges granted under the Plan, the Confirmation Order or the Bankruptcy Code;

 

(k)            To issue injunctions and effect any other actions that may be necessary or appropriate to restrain interference by any person or entity with the consummation, implementation or enforcement of the Plan, the Confirmation Order or any other order of the Bankruptcy Court;

 

(l)             To determine such other matters and for such other purposes as may be provided in the Confirmation Order;

 

(m)           To hear and determine any rights, Claims or causes of action held by or accruing to the Debtors pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code or pursuant to any federal or state statute or legal theory;

 

(n)            To recover all assets of the Debtors and property of the Debtors’ estates, wherever located;

 

(o)            To enter a final decree closing the Reorganization Cases; and

 

(p)            To hear any other matter not inconsistent with the Bankruptcy Code.

 

K.             MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

1.              Effectuating Documents and Further Transactions

 

On or before the Effective Date, and without the need for any further order or authority, the Debtors will file with the Bankruptcy Court or execute, as appropriate, such agreements and other documents that are in form and substance satisfactory to them as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and further evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan.  The Reorganized Debtors are authorized to execute, deliver, file, or record such contracts, instruments, releases, indentures and other agreements or documents and take such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and further evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan and any securities issued pursuant to the Plan.

 

80



 

2.              Withholding and Reporting Requirements

 

In connection with the Plan and all instruments issued in connection therewith and distributed thereon, any party issuing any instrument or making any distribution under the Plan will comply with all applicable withholding and reporting requirements imposed by any federal, state or local taxing authority, and all distributions under the Plan will be subject to any such withholding or reporting requirements.  Notwithstanding the above, each holder of an Allowed Claim that is to receive a distribution under the Plan will have the sole and exclusive responsibility for the satisfaction and payment of any tax obligations imposed on such holder by any governmental unit, including income, withholding and other tax obligations, on account of such distribution.  Any party issuing any instrument or making any distribution under the Plan has the right, but not the obligation, to not make a distribution until such holder has made arrangements satisfactory to such issuing or disbursing party for payment of any such tax obligations.

 

3.              Corporate Action

 

On the Effective Date, all matters provided for under the Plan that would otherwise require approval of the managers or directors of one or more of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as the case may be, will be in effect from and after the Effective Date pursuant to the applicable general corporation law of the states in which the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors are incorporated or established, without any requirement of further action by the managers or directors of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors.  On the Effective Date, or as soon thereafter as is practicable, the Reorganized Debtors will, if required, file their amended articles of organization or certificates of incorporation, as the case may be, with the Secretary of State of the state in which each such entity is (or will be) organized, in accordance with the applicable general business law of each such jurisdiction.

 

4.              Modification of Plan

 

Alterations, amendments or modifications of or to the Plan may be proposed in writing by the Debtors at any time prior to the Confirmation Date, but only after consultation with and approval of such alteration, amendment or modification by the Prepetition Agent, provided that the Plan, as altered, amended or modified satisfies the conditions of sections 1122 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and the Debtors have complied with section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code.  The Plan may be altered, amended or modified at any time after the Confirmation Date and before substantial consummation, but only after consultation with and approval of such alteration, amendment or modification by the Prepetition Agent, provided that the Plan, as altered, amended or modified, satisfies the requirements of sections 1122 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code, and the Bankruptcy Court, after notice and a hearing, confirms the Plan, as altered, amended or modified, under section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code and the circumstances warrant such alterations, amendments or modifications.  A holder of a Claim that has accepted the Plan will be deemed to have accepted the Plan, as altered, amended or modified, if the proposed alteration, amendment or modification does not materially and adversely change the treatment of the Claim of such holder.

 

Prior to the Effective Date, the Debtors may make appropriate technical adjustments and modifications to the Plan without further order or approval of the Bankruptcy

 

81



 

Court, provided that such technical adjustments and modifications do not adversely affect in a material way the treatment of holders of Claims or Preconfirmation Equity Interests.

 

5.              Revocation or Withdrawal of the Plan

 

The Debtors reserve the right to revoke or withdraw the Plan prior to the Confirmation Date.  If the Debtors revoke or withdraw the Plan prior to the Confirmation Date, then the Plan will be deemed null and void.  In such event, nothing contained in the Plan will constitute or be deemed a waiver or release of any Claims or Preconfirmation Equity Interests by or against the Debtors or any other person or to prejudice in any manner the rights of the Debtors or any person in any further proceedings involving the Debtors.

 

6.              Plan Supplement

 

The Plan Supplement and the documents contained therein will be in form, scope and substance satisfactory to the Debtors and the Participating Lenders, and will be filed with the Bankruptcy Court no later than five (5) Business Days before the deadline for voting to accept or reject the Plan, provided that the documents included therein may thereafter be amended and supplemented prior to execution, so long as no such amendment or supplement materially affects the rights of holders of Claims.  The Plan Supplement and the documents contained therein are incorporated into and made a part of the Plan as if set forth in full therein.

 

7.              Payment of Statutory Fees

 

On or before the Effective Date, all fees payable under section 1930 of chapter 123 of title 28 of the United States Code will be paid in Cash.  Following the Effective Date, all such fees will be paid by the applicable Reorganized Debtor until the earlier of the conversion or dismissal of the applicable Reorganization Case under section 1112 of the Bankruptcy Code or the closing of the applicable Reorganization Case pursuant to section 350(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

8.              Dissolution of the Creditors’ Committee

 

On the Effective Date, except as provided below, the Creditors’ Committee will be dissolved and the members thereof will be released and discharged of and from all further authority, duties, responsibilities and obligations related to and arising from and in connection with the Reorganization Cases, and the retention or employment of the Creditors’ Committee’s attorneys, accountants and other agents, if any, will terminate, except for purposes of filing and prosecuting applications for final allowances of compensation for professional services rendered and reimbursement of expenses incurred in connection therewith.

 

9.              Exemption from Transfer Taxes

 

Pursuant to section 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, the issuance, transfer or exchange of notes or equity securities under or in connection with the Plan, the creation of any mortgage, deed of trust or other security interest, the making or assignment of any lease or sublease or the making or delivery of any deed or other instrument of transfer under, in furtherance of, or in connection with the Plan, including, without limitation, the issuance of New

 

82



 

Common Stock, any merger agreements or agreements of consolidation, deeds, bills of sale or assignments executed in connection with any of the transactions contemplated under the Plan will not be subject to any stamp, real estate transfer, mortgage recording or other similar tax.

 

10.            Expedited Tax Determination

 

The Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors are authorized to request an expedited determination of taxes under section 505(b) of the Bankruptcy Code for any or all returns filed for, or on behalf of, the Debtors for any and all taxable periods (or portions thereof) ending after the Petition Date through and including the Effective Date.

 

11.            Exhibits /Schedules

 

All exhibits and schedules to the Plan, including the Plan Supplement, are incorporated into and are a part of the Plan as if set forth in full therein.

 

12.            Substantial Consummation

 

On the Effective Date, the Plan will be deemed to be substantially consummated under sections 1101 and 1127(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

13.            Severability of Plan Provisions

 

In the event that, prior to the Confirmation Date, any term or provision of the Plan is held by the Bankruptcy Court to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the Bankruptcy Court will have the power to alter and interpret such term or provision to make it valid or enforceable to the maximum extent practicable, consistent with the original purpose of the term or provision held to be invalid, void or unenforceable, and such term or provision will then be applicable as altered or interpreted.  Notwithstanding any such holding, alteration or interpretation, the remainder of the terms and provisions of the Plan will remain in full force and effect and will in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated by such holding, alteration or interpretation.  The Confirmation Order will constitute a judicial determination and will provide that each term and provision of the Plan, as it may have been altered or interpreted in accordance with the foregoing, is valid and enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

14.            Governing Law

 

Except to the extent that the Bankruptcy Code or other federal law is applicable, or to the extent an exhibit to the Plan or Plan Supplement provides otherwise (in which case the governing law specified therein will be applicable to such exhibit), the rights, duties and obligations arising under the Plan will be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to its principles of conflict of laws.

 

15.            Notices

 

All notices, requests and demands to or upon the Debtors must be in writing (including by facsimile transmission) to be effective and, unless otherwise expressly provided under the Plan, will be deemed to have been duly given or made when actually delivered or, in the case of notice by facsimile transmission, when received and telephonically confirmed,

 

83



 

addressed as follows:

 

 

 

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

 

 

1540 Broadway

 

 

New York, NY 10036

 

 

Attn: James Coughlin

 

Telephone:

(212) 652-9380

 

Facsimile:

(212) 354-3089

 

 

 

 

 

- and -

 

 

 

 

PAUL, HASTINGS, JANOFSKY & WALKER LLP

 

 

191 North Wacker Drive, 30th Floor

 

 

Chicago, Illinois 60606

 

 

Telephone: (312) 499-6000

 

 

Facsimile: (312) 499-6100

 

 

Attn:

Paul E. Harner

 

 

Steven T. Catlett

 

 

 

 

Attorneys for Debtors and Debtors in Possession

 

VII.  PROJECTIONS AND VALUATION ANALYSIS

 

A.             CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED PROJECTED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1.              Responsibility for and Purpose of the Projections

 

[TO COME]

 

2.              Pro Forma Financial Projections

 

[TO COME]

 

B.             VALUATION

 

1.              Overview

 

[TO COME]

 

VIII.  CERTAIN FACTORS AFFECTING THE DEBTORS

 

A.             CERTAIN BANKRUPTCY LAW CONSIDERATIONS

 

1.              Risk of Non-Confirmation of the Plan of Reorganization

 

Although the Debtors believe that the Plan will satisfy all requirements necessary for confirmation by the Bankruptcy Court, there can be no assurance that the Bankruptcy Court will reach the same conclusion or that modifications of the Plan will not be required for

 

84



 

confirmation or that such modifications would not necessitate resolicitation of votes.  Moreover, the failure of the Debtors to obtain entry of the Confirmation Order on or before December 31, 2009, would (unless duly waived) constitute a termination event under the Restructuring Agreement that could allow parties to terminate their obligations to support the Plan.

 

2.              Non-Consensual Confirmation

 

In the event any impaired class of claims or equity interests does not accept a plan of reorganization, a bankruptcy court may nevertheless confirm such plan at the proponent’s request if at least one impaired class has accepted the plan (with such acceptance being determined without including the vote of any “insider” in such class), and as to each impaired class that has not accepted the plan, the bankruptcy court determines that the plan “does not discriminate unfairly” and is “fair and equitable” with respect to the dissenting impaired Classes.  See Section IX.B.2 below, entitled “CONFIRMATION OF THE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION; Requirements for Confirmation of the Plan of Reorganization; Requirements of Section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.”  Because Classes 15 (Subordinated Securities Claims), 17 (Preconfirmation SFO Equity Interests), and 18 (Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interests) are deemed to reject the Plan, these requirements must be satisfied with respect to such Classes.  The Debtors believe that the Plan satisfies these requirements.

 

3.              Risk of Delay in Confirmation of the Plan

 

Although the Debtors believe that the Effective Date will occur soon after the Confirmation Date, there can be no assurance as to such timing.  Moreover, in connection with the Restructuring Agreement, the Debtors have committed to the achievement of certain milestones, including the following: (i) entry of an order by the Bankruptcy Court approving the Disclosure Statement no later than October 15, 2009 and (ii) an order by the Bankruptcy Court confirming the Plan no later than December 31, 2009.  The failure of the Debtors to achieve these milestones by the dates required under the Restructuring Agreement would (unless duly waived) constitute an event of default under the Restructuring Agreement that could give rise to termination of Participating Lenders’ obligation to support the Plan.

 

In addition, as with any judicial proceeding, there are risks of unavoidable delay with a chapter 11 proceeding and there are risks of objections from certain stakeholders, including objections from the holders of Unsecured Notes and any Prepetition Lenders that vote to reject the Plan.  Any material delay in the confirmation of the Plan, or the threat of rejection of the Plan by the Bankruptcy Court, would not only add substantial expense and uncertainty to the process, but also would adversely affect the Company’s operations during this period since its operations depend, in substantial part, upon the support of a large group of licensors, lessors, vendors, suppliers, guests, sponsors and employees.  Moreover, the mere filing of a “bankruptcy case,” even, as is the case here, one pursuant to a pre-arranged plan has adverse effects on the business and operations of the Debtors.

 

85



 

B.             ADDITIONAL FACTORS TO BE CONSIDERED

 

1.              The Debtors Have No Duty to Update

 

The statements contained in this Disclosure Statement are made by the Debtors as of the date hereof, unless otherwise specified herein, and the delivery of this Disclosure Statement after that date does not imply that there has been no change in the information set forth herein since that date.  The Debtors have no duty to update this Disclosure Statement unless otherwise ordered to do so by the Bankruptcy Court.

 

2.              No Representations Outside This Disclosure Statement Are Authorized

 

No representations concerning or related to the Debtors, the Reorganization Cases or the Plan are authorized by the Bankruptcy Court or the Bankruptcy Code, other than as set forth in this Disclosure Statement.  Any representations or inducements made to secure your acceptance or rejection of the Plan that are other than as contained in, or included with, this Disclosure Statement should not be relied upon by you in arriving at your decision.

 

3.              Projections and Other Forward-Looking Statements Are Not Assured, and Actual Results May Vary

 

Certain of the information contained in this Disclosure Statement is, by nature, forward looking and contains estimates and assumptions which might ultimately prove to be incorrect and projections which may be materially different from actual future experiences.  There are uncertainties associated with any projections and estimates, and the projections and estimates herein should not be considered assurances or guarantees of the amount of funds or the amount of Claims in the various Classes that might be allowed.

 

4.              The Amount of Claims Could Be More Than Projected

 

The general Bar Date for filing proofs of Claim has not occurred.  The Allowed amount of Claims in each class could be significantly more than projected, which in turn, could cause the value of distributions to be diluted substantially.  If the Claims asserted against the Debtors exceed projections, it may reduce the value of distributions to the holders of Claims, if applicable.

 

5.              Debtors Could Withdraw the Plan

 

Under the Plan, the Debtors could withdraw the Plan with respect to any Debtors and proceed with confirmation of the Plan with respect to any other Debtors.

 

6.              No Legal or Tax Advice Is Provided to You by This Disclosure Statement

 

The contents of this Disclosure Statement should not be construed as legal, business or tax advice.  Each creditor or Preconfirmation Equity Interest holder should consult his, her or its own legal counsel and accountant as to legal, tax and other matters concerning his, her or its Claim or Preconfirmation Equity Interest.

 

86



 

This Disclosure Statement is not legal advice to you.  This Disclosure Statement may not be relied upon for any purpose other than to determine how to vote on the Plan or object to confirmation of the Plan.

 

7.              No Admission Made

 

Nothing contained herein shall constitute an admission of, or be deemed evidence of, the tax or other legal effects of the Plan on the Debtors or on holders of Claims or Preconfirmation Equity Interests.

 

8.              Even if the Plan is confirmed, the Debtors will continue to face risks.

 

The Plan contemplates, among other things, the exchange of New Common Stock for certain Claims against the Debtors.  The Plan is generally designed to reduce the amount of the Company’s indebtedness and cash interest expense and improve its liquidity as well as its financial and operational flexibility in order to generate long-term growth.  Even if the Plan is consummated, the Company will continue to face a number of risks, including certain risks that are beyond its control, such as further deterioration or other changes in economic conditions, changes in its industry, changes in consumer demand for, and acceptance of, its parks and products, inflation in energy and other expenses.  In addition, the Company will continue to face risks related to purchase obligations contained in the Partnership Parks Agreements.  For example, in light of the deterioration in the U.S. economy, investors in the Partnership Parks may “put” a greater amount of their investments to SFI than they otherwise would.  Some of these concerns and effects typically become more acute when a chapter 11 case continues for a protracted period without indication of how or when the case may be completed.  As a result of these risks and others, there is no guaranty that the Plan will achieve its stated goals.

 

9.              The Debtors’ business may be negatively affected if they are unable to assume key executory contracts.

 

As described above, the Plan provides for the assumption of all of the Debtors executory contracts and real property leases, except for such leases or contracts that are expressly rejected.  In assuming these executory contracts and leases, the Debtors expect to seek to preserve the benefit and value of these agreements.  In certain situations, including with respect to many of the Debtors’ important licenses and intellectual property, counterparties will have the opportunity to object to the assumption of these executory contracts.  Accordingly, there is a risk that counterparties may object to the Debtors’ assumption of executory contracts (including important licenses and intellectual property), and if those counterparties succeed, the Debtors would lose the benefits of these agreements.  The Debtors believe that many of these contracts, including, without limitation, license agreements for the Warner Bros., DC Comics, Hanna-Barbara and Thomas the Tank Engine and Friends characters, as well as The Wiggles and the Debtors’ sponsorship agreements, are important to the operation of the Company’s parks and the guest experience at those parks.

 

87



 

10.                                  Business Factors and Competitive Conditions

 

(a)           General Economic Conditions

 

In their financial projections, the Debtors have assumed that the general economic conditions of the United States economy will improve over the next several years.  The improvement of economic conditions is subject to many factors outside the Debtors’ control, including interest rates, inflation, unemployment rates, consumer spending, war, terrorism and other such factors.  Any one of these or other economic factors could have a significant impact on the operating performance of the Reorganized Debtors.  There is no guaranty that economic conditions will improve, or remain stable, in the near term.

 

(b)           Business Factors

 

The Debtors believe that they will succeed in implementing and executing their business plan for the benefit of all constituencies.  However, there are risks that the goals of the Debtors’ going-forward business plan and operational strategies will not be achieved.  In such event, the Debtors may be unable to refinance maturing term debt or be forced to sell all or parts of their business, develop and implement further restructuring plans not contemplated herein or become subject to further insolvency proceedings.  Holders of Claims in Impaired Classes will receive equity in Reorganized SFI under the Plan; however, in the event of further restructurings or insolvency proceedings, the equity interests of such persons could be substantially diluted or even cancelled.

 

(c)           Puts from Partnership Parks

 

As noted herein, the holders of Partnership Park LP Interests have the right to issue “put” notices each April.  In April 2009, the aggregate “put” price was approximately $65.5 million, which exceeded the Company’s ability to satisfy such obligations and necessitated the additional financing described in Section III.D of this Disclosure Statement.

 

The amount of future “puts” could have a material adverse effect on the Reorganized Debtors.  There can be no assurance that the Reorganized Debtors will be able to fund future “put” obligations without additional sources of financing.  Should the Reorganized Debtors be unable to obtain such financing, the business prospects of the Reorganized Debtors could be materially and adversely affected, including, but not limited to, potential loss of the Debtors’ interest in the Partnership Parks.

 

(d)           Competitive Conditions

 

The Debtors’ parks compete with other theme, water and amusement parks and with other types of recreational facilities and forms of entertainment, including movies, sports attractions and vacation travel.  The Debtors’ business is also subject to factors that affect the recreation and leisure time industries generally, such as general economic conditions, including relative fuel prices and changes in consumer spending habits. The principal competitive factors of a park include location, price, the uniqueness and perceived quality of the rides and attractions, the atmosphere and cleanliness of the park and the quality of its food and entertainment.  Almost all of the Company’s parks feature “thrill rides.” While the Company

 

88



 

carefully maintains the safety of its rides, there are inherent risks involved with these attractions.  An accident or an injury (including water-borne illnesses on water rides) at any of the Company’s parks or at parks operated by its competitors, particularly accidents or injuries that attract media attention, may reduce attendance at the Company’s parks, causing a decrease in revenues.

 

(e)           Seasonal Operations and Adverse Weather Conditions

 

The Company’s operations are seasonal.  Approximately 80% of the Company’s annual park attendance and revenue occurs during the second and third calendar quarters of each year.  As a result, when adverse weather conditions or other unforeseeable events that affect attendance at the Company’s parks occur during its operating season, particularly during the peak season of July and August, there is only a limited period of time during which the impact of those conditions or events can be mitigated.  Accordingly, such conditions or events may have a disproportionately adverse effect on the Company’s revenues and cash flow.  In addition, most of the Company’s expenses for maintenance and costs of adding new attractions are incurred when the parks are closed in the mid to late autumn and winter months. For this reason, a sequential quarter to quarter comparison is not a good indication of the Company’s performance or of how it will perform in the future.

 

Because most of the attractions at the Company’s theme parks are outdoors, attendance at its parks is adversely affected by bad weather and forecasts of bad weather.  The effects of bad weather on attendance can be more pronounced at the Company’s water parks.  Bad weather and forecasts of bad or mixed weather conditions can reduce the number of people who come to the Company’s parks, which negatively affects its revenues. Although the Company believes that its ownership of many parks in different geographic locations reduces the effect that adverse weather can have on its consolidated results, the Company believes that its operating results in certain years were adversely affected by abnormally hot, cold and/or wet weather in a number of its major U.S. markets. In addition, since a number of the Company’s parks are geographically concentrated in the eastern portion of the United States, a weather pattern that affects that area could adversely affect a number of its parks. Also, bad weather and forecasts of bad weather on weekend days have greater negative impact than on weekdays because weekend days are typically peak days for attendance at the Company’s parks.

 

(f)            Reliance on Employees

 

A critical asset of the Debtors is their personnel, who have the ability to leave the Debtors and deprive the Debtors of the manpower and expertise essential for performance of the Debtors’ business.  The nature of the Debtors’ business requires the Debtors to be able to recruit, train and continuously improve the performance of their employee base to meet guest service expectations.  Deterioration of the Debtors’ business, loss of a significant number of employees or the inability to hire sufficient numbers of qualified employees could have a material adverse effect on the Reorganized Debtors.

 

The Debtors’ successful transition through the restructuring process is dependent in part on the ability to retain and motivate their management and employees.  There can be no assurance that the Reorganized Debtors will be able to retain or employ qualified management

 

89



 

and personnel.  Should the Reorganized Debtors be unable to retain the services of a large part of their management team, the business prospects of the Reorganized Debtors could be materially and adversely affected.

 

(g)           Other Factors

 

Other factors that holders of Claims should consider are potential regulatory and legal developments that may impact the Reorganized Debtors.  Although these and other such factors are beyond the Debtors’ control and cannot be determined in advance, they could have a significant impact on the Reorganized Debtors’ operating performance.

 

11.                                  Variances from Projections

 

The fundamental premise of the Plan is the reduction of the Debtors’ debt levels and the implementation and realization of the Debtors’ business plan, as reflected in the Projections contained in this Disclosure Statement.  The Projections reflect numerous assumptions concerning the anticipated future performance of the Reorganized Debtors, some of which may not materialize.  Such assumptions include, among other items, assumptions concerning the general economy, the ability to make necessary capital expenditures, the ability to establish market strength and the ability to stabilize and grow the Company’s customer base and control future operating expenses.  The Debtors believe that the assumptions underlying the projections are reasonable.  However, unanticipated events and circumstances occurring subsequent to the preparation of the Projections may affect the actual financial results of the Reorganized Debtors.  Therefore, the actual results achieved throughout the periods covered by the Projections necessarily will vary from the projected results, and such variations may be material and adverse.

 

C.                                     CERTAIN TAX MATTERS

 

For a summary of certain federal income tax consequences of the Plan to holders of Claims and to the Debtors, see Section XI below, entitled “CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PLAN.”

 

IX.  CONFIRMATION OF THE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

 

A.                                     CONFIRMATION HEARING

 

Section 1128(a) of the Bankruptcy Code requires the Bankruptcy Court, after appropriate notice, to hold a hearing on confirmation of a plan of reorganization.  As set forth in the Disclosure Statement Order, the Bankruptcy Court has scheduled the confirmation hearing for [             , 2009].  The confirmation hearing may be adjourned from time to time by the Bankruptcy Court without further notice except for an announcement of the adjourned date made at the confirmation hearing or any subsequent adjourned confirmation hearing.

 

Any objection to confirmation of the Plan must be in writing, must conform to the Bankruptcy Rules, must set forth the name of the objector, the nature and amount of Claims or interests held or asserted by the objector against the Debtors’ estate(s) or property, the basis for the objection and the specific grounds therefor, and must be filed with the Bankruptcy Court,

 

90



 

with a copy to Chambers, together with proof of service thereof, and served upon (i) counsel for the Debtors,                                       ) and (ii)                                             , so as to be received no later than 4:00 p.m. (prevailing Eastern Time) on [         ], 2009.

 

Objections to confirmation of the Plan are governed by Bankruptcy Rule 9014.  UNLESS AN OBJECTION TO CONFIRMATION IS TIMELY SERVED AND FILED, IT MAY NOT BE CONSIDERED BY THE BANKRUPTCY COURT.

 

B.                                     REQUIREMENTS FOR CONFIRMATION OF THE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

 

1.                                        Requirements of Section 1129(a) of the Bankruptcy Code

 

(a)           General Requirements

 

At the confirmation hearing, the Bankruptcy Court will determine whether the following confirmation requirements specified in section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code have been satisfied:

 

(1)           The Plan complies with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

(2)           The Debtors have complied with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

(3)           The Plan has been proposed in good faith and not by any means proscribed by law.

 

(4)           Any payment made or promised by the Debtors or by a Person issuing securities or acquiring property under the Plan for services or for costs and expenses in, or in connection with, the Reorganization Cases, or in connection with the Plan and incident to the Reorganization Cases, has been disclosed to the Bankruptcy Court, and any such payment made before confirmation of the Plan is reasonable, or if such payment is to be fixed after confirmation of the Plan, such payment is subject to the approval of the Bankruptcy Court as reasonable.

 

(5)           The Debtors have disclosed the identity and affiliations of any individual proposed to serve, after confirmation of the Plan, as a director or officer of the Debtors, an affiliate of the Debtors participating in a Plan with the Debtors or a successor to the Debtors under the Plan, and the appointment to, or continuance in, such office of such individual is consistent with the interests of creditors and equity holders and with public policy, and the Debtors have disclosed the identity of any insider that will be employed or retained by the Debtors and the nature of any compensation for such insider.

 

(6)           With respect to each class of claims or equity interests, each holder of an impaired claim or impaired equity interest either has accepted the Plan or will receive or retain under the Plan on account of such holder’s claim or equity interest, property of a value, as of the Effective Date, that is not less than the

 

91



 

amount such holder would receive or retain if the Debtors were liquidated on the Effective Date under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.  See discussion of “Best Interests Test” below.

 

(7)           Except to the extent the Plan meets the requirements of section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code (discussed below), each class of claims or equity interests has either accepted the Plan or is not impaired under the Plan.

 

(8)           Except to the extent that the holder of a particular claim has agreed to a different treatment of such claim, the Plan provides that administrative expenses and priority claims other than priority tax claims will be paid in full on the Effective Date and that priority tax claims will receive on account of such claims deferred cash payments, over a period not exceeding six years after the date of assessment of such claims, of a value, as of the Effective Date, equal to the allowed amount of such claims.

 

(9)           At least one class of impaired claims has accepted the Plan, determined without including any acceptance of the Plan by any insider holding a claim in such class.

 

(10)         Confirmation of the Plan is not likely to be followed by the liquidation or the need for further financial reorganization of the Debtors or any successor to the Debtors under the Plan, unless such liquidation or reorganization is proposed in the Plan.  See discussion of “Feasibility” below.

 

(11)         The Plan provides for the continuation after the Effective Date of payment of all “retiree benefits” (as defined in section 1114 of the Bankruptcy Code), at the level established pursuant to subsection 1114(e)(1)(B) or 1114(g) of the Bankruptcy Code at any time prior to confirmation of the Plan, for the duration of the period the Debtors have obligated themselves to provide such benefits, if any.

 

(b)           Best Interests Test

 

[TO COME]

 

(c)           Liquidation Analysis

 

[TO COME]

 

(d)           Feasibility

 

The Bankruptcy Code requires a debtor to demonstrate that confirmation of a plan of reorganization is not likely to be followed by the liquidation or the need for further financial reorganization of a debtor unless so provided by the plan of reorganization.  For purposes of determining whether the Plan meets this requirement, the Debtors have analyzed their ability to meet their financial obligations as contemplated thereunder.  As part of this analysis, the Debtors

 

92



 

have prepared the projections contained in section VII above, entitled “PROJECTIONS AND VALUATION ANALYSIS,” and in Exhibit C to this Disclosure Statement.

 

These Projections are based upon the assumption that the Plan will be confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court, and for projection purposes, that the Effective Date of the Plan and its substantial consummation will take place on December 31, 2009.  The Projections include balance sheets, statements of operations and statements of cash flows.  Based upon the Projections, the Debtors believe they will be able to make all payments required to be made pursuant to the Plan.

 

2.                                        Requirements of Section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code

 

The Bankruptcy Court may confirm the Plan over the rejection or deemed rejection of the Plan by a class of claims or equity interests if the Plan “does not discriminate unfairly” and is “fair and equitable” with respect to such class.

 

No Unfair Discrimination .  This test applies to classes of claims or equity interests that are of equal priority and are receiving different treatment under a plan of reorganization.  The test does not require that the treatment be the same or equivalent, but that such treatment be “fair.”

 

Fair and Equitable Test .  This test applies to classes of different priority (e.g., unsecured versus secured) and includes the general requirement that no class of claims receive more than 100% of the allowed amount of the claims in such class.  As to the dissenting class, the test sets different standards, depending on the type of claims or interests in such class:

 

·                   Secured Claims .  Each holder of an impaired secured claim either (i) retains its Liens on the property (or if sold, on the proceeds thereof) to the extent of the allowed amount of its secured claim and receives deferred cash payments having a value, as of the effective date of the plan, of at least the allowed amount of such claim or (ii) receives the “indubitable equivalent” of its allowed secured claim.

 

·                   Unsecured Claims .  Either (i) each holder of an impaired unsecured claim receives or retains under the plan property of a value equal to the amount of its allowed unsecured claim or (ii) the holders of claims and interests that are junior to the claims of the dissenting class will not receive or retain any property under the plan of reorganization.

 

·                   Equity Interests .  Either (i) each equity interest holder will receive or retain under the plan of reorganization property of a value equal to the greater of (a) the fixed liquidation preference or redemption price, if any, of such stock and (b) the value of the stock or (ii) the holders of interests that are junior to the equity interests of the dissenting class will not receive or retain any property under the plan of reorganization.

 

The Debtors believe the Plan will satisfy both the “no unfair discrimination” requirement and the “fair and equitable” requirement, notwithstanding that Class 15

 

93



 

(Subordinated Securities Claims), Class 17 (Preconfirmation SFO Equity Interests) and Class 18 (Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interests) are deemed to reject the Plan, because as to such Classes, there is no class of equal priority receiving more favorable treatment and no class that is junior to such a dissenting class will receive or retain any property on account of the claims or equity interests in such class.

 

X.  ALTERNATIVES TO CONFIRMATION AND CONSUMMATION OF THE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

 

If the Plan is not confirmed and consummated, the alternatives to the Plan include (i) liquidation of the Debtors under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code and (ii) an alternative chapter 11 plan of reorganization.

 

A.                                     LIQUIDATION UNDER CHAPTER 7

 

If no plan can be confirmed, the Debtors’ chapter 11 cases may be converted to cases under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code, pursuant to which a trustee would be appointed to liquidate the assets of the Debtors for distribution in accordance with the priorities established by the Bankruptcy Code.  A discussion of the effects that a chapter 7 liquidation would have on the recovery of holders of claims and equity interests and the Debtors’ liquidation analysis are set forth in Section IX above, entitled “CONFIRMATION OF THE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION; Requirements for Confirmation of the Plan of Reorganization; Consensual Confirmation; Best Interests Test.”  The Debtors believe that liquidation under chapter 7 would result in smaller distributions being made to creditors than those provided for in the Plan because of (i) the likelihood that the assets of the Debtors would have to be sold or otherwise disposed of in a less orderly fashion over a shorter period of time, (ii) additional administrative expenses involved in the appointment of a trustee and (iii) additional expenses and claims, some of which would be entitled to priority, which would be generated during the liquidation and from the rejection of leases and other executory contracts in connection with a cessation of the Debtors’ operations.  In a chapter 7 liquidation, the Debtors believe that there would be no distribution to the holders of                                Claims or the holders of Preconfirmation Equity Interests.

 

B.                                     ALTERNATIVE PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

 

If the Plan is not confirmed, the Debtors (or if the Debtors’ exclusive period in which to file a plan of reorganization has expired, any other party in interest) could attempt to formulate a different chapter 11 plan of reorganization.  Such a plan of reorganization might involve either a reorganization and continuation of the Debtors’ business or an orderly liquidation of their assets under chapter 11.  With respect to an alternative plan, the Debtors have explored various alternatives in connection with the formulation and development of the Plan.  The Debtors believe that the Plan, as described herein, enables creditors and equity holders to realize the most value under the circumstances.  In a liquidation under chapter 11, the Debtors’ assets would be sold in an orderly fashion over a more extended period of time than in a liquidation under chapter 7, possibly resulting in somewhat greater (but indeterminate) recoveries than would be obtained in chapter 7.  Further, if a trustee were not appointed, because such appointment is not required in a chapter 11 case, the expenses for professional fees would most likely be lower than those incurred in a chapter 7 case.  Although preferable to a chapter 7

 

94



 

liquidation, the Debtors believe that any alternative liquidation under chapter 11 is a much less attractive alternative to creditors and equity holders than the Plan because of the greater return provided by the Plan.

 

XI.  CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PLAN

 

The following discussion summarizes certain U.S. federal income tax consequences of the implementation of the Plan to the Debtors and certain holders of Claims.  The following summary is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Tax Code ”), Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions and published administrative rules and pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service (the “ IRS ”), all as in effect on the date hereof.  Changes in such rules or new interpretations thereof may have retroactive effect and could significantly affect the U.S. federal income tax consequences described below.  In addition, this summary does not address foreign, state or local tax consequences of the Plan or federal taxes other than income taxes.  Furthermore, the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Plan are complex and subject to significant uncertainties. The Debtors have not requested a ruling from the IRS or an opinion of counsel with respect to any of the tax aspects of the Plan.  Thus, no assurance can be given as to the interpretation that the IRS will adopt.

 

Accordingly, the following summary of certain federal income tax consequences is for informational purposes only and is not a substitute for careful tax planning and advice based upon the individual circumstances of a holder of a Claim or equity interest.

 

IRS Circular 230 Notice :  To ensure compliance with IRS Circular 230, holders of Claims and Preconfirmation Equity Interests are hereby notified that: (A) any discussion of federal tax issues contained or referred to in this Disclosure Statement is not intended or written to be used, and cannot be used, by holders of Claims and Preconfirmation Equity Interests for the purpose of avoiding penalties that may be imposed on them under the Tax Code; (b) such discussion is written in connection with the promotion or marketing by the Debtors of the transactions or matters addressed herein; and (c) holders of Claims and Preconfirmation Equity Interests should seek advice based on their particular circumstances from an independent tax advisor.

 

A.                                     CONSEQUENCES TO THE DEBTORS

 

1.                                        Cancellation of Indebtedness Income

 

For federal income tax purposes, the Debtors are members of an affiliated group of corporation of which SFI is the common parent (the “ Six Flags Group ”) and join in the filing of a consolidated federal income tax return.  The Debtors estimate that as of December 31, 2008, the Six Flags Group had consolidated net operating loss carryforwards (“ NOLs ”) of approximately $1.8 billion.

 

Pursuant to the Plan, the Debtors’ aggregate outstanding indebtedness will be substantially reduced.  In general, the discharge of a debt obligation for cash and property (including New Common Stock) having a value less than the amount owed gives rise to

 

95



 

cancellation of debt (“ COD ”) income which must be included in the debtor’s taxable income unless one of various exceptions applies.  One such exception is for COD income arising in a bankruptcy proceeding.  Under this exception, the taxpayer does not include the COD income in its taxable income, but must instead reduce the following tax attributes, in the following order, by the amount of COD income: (i) NOLs (beginning with NOLs for the year of the COD income, then the oldest and then next-to-oldest NOLs, and so on), (ii) general business credits, (iii) alternative minimum tax credits, (iii) capital losses, (iv) tax basis of assets (but not below the liabilities remaining after debt cancellation), (v) passive activity losses, and (vi) foreign tax credits.  Alternatively, a debtor may elect to first reduce the basis of its depreciable and amortizable property.  The debtor’s tax attributes are not reduced until after determination of the debtor’s tax liability for the year of the COD income.  Any COD income in excess of available tax attributes is forgiven, but may result in excess loss account recapture income.  The Debtors do not expect to have COD income that  exceeds their available tax attributes.

 

2.                                        Section 382 Limitation

 

The issuance of New Common Stock to creditors pursuant to the Plan will result in an “ownership change” of the Debtors under section 382 of the Tax Code.  If a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” the amount of its pre-change losses and certain other tax attributes that may be utilized to offset future taxable income will be subject to an annual “Section 382 limitation” (unless the Bankruptcy Exception, discussed below, applies).  Any NOLs that are not utilized in a given year because of the Section 382 limitation remain available for use in future years until their normal expiration date, but are subject to the Section 382 limitation in future years.  Subject to certain adjustments, the Section 382 limitation is equal to the value of the corporation’s equity immediately before the ownership change multiplied by the applicable “long-term tax-exempt bond rate,” which is published monthly by the Internal Revenue Service (the “ Section 382 Rate ”).  The Section 382 Rate is 4.58% for ownership changes in July 2009.  Under one of two special rules for companies in bankruptcy proceedings, the value of the corporation’s equity for purposes of computing the Section 382 limitation is increased to reflect cancellation of debt in the bankruptcy reorganization.  Under this rule, the value of the equity will be the lesser of the value of the New Common Stock immediately after the ownership change or the value of the Debtors’ assets immediately before the ownership change.

 

The Section 382 limitation is increased by certain built-in income and gains recognized (or treated as recognized) during the five years following an ownership change (up to the total amount of built-in income and gain that existed at the time of the ownership change).  Built-in income for this purpose includes the amount by which our tax depreciation and amortization expense during the five-year period is less than it would have been if our assets had a tax basis on the date of the ownership change equal to their fair market value at such time.  Because most of our assets are theme park assets, which are depreciated on an accelerated basis over a seven-year recovery period, we expect any NOL limitation for the five years following the ownership change to be substantially increased by built-in income.  To the extent the Section 382 limitation exceeds taxable income in a given year, the excess is carried forward and will increase the Section 382 limitation in succeeding taxable years.  Nevertheless, even after being increased by built-in income, the cumulative limitation is expected to be less than the amount of our NOLs.  As a result, a significant amount of our NOLs is expected to expire unused.

 

96



 

An alternate bankruptcy exception applies if qualified creditors acquire 50% of the New Common Stock in exchange for their Claims (the “ Bankruptcy Exception ”).  However, an election is available for this Bankruptcy Exception not to apply and the Debtors expect to make this election.  If the Bankruptcy Exception applied, the Debtors’ use of pre-change losses would not be subject to the section 382 limitation.  Instead, the Debtors’ NOLs would be reduced by the amount of interest deducted, during the taxable year that includes the Effective Date and the three preceding taxable years, on Claims exchanged for New Common Stock.  If the Bankruptcy Exception applied and a second ownership change occurred during the two-years following the Effective Date, the Debtors NOLs at the time of the second ownership change would be effectively eliminated.

 

3.                                        Alternative Minimum Tax

 

Alternative minimum tax (“ AMT ”) is owed on a corporation’s AMT income, at a 20% tax rate, to the extent the AMT exceeds the corporation’s regular federal income tax.  In computing taxable income for AMT purposes, certain deductions and beneficial allowances are modified or eliminated.  One modification is a limitation on the use of NOLs for AMT purposes.  Specifically, no more than 90% of AMT income can be offset with NOLs (as recomputed for AMT purposes).  Therefore, AMT will be owed in years we have positive AMT income, even if all of our regular taxable income for the year is offset with NOLs.  As a result, our AMT income (before AMT NOLs) in those years will be taxed at a 2% effective federal income tax rate (i.e., 10% of AMT income that cannot be offset with NOLs multiplied by 20% AMT rate).  The amount of AMT we pay will be allowed as a nonrefundable credit against regular federal income tax in future taxable year to the extent regular tax exceeds AMT in such years.

 

B.                                     FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HOLDERS OF CLAIMS

 

The following discussion is a summary and does not address all of the tax consequences that may be relevant to holders.  Among other things, this summary does not address the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Plan to holders whose Claims are Unimpaired or who are otherwise entitled to payment in full in Cash under the Plan (e.g., Administrative Expense Claims, and certain Priority Claims).  In addition, this summary does not address foreign, state or local tax consequences of the Plan or federal taxes other than income taxes, nor does this discussion address the income tax consequences of the Plan to special classes of taxpayers (such as broker-dealers, banks, mutual funds, insurance companies, other financial institutions, small business investment companies, regulated investment companies, tax-exempt organizations, persons holding an interest as part of an integrated constructive sale or straddle, persons whose Claims are not held as a capital asset and investors in pass-through entities that hold Claims or interests).  This summary also does not address tax consequences to secondary purchasers of Term Loans or New Common Stock.  Finally, this summary does not discuss the tax consequences of the Plan to holders that are not U.S. persons.  A “Non-U.S. person” is any person or entity (other than a partnership) that is not a U.S. person.  For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. person” is:

 

·                   an individual who is a U.S. citizen or U.S. resident alien;

 

97



 

·                   a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, that was created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

·                   an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

·                   a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or that has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

 

The tax treatment of a partner (or other owner) of a partnership (or other pass-through entity) generally will depend upon the status of the partner or owner and the activities of the partnership or other entity.  U.S. persons who are owners of a partnership or other pass-through entity that hold Claims or interests should consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of the Plan.

 

Unless otherwise noted below, the term “Holder” shall mean a holder of an Unsecured Notes Claim, General Unsecured Claim, or Prepetition Credit Agreement Claim that is a U.S. person.  The U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Plan to Holders of Unsecured Note Claims, General Unsecured Claims, and Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims will depend upon, among other things, (1) the manner in which a Holder acquired its Claim; (2) the length of time the Claim was held; (3) whether the Claim was acquired at a discount; (4) whether the Holder has claimed a bad debt deduction with respect to the Claim (or any portion thereof); (5) whether the Holder has previously included in income accrued but unpaid interest on the Claim; (6) the method of tax accounting used by the Holder; (7) whether the Claim is an installment obligation for U.S. federal income tax purposes; and (8) whether the Claim is a “security” for federal income tax purposes.

 

The term “security” is not defined in the Tax Code or applicable Treasury Regulations.  The determination of whether a particular debt constitutes a “security” generally depends on an overall evaluation of the nature of the original debt.  One of the most significant factors is the original term of the debt.  In general, debt obligations issued with a weighted average maturity at issuance of five years or less ( e.g. , trade debt and revolving credit obligations) do not constitute securities, whereas debt obligations with a weighted average maturity at issuance of ten years or more constitute securities.  Due to the lack of clear guidance on this issue, it is not certain whether the Unsecured Notes would be treated as securities.  Holders of Unsecured Notes Claims should consult their tax advisors as whether their Unsecured Note Claims would be treated as “securities” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

Holders of Unsecured Notes Claims, General Unsecured Claims or Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims may be entitled to a bad debt deduction, either in the taxable year of the Effective Date or a prior taxable year, with respect to their Claims, to the extent permitted under the Holder’s method of accounting.  Holders should consult their tax advisors with respect to the availability of a bad debt deduction.

 

98



 

1.                                        Consequences to Holders of Unsecured Notes Claims Against SFI

 

Pursuant to the Plan, SFI will issue New Common Stock in exchange for Unsecured Notes Claims against SFI (“ SFI Notes Claims ”).  Whether Holders of the SFI Notes Claims will recognize gain or loss on this exchange depends on whether the Unsecured Notes against SFI are “securities” for U.S. federal income tax purpose.  If they are “securities,” the exchange will be a tax-free “recapitalization” and Holders will not recognize gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, except to the extent, if any, that New Common Stock is received in respect of a SFI Notes Claim for accrued but unpaid interest that the Holder had not previously included in income (see discussion below — “Distributions in respect of Accrued But Unpaid Interest”).  A Holder’s initial tax basis and holding period in New Common Stock received in a tax-free recapitalization (other than as accrued but unpaid interest) will be equal to the Holder’s adjusted tax basis and will include the Holder’s holding period in its SFI Notes Claims against SFI (other than Claims for accrued interest).

 

If the SFI Notes Claims do not constitute “securities” for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the exchange for New Common Stock will be a taxable transaction and Holders will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the fair market value of the New Common Stock (other than New Common Stock received in payment of accrued but unpaid interest) and the adjusted tax basis of their SFI Notes Claims (other than any portion of such basis attributable to accrued but unpaid interest).   A Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the SFI Notes Claims generally will be the amount paid for such Claims, increased by any original issue discount (“ OID ”) included in income by the Holder and reduced by payments of principal and accrued OID.  The gain or loss generally will be capital gain or loss if the SFI Notes Claims are held as a capital asset (subject to the “market discount” rules discussed below) and will be long-term if the SFI Notes Claims were held for more than one year.  Capital gain of a non-corporate Holder is eligible for reduced capital gain tax rates.  The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.  If any portion of the New Common Stock is attributable to accrued but unpaid interest or OID that was not previously included in income by the Holder, the Holder will have ordinary interest income equal to the fair market value of such New Common Stock, as discussed below in “Distributions in respect of Accrued But Unpaid Interest.”  The Holder’s initial tax basis in the New Common Stock received in the exchange will be equal to the fair market value of the New Common Stock on the Effective Date and the holding period will begin on the day after the Effective Date.

 

2.                                        Consequences to Holders of General Unsecured SFI Claims and General Unsecured SFO Claims

 

Pursuant to the Plan, SFI will issue New Common Stock to Holders of General Unsecured SFI Claims and SFO will distribute New Common Stock to Holders of General Unsecured SFO Claims.  Holders of General Unsecured SFI Claims and General Unsecured SFO Claims will recognize gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the fair market value of the New Common Stock they receive and any adjusted tax basis they have in their Claims.  A Holder’s initial tax basis in the New Common Stock received for its Claim will be equal to the fair market value of the New Common Stock on the Effective Date and the holding period will begin on the day after the Effective Date.  Whether the gain or loss will be capital gain or loss will depend on whether such General Unsecured Claims are held as a

 

99



 

capital asset and whether the gain will be long-term capital gain or loss will depend on whether the Claims were held for more than on year.  Capital gain of a non-corporate Holder is eligible to be taxed at reduced rates.  The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

 

3.                                        Consequences to Holders of 2016 Notes Claims

 

Pursuant to the Plan, SFO will distribute New Common Stock to Holders of 2016 Notes Claims.  The exchange of 2016 Notes Claims for New Common Stock pursuant to the Plan will be a taxable transaction.  Holders will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the fair market value of the New Common Stock they receive (other than New Common Stock received in payment of accrued but unpaid interest) and the adjusted tax basis of their 2016 Notes Claims (other than any portion of such basis attributable to accrued but unpaid interest).  A Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the 2016 Notes Claims generally will be the amount paid for such Claims, increased by any OID included in income by the Holder and reduced by payments of principal and accrued OID.  The gain or loss generally will be capital gain or loss (subject to the “market discount” rules discussed below) if the 2016 Notes Claims are held as a capital asset and will be long-term if the 2016 Notes Claims were held for more than one year.  Capital gain of a non-corporate Holder is eligible for reduced capital gain tax rates.  The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.  If any portion of the New Common Stock is allocable to accrued but unpaid interest that was not previously included in income by the Holder, the Holder will have ordinary interest income equal to the fair market value of such New Common Stock, as discussed below in “Distributions in respect of Accrued But Unpaid Interest.”  The Holder’s initial tax basis in the New Common Stock received in the exchange will be equal to the fair market value of the New Common Stock on the Effective Date and the Holder’s holding period will begin on the day after the Effective Date.

 

4.                                        Consequences to Holders of Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims

 

Pursuant to the Plan, SFTP will issue Term Loans and will distribute New Common Stock to Holders of Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims (including swap obligations) in exchange for their Claims.  The exchange of Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims for Term Loans will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a sale or exchange if the Term Loans are materially different in kind and extent from the Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims to an extent sufficient to constitute a “significant modification” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.  Treasury Regulations (the “Modification Regulations”) provide that a change in the yield of a debt instrument is a significant modification if the yield changes by more than 25 basis points (or, if greater, 5% of the original yield).  The exchange of Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims for the Term Loans is expected to result in a change in yield that is a significant modification under the Modification Regulations.  Consequently, the exchange of a Prepetition Credit Agreement Claim for the Term Loans and the New Common Stock should be treated as a sale or exchange.

 

If the Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims and the Term Loans are treated as “securities” for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as discussed above, the exchange will be a recapitalization and Holders will recognize gain, but not loss, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, equal to the lesser of their overall gain on the exchange of their Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims or the value of the New Common Stock they receive.  Their overall gain on

 

100



 

the exchange will be equal to the excess of the sum of the fair market value of the New Common Stock and the “issue price” (described below) of the Term Loans they receive (except any portion of such Stock or Loans which is attributable to accrued but unpaid interest) over their adjusted tax basis in their Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims (other than any portion of such basis which is attributable to Claims for accrued but unpaid interest).   A Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims (other than Claims for accrued but unpaid interest) generally will be the amount paid for such Claims, reduced by principal payments on such Claims.   The gain generally would be capital gain (subject to the “market discount” rules discussed below) if the Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims were held as a capital asset and would be long-term capital gain if the Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims were held for more than one year.   Capital gain of a non-corporate Holder is eligible to be taxed at reduced rates.   A Holder’s initial tax basis in the New Common Stock received in the exchange (other than any portion of such basis which is attributable to Claims for accrued but unpaid interest) will be equal to the fair market value of such New Common Stock on the Effective Date and the Holder’s holding period in the New Common Stock will begin on the day after the Effective Date.   The Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Term Loans (other than Term Loans received in payment of accrued but unpaid interest) will be the Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims, reduced by the fair market value of the New Common Stock received, and increased by the gain recognized on the exchange.   To the extent Term Loans or New Common Stock are received in payment of accrued but unpaid interest on Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims and that the Holder had not previously included such interest in income, the Holder will have ordinary interest income as discussed below in “Distributions in respect of Accrued But Unpaid Interest.”

 

If either the Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims or the Term Loans are not “securities,” Holders will recognize gain or loss on the exchange equal to the difference between their “amount realized” in the exchange and their adjusted tax basis in their Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims.  Their amount realized will be the sum of the fair market value of the New Common Stock and the “issue price” of the Term Loans they receive (other than any portion of such Stock or Loans received in payment of accrued but unpaid interest).  The issue price of the Term Loans will depend on whether the Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims or Term Loans are publicly traded.  Debt instruments are considered to be publicly traded if they are traded on an established market during the 60-day period ending 30 days after the date of the exchange. A debt instrument is considered to be traded on an established market if it is listed on a major securities exchange, appears on a quotation medium of general circulation or otherwise is readily quotable by dealers, brokers or traders (subject to certain exceptions).  If the Term Loans are publicly traded, the issue price of the Term Loans would be their fair market value at the time of the exchange.  If the Term Loans are not publicly traded, but the Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims are publicly traded, the issue price of the Term Loans would be the fair market value of the Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims at the time of the exchange.  If neither the Term Loans nor the Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims are publicly traded, the issue price of the Term Loans would be their stated principal amount.  A Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims (other than Claims for accrued but unpaid interest) would be the amount paid for such Claims, reduced by principal payments received by the Holder.  A Holder’s gain or loss on the exchange would be capital gain (subject to the “market discount” rules discussed below) if the Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims were held as a capital asset and would be long-term capital gain or loss if the Holder held the Prepetition Credit Agreement

 

101



 

Claims for more than one year on the date of the exchange.  To the extent Term Loans or New Common Stock are received in payment of a Claim for accrued but unpaid interest, the Holder would have ordinary interest income as discussed below in “Distributions in respect of Accrued But Unpaid Interest.”  The Holder’s initial tax basis in the New Common Stock received in the exchange will be equal to the fair market value of the New Common Stock on the Effective Date.  The Holder’s initial tax basis in the Term Loans received in the exchange will be equal to the issue price of the Term Loans on the Effective Date.  The Holder’s holding period in the Term Loans and the New Common Stock will begin on the day after the Effective Date.

 

The Term Loans will provide that SFTP may, at its option, pay a portion of the interest by issuing additional Term Loans.  Consequently, the Term Loans will accrue OID for U.S. federal income tax purposes.  Furthermore, if the Term Loans are publicly traded (as described above), their issue price will be their fair market value at the time of the exchange.  Or, if the Term Loans are not publicly traded but the Preconfirmation Credit Agreement Claims are publicly traded, the issue price of the Term Loans will be the fair market value of the Preconfirmation Credit Agreement Claims at the time of the exchange.  The Term Loans will have OID to the extent that their issue price is less than their “stated redemption price at maturity” (by more than a de minimis amount).  The “stated redemption price at maturity” is the sum of all payments on the debt other than “qualified stated interest” (which, in general, is stated interest that is unconditionally payable at least annually in cash).  Holders of Term Loans that are issued with OID will be required to include the OID in income over the term on the debt at a constant yield, regardless of whether the Holder is a cash or accrual method taxpayer and regardless of whether the Holder receives any cash.  Any OID that a Holder includes in income will increase the Holder’s basis in the Term Loans.  A Holder will not be separately taxed on cash payments of interest that have already been included in income under the OID rules, but such payments will reduce the Holder’s tax basis in the Term Loans.  Holders of Term Loans are urged to consult their tax advisors concerning the application of the OID rules to the Term Loans.

 

5.                                        Distributions in Respect of Accrued but Unpaid Interest

 

The receipt of consideration (including New Common Stock) attributable to a Claim for accrued but unpaid interest or OID will be taxed as interest income if the Holder did not previously include the accrued interest in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes.  Conversely, a Holder recognizes a deductible loss to the extent accrued interest that was previously included in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes is not paid in full.  It is uncertain whether an ordinary loss deduction is allowable for OID that was previously included in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes and is not paid in full.  The IRS has taken the position that a holder of a security, in an otherwise tax-free exchange, cannot claim a current deduction for unpaid OID.   The IRS may also take the position that the security holder would recognize a capital loss, rather than an ordinary loss, in a taxable exchange in which OID that was previously included in income is not paid in full.

 

Consistent with the Plan, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Debtors intend to allocate Plan consideration first to the principal amount of a Holder’s Claim, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, only when such principal amount has been paid in full, to accrued interest or OID, if any, on the Claim.  However, there is no assurance such allocation

 

102



 

will be respected by the IRS.  Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the allocation of consideration received under the Plan between principal and interest.

 

6.                                        Market Discount and Premium

 

If an Unsecured Note or Prepetition Credit Agreement Claim was purchased by a Holder at a discount (i.e., for less than the amount owed or, if the Unsecured Note has OID, for less than its adjusted issue price) and the discount was not de minimis (i.e., was more than 0.25% of the amount owed for each remaining year until maturity), the discount would be treated as “market discount,” which would accrue over the remaining term of the debt.  If the Holder did not elect to include the market discount in income as it accrued, gain realized by the Holder on a taxable disposition of the Unsecured Notes or Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims, including a taxable disposition pursuant to the Plan, would be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the market discount that accrued while the Unsecured Notes or Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims were held by the Holder.  If the Holder made an election to include market discount in income as it accrued, the holder’s adjusted basis in the Unsecured Notes or the Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims would be increased by the market discount that was included in income by the Holder.  If the Unsecured Notes or Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims that were acquired with market discount are exchanged in a tax-free transaction (including a tax-free exchange pursuant to the Plan) any market discount that had accrued up to the time of the exchange but was not previously taken into account by the Holder would carry over to the property (for example, the New Common Stock) received in the exchange.

 

If an Unsecured Note or Prepetition Credit Agreement Claim was purchased by a Holder for more than the amount owed, the excess would be treated as amortizable bond premium.  A Holder could have elected to amortize such bond premium as an offset against its interest income on the Unsecured Notes or Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims, in which case the Holder’s adjusted basis in the Unsecured Notes or Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims would have been reduced as the bond premium was amortized.

 

Holders should consult their tax advisors concerning the tax consequences to them of market discount or premium with respect to Unsecured Notes Claims or Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims.

 

7.                                        Consequences to Holders of Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interests

 

A “worthless stock deduction” is allowed to a shareholder for the taxable year in which an identifiable event occurs that establishes the worthlessness of the stock.  If not previously satisfied, the “worthlessness” requirement generally would be satisfied when a debtor corporation’s stock is cancelled without consideration pursuant to a plan of reorganization.  Pursuant to the Plan, all Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interests are being extinguished without consideration.  Therefore, a holder of Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interests would be allowed a “worthless stock deduction” in an amount equal to the holder’s adjusted basis in its Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interests (unless the holder previously claimed a worthless stock deduction with respect to the Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interests and assuming the taxable year that includes the Effective Date is the one in which the Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interests first become worthless).  If the holder held the Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interest as a capital asset,

 

103



 

the loss will be treated as a capital loss.  Capital losses are subject to limitations.  The capital loss will be long-term if the Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interest was held for more than one year and otherwise will be short-term.

 

C.                                     INFORMATION REPORTING AND WITHHOLDING

 

Distributions under the Plan are subject to applicable tax reporting and withholding.  Under U.S. federal income tax law, interest, dividends and other reportable payments may, under certain circumstances, be subject to “backup withholding” at then applicable rates (currently 28%).  Backup withholding generally applies if the Holder (a) fails to furnish its social security number or other taxpayer identification number (“ TIN ”), (b) furnishes an incorrect TIN, (c) fails properly to report interest or dividends or (d) under certain circumstances, fails to provide a certified statement, signed under penalty of perjury, that the TIN it provided is correct and that it is a United States person that is not subject to backup withholding.  Backup withholding is not an additional tax but merely an advance payment, which may be refunded to the extent it results in an overpayment of tax, provided the required information is timely provided to the IRS.  Certain persons are exempt from backup withholding, including, in most circumstances, corporations and financial institutions.

 

Treasury Regulations generally require a taxpayer to disclose certain transactions on its U.S. federal income tax return, including, among others, certain transactions that result in a taxpayer claiming a loss in excess of a specified threshold.  Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors as to whether the transactions contemplated by the Plan would be subject to these or other disclosure or information reporting requirements.

 

The foregoing summary is provided for informational purposes only.  Holders of Claims are urged to consult their tax advisors concerning the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of the Plan.

 

XII.  CONCLUSION

 

The Debtors believe that confirmation and implementation of the Plan is in the best interests of all creditors, and urge holders of Impaired Claims in Class 4, Class 5, Class 6, Class 8, Class 9, Class 10, Class 11, Class 12, Class 13, Class 14, Class 15, Class 17 and Class 18 to vote to accept the Plan and to evidence such acceptance by returning their ballots so that they will be received no later than 4:00 p.m. (prevailing Eastern Time) on             , 2009.

 

Dated:                 , 2009

 

104



 

 

Respectfully submitted,

 

 

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey R. Speed

 

Name: Jeffrey R. Speed

 

Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

PAUL, HASTINGS, JANOFSKY & WALKER LLP

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Paul Harner

 

Paul E. Harner

 

191 North Wacker Drive, 30th Floor

 

Chicago, Illinois 60606

 

Telephone:  (312) 499-6000

 

Facsimile:  (312) 499-6100

 

 

 

Attorneys for Debtors and Debtors in Possession

 

105



 

Exhibit A

 

Debtors’ Joint Chapter 11 Plan

 

A-1



 

IN THE UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT
DISTRICT OF DELAWARE

 

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------

x

 

 

:

 

In re

:

Chapter 11

 

:

 

Premier International Holdings Inc., et al. ,

:

Case No. 09-12019 (CSS)

 

:

 

Debtors.

:

(Jointly Administered)

 

:

 

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------

X

 

 

DEBTORS’ JOINT PLAN OF REORGANIZATION
UNDER CHAPTER 11 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE

 

Six Flags, Inc. and its affiliated debtors (1)  p ropose the following chapter 11 plan pursuant to section 1121(a) of the Bankruptcy Code:

 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

A.            Definitions .

 

As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the respective meanings specified below and be equally applicable to the singular and plural of terms defined:

 

1.1           2010 Notes means those certain 8.875% unsecured notes due 2010 and issued by SFI under the 2010 Notes Indenture.

 

1.2           2010 Notes Indenture means that certain indenture, dated February 11, 2002 between SFI and The Bank of New York, pursuant to which the 2010 Notes were issued, as amended from time to time.

 

1.3           2013 Notes means those certain 9.75% unsecured notes due 2013 and issued by SFI under the 2013 Notes Indenture.

 

1.4           2013 Notes Indenture means that certain indenture, dated April 16, 2003, between SFI and The Bank of New York, pursuant to which the 2013 Notes were issued, as amended from time to time.

 

1.5           2014 Notes means those certain 9.65% unsecured notes due 2014 and issued by SFI under the 2014 Notes Indenture.

 


(1)           All of the Debtors are identified in section 1.37 of the Plan.

 

A-1



 

1.6           2014 Notes Indenture means that certain indenture, dated December 5, 2003, between SFI and The Bank of New York, pursuant to which the 2014 Notes were issued, as amended from time to time.

 

1.7           2015 Notes means those certain 4.5% convertible unsecured notes due 2015 and issued by SFI under the 2015 Notes Indenture.

 

1.8           2015 Notes Indenture means, together, that certain indenture, dated June 30, 1999, and that certain second supplemental indenture, dated November 19, 2004, between SFI and The Bank of New York, pursuant to which the 2015 Notes were issued, each as amended from time to time.

 

1.9           2016 Notes means those certain 12.25% unsecured notes due 2016 and issued by SFO under the 2016 Notes Indenture.

 

1.10         2016 Notes SFI Guaranty means that certain guaranty of the 2016 Notes by SFI.

 

1.11         2016 Notes Indenture means that certain indenture, dated December 5, 2003, between SFO, as issuer, SFI, as guarantor, and HSBC Bank USA, N.A., as trustee, pursuant to which the 2016 Notes were issued, as amended from time to time.

 

1.12         Acquisition Parties means SFOG Acquisition A, Inc., SFOG Acquisition B, L.L.C., SFOT Acquisition I, Inc., and SFOT Acquisition II, Inc.

 

1.13         Administrative Expense Claim means any right to payment constituting a cost or expense of administration of the Reorganization Cases Allowed under sections 330, 503(b), 507(a)(2) and 507(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, including, without limitation, (a) any actual and necessary costs and expenses of preserving the Debtors’ estates, (b) any actual and necessary costs and expenses of operating the Debtors’ businesses, (c) any indebtedness or obligations incurred or assumed by the Debtors in Possession during the Reorganization Cases, (d) Claims, pursuant to section 503(b)(9) of the Bankruptcy Code, for the value of goods received by the Debtors in the 20 days immediately prior to the Petition Date and sold to the Debtors in the ordinary course of the Debtors’ businesses, (e) any compensation for professional services rendered and reimbursement of expenses incurred, and (f) all reasonable and customary fees and expenses of the Indenture Trustee, as provided in the Unsecured Notes Indentures, without the need for application to or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.  Any fees or charges assessed against the estates of the Debtors under section 1930 of chapter 123 of title 28 of the United States Code are excluded from the definition of Administrative Expense Claim and shall be paid in accordance with section VI.K.7 of the Plan.

 

1.14         Affiliate has the meaning set forth in section 101(2) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

1.15         Allowed means, with reference to any Claim against the Debtors, (a) any Claim that has been listed by the Debtors in the Schedules (as such Schedules may be amended by the Debtors from time to time in accordance with Bankruptcy Rule 1009) as liquidated in amount and not Disputed or Contingent, and for which no contrary proof of Claim has been filed,

 

A-2



 

(b) any timely filed proof of Claim as to which no objection to the allowance thereof, or action to equitably subordinate or otherwise limit recovery with respect thereto, has been interposed within the applicable period of limitation fixed by the Plan, the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules or a Final Order, or as to which an objection has been interposed and such Claim has been allowed in whole or in part by a Final Order, (c) any Claim expressly allowed by a Final Order or under the Plan, (d) any Claim that is compromised, settled or otherwise resolved pursuant to a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court or the authority granted the Reorganized Debtors under section VI.E.5 of the Plan; provided, however, that Claims allowed solely for the purpose of voting to accept or reject the Plan pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court shall not be considered “Allowed Claims.”  Unless otherwise specified in the Plan or by order of the Bankruptcy Court, (i) “Allowed Administrative Expense Claim” or “Allowed Claim” shall not, for any purpose under the Plan, include interest on such Claim from and after the Petition Date, and (ii) “Allowed Claim” shall not include any Claim subject to disallowance in accordance with section 502(d) of the Bankruptcy Code.  For purposes of determining the amount of an “Allowed Claim” or an “Allowed Administrative Expense Claim,” there shall be deducted therefrom an amount equal to the amount of any claim which the Debtors may hold against the holder thereof, to the extent such claim may be set off pursuant to applicable bankruptcy and nonbankruptcy law.

 

1.16         Ballot means the form distributed to each holder of an Impaired Claim or Preconfirmation Equity Interest that is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan on which is to be indicated an acceptance or rejection of the Plan.

 

1.17         Bankruptcy Code means title 11 of the United States Code, as amended from time to time, as applicable to the Reorganization Cases.

 

1.18         Bankruptcy Court means the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware or any other court of the United States having jurisdiction over the Reorganization Cases.

 

1.19         Bankruptcy Rules  means the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure as promulgated by the United States Supreme Court under section 2075 of title 28 of the United States Code, as amended from time to time.

 

1.20         Benefit Plans means all employee benefit plans, policies and programs sponsored by any of the Debtors, including, without limitation, all incentive and bonus arrangements, medical and health insurance, life insurance, dental insurance, disability benefits and coverage, leave of absence, savings plans, retirement pension plans and retiree benefits (as such term is defined in section 1114 of the Bankruptcy Code).

 

1.21         Business Day means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or a “legal holiday” set forth in Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a).

 

1.22         Cash means legal tender of the United States of America.

 

1.23         Causes of Action means all actions, causes of action, Claims, liabilities, obligations, rights, suits, debts, damages, judgments, remedies, demands, setoffs, defenses, recoupments, crossclaims, counterclaims, third-party claims, indemnity claims, contribution

 

A-3



 

claims or any other claims, whether disputed or undisputed, suspected or unsuspected, foreseen or unforeseen, direct or indirect, choate or inchoate, existing or hereafter arising, and whether arising in law, equity or otherwise, based in whole or in part upon any act or omission or other event occurring prior to the Petition Date or during the course of the Reorganization Cases, including through the Effective Date.

 

1.24         Claim means a claim, as defined in section 101(5) of the Bankruptcy Code, against a Debtor.

 

1.25         Class  means a category of holders of Claims or Preconfirmation Equity Interests set forth in Article IV of the Plan.

 

1.26         Collateral means any property or interest in property of the estates of the Debtors subject to a Lien, charge or other encumbrance to secure the payment or performance of a Claim, which Lien, charge or other encumbrance is not subject to avoidance or otherwise invalid under the Bankruptcy Code or applicable state law.

 

1.27         Company means SFI and all of its Debtor and non-Debtor subsidiaries.

 

1.28         Confirmation Date means the date on which the clerk of the Bankruptcy Court enters the Confirmation Order on the docket.

 

1.29         Confirmation Hearing means the hearing conducted by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to section 1128(a) of the Bankruptcy Code to consider confirmation of the Plan, as such hearing may be adjourned or continued from time to time.

 

1.30         Confirmation Order means the order of the Bankruptcy Court, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Supermajority Participating Lenders (as defined in the Plan Support Agreement), confirming the Plan.

 

1.31         Contingent Claim means any Claim, the liability for which attaches or is dependent upon the occurrence or happening of, or is triggered by, an event, which event has not yet occurred, happened or been triggered as of the date on which such Claim is sought to be estimated or an objection to such Claim is filed, whether or not such event is within the actual or presumed contemplation of the holder of such Claim and whether or not a relationship between the holder of such Claim and the applicable Debtor now or hereafter exists or previously existed.

 

1.32         Creditors’ Committee means the committee of unsecured creditors appointed in the Reorganization Cases pursuant to section 1102(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

1.33         Debtors means each of Six Flags, Inc., Astroworld GP LLC, Astroworld LP, Astroworld LP LLC, Fiesta Texas Inc., Funtime, Inc., Funtime Parks, Inc., Great America LLC, Great Escape Holding Inc., Great Escape Rides L.P., Great Escape Theme Park L.P., Hurricane Harbor GP LLC, Hurricane Harbor LP, Hurricane Harbor LP LLC, KKI, LLC, Magic Mountain LLC, Park Management Corp., PP Data Services Inc., Premier International Holdings Inc., Premier Parks of Colorado Inc., Premier Parks Holdings Inc., Premier Waterworld Sacramento Inc., Riverside Park Enterprises, Inc., SF HWP Management LLC, SFJ Management Inc., SFRCC Corp., Six Flags America LP, Six Flags America Property Corporation, Six Flags

 

A-4



 

Great Adventure LLC, Six Flags Great Escape L.P., Six Flags Operations Inc., Six Flags Services, Inc., Six Flags Services of Illinois, Inc., Six Flags St. Louis LLC, Six Flags Theme Parks Inc., South Street Holdings LLC, and Stuart Amusement Company .

 

1.34         Debtors in Possession means the Debtors in their capacity as debtors in possession in the Reorganization Cases under sections 1107(a) and 1108 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

1.35         Disbursing Agent means Reorganized SFI or any other entity in its capacity as a disbursing agent under sections 6.5 and 6.7 of the Plan.

 

1.36         Disclosure Statement means that certain disclosure statement relating to the Plan, including, without limitation, all exhibits and schedules thereto, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, as approved by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

1.37         Disclosure Statement Order means the order of the Bankruptcy Court, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Supermajority Participating Lenders (as defined in the Plan Support Agreement), approving, among other things, the Disclosure Statement and establishing certain procedures with respect to the solicitation and tabulation of votes to accept or reject the Plan .

 

1.38         Disputed means, with reference to any Claim or portion thereof, any Claim against any Debtor which such Debtor believes is unliquidated, disputed or contingent, and which has not become Allowed in accordance with the Plan.

 

1.39         Distribution Date means the earliest of the following dates that occurs after any Claim is Allowed: (a) the Effective Date, or as soon thereafter as is practicable, (b) a Subsequent Distribution Date, or (c) a Final Distribution Date.

 

1.40         Distribution Pro Rata Share means, with respect to any distribution of newly issued New Common Stock to the holders of Allowed SFO Unsecured Claims or Allowed SFI Unsecured Claims, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) that the Allowed amount of such Allowed SFO Unsecured Claim or Allowed SFI Unsecured Claim, as applicable, bears to the aggregate amount of all Allowed SFO Unsecured Claims or Allowed SFI Unsecured Claims, as applicable, on each Distribution Date following such Claim’s allowance, which ratio shall be calculated as if no prior distributions had been made on account of such Claim; provided , however , that in any distribution made to the holder of an Allowed SFO Unsecured Claim or an Allowed SFI Unsecured Claim, as applicable, there shall be deducted from such distribution the amount of any distribution previously distributed to such holder on account of such Claim in any distribution made prior thereto.

 

1.41         Distribution Record Date means the date that is 20 days before the first day of the Confirmation Hearing, as originally scheduled by the Bankruptcy Court in the Disclosure Statement Order; provided that for purposes of determining the holders of SFTP Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims and SFO Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims the Distribution Record Date shall be the date that is 5 days before the Effective Date and the

 

A-5



 

holders of record of such Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims shall be determined in accordance with the register maintained by the Prepetition Agent.

 

1.42         Effective Date means a Business Day selected by the Debtors on or after the Confirmation Date, on which (a) no stay of the Confirmation Order is in effect and (b) the conditions precedent to the effectiveness of the Plan specified in section VI.H.1 of the Plan shall have been satisfied or waived as provided in section 10.2.

 

1.43         Exculpated Parties means the Debtors, the Prepetition Agent, the Participating Lenders, and the members of the Creditors’ Committee (but solely in their respective capacities as such).

 

1.44         Exit Facility means a new, secured revolving or multi-draw term credit facility in the amount of one-hundred-fifty million ($150,000,000) dollars obtained by the Debtors on the Effective Date and in connection with the Debtors’ emergence from chapter 11, on terms and conditions no less favorable than those described in the Restructuring Agreement and otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Debtors, the Participating Lenders, and the Exit Facility lenders.  The material terms of the Exit Facility shall be included in the Plan Supplement.

 

1.45         Final Distribution Date means a date after (a) the deadline for the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors to interpose objections to Claims has passed, (b) all such objections have been resolved by signed agreement with the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors and/or Final Order, as may be applicable, and (c) all Claims that are Contingent Claims or Unliquidated Claims have been estimated but, in any event, the Final Distribution Date shall be no later than thirty (30) days thereafter, or such later date as the Bankruptcy Court may establish, upon request by the Reorganized Debtors, for cause shown.

 

1.46         Final Order means an order or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction that has been entered on the docket maintained by the clerk of such court and has not been reversed, vacated or stayed and as to which (a) the time to appeal, petition for certiorari or move for a new trial, reargument or rehearing has expired and no appeal, petition for certiorari or other proceedings for a new trial, reargument or rehearing shall then be pending or, (b) if an appeal, writ of certiorari , new trial, reargument or rehearing thereof has been sought, (i) such order or judgment shall have been affirmed by the highest court to which such order was appealed, certiorari shall have been denied or a new trial, reargument or rehearing shall have been denied or resulted in no modification of such order and (ii) the time to take any further appeal, petition for certiorari , or move for a new trial, reargument or rehearing shall have expired; provided , however , that the possibility that a motion under Rule 60 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, or any analogous rule under the Bankruptcy Rules or the Local Bankruptcy Rules, may be filed relating to such order shall not prevent such order from being a Final Order.

 

1.47         Impaired Claim means “impaired” within the meaning of section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

A-6



 

1.48         Indenture Trustee means the applicable indenture trustee for the 2010 Notes Indenture, the 2013 Notes Indenture, the 2014 Notes Indenture, the 2015 Notes Indenture, and the 2016 Notes Indenture.

 

1.49         Insurance Policy means any policy of insurance under which any of the Debtors could have asserted or did assert, or may in the future assert, a right to coverage for any Claim, together with any other contracts which pertain or relate to such policy (including, by way of example and not limitation, any insurance settlement agreements or coverage-in-place agreements).

 

1.50         Insured Claim means that portion of any Claim arising from an incident or occurrence that occurred prior to the Effective Date: (i) as to which any Insurer is obligated pursuant to the terms, conditions, limitations, and exclusions of its Insurance Policy, to pay any cost, expense, judgment, settlement, or contractual obligation with respect to the Debtors, or (ii) that any Insurer otherwise agrees to pay as part of a settlement or compromise of a claim made under the applicable Insurance Policy.

 

1.51         Insurer means any company or other entity that issued, or is responsible for, an Insurance Policy.

 

1.52         Intercompany Claim means any Claim against any Debtor or Non-Debtor Subsidiary held by another Debtor or Non-Debtor Subsidiary.

 

1.53         LIBOR means, with respect to an interest rate, the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate.

 

1.54         Lien means any charge against or interest in property to secure payment of a debt or performance of an obligation.

 

1.55         Local Bankruptcy Rules  means the Local Bankruptcy Rules for the District of Delaware, as amended from time to time.

 

1.56         Long-Term Incentive Plan means, effective as of the Effective Date, the incentive plan for management, selected employees and directors of Reorganized SFI, the material terms of which are set forth on Schedule 1.56.

 

1.57         New Common Stock means the shares of common stock of Reorganized SFI authorized to be issued pursuant to Section 5.2 of the Plan.

 

1.58         New Term Loans means the new secured term loans to be issued on the Effective Date in the initial aggregate amount of six-hundred million ($600,000,000) dollars, the material terms of which are set forth on Schedule 1.71.

 

1.59         Non-Debtor Subsidiary means any direct or indirect subsidiary of SFI that is not a Debtor.

 

1.60         Other Priority Claim means a Claim entitled to priority in payment as specified in section 507(a)(4), (5), (6) or (7) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

A-7



 

1.61         Other Secured Claim means any Secured Claim other than a Claim in Class 4 or Class 8.

 

1.62         Participating Lender means any Prepetition Lender that is party to the Plan Support Agreement, including a Prepetition Lender that becomes a party to the Plan Support Agreement pursuant to section 4 thereof.

 

1.63         Partnership Parks means the Six Flags Over Georgia, Six Flags White Water Atlanta and the Six Flags Over Texas theme parks.

 

1.64         Person means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, cooperative, trust, unincorporated organization, association, joint venture, government or agency or political subdivision thereof or any other form of legal entity.

 

1.65         Personal Injury Claim means any Claim against any of the Debtors, whether or not the subject of an existing lawsuit, arising from a personal injury or wrongful death allegation.  A Personal Injury Claim may also be an Insured Claim.

 

1.66         Petition Date means June 13, 2009, the date on which the Debtors commenced their Reorganization Cases.

 

1.67         PIERS means any preferred income equity redeemable shares issued by SFI and outstanding as of the Effective Date.

 

1.68         Plan means this Joint Plan of Reorganization, including, without limitation, the exhibits and schedules hereto, as the same may be amended or modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and the terms hereof.

 

1.69         Plan Supplement means the supplement or supplements to the Plan containing certain documents relevant to the implementation of the Plan specified in section VI.K.6 of the Plan.

 

1.70         Plan Support Agreement means that certain restructuring agreement, dated as of June 13, 2009, by and among the Debtors, the Prepetition Agent, and the Participating Lenders.

 

1.71         Postconfirmation Board means the board of directors of Reorganized SFI which shall be disclosed in the Plan Supplement.

 

1.72         Postconfirmation Organizational Documents means the certificate of incorporation, bylaws, and other organizational documents for Reorganized SFI, the forms of which shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Supermajority Participating Lenders (as defined in the Plan Support Agreement) and shall be included in the Plan Supplement.

 

1.73         Preconfirmation Equity Interests means, collectively, the Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interests, the Preconfirmation SFO Equity Interests and the Preconfirmation Subsidiary Equity Interests in a Debtor, whether or not transferable, and all

 

A-8



 

options, warrants or rights, contractual or otherwise, to acquire any such interests, all as of the Effective Date.

 

1.74         Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interests means any instrument evidencing an ownership interest in SFI, whether or not transferable, and all options, warrants or rights, contractual or otherwise, to acquire any such interests, all as of the Effective Date .

 

1.75         Preconfirmation SFO Equity Interest means any instrument evidencing an ownership interest in SFO, whether or not transferable, and all options, warrants or rights, contractual or otherwise, to acquire any such interests, all as of the Effective Date

 

1.76         Preconfirmation Subsidiary Equity Interests means any instrument evidencing an ownership interest in a Debtor other than SFI or SFO, whether or not transferable, and all options, warrants or rights, contractual or otherwise, to acquire any such interests, all as of the Effective Date. Each Preconfirmation Subsidiary Equity Interest shall be deemed Allowed under the Plan .

 

1.77         Prepetition Agent means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in its capacity as administrative agent under the Prepetition Credit Agreement, or any successor administrative agent thereunder.

 

1.78         Prepetition Credit Agreement means that certain Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 25, 2007, among: SFI; SFO; SFTP, as primary borrower; certain foreign subsidiaries of SFTP, as borrowers; the Prepetition Lenders; Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch and Lehman Commercial Paper, Inc., as co-syndication agents; the Prepetition Agent; and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Lehman Brothers Inc., as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, and all amendments, supplements, ancillary agreements (including but not limited to any and all notes, letters of credit, pledges, collateral agreements, intercreditor agreements, swaps and hedging agreements), side letters, financing statements, and other documents related thereto.

 

1.79         Prepetition Credit Agreement Claim means an SFTP Prepetition Credit Agreement Claim or an SFO Prepetition Credit Agreement Claim.

 

1.80         Prepetition Lender means the holder of a Prepetition Credit Agreement Claim.

 

1.81         Prepetition Period means the time period prior to the Petition Date.

 

1.82         Priority Tax Claim means any Claim of a governmental unit of the kind entitled to priority in payment as specified in sections 502(i) and 507(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

1.83         Ratable Proportion means, with reference to any distribution to the holder of an Allowed SFI Prepetition Credit Agreement Claim or an Allowed SFO Prepetition Credit Agreement Claim, as applicable, a distribution equal in amount to the ratio (expressed as a percentage) that the amount of such Allowed Claim bears to the aggregate amount of Allowed Claims in such Class.

 

A-9



 

1.84          Reinstated or Reinstatement means (a) leaving unaltered the legal, equitable and contractual rights to which a Claim or Preconfirmation Equity Interest entitles the holder of such Claim or Preconfirmation Equity Interest, or (b) notwithstanding any contractual provision or applicable law that entitles the holder of such Claim or Preconfirmation Equity Interest to demand or receive accelerated payment of such Claim or Preconfirmation Equity Interest after the occurrence of a default, (i) curing any such default that occurred before or after the Petition Date, other than a default of a kind specified in section 365(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code; (ii) reinstating the maturity of such Claim or Preconfirmation Equity Interest as such maturity existed before such default; (iii) compensating the holder of such Claim or Preconfirmation Equity Interest for any damages incurred as a result of any reasonable reliance by such holder on such contractual provision or applicable law; (iv) if such Claim or such Preconfirmation Equity Interest arises from any failure to perform a nonmonetary obligation, other than a default arising from failure to operate a nonresidential real property lease subject to section 365(b)(1)(A) of the Bankruptcy Code, compensating the holder of such Claim or such Preconfirmation Equity Interest (other than the Debtor or an insider of the Debtor) for any actual pecuniary loss incurred by such holder as a result of such failure; and (v) not otherwise altering the legal, equitable, or contractual rights to which such Claim or Preconfirmation Equity Interest entitles the holder of such Claim or Preconfirmation Equity Interest.

 

1.85          Reorganization Cases means the jointly administered cases commenced by the Debtors under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

1.86          Reorganized Debtors means each of the Debtors on and after the Effective Date.

 

1.87          Reorganized SFI means SFI, on and after the Effective Date.

 

1.88          Reorganized SFO means SFO, on and after the Effective Date.

 

1.89          Schedules means, collectively, the schedules of assets and liabilities, schedules of executory contracts and unexpired leases and statements of financial affairs filed by the Debtors under section 521 of the Bankruptcy Code, Bankruptcy Rule 1007 and the Official Bankruptcy Forms in the Reorganization Cases, as the same may have been amended or supplemented through the Confirmation Date pursuant to Bankruptcy Rules 1007 and 1009.

 

1.90          Secured Claim means any Claim that is secured by a Lien on Collateral to the extent of the value of such Collateral, as determined in accordance with section 506(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, or, in the event that such Claim is subject to a permissible setoff under section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code, to the extent of such permissible setoff.

 

1.91          Secured Tax Claim means any Secured Claim that, absent its secured status, would be entitled to priority in right of payment under sections 502(i) and 507(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code (determined irrespective of any time limitations therein and including any related Secured Claim for penalties).

 

1.92          Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

A-10



 

1.93          Security means any instrument that qualifies as a “security” under section 2(a)(1) of the Securities Act.

 

1.94          SFI means Six Flags, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

1.95          SFI TW Guaranty Claim means any Claim arising under the guaranty by SFI of obligations owed to Time Warner and certain of its affiliates under the TW Loan, up to a maximum aggregate amount of $10 million when taken together with the SFO TW Guaranty Claim and SFTP TW Guaranty Claim.

 

1.96          SFI TW Indemnity Claim means any Claim arising under the guaranty by SFI of obligations owed to Time Warner and certain of its affiliates under the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement.

 

1.97          SFI Unsecured Claim means any Unsecured Claim against SFI. SFI Unsecured Claims include, without limitation, Claims arising under the 2010 Notes Indenture, 2013 Notes Indenture, 2014 Notes Indenture, 2015 Notes Indenture, and SFI’s guaranty of the 2016 Notes Indenture.

 

1.98          SFO means Six Flags Operations, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

1.99          SFO Prepetition Credit Agreement Claim means Claims held by the Prepetition Lenders and/or the Prepetition Agent, and all other Claims against SFO arising under the Prepetition Credit Agreement. Class 8 SFO Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims are Allowed in the aggregate amount of $[                  ].

 

1.100        SFO TW Guaranty Claim means Claims arising under the guaranty by SFO of obligations owed to Time Warner and certain of its affiliates under the TW Loan, up to a maximum aggregate amount of $10 million when taken together with the SFI TW Guaranty Claim and SFTP TW Guaranty Claim.

 

1.101        SFO TW Indemnity Claim means Claims arising under the guaranty by SFO of obligations owed to Time Warner and certain of its affiliates under the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement.

 

1.102        SFO Unsecured Claim means any Unsecured Claim against SFO.  SFO Unsecured Claims include, without limitation, Claims arising under the 2016 Notes Indenture.

 

1.103        SFTP means Six Flags Theme Parks, Inc. a Delaware corporation.

 

1.104        SFTP Prepetition Credit Agreement Claim means any Claim held by the Prepetition Lenders and/or the Prepetition Agent, and all other Claims against SFTP or SFTP’s subsidiaries arising under the Prepetition Credit Agreement. Class 4 SFTP Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims are Allowed in the aggregate amount of $[                  ].

 

1.105        SFTP TW Guaranty Claim means any Claim arising under the guaranty by SFTP of obligations owed to Time Warner and certain of its affiliates under the TW Loan, up

 

A-11



 

to a maximum aggregate amount of $10 million when taken together with the SFO TW Guaranty Claim and SFI TW Guaranty Claim.

 

1.106        SFTP TW Indemnity Claim means any Claim arising under the guaranty by SFTP and SFTP’s subsidiaries of obligations owed to Time Warner and certain of its affiliates under the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement.

 

1.107        Subordinated Indemnity Agreement means that certain Subordinated Indemnity Agreement (as amended, modified or otherwise supplemented from time to time) entered into by and among the SFI, Time Warner and an affiliate of Time Warner, dated as of April 1, 1998, the obligations of which are guaranteed by substantially all of the SFI’s domestic subsidiaries.

 

1.108        Subordinated Securities Claim means any Claim arising from rescission of a purchase or sale of a Security (including any Preconfirmation Equity Interest) of the Debtors, for damages arising from the purchase or sale of such a Security, or for reimbursement or contribution allowed under section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code on account of such Claim, as set forth in section 510(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

1.109        Subsequent Distribution Date means the twentieth (20th) day after the end of each calendar quarter after the occurrence of the Effective Date.

 

1.110        Subsidiary Unsecured Claim means Unsecured Claims against SFTP, or SFTP’s subsidiaries, other than an SFTP TW Guaranty Claim or an SFTP TW Indemnity Claim; provided that , an Allowed Subsidiary Unsecured Claim shall not include any claim that is disallowed or released, whether by operation of law, Final Order, written agreement, the provisions of this Plan or otherwise.

 

1.111        Tax Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

1.112        Time Warner means Time Warner Inc. and its subsidiaries.

 

1.113        TW means TW-SF LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

1.114        TW Guaranty means that certain Guaranty Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2009, made by SFI, SFO and SFTP in favor of TW.

 

1.115        TW Loan means that certain loan in the principal amount of $52,507,000, dated as of May 15, 2009, made by TW-SF LLC to the Acquisition Parties to enable the Acquisition Parties to fund 2009 “put” obligations in respect of the Partnership Parks.

 

1.116        TW Guaranty Claim means any Claim that is an SFTP TW Guaranty Claim, SFO TW Guaranty Claim or an SFI TW Guaranty Claim.

 

1.117        TW Indemnity Claim means any Claim that is an SFTP TW Indemnity Claim, SFO TW Indemnity Claim or an SFI TW Indemnity Claim.

 

A-12



 

1.118        Unimpaired means, with respect to a Claim or Preconfirmation Equity Interest, that such Claim or Preconfirmation Equity Interest is not Impaired as a result of being either (a) Reinstated or (b) paid in full in Cash under this Plan.

 

1.119        Unliquidated Claim means any Claim, the amount of liability for which has not been fixed, whether pursuant to agreement, applicable law or otherwise, as of the date on which such Claim is asserted or sought to be estimated.

 

1.120        Unsecured Claim means any Claim against the Debtors other than an Administrative Expense Claim, Priority Tax Claim, Other Priority Claim, Secured Tax Claim, Other Secured Claim, Prepetition Credit Agreement Claim, TW Guaranty Claim, TW Indemnity Claim, Subordinated Securities Claim or Intercompany Claim, but shall not include any claim that is disallowed or released, whether by operation of law, Final Order, written agreement, the provisions of this Plan or otherwise.

 

1.121        Unsecured Notes means, collectively, the 2010 Notes, the 2013 Notes, the 2014 Notes, the 2015 Notes, and the 2016 Notes.

 

1.122        Unsecured Notes Indentures means, collectively, the 2010 Notes Indenture, the 2013 Notes Indenture, the 2014 Notes Indenture, the 2015 Notes Indenture, and the 2016 Notes Indenture.

 

1.123        U.S. Trustee means the United States Trustee appointed under section 581 of title 28 of the United States Code to serve in Region 3.

 

B.             Interpretation; Application of Definitions and Rules of Construction.

 

Unless otherwise specified, all section, article, schedule or exhibit references in the Plan are to the respective section in, article of or schedule or exhibit, to the Plan or the Plan Supplement, as the same may be amended, waived or modified from time to time.  The words “herein,” “hereof,” “hereto,” “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to the Plan as a whole and not to any particular section, subsection or clause contained in the Plan.  A term used herein that is not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to that term in the Bankruptcy Code.  The rules of construction contained in section 102 of the Bankruptcy Code shall apply to the construction of the Plan.  The headings in the Plan are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the provisions hereof.  In computing any period of time prescribed or allowed by the Plan, unless otherwise expressly provided, the provisions of Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a) shall apply.

 

ARTICLE II
PROVISIONS FOR PAYMENT OF ADMINISTRATIVE
EXPENSES AND PRIORITY TAX CLAIMS

 

2.1            Administrative Expense Claims .

 

Except to the extent that any entity entitled to payment of any Allowed Administrative Expense Claim agrees to a less favorable treatment, each holder of an Allowed Administrative Expense Claim shall receive Cash in an amount equal to such Allowed

 

A-13



 

Administrative Expense Claim on the later of the Effective Date and the date such Administrative Expense Claim becomes an Allowed Administrative Expense Claim, or as soon thereafter as is practicable; provided , however , that Allowed Administrative Expense Claims representing liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business by the Debtors in Possession shall be paid in full and performed by the Debtors in Possession or Reorganized Debtors, as the case may be, in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of any agreements governing, instruments evidencing or other documents relating to such transactions; provided, further , that if any such ordinary course expense is not billed or a request for payment is not made within ninety (90) days after the Effective Date, claims for payment of such an ordinary course expense shall be barred.  The reasonable, documented and unpaid fees and expenses of Avenue, including attorneys’ fees, shall be Allowed Administrative Expense Claims and shall be paid without the need for further filing of a proof of Claim and without the need for further Bankruptcy Court approval.

 

2.2            Priority Tax Claims .

 

Except to the extent that a holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim agrees to a different treatment, each holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim shall receive, at the sole option of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, (a) on the Effective Date, or as soon thereafter as is practicable , Cash in an amount equal to such Allowed Priority Tax Claim or, (b) commencing on the Effective Date, or as soon thereafter as is practicable, and continuing over a period not exceeding five (5) years from and after the Petition Date, equal semi-annual Cash payments in an aggregate amount equal to such Allowed Priority Tax Claim, together with interest for the period after the Effective Date at the rate determined under applicable non-bankruptcy law as of the calendar month in which the Plan is confirmed, subject to the sole option of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors to prepay the entire amount of the Allowed Priority Tax Claim.  All Allowed Priority Tax Claims that are not due and payable on or before the Effective Date shall be paid in the ordinary course of business as such obligations become due.

 

2.3            Professional Compensation and Reimbursement Claims .

 

All entities seeking awards by the Bankruptcy Court of compensation for services rendered or reimbursement of expenses incurred through and including the Confirmation Date under sections 330, 331, 503(b)(2), 503(b)(3), 503(b)(4) or 503(b)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code shall (a) file, on or before the date that is forty-five (45) days after the Effective Date, their respective applications for final allowances of compensation for services rendered and reimbursement of expenses incurred and (b) be paid in full, in Cash, in such amounts as are Allowed by the Bankruptcy Court in accordance with the order relating to or Allowing any such Administrative Expense Claim.  The Reorganized Debtors are authorized to pay compensation for professional services rendered and reimbursement of expenses incurred after the Confirmation Date in the ordinary course and without the need for Bankruptcy Court approval.

 

A-14



 

ARTICLE III
CLASSIFICATION OF CLAIMS AND
PRECONFIRMATION EQUITY INTERESTS, IMPAIRMENT AND VOTING

 

The following table (i) designates the classes of Claims against and Preconfirmation Equity Interests in the Debtors, (ii) specifies the classes of Claims and Preconfirmation Equity Interests that are Impaired by the Plan and therefore are deemed to reject the Plan or are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan in accordance with section 1126 of the Bankruptcy Code, and (iii) specifies the classes of Claims and Preconfirmation Equity Interests that are Unimpaired by the Plan and therefore are deemed to accept the Plan in accordance with section 1126 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

Class

 

Designation

 

Impairment

 

Entitled to Vote

Class 1

 

Other Priority Claims

 

Unimpaired

 

No (deemed to accept)

Class 2

 

Secured Tax Claims

 

Unimpaired

 

No (deemed to accept)

Class 3

 

Other Secured Claims

 

Unimpaired

 

No (deemed to accept)

Class 4

 

SFTP Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims

 

Impaired

 

Yes

Class 5

 

SFTP TW Guaranty Claims

 

Impaired

 

Yes

Class 6

 

SFTP TW Indemnity Claims

 

Impaired

 

Yes

Class 7

 

Subsidiary Unsecured Claims

 

Unimpaired

 

No (deemed to accept)

Class 8

 

SFO Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims

 

Impaired

 

Yes

Class 9

 

SFO TW Guaranty Claims

 

Impaired

 

Yes

Class 10

 

SFO TW Indemnity Claims

 

Impaired

 

Yes

Class 11

 

SFO Unsecured Claims

 

Impaired

 

Yes

Class 12

 

SFI TW Guaranty Claims

 

Impaired

 

Yes

Class 13

 

SFI TW Indemnity Claims

 

Impaired

 

Yes

Class 14

 

SFI Unsecured Claims

 

Impaired

 

Yes

Class 15

 

Subordinated Securities Claims

 

Impaired

 

No (deemed to reject)

Class 16

 

Preconfirmation Subsidiary Equity Interests

 

Unimpaired

 

No (deemed to accept)

Class 17

 

Preconfirmation SFO Equity Interests

 

Impaired

 

No (deemed to reject)

Class 18

 

Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interests

 

Impaired

 

No (deemed to reject)

 

ARTICLE IV
PROVISIONS FOR TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND
PRECONFIRMATION EQUITY INTERESTS

 

4.1            Other Priority Claims (Class 1) .

 

(a)            Impairment and Voting.   Class 1 is Unimpaired by the Plan.  Each holder of an Allowed Other Priority Claim is conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan and is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

A-15



 

(b)            Distributions.   Except to the extent that a holder of an Allowed Other Priority Claim agrees to a different treatment, each holder of an Allowed Other Priority Claim shall receive Cash in an amount equal to such Allowed Other Priority Claim on the later of the Effective Date and the date such Allowed Other Priority Claim becomes an Allowed Other Priority Claim, or as soon thereafter as is practicable.

 

4.2            Secured Tax Claims (Class 2) .

 

(a)            Impairment and Voting.   Class 2 is Unimpaired by the Plan.  Each holder of an Allowed Secured Tax Claim is conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan and is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

(b)            Distributions.   Except to the extent that a holder of an Allowed Secured Tax Claim agrees to a different treatment, each holder of an Allowed Secured Tax Claim shall receive, at the sole option of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, (i) on the Effective Date, or as soon thereafter as is practicable , Cash in an amount equal to such Allowed Secured Tax Claim or, (ii) commencing on the Effective Date, or as soon thereafter as is practicable, and continuing over a period not exceeding five (5) years from and after the Petition Date, equal semi-annual Cash payments in an aggregate amount equal to such Allowed Secured Tax Claim, together with interest for the period after the Effective Date at the rate determined under applicable non-bankruptcy law as of the calendar month in which the Plan is confirmed, subject to the sole option of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors to prepay the entire amount of the Allowed Secured Tax Claim.

 

4.3            Other Secured Claims (Class 3) .

 

(a)            Impairment and Voting.   Class 3 is Unimpaired by the Plan.  Each holder of an Allowed Other Secured Claim is conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan and is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

(b)            Distributions.   Except to the extent that a holder of an Allowed Other Secured Claim agrees to a different treatment, at the sole option of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, (i) on the Effective Date or as soon thereafter as is practicable, each Allowed Other Secured Claim shall be Reinstated and rendered Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, (ii) each holder of an Allowed Other Secured Claim shall receive Cash in an amount equal to such Allowed Other Secured Claim, including any interest on such Allowed Other Secured Claim required to be paid pursuant to section 506(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, on the later of the Effective Date and the date such Allowed Other Secured Claim becomes an Allowed Other Secured Claim, or as soon thereafter as is practicable or (iii) each holder of an Allowed Other Secured Claim shall receive the Collateral securing its Allowed Other Secured Claim and any interest on such Allowed Other Secured Claim required to be paid pursuant to section 506(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, in full and complete satisfaction of such Allowed Other Secured Claim on the later of the Effective Date and the date such Allowed Other Secured Claim becomes an Allowed Other Secured Claim, or as soon thereafter as is practicable.

 

A-16



 

4.4            SFTP Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims (Class 4) .

 

(a)            Impairment and Voting.   Class 4 is Impaired by the Plan. Each holder of an SFTP Prepetition Credit Agreement Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan .

 

(b)            Distributions.   On the Distribution Date, each holder of an Allowed SFTP Prepetition Credit Agreement Claim shall receive its Ratable Proportion of the New Term Loan and ninety-two percent (92%) of newly issued New Common Stock, subject to dilution by the Long-Term Incentive Plan, in full and complete satisfaction of such SFTP Prepetition Credit Agreement Claim. To the extent that any letters of credit issued pursuant to the Prepetition Credit Agreement are outstanding on the Effective Date, such letters of credit shall be cancelled and replaced with new letters of credit to be issued pursuant to the Exit Facility or shall be fully cash collateralized. Upon making the distributions provided above on account of Allowed SFTP Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims, all Liens and security interests granted to secure such obligations, whether prior to or during the Reorganization Cases, shall be terminated and of no further force or effect.

 

4.5            SFTP TW Guaranty Claims (Class 5) .

 

(a)            Impairment and Voting .  Class 5 is Impaired by the Plan. Each holder of an SFTP TW Guaranty Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

(b)            Distributions.   On the Effective Date, SFTP’s guaranty of the obligations under the TW Loan shall be discharged and TW shall receive a new guaranty of the obligations under the TW Loan by Reorganized SFTP.

 

4.6            SFTP TW Indemnity Claims (Class 6) .

 

(a)            Impairment and Voting .  Class 6 is Impaired by the Plan. Each holder of an SFTP TW Indemnity Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

(b)            Distributions.   On the Effective Date, SFTP’s guaranty of the obligations under the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement shall be discharged and exchanged for a new guaranty of the obligations under the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement by Reorganized SFTP.

 

4.7            Subsidiary Unsecured Claims (Class 7) .

 

(a)            Impairment and Voting.   Class 7 is Unimpaired by the Plan. Each holder of an Allowed Subsidiary Unsecured Claim is conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan and is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

(b)            Distributions.   Except to the extent that a holder of an Allowed Subsidiary Unsecured Claim agrees to a different treatment, at the sole option of the Reorganized Debtors (i) each Allowed Subsidiary Unsecured Claim shall be Reinstated and rendered Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code or (ii) each holder of an Allowed Subsidiary Unsecured Claim shall be paid in full in Cash on the Distribution Date or as soon thereafter as is practicable.

 

A-17



 

4.8                                 SFO Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims (Class 8) .

 

(a)                                   Impairment and Voting .   Class 8 is Impaired by the Plan.  Each holder of an SFO Prepetition Credit Agreement Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

(b)                                  Distributions.   On the Effective Date, SFO’s guaranty of the obligations under the Prepetition Credit Agreement shall be discharged and exchanged for a new guaranty of the obligations under the New Term Loan by Reorganized SFO. Upon issuing the new guaranty provided above on account of Allowed SFO Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims, all Liens and security interests granted to secure such obligations, whether prior to or during the Reorganization Cases, shall be terminated and of no further force or effect.

 

4.9                                 SFO TW Guaranty Claims (Class 9) .

 

(a)                                   Impairment and Voting .  Class 9 is Impaired by the Plan.  Each holder of a SFO TW Guaranty Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

(b)                                  Distributions.   On the Effective Date, SFO’s guaranty of the obligations under the TW Loan shall be discharged and TW shall receive a new guaranty of the obligations under the TW Loan by Reorganized SFO.

 

4.10                           SFO TW Indemnity Claims (Class 10) .

 

(a)                                   Impairment and Voting .  Class 10 is Impaired by the Plan.  Each holder of a SFO TW Indemnity Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

(b)                                  Distributions .  On the Effective Date, SFO’s guaranty of the obligations under the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement shall be discharged and exchanged for a new guaranty of the obligations under the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement by Reorganized SFO.

 

SFO Unsecured Claims (Class 11)

 

Impairment and Voting.   Class 11 is Impaired by the Plan. Each holder of an SFO Unsecured Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

Distributions.  On the Distribution Date, each holder of an Allowed SFO Unsecured Claim shall receive its Distribution Pro Rata Share of seven percent (7%) of newly issued New Common Stock, subject to dilution by the Long-Term Incentive Plan, in full and complete satisfaction of such SFO Unsecured Claim.

 

4.11                           SFI TW Guaranty Claims (Class 12) .

 

(a)                                   Impairment and Voting.   Class 12 is Impaired by the Plan.  Each holder of a SFI TW Guaranty Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

A-18



 

(b)                                  Distributions .  On the Effective Date, SFI’s guaranty of the obligations under the TW Loan shall be discharged and TW shall receive a new guaranty of the obligations under the TW Loan by Reorganized SFI.

 

4.12                           SFI TW Indemnity Claims (Class 13) .

 

(a)                                   Impairment and Voting.   Class 13 is Impaired by the Plan.  Each holder of a SFI TW Indemnity Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

(b)                                  Distributions.   On the Effective Date, SFI’s guaranty of the obligations under the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement shall be discharged and exchanged for a new guaranty of the obligations under the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement by Reorganized SFI.

 

4.13                           SFI Unsecured Claims (Class 14) .

 

(a)                                   Impairment and Voting.   Class 14 is Impaired by the Plan.  Each holder of a SFI Unsecured Claim is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

(b)                                  Distributions.   On the Distribution Date, each holder of an Allowed SFI Unsecured Claim shall receive its Distribution Pro Rata Share of one percent (1%) of newly issued New Common Stock, subject to dilution by the Long-Term Incentive Plan, in full and complete satisfaction of such SFI Unsecured Claim.

 

4.14                           Subordinated Securities Claims (Class 15) .

 

(a)                                   Impairment and Voting.   Class 15 is Impaired by the Plan.  Each holder of Subordinated Securities Claims is deemed to reject the Plan and is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

(b)                                  Distributions.   Each holder of an Allowed Subordinated Securities Claim shall not receive or retain any interest or property under the Plan on account of such Allowed Subordinated Securities Claim. The treatment of Subordinated Securities Claims under the Plan is in accordance with and gives effect to the provisions of section 510(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

4.15                           Preconfirmation Subsidiary Equity Interests (Class 16) .

 

(a)                                   Impairment and Voting.   Class 16 is Unimpaired by the Plan.  Each holder of a Preconfirmation Subsidiary Equity Interest is conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan and is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

(b)                                  Distributions.   On the Effective Date, Preconfirmation Subsidiary Equity Interests shall be Reinstated and rendered Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

A-19



 

4.16                           Preconfirmation SFO Equity Interests (Class 17) .

 

(a)                                   Impairment and Voting.   Class 17 is Impaired by the Plan.  Each holder of a Preconfirmation SFO Equity Interest is deemed to reject the Plan and is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

(b)                                  Distributions.   On the Effective Date, the Preconfirmation SFO Equity Interests shall be cancelled and the holders of Preconfirmation SFO Equity Interests shall not be entitled to, and shall not receive or retain, any property or interest in property on account of such Preconfirmation SFO Equity Interests under the Plan.

 

4.17                           Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interests (Class 18) .

 

(a)                                   Impairment and Voting.   Class 18 is Impaired by the Plan.  Each holder of a Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interest is deemed to reject the Plan and is not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

 

(b)                                  Distributions.   On the Effective Date, the Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interests shall be cancelled and the holders of Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interests shall not be entitled to, and shall not receive or retain, any property or interest in property on account of such Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interests under the Plan.

 

4.18                           Limitations on Amounts to Be Distributed to Holders of Allowed Insured Claims .

 

Distributions under the Plan to each holder of an Allowed Insured Claim shall be in accordance with the treatment provided under the Plan for the Class in which such Allowed Insured Claim is classified, but solely to the extent that such Allowed Insured Claim is within the Debtors’ self-insured retention.  Amounts in excess of the applicable self-insured retention amount shall be recoverable only from the available Insurer and the Debtors shall be discharged to the extent of any such excess.  Nothing in this Section 4.17 shall constitute a waiver of any claims, obligations, suits, judgments, damages, demands, debts, rights, causes of action or liabilities that any entity may hold against any other entity, including the Debtors’ Insurers.

 

4.19                           Special Provision Regarding Unimpaired Claims .

 

Except as otherwise explicitly provided in this Plan, nothing herein shall be deemed to be a waiver or relinquishment of any rights, counterclaims or defenses the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors may have, whether at law or in equity, with respect to any Unimpaired Claim.

 

ARTICLE V
MEANS OF IMPLEMENTATION

 

5.1                                 Intercompany Claims .

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Intercompany Claims, at the election of the Debtor or Reorganized Debtor holding such Claim, and with the consent of the Participating Lenders, shall be (i) adjusted, released, waived and/or discharged as of the Effective Date, (ii) contributed to the capital of the obligor, or (iii) Reinstated and left

 

A-20



 

Unimpaired.  Any such transaction may be effected on or subsequent to the Effective Date without any further action by the Debtors, the Debtors in Possession, or the Reorganized Debtors.

 

5.2                                 Restructuring and Other Transactions .

 

(a)                                   Restructuring Transactions .  Restructuring Transactions  On the Effective Date, the following transactions (“ Restructuring Transactions ”) shall be effectuated in the order set forth below:

 

(i)                            Simultaneously, (A) all of the Preconfirmation Equity Interests in SFI and SFO shall be cancelled, and (B) in consideration for SFI making available the New Common Stock to satisfy certain of SFO’s obligations to its creditors and certain of SFTP’s obligations to its creditors, all of the new equity interests in Reorganized SFO shall be issued to Reorganized SFI on behalf of the holders of SFTP Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims, Allowed SFO Unsecured Claims and Allowed SFI Unsecured Claims, respectively, in full satisfaction of their Claims (and in proportion to the relative distributions to be made on account of their Claims); and

 

(ii)                         thereafter, Reorganized SFI shall, on behalf of the holders of SFTP Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims, Allowed SFO Unsecured Claims, and Allowed SFI Unsecured Claims, respectively, contribute all of the New Common Stock in Reorganized SFI to the applicable Disbursing Agent on behalf of the holders of such Allowed Claims and in full and complete satisfaction of the Reorganized Debtors’ obligations under Sections 4.4, 4.11 and 4.14 of the Plan.

 

(b)                                  Cancellation of Existing Securities and Agreements .  Except (i) as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, (ii) with respect to executory contracts or unexpired leases that have been assumed by the Debtors, (iii) for purposes of evidencing a right to distributions under the Plan, or (iv) with respect to any Claim that is Reinstated and rendered Unimpaired under the Plan or (v) for purposes of preserving any indemnification rights in favor of the Prepetition Agent or the Prepetition Lenders, pursuant to, arising out of, or existing under the Prepetition Credit Agreement, on the Effective Date the Prepetition Credit Agreement, the Unsecured Notes Indentures and all Unsecured Notes issued thereunder, all Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interests, Preconfirmation SFO Equity Interests and other instruments evidencing any Claims against the Debtors, Preconfirmation SFO Equity Interests or Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interests shall be deemed automatically cancelled without further act or action under any applicable agreement, law, regulation, order or rule and the obligations of the Debtors thereunder shall be discharged.

 

(c)                                   Surrender of Existing Securities .  Each holder of the Unsecured Notes shall surrender such note(s) to the Indenture Trustee, or in the event such note(s) are held in the name of, or by a nominee of, the Depository Trust Company, the Disbursing Agent shall seek the cooperation of the Depository Trust Company to provide appropriate instructions to the Indenture Trustee.  No distributions under the Plan shall be made for or on behalf of any such holder unless and until such note is received by the Indenture Trustee or appropriate instructions from the Depository Trust Company shall be received by the Indenture Trustee, or the loss, theft

 

A-21



 

or destruction of such note is established to the reasonable satisfaction of the Indenture Trustee, which satisfaction may require such holder to (i) submit a lost instrument affidavit and an indemnity bond and (ii) hold the Debtors, Reorganized Debtors, Disbursing Agent and Indenture Trustee harmless in respect of such note and any distributions made in respect thereof.  Upon compliance with this section by a holder of any Unsecured Note, such holder shall, for all purposes under the Plan, be deemed to have surrendered such note.  Any holder of Unsecured Notes that fails to surrender such note(s) or satisfactorily explain its nonavailability to the Indenture Trustee within one (1) year of the Effective Date shall be deemed to have no further Claim against the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors (or their property) or the Indenture Trustee in respect of such Claim and shall not participate in any distribution under the Plan.

 

(d)                                  Issuance of New Common Stock .  The issuance by Reorganized SFI of the New Common Stock on and after the Effective Date is hereby authorized without the need for any further corporate action and without any further action by holders of Claims or Preconfirmation Equity Interests.  As provided in the Postconfirmation Organizational Documents, which are incorporated herein by reference, New Common Stock may be issued in more than one series, shall be identical in all respects, and shall have equal rights and privileges.  In compliance with 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Postconfirmation Organizational Documents shall provide that Reorganized SFI shall not issue nonvoting equity securities to the extent prohibited by section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

(e)                                   Incurrence of New Indebtedness .  The Reorganized Debtors’ entry into the New Term Loan s and the Exit Facility, and the incurrence of indebtedness thereunder on the Effective Date, is hereby authorized without the need for any further corporate action, except as set forth in the New Term Loan s and the Exit Facility, as the case may be, and without any further action by holders of Claims or equity interests.

 

5.3                                 Exemption from Securities Laws .

 

To the maximum extent provided by section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code and applicable non-bankruptcy law, the issuance under the Plan of the New Common Stock and any other securities pursuant to this Plan and any subsequent sales, resales, transfers, or other distributions of such New Common Stock or other securities shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act, any other federal or state securities law registration requirements, and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

5.4                                 Registration Rights Agreement and Securities Exchange Listing .

 

On the Effective Date, Reorganized SFI expects to enter into a registration rights agreement (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”) with each holder of greater than [ %] of the New Common Stock. Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, holders collectively owning at least [ %] of the outstanding shares of New Common Stock party thereto would have the right to require Reorganized SFI to effect registered, underwritten secondary offerings of such holders’ New Common Stock on terms and conditions to be negotiated and reflected in such Registration Rights Agreement, with the number of demand registration rights to be determined.  A form of the Registration Rights Agreement will be included in the Plan Supplement.

 

A-22



 

In addition, for certain purposes, including requiring Reorganized SFI to continue as a public reporting company under the Securities Exchange Act, Reorganized SFI expects to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form 10 under the Securities Exchange Act registering the New Common Stock under the Securities Exchange Act. Following the effectiveness of such registration statement, Reorganized SFI expects that it will seek to obtain a listing for the New Common Stock on a national securities exchange to be determined at a later date.

 

5.5                                 Continued Corporate Existence .

 

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, each Debtor shall continue to exist after the Effective Date as a separate corporate entity, limited liability company, partnership or other form, as the case may be, with all the powers of a corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other form, as the case may be, pursuant to the applicable law in the jurisdiction in which each applicable Debtor is incorporated or formed and pursuant to the respective certificate of incorporation and bylaws (or other formation documents) in effect prior to the Effective Date, except with respect to the Postconfirmation Organizational Documents (or other formation documents) that are amended by the Plan, the Plan Supplement or otherwise, and to the extent such documents are amended, such documents are deemed to be pursuant to the Plan and require no further action or approval.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, on or as of the Effective Date, or as soon as practicable thereafter, and without the need for any further action, the Reorganized Debtors may: (i) cause any or all of the Reorganized Debtors to be merged into one or more of the Reorganized Debtors, dissolved or otherwise consolidated, (ii) cause the transfer of assets between or among the Reorganized Debtors, or (iii) engage in any other transaction in furtherance of the Plan.

 

ARTICLE VI
PROVISIONS GOVERNING VOTING AND DISTRIBUTIONS

 

6.1                                 Voting of Claims .

 

Each holder of an Allowed Claim in an Impaired Class of Claims that is entitled to vote on the Plan pursuant to ARTICLE III and ARTICLE IV of the Plan shall be entitled to vote separately to accept or reject the Plan, as provided in such order as is entered by the Bankruptcy Court establishing procedures with respect to the solicitation and tabulation of votes to accept or reject the Plan, or any other order of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

6.2                                 Nonconsensual Confirmation .

 

If any Impaired Class of Claims entitled to vote shall not accept the Plan by the requisite statutory majority provided in section 1126(c) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors reserve the right to amend the Plan in accordance with section VI.K.4 of the Plan or undertake to have the Bankruptcy Court confirm the Plan under section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code or both.  With respect to Impaired Classes of claims that are deemed to reject the Plan, the Debtors shall request that the Bankruptcy Court confirm the Plan pursuant to section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

A-23



 

6.3                                 Distributions on Allowed Unsecured Claims .

 

Distributions with respect to holders of Allowed Unsecured Claims shall only be made on each Distribution Date.  All Allowed Unsecured Claims held by a single creditor against a single Debtor shall be aggregated and treated as a single Claim against such Debtor.  At the written request of the Reorganized Debtors or the Disbursing Agent, any creditor holding multiple Allowed Unsecured Claims shall provide to the Reorganized Debtors or the Disbursing Agent, as the case may be, a single address to which any distributions shall be sent.

 

6.4                                 Date of Distributions .

 

In the event that any payment or act under the Plan is required to be made or performed on a date that is not a Business Day, then the making of such payment or the performance of such act may be completed on the next succeeding Business Day, but shall be deemed to have been completed as of the required date.

 

6.5                                 Disbursing Agent .

 

All distributions under the Plan shall be made by Reorganized SFI as Disbursing Agent or such other entity designated by Reorganized SFI as a Disbursing Agent.  No Disbursing Agent shall be required to give any bond or surety or other security for the performance of their duties.

 

6.6                                 Expenses of the Disbursing Agent .

 

Except as otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, any reasonable fees and expenses incurred by the Disbursing Agent (including, without limitation, taxes and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) on or after the Effective Date shall be paid in Cash by the Reorganized Debtors in the ordinary course of business.

 

6.7                                 Rights and Powers of Disbursing Agent .

 

The Disbursing Agent shall be empowered to (a) effect all actions and execute all agreements, instruments and other documents necessary to perform its duties under the Plan, (b) make all distributions contemplated hereby, (c) employ professionals to represent it with respect to its responsibilities and (d) exercise such other powers as may be vested in the Disbursing Agent by order of the Bankruptcy Court, pursuant to the Plan or as deemed by the Disbursing Agent to be necessary and proper to implement the provisions hereof.  In furtherance of the rights and powers of the Disbursing Agent, the Disbursing Agent shall have no duty or obligation to make distributions to any holder of an Allowed Claim unless and until such holder executes and delivers, in a form acceptable to the Disbursing Agent, any documents applicable to such distributions.

 

6.8                                 Delivery of Distributions .

 

(a)                                   Distributions to Last Known Address .  Subject to Bankruptcy Rule 9010, all distributions to any holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Administrative Expense Claim shall be made at the address of such holder as set forth on the Schedules filed with the Bankruptcy Court or on the books and records of the Debtors or its agents, as applicable, unless the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors have been notified in writing of a change of address by the

 

A-24



 

filing of a proof of Claim by such holder that contains an address for such holder different than the address of such holder as set forth on the Schedules.  Nothing in this Plan shall require the Reorganized Debtors to attempt to locate any holder of an Allowed Claim.

 

(b)                                  Distributions to Indenture Trustee .  The Indenture Trustee shall be the Disbursing Agent for the Unsecured Notes Claims.  Accordingly, distributions for the benefit of the holders of such Claims shall be made to the Indenture Trustee under the applicable Unsecured Notes Indenture.  The Indenture Trustees shall , in turn, promptly administer the distribution to the holders of such Allowed Claims in accordance with the Plan and the applicable Unsecured Notes Indenture.  The distribution of New Common Stock to the respective Indenture Trustees shall be deemed a distribution to the respective holder of an Allowed Claim.  Upon delivery of the distributions required under the Plan to the Indenture Trustee, the Reorganized Debtors shall be released of all liability with respect to the delivery of such distributions.

 

(c)                                   Distributions to Prepetition Agent .  The Prepetition Agent shall be the Disbursing Agent for the holders of Class 4 SFTP Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims and Class 8 SFO Prepetition Credit Agreement Claims.  Accordingly, distributions for the benefit of the holders of Class 4 and Class 8 Claims shall be made to the Prepetition Agent.  The Prepetition Agent shall , in turn, promptly administer the distribution to the holders of Allowed Claims in Class 4 and Class 8, in accordance with the Plan and the Prepetition Credit Agreement.  The distribution of New Common Stock to the Prepetition Agent, and the issuance, execution and delivery of New Term Loan documents, shall be deemed a distribution to the respective holders of Allowed Class 4 and Class 8 Claims.  Upon delivery of the distributions required under the Plan as provided in this paragraph, the Reorganized Debtors shall be released of all liability with respect to the delivery of such distributions.

 

6.9                                 Unclaimed Distributions .

 

All distributions under the Plan that are unclaimed for a period of one (1) year after distribution thereof shall be deemed unclaimed property under section 347(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and revested in the Reorganized Debtors and any entitlement of any holder of any Claims to such distributions shall be extinguished and forever barred.

 

6.10                           Distribution Record Date .

 

The Claims register shall be closed on the Distribution Record Date, and any subsequent transfer of any Claim shall be prohibited.  The Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors shall have no obligation to recognize any transfer of any such Claims occurring after the close of business on such date.

 

6.11                           Manner of Payment .

 

At the option of the Disbursing Agent, any Cash payment to be made hereunder may be made by a check or wire transfer or as otherwise required or provided in applicable agreements.  All distributions of Cash to the creditors of each of the Debtors under the Plan shall be made by, or on behalf of, the applicable Debtor.

 

A-25



 

6.12          No Fractional Distributions .

 

No fractional shares of New Common Stock shall be distributed and no Cash shall be distributed in lieu of such fractional shares.  When any distribution pursuant to the Plan on account of an Allowed Claim would otherwise result in the issuance of a number of shares of New Common Stock that is not a whole number, the actual distribution of shares of New Common Stock shall be rounded as follows: (a) fractions of one-half (½) or greater shall be rounded to the next higher whole number and (b) fractions of less than one-half (½) shall be rounded to the next lower whole number, with no further payment therefor.  The total number of authorized shares of New Common Stock to be distributed to holders of Allowed Claims shall be adjusted as necessary to account for the foregoing rounding.

 

6.13          Limitation on Cash Distributions .

 

No payment of Cash less than one-hundred dollars ($100) shall be made to any holder of an Allowed Claim unless a request therefor is made in writing to the Reorganized Debtors.

 

6.14          Setoffs and Recoupment .

 

The Debtors may, but shall not be required to, setoff against or recoup from any Claim and the payments to be made pursuant to the Plan in respect of such Claim any Claims of any nature whatsoever that the Debtors may have against the claimant, but neither the failure to do so nor the allowance of any Claim hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release by the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors of any such claim they may have against such claimant.

 

6.15          Allocation of Plan Distributions Between Principal and Interest .

 

To the extent that any Allowed Claim entitled to a distribution under the Plan consists of indebtedness and other amounts (such as accrued but unpaid interest thereon), such distribution shall be allocated first to the principal amount of the Claim (as determined for federal income tax purposes) and then, to the extent the consideration exceeds the principal amount of the Claim, to such other amounts.

 

ARTICLE VII
PROCEDURES FOR TREATING DISPUTED
CLAIMS UNDER PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

 

7.1            Objections .

 

As of the Effective Date, objections to, and requests for estimation of, Administrative Expense Claims and Claims against the Debtors may be interposed and prosecuted only by the Reorganized Debtors.  Such objections and requests for estimation shall be served on the respective claimant and filed with the Bankruptcy Court on or before the latest of: (i) one hundred twenty (120) days after the Effective Date or (ii) such later date as may be fixed by the Bankruptcy Court (the “ Objection Deadline ”); provided , however , that with respect to Claims that, as of the Objection Deadline, are subject to a pending claim objection, contested matter, or adversary proceeding (an “ Initial Objection ”) wherein the Reorganized Debtors’

 

A-26



 

objection to such claim is ultimately denied, the Objection Deadline shall be extended to the latter of: (a) sixty (60) days from the date on which the Bankruptcy Court enters an order denying such Initial Objection or (b) sixty (60) days from the date on which any appellate court enters a Final Order reversing or vacating an order of the Bankruptcy Court granting such Initial Objection; provided, further , that with respect to Claims that (i) are filed (whether as an amended Claim, new Claim, or otherwise) after the Effective Date, and (ii) that are not otherwise subject to adjustment, expunction or disallowance pursuant to sections VI.E.2, VI.E.8, VI.E.9, VI.E.11, and VI.E.12 of the Plan, the Objection Deadline shall be one hundred twenty (120) days after the date on which such Claim was filed.  Nothing herein shall affect the Debtors’ or the Reorganized Debtors’ ability to amend the Schedules in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Rules.

 

7.2            Adjustment to Certain Claims Without a Filed Objection .

 

Any Claim that has been settled, paid and satisfied, or amended and superseded, may be adjusted or expunged on the Claims register by the Reorganized Debtors without a claims objection having to be filed and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.  In addition, all Claims filed on account of an employee benefit shall be deemed satisfied and expunged from the Claims register as of the Effective Date to the extent the Reorganized Debtors elect to honor such employee benefit, without any further notice to or action, order or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

7.3            No Distributions Pending Allowance.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if any portion of a Claim or Administrative Expense Claim is Disputed, no payment or distribution provided hereunder shall be made on account of such Claim or Administrative Expense Claim unless and until such Disputed Claim or Disputed Administrative Expense Claim becomes Allowed.

 

7.4            Distributions After Allowance.

 

To the extent that a Disputed Claim or Disputed Administrative Expense Claim ultimately becomes an Allowed Claim or Allowed Administrative Expense Claim, distributions (if any) shall be made to the holder of such Allowed Claim or Allowed Administrative Expense Claim in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

 

7.5            Resolution of Administrative Expense Claims and Claims.

 

On and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall have the authority to compromise, settle, otherwise resolve or withdraw any objections to Administrative Expense Claims and Claims against the Debtors and to compromise, settle or otherwise resolve any Disputed Administrative Expense Claims and Disputed Claims against the Debtors without approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

7.6            Estimation of Claims.

 

The Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors may at any time request that the Bankruptcy Court estimate any Contingent Claim, Unliquidated Claim or Disputed Claim

 

A-27



 

pursuant to section 502(c) of the Bankruptcy Code regardless of whether any of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors previously objected to such Claim or whether the Bankruptcy Court has ruled on any such objection, and the Bankruptcy Court shall retain jurisdiction to estimate any Claim at any time during litigation concerning any objection to any Claim, including, without limitation, during the pendency of any appeal relating to any such objection.  In the event that the Bankruptcy Court estimates any Contingent Claim, Unliquidated Claim or Disputed Claim, the amount so estimated shall constitute either the Allowed amount of such Claim or a maximum limitation on such Claim, as determined by the Bankruptcy Court.  If the estimated amount constitutes a maximum limitation on the amount of such Claim, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors may pursue supplementary proceedings to object to the allowance of such Claim.  All of the aforementioned objection, estimation and resolution procedures are intended to be cumulative and not exclusive of one another.  Claims may be estimated and subsequently compromised, settled, withdrawn or resolved by any mechanism approved by the Bankruptcy Court.

 

7.7            Interest.

 

To the extent that a Disputed Claim becomes an Allowed Claim after the Effective Date, the holder of such Claim shall not be entitled to any interest thereon, except as may be required by Final Order, or applicable bankruptcy and non-bankruptcy law.

 

7.8            Disallowance of Certain Claims.

 

Any Claims held by Persons from which property is recoverable under section 542, 543, 550, or 553 of the Bankruptcy Code or by a Person that is a transferee of a transfer avoidable under section 522(f), 522(h), 544, 545, 547, 548, 549 or 724(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, shall be deemed disallowed pursuant to section 502(d) of the Bankruptcy Code, and such Persons may not receive any distributions on account of their Claims until such time as such Causes of Action against such Persons have been settled or a Final Order with respect thereto has been entered and all sums due, if any, to the Debtors by that Person have been turned over or paid to the Reorganized Debtors.

 

7.9            Indenture Trustee as Claim Holder.

 

Consistent with Bankruptcy Rule 3003(c), the Reorganized Debtors shall recognize proofs of Claim timely filed by any Indenture Trustee in respect of any Claims under the Unsecured Notes Indentures.  Accordingly, any Claim arising under the Unsecured Notes Indentures, proof of which is filed by the registered or beneficial holder of Unsecured Notes, shall be disallowed as duplicative of the Claim of the applicable Indenture Trustee, without any further action of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

7.10          Offer of Judgment.

 

The Reorganized Debtors are authorized to serve upon a holder of a Claim an offer to allow judgment to be taken on account of such Claim, and, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rules 7068 and 9014, Federal Rule of Civil Procedure 68 shall apply to such offer of judgment.  To the extent the holder of a Claim must pay the costs incurred by the Reorganized Debtors after the making of such offer, the Reorganized Debtors are entitled to setoff such amounts against the

 

A-28



 

amount of any distribution to be paid to such holder without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

7.11          Amendments to Claims.

 

On or after the Effective Date, a Claim may not be filed or amended without the prior authorization of the Bankruptcy Court or the Reorganized Debtors, and any such new or amended Claim filed without prior authorization shall be deemed disallowed in full and expunged without any further action.

 

7.12          Claims Paid and Payable by Third Parties.

 

A Claim shall be disallowed without a Claims objection having to be filed and without any further notice to or action, order or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, to the extent that the holder of such Claim receives payment in full on account of such Claim from a party that is not a Debtor or Reorganized Debtor.  No distributions under the Plan shall be made on account of an Allowed Claim that is payable pursuant to one of the Debtors’ insurance policies until the holder of such Allowed Claim has exhausted all remedies with respect to such insurance policy.  To the extent that one or more of the Debtors’ insurers agrees to satisfy in full a Claim (if and to the extent adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction), then immediately upon such insurers’ agreement, such Claim may be expunged from the Claims register without a Claims objection having to be filed and without any further notice to or action, order or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.

 

7.13          Personal Injury Claims.

 

All Personal Injury Claims are Disputed Claims.  No distributions shall be made on account of any Personal Injury Claim unless and until such Claim is liquidated and becomes and Allowed Claim.  Any Personal Injury Claim which has not been liquidated prior to the Effective Date and as to which a proof of claim was timely filed in the Reorganization Cases, shall be determined and liquidated in the administrative or judicial tribunal in which it is pending on the Effective Date or, if no action was pending on the Effective Date, in any administrative or judicial tribunal of appropriate jurisdiction.

 

ARTICLE VIII
EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES

 

8.1            Assumption or Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases.

 

Pursuant to sections 365(a) and 1123(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, all executory contracts and unexpired leases that exist between the Debtors and any person or entity shall be deemed assumed by the Debtors as of the Effective Date, except for any executory contract or unexpired lease (1) that has been rejected pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court entered prior to the Effective Date, (2) as to which a motion for approval of the rejection of such executory contract or unexpired lease has been filed and served prior to the Effective Date, or (3) that is specifically designated as a contract or lease to be rejected on Schedules 8.1(A) (executory contracts) or 8.1(B) (unexpired leases), which schedules shall be contained in the Plan Supplement; provided , however , that the Debtors reserve the right, on or prior to the Effective

 

A-29



 

Date, to amend Schedules 8.1(A) and 8.1(B) to delete any executory contract or unexpired lease therefrom or add any executory contract or unexpired lease thereto, in which event such executory contract(s) or unexpired lease(s) shall be deemed to be, respectively, either assumed or rejected as of the Effective Date.  The Debtors shall provide notice of any amendments to Schedules 8.1(A) and/or 8.1(B) to the parties to the executory contracts and unexpired leases affected thereby.  The listing of a document on Schedules 8.1(A) or 8.1(B) shall not constitute an admission by the Debtors that such document is an executory contract or an unexpired lease or that the Debtors have any liability thereunder.

 

8.2            Approval of Assumption or Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases.

 

Entry of the Confirmation Order shall, subject to and upon the occurrence of the Effective Date, constitute approval, pursuant to sections 365(a) and 1123(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, of the assumption of the executory contracts and unexpired leases assumed pursuant to section 8.1 of the Plan, and of the rejection of the executory contracts and unexpired leases rejected pursuant to section 8.1 of the Plan.

 

8.3            Inclusiveness.

 

Unless otherwise specified on Schedules 8.1(A) or 8.1(B) of the Plan Supplement, each executory contract and unexpired lease listed or to be listed therein shall include any and all modifications, amendments, supplements, restatements or other agreements made directly or indirectly by any agreement, instrument or other document that in any manner affects such executory contract or unexpired lease, without regard to whether such agreement, instrument or other document is listed on Schedules 8.1(A) or 8.1(B).

 

8.4            Cure of Defaults.

 

Except to the extent that a different treatment has been agreed to by the parties, within thirty (30) days after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall cure any and all undisputed defaults under any executory contract or unexpired lease assumed by the Debtors pursuant to the Plan, in accordance with section 365(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.  All disputed defaults that are required to be cured shall be cured either within thirty (30) days of the entry of a Final Order determining the amount, if any, of the Reorganized Debtors’ liability with respect thereto, or as may otherwise be agreed to by the parties.  Notwithstanding section 8.1 of the Plan, the Debtors shall retain their rights to reject any of their executory contracts or unexpired leases that are the subject of a dispute concerning amounts necessary to cure any defaults, in which event the Reorganized Debtors shall make their election to reject such executory contracts and unexpired leases within thirty (30) days of the entry of a Final Order determining the amount required to be cured.

 

8.5            Bar Date for Filing Proofs of Claim Relating to Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases Rejected Pursuant to the Plan.

 

Proofs of Claim for damages arising out of the rejection of an executory contract or unexpired lease must be filed with the Bankruptcy Court and served upon the attorneys for the Debtors or, on and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors, no later than thirty (30)

 

A-30



 

days after the later of (a) notice of entry of an order approving the rejection of such executory contract or unexpired lease, (b) notice of entry of the Confirmation Order, (c) notice of an amendment to Schedules 8.1(A) or (B) of the Plan Supplement (solely with respect to the party directly affected by such modification), or (d) notice of the Debtors’ election to reject under section VI.F.4 of the Plan.  All such proofs of Claim not filed within such time shall be forever barred from assertion against the Debtors and their estates or the Reorganized Debtors and their property.

 

8.6            Indemnification Obligations.

 

Subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date, the obligations of the Debtors as of the Petition Date to indemnify, defend, reimburse or limit the liability (i) of directors, officers or employees who are directors, officers or employees of the Debtors on or after the Confirmation Date, respectively, against any claims or causes of action as provided in the Debtors’ articles of organization, certificates of incorporation, bylaws, other organizational documents or applicable law and (ii) arising under the Prepetition Credit Agreement, shall survive confirmation of the Plan, remain unaffected thereby and not be discharged, irrespective of whether such indemnification, defense, reimbursement or limitation is owed in connection with an event occurring before or after the Petition Date.

 

8.7            Insurance Policies.

 

Unless specifically rejected by order of the Bankruptcy Court, all of the Debtors’ Insurance Policies which are executory, if any, and any agreements, documents or instruments relating thereto, shall be assumed under the Plan.  Nothing contained in this section shall constitute or be deemed a waiver of any cause of action that the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors may hold against any entity, including, without limitation, the insurer, under any of the Debtors’ policies of insurance.

 

8.8            Benefit Plans.

 

Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, unless rejected by order of the Bankruptcy Court, the Reorganized Debtors shall continue to honor, in the ordinary course of business, all employee compensation and Benefit Plans of the Debtors, including Benefit Plans and programs subject to sections 1114 and 1129(a)(13) of the Bankruptcy Code, entered into before or after the Petition Date and not since terminated.

 

8.9            Retiree Benefits.

 

On and after the Effective Date, pursuant to section 1129(a)(13) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Reorganized Debtors shall continue to pay all retiree benefits of the Debtors (within the meaning of and subject to section 1114 of the Bankruptcy Code) for the duration of the period for which the Debtors had obligated themselves to provide such benefits and subject to the right of the Reorganized Debtors to modify or terminate such retiree benefits in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

A-31



 

ARTICLE IX
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND MANAGEMENT
OF THE REORGANIZED DEBTORS

 

9.1            General.

 

On the Effective Date, the management, control and operation of Reorganized SFI and the other Reorganized Debtors shall become the general responsibility of the Postconfirmation Board.

 

9.2            Postconfirmation Board.

 

The Postconfirmation Board shall consist of eleven members, seven of whom shall be selected by the Participating Lenders, one of whom shall be the Chief Executive Officer of SFI, and three of whom shall be the following three current directors of SFI: Daniel M. Snyder (who shall be designated Chairman of the Postconfirmation Board), Mark Jennings and Dwight Schar.  Of the seven Postconfirmation Board members to be selected by the Participating Lenders, Robert McGuire and Perry Rogers shall be considered for such seats.

 

9.3            Filing of Postconfirmation Organizational Documents.

 

On the Effective Date, or as soon thereafter as practicable, to the extent necessary, the Reorganized Debtors shall file their Postconfirmation Organizational Documents, as required or deemed appropriate, with the appropriate Persons in their respective jurisdictions of incorporation or establishment.

 

9.4            Officers of the Reorganized Debtors.

 

The officers of the Debtors immediately prior to the Effective Date shall serve as the initial officers of the Reorganized Debtors on and after the Effective Date.  Such officers shall serve in accordance with applicable non-bankruptcy law, any employment agreement with the Reorganized Debtors and the Postconfirmation Organizational Documents.

 

9.5            Long-Term Incentive Plan.

 

On the Effective Date, Reorganized SFI shall be deemed to have adopted the Long-Term Incentive Plan.  The solicitation of votes on the Plan shall include, and be deemed to be, a solicitation for approval of the Long-Term Incentive Plan.  Entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute such approval.

 

ARTICLE X
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EFFECTIVE DATE

 

10.1          Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness.

 

The Effective Date shall not occur and the Plan shall not become effective unless and until the following conditions are satisfied in full or waived in accordance with section 10.2 of the Plan:

 

A-32



 

(a)            The Confirmation Order, in form and substance acceptable to the Participating Lenders, shall have been entered and is a Final Order or, if not a Final Order, is not subject to any stay;

 

(b)            The conditions precedent to the effectiveness of the Exit Facility are satisfied or waived by the parties thereto and the Reorganized Debtors have access to funding under the Exit Facility;

 

(c)            All actions and all agreements, instruments or other documents necessary to implement the terms and provisions of the Plan are effected or executed and delivered, as applicable, in form and substance satisfactory to the Participating Lenders;

 

(d)            All authorizations, consents and regulatory approvals, if any, required by the Debtors in connection with the consummation of the Plan are obtained and not revoked; and

 

(e)            All conditions set forth in the Plan Support Agreement have been satisfied.

 

10.2          Waiver of Conditions.

 

Each of the conditions precedent in section VI.H.1 hereof may be waived, in whole or in part, by the Debtors with the prior consent of the Participating Lenders (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).  Any such waivers may be effected at any time, without notice, without leave or order of the Bankruptcy Court and without any formal action.

 

10.3          Satisfaction of Conditions.

 

Except as expressly provided or permitted in the Plan, any actions required to be taken on the Effective Date shall take place and shall be deemed to have occurred simultaneously, and no such action shall be deemed to have occurred prior to the taking of any other such action.  In the event that one or more of the conditions specified in section VI.H.1 of the Plan have not occurred or otherwise been waived pursuant to section 10.2 of the Plan, (a) the Confirmation Order shall be vacated, (b) the Debtors and all holders of Claims and interests, including any Preconfirmation Equity Interests, shall be restored to the status quo ante as of the day immediately preceding the Confirmation Date as though the Confirmation Date never occurred and (c) the Debtors’ obligations with respect to Claims and Preconfirmation Equity Interests shall remain unchanged and nothing contained herein shall constitute or be deemed a waiver or release of any Claims or Preconfirmation Equity Interests by or against the Debtors or any other person or to prejudice in any manner the rights of the Debtors or any person in any further proceedings involving the Debtors.

 

ARTICLE XI
EFFECT OF CONFIRMATION

 

11.1          Vesting of Assets.

 

On the Effective Date, pursuant to sections 1141(b) and (c) of the Bankruptcy

 

A-33



 

Code, the Debtors, their properties and interests in property and their operations shall be released from the custody and jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court, and all property of the estates of the Debtors shall vest in the Reorganized Debtors free and clear of all Claims, Liens, encumbrances, charges and other interests, except as provided in the Plan.  From and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors may operate their business and may use, acquire and dispose of property free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules or the Local Bankruptcy Rules, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

11.2          Binding Effect.

 

Subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date, on and after the Confirmation Date, the provisions of the Plan shall bind any holder of a Claim against, or Preconfirmation Equity Interest in, the Debtors and such holder’s respective successors and assigns, whether or not the Claim or interests, including any Preconfirmation Equity Interest, of such holder is Impaired under the Plan, whether or not such holder has accepted the Plan and whether or not such holder is entitled to a distribution under the Plan.

 

11.3          Discharge of Claims and Termination of Preconfirmation Equity Interests.

 

Except as provided in the Plan, the rights afforded in and the payments and distributions to be made under the Plan shall terminate all Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interests and discharge all existing debts and Claims of any kind, nature or description whatsoever against or in the Debtors or any of their assets or properties to the fullest extent permitted by section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code.  Except as provided in the Plan, upon the Effective Date, all existing Claims against the Debtors and Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interests shall be, and shall be deemed to be, discharged and terminated, and all holders of such Claims and Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interests shall be precluded and enjoined from asserting against the Reorganized Debtors, their successors or assignees or any of their assets or properties, any other or further Claim or Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interest based upon any act or omission, transaction or other activity of any kind or nature that occurred prior to the Effective Date, whether or not such holder has filed a proof of Claim or proof of interest and whether or not the facts or legal bases therefor were known or existed prior to the Effective Date.

 

11.4          Discharge of Debtors.

 

Upon the Effective Date, in consideration of the distributions to be made under the Plan and except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, each holder (as well as any trustees and agents on behalf of each holder) of a Claim or Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interest and any Affiliate of such holder shall be deemed to have forever waived, released and discharged the Debtors, to the fullest extent permitted by section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code, of and from any and all Claims, Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interests, rights and liabilities that arose prior to the Effective Date.  Upon the Effective Date, all such Persons shall be forever precluded and enjoined, pursuant to section 524 of the Bankruptcy Code, from prosecuting or asserting any such discharged Claim against or terminated Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interest in the Debtors.

 

A-34



 

11.5          Reservation of Causes of Action/Reservation of Rights.

 

Nothing contained in the Plan shall be deemed to be a waiver or the relinquishment of any rights or Causes of Action that the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors may have or may choose to assert against any Person.

 

11.6          Exculpation.

 

None of the Exculpated Parties, and the Exculpated Parties’ respective current or former officers, directors, employees, accountants, financial advisors, investment bankers, agents, restructuring advisors, and attorneys, and each of their respective agents and representatives (but, in each case, solely in connection with their official capacities in the Reorganization Cases), shall have or incur any liability for any Claim, cause of action or other assertion of liability for any act taken or omitted to be taken in connection with, or arising out of, the Reorganization Cases, the formulation, dissemination, confirmation, consummation or administration of the Plan, property to be distributed under the Plan or any other act or omission in connection with the Reorganization Cases, the Plan, the Disclosure Statement or any contract, instrument, document or other agreement related thereto; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not affect the liability of any Person that otherwise would result from any such act or omission to the extent such act or omission is determined by a Final Order to have constituted willful misconduct or gross negligence.

 

11.7          Limited Releases.

 

Effective as of the Confirmation Date but subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date, and in consideration of the services of (a) the present and former directors, officers, members, employees, affiliates, agents, financial advisors, restructuring advisors, attorneys and representatives of or to the Debtors who acted in such capacities after the Petition Date; (b) the Prepetition Agent and its affiliates and the other Prepetition Lenders and their affiliates, and each of their respective directors, officers, affiliates, agents, partners, members, representatives, employees, financial advisors, restructuring advisors, attorneys and representatives (the parties set forth in subsections (a) and (b), being the “ Released Parties ”), the Debtors, their respective chapter 11 estates and the Reorganized Debtors and all holders of Claims that accept the Plan shall release, waive and discharge unconditionally and forever each of the Released Parties from any and all Claims, obligations, suits, judgments, damages, rights, causes of action and liabilities whatsoever (including those arising under the Bankruptcy Code), whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, existing or hereinafter arising in law, equity, or otherwise, based in whole or in part on any act, omission, transaction, event or other occurrence: (i) taking place before the Petition Date in connection with or relating to any of the Debtors or any of their direct or indirect subsidiaries; and (ii) in connection with, related to, or arising out of these Reorganization Cases, the pursuit of confirmation of the Plan, the consummation thereof, the administration thereof or the property to be distributed thereunder; provided that the foregoing shall not operate as a waiver of or release from any causes of action arising out of the willful misconduct or gross negligence of any Released Party.

 

11.8          Avoidance Actions/Objections.

 

Other than any releases granted herein, by the Confirmation Order and by Final

 

A-35



 

Order of the Bankruptcy Court, as applicable, from and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall have the right to prosecute any and all avoidance or equitable subordination actions, recovery causes of action and objections to Claims under sections 105, 502, 510, 542 through 551, and 553 of the Bankruptcy Code that belong to the Debtors or Debtors in Possession.

 

11.9          Injunction or Stay

 

Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or in the Confirmation Order, all Persons or entities who have held, hold or may hold Claims against, or Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interests in, the Debtors are permanently enjoined, from and after the Effective Date, from (a) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding of any kind on any such Claim or Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interest against any of the Reorganized Debtors or any of the Released Parties, to the extent of the release provided for in Section 6 hereof, (b) the enforcement, attachment, collection or recovery by any manner or means of any judgment, award, decree or order against any Reorganized Debtor or any of the Released Parties, to the extent of the release provided for in Section 6 hereof, with respect to such Claim or Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interest, (c) creating, perfecting or enforcing any encumbrance of any kind against any Reorganized Debtor or any of the Released Parties, to the extent of the release provided in Section 6 hereof, or against the property or interests in property of any Reorganized Debtor or any of the Released Parties with respect to such Claim or Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interest, (d) asserting any right of setoff, subrogation or recoupment of any kind against any obligation due to any Reorganized Debtor or any of the Released Parties, to the extent of the release provided in Section 6 hereof, or against the property or interests in property of any Reorganized Debtor or any of the Released Parties with respect to such Claim or Preconfirmation SFI Equity Interest and (e) pursuing any Claim released pursuant to the Plan.

 

Unless otherwise provided in the Confirmation Order, all injunctions or stays arising under or entered during the Reorganization Cases under section 105 or 362 of the Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise, that are in existence on the Confirmation Date shall remain in full force and effect until the Effective Date; provided , however , that no such injunction or stay shall preclude enforcement of parties’ rights under the Plan and the related documents .

 

ARTICLE XII
RETENTION OF JURISDICTION

 

The Bankruptcy Court shall have exclusive jurisdiction of all matters arising out of, or related to, the Reorganization Cases and the Plan pursuant to, and for the purposes of, sections 105(a) and 1142 of the Bankruptcy Code, including, without limitation:

 

(a)            To hear and determine pending applications for the assumption or rejection of executory contracts or unexpired leases and the allowance of cure amounts and Claims resulting therefrom;

 

A-36



 

(b)            To determine any and all adversary proceedings, applications and contested matters;

 

(c)            To hear and determine all applications for compensation and reimbursement of expenses under sections 330, 331 and 503(b) of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

(d)            To hear and determine any timely objections to, or requests for estimation of Disputed Administrative Expense Claims and Disputed Claims, in whole or in part;

 

(e)            To enter and implement such orders as may be appropriate in the event the Confirmation Order is for any reason stayed, revoked, modified or vacated;

 

(f)             To issue such orders in aid of execution of the Plan, to the extent authorized by section 1142 of the Bankruptcy Code;

 

(g)            To consider any amendments to or modifications of the Plan or to cure any defect or omission, or reconcile any inconsistency, in any order of the Bankruptcy Court, including, without limitation, the Confirmation Order;

 

(h)            To hear and determine disputes or issues arising in connection with the interpretation, implementation or enforcement of the Plan, the Confirmation Order, any transactions or payments contemplated hereby, any agreement, instrument, or other document governing or relating to any of the foregoing or any settlement approved by the Bankruptcy Court; provided , however , that any dispute arising under or in connection with the Exit Facility or the New Term Loan shall be determined in accordance with the governing law designated by the applicable documents;

 

(i)             To hear and determine matters concerning state, local and federal taxes in accordance with sections 346, 505 and 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code (including, without limitation, any request by the Debtors prior to the Effective Date or request by the Reorganized Debtors after the Effective Date for an expedited determination of tax under section 505(b) of the Bankruptcy Code);

 

(j)             To hear and determine all disputes involving the existence, scope and nature of the discharges granted under the Plan, the Confirmation Order or the Bankruptcy Code;

 

(k)            To issue injunctions and effect any other actions that may be necessary or appropriate to restrain interference by any person or entity with the consummation, implementation or enforcement of the Plan, the Confirmation Order or any other order of the Bankruptcy Court;

 

(l)             To determine such other matters and for such other purposes as may be provided in the Confirmation Order;

 

(m)           To hear and determine any rights, Claims or causes of action held by or accruing to the Debtors pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code or pursuant to any federal or state statute or legal theory;

 

A-37



 

(n)            To recover all assets of the Debtors and property of the Debtors’ estates, wherever located;

 

(o)            To enter a final decree closing the Reorganization Cases; and

 

(p)            To hear any other matter not inconsistent with the Bankruptcy Code.

 

ARTICLE XIII
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

13.1          Effectuating Documents and Further Transactions.

 

On or before the Effective Date, and without the need for any further order or authority, the Debtors shall file with the Bankruptcy Court or execute, as appropriate, such agreements and other documents that are in form and substance satisfactory to them as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and further evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan.  The Reorganized Debtors are authorized to execute, deliver, file, or record such contracts, instruments, releases, indentures and other agreements or documents and take such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and further evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan and any securities issued pursuant to the Plan.

 

13.2          Withholding and Reporting Requirements.

 

In connection with the Plan and all instruments issued in connection therewith and distributed thereon, any party issuing any instrument or making any distribution under the Plan shall comply with all applicable withholding and reporting requirements imposed by any federal, state or local taxing authority, and all distributions under the Plan shall be subject to any such withholding or reporting requirements.  Notwithstanding the above, each holder of an Allowed Claim that is to receive a distribution under the Plan shall have the sole and exclusive responsibility for the satisfaction and payment of any tax obligations imposed on such holder by any governmental unit, including income, withholding and other tax obligations, on account of such distribution.  Any party issuing any instrument or making any distribution under the Plan has the right, but not the obligation, to not make a distribution until such holder has made arrangements satisfactory to such issuing or disbursing party for payment of any such tax obligations.

 

13.3          Corporate Action.

 

On the Effective Date, all matters provided for under the Plan that would otherwise require approval of the managers or directors of one or more of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as the case may be, shall be in effect from and after the Effective Date pursuant to the applicable general corporation law of the states in which the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors are incorporated or established, without any requirement of further action by the managers or directors of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors.  On the Effective Date, or as soon thereafter as is practicable, the Reorganized Debtors shall, if required, file their amended articles of organization or certificates of incorporation, as the case may be, with the Secretary of State of the state in which each such entity is (or shall be) organized, in accordance

 

A-38



 

with the applicable general business law of each such jurisdiction.

 

13.4          Modification of Plan.

 

Alterations, amendments or modifications of or to the Plan may be proposed in writing by the Debtors at any time prior to the Confirmation Date, but only after consultation with and approval of such alteration, amendment or modification by the Prepetition Agent, provided that the Plan, as altered, amended or modified satisfies the conditions of sections 1122 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and the Debtors have complied with section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code.  The Plan may be altered, amended or modified at any time after the Confirmation Date and before substantial consummation, but only after consultation with and approval of such alteration, amendment or modification by the Prepetition Agent, provided that the Plan, as altered, amended or modified, satisfies the requirements of sections 1122 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code, and the Bankruptcy Court, after notice and a hearing, confirms the Plan, as altered, amended or modified, under section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code and the circumstances warrant such alterations, amendments or modifications.  A holder of a Claim that has accepted the Plan will be deemed to have accepted the Plan, as altered, amended or modified, if the proposed alteration, amendment or modification does not materially and adversely change the treatment of the Claim of such holder.

 

Prior to the Effective Date, the Debtors may make appropriate technical adjustments and modifications to the Plan without further order or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, provided that such technical adjustments and modifications do not adversely affect in a material way the treatment of holders of Claims or Preconfirmation Equity Interests.

 

13.5          Revocation or Withdrawal of the Plan.

 

The Debtors reserve the right to revoke or withdraw the Plan prior to the Confirmation Date.  If the Debtors revoke or withdraw the Plan prior to the Confirmation Date, then the Plan shall be deemed null and void.  In such event, nothing contained herein shall constitute or be deemed a waiver or release of any Claims or Preconfirmation Equity Interests by or against the Debtors or any other person or to prejudice in any manner the rights of the Debtors or any person in any further proceedings involving the Debtors.

 

13.6          Plan Supplement.

 

The Plan Supplement and the documents contained therein shall be in form, scope and substance satisfactory to the Debtors and the Participating Lenders, and shall be filed with the Bankruptcy Court no later than five (5) Business Days before the deadline for voting to accept or reject the Plan, provided that the documents included therein may thereafter be amended and supplemented prior to execution, so long as no such amendment or supplement materially affects the rights of holders of Claims.  The Plan Supplement and the documents contained therein are incorporated into and made a part of the Plan as if set forth in full herein.

 

13.7          Payment of Statutory Fees.

 

On or before the Effective Date, all fees payable under section 1930 of chapter 123 of title 28 of the United States Code shall be paid in Cash.  Following the Effective Date, all

 

A-39



 

such fees shall be paid by the applicable Reorganized Debtor until the earlier of the conversion or dismissal of the applicable Reorganization Case under section 1112 of the Bankruptcy Code, or the closing of the applicable Reorganization Case pursuant to section 350(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

13.8          Dissolution of the Creditors’ Committee.

 

On the Effective Date, except as provided below, the Creditors’ Committee shall be dissolved and the members thereof shall be released and discharged of and from all further authority, duties, responsibilities and obligations related to and arising from and in connection with the Reorganization Cases, and the retention or employment of the Creditors’ Committee’s attorneys, accountants and other agents, if any, shall terminate, except for purposes of filing and prosecuting applications for final allowances of compensation for professional services rendered and reimbursement of expenses incurred in connection therewith.

 

13.9          Exemption from Transfer Taxes.

 

Pursuant to section 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, the issuance, transfer or exchange of notes or equity securities under or in connection with the Plan, the creation of any mortgage, deed of trust or other security interest, the making or assignment of any lease or sublease or the making or delivery of any deed or other instrument of transfer under, in furtherance of, or in connection with the Plan, including, without limitation, the issuance of New Common Stock, any merger agreements or agreements of consolidation, deeds, bills of sale or assignments executed in connection with any of the transactions contemplated under the Plan shall not be subject to any stamp, real estate transfer, mortgage recording or other similar tax.

 

13.10        Expedited Tax Determination.

 

The Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors are authorized to request an expedited determination of taxes under section 505(b) of the Bankruptcy Code for any or all returns filed for, or on behalf of, the Debtors for any and all taxable periods (or portions thereof) ending after the Petition Date through and including the Effective Date.

 

13.11        Exhibits/Schedules.

 

All exhibits and schedules to the Plan, including the Plan Supplement, are incorporated into and are a part of the Plan as if set forth in full herein.

 

13.12        Substantial Consummation.

 

On the Effective Date, the Plan shall be deemed to be substantially consummated under sections 1101 and 1127(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

13.13        Severability of Plan Provisions.

 

In the event that, prior to the Confirmation Date, any term or provision of the Plan is held by the Bankruptcy Court to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the Bankruptcy Court shall have the power to alter and interpret such term or provision to make it valid or enforceable to the

 

A-40



 

maximum extent practicable, consistent with the original purpose of the term or provision held to be invalid, void or unenforceable, and such term or provision shall then be applicable as altered or interpreted.  Notwithstanding any such holding, alteration or interpretation, the remainder of the terms and provisions of the Plan shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated by such holding, alteration or interpretation.  The Confirmation Order shall constitute a judicial determination and shall provide that each term and provision of the Plan, as it may have been altered or interpreted in accordance with the foregoing, is valid and enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

13.14        Governing Law.

 

Except to the extent that the Bankruptcy Code or other federal law is applicable, or to the extent an exhibit to the Plan or Plan Supplement provides otherwise (in which case the governing law specified therein shall be applicable to such exhibit), the rights, duties, and obligations arising under the Plan shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to its principles of conflict of law.

 

13.15        Notices.

 

All notices, requests and demands to or upon the Debtors shall be in writing (including by facsimile transmission) to be effective and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when actually delivered or, in the case of notice by facsimile transmission, when received and telephonically confirmed, addressed as follows:

 

SIX FLAGS, INC.

1540 Broadway

New York, NY 10036

Attn:  James Coughlin

Telephone:        (212) 652-9380

Facsimile:          (212) 354-3089

 

with a copy to:

 

PAUL, HASTINGS, JANOFSKY & WALKER LLP

191 North Wacker Drive, 30th Floor

Chicago, Illinois  60606

Attn:        Paul E. Harner

Steven T. Catlett

Telephone:  (312) 499-6000

Facsimile:  (312) 499-6100

 

-and-

RICHARDS, LAYTON & FINGER, P.A.

One Rodney Square

920 North King Street

 

A-41



 

Wilmington, Delaware 19801

Attn:        Daniel J. DeFranceschi

L. Katherine Good

Telephone:  (302) 651-7700

Facsimile:  (302) 651-7701

 

A-42



 

Dated: July 22, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Respectfully submitted,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six Flags, Inc., et al.

 

 

(for itself and on behalf of each of the other Debtors)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey R. Speed

 

 

 

Name:

Jeffrey R. Speed

 

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

A-43



 

Schedule 1.56

Material Terms of the Long-Term Incentive Plan

 

Participants:

 

Management, selected employees and directors of Reorganized SFI.

 

 

 

Allocation:

 

Stock options and/or restricted stock in Reorganized SFI equal to ten percent (10%) on a fully diluted basis.

 

Immediately following the Effective Date, the aggregate allocations to management under the Long-Term Incentive Plan shall consist of three and three-quarters percent (3.75%) of the equity of SFI on a fully diluted basis in the form of restricted stock and three and three-quarters percent (3.75%) of the equity of SFI on a fully diluted basis in the form of options, all of which shall be allocated to the members of the Reorganized Debtors’ management in accordance with their respective employment agreements.

 

 

 

Allocation timing:

 

Immediately following the Effective Date, the aggregate allocations to management under the Long-Term Incentive Plan shall consist of three and three-quarters percent (3.75%) of the equity of SFI on a fully diluted basis in the form of restricted stock and three and three-quarters percent (3.75%) of the equity of SFI on a fully diluted basis in the form of options, all of which shall be allocated to the members of the Reorganized Debtors’ management in accordance with their respective employment agreements.

 

Any additional allocations following the Effective Date shall be determined by the Postconfirmation Board, provided that management shall not be able to participate therein for the year following the Effective Date absent full approval of the Postconfirmation Board.

 

A-44



 

Schedule 1.71

New Term Loan

 

Borrower:

 

Reorganized SFI.

 

 

 

Guarantors:

 

Reorganized SFI, Reorganized SFO, Reorganized SFTP and Reorganized SFTP’s domestic subsidiaries.

 

 

 

Principal:

 

$600 million.

 

 

 

Maturity:

 

5 years from the Effective Date.

 

 

 

Interest Rate:

 

Seven percent (7.00%) above LIBOR, with a LIBOR floor of two and one-half percent (2.50%), provided that , prior to the second anniversary of the Effective Date, one and one-half percent (1.50%) of such interest may, at the Debtors’ option, be paid in kind and any such interest that is paid in kind shall be added to principal and deemed an additional New Term Loan.

 

 

 

Call Premium:

 

The Reorganized Debtors shall pay one hundred three percent (103%) of principal plus accrued interest if such loans are redeemed prior to the first anniversary of the Effective Date, one hundred one and one-half percent (101.5%) of principal plus accrued interest if such loans are redeemed prior to the second anniversary of the Effective Date, and par for any redemption occurring thereafter.

 

 

 

Financial Covenants:

 

Usual and customary affirmative and negative covenants, including but not limited to limitations on indebtedness, liens, restricted payments and disposition and investments.

 

The New Term Loan will contain restrictive covenants that limit, to an agreed amount, the amount that can be paid from operational cash flow to satisfy “put” notices from holders of units in the limited partnerships that own the Partnership Parks; provided , however , that the Debtors will be permitted to finance up to an additional $150 million in order to make payments on account of future “put” notices.

 

 

 

Collateral:

 

First lien on substantially all assets of the Reorganized Debtors which liens shall rank pari passu with the liens securing the Exit Facility, provided that , following an event of default, all collateral proceeds would be allocated to the New Term Loan on a “last-out” basis relative to payments made on account of the Exit Facility.

 

A-45